Quarterlytics / Bakkavor Group

Bakkavor Group

bakk · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker bakk
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Bakkavor Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Adapting 
SUCCESSFULLY 
TO CHANGE

Bakkavor Group plc 
Annual Report  
& Accounts 2022

CONTENTS

STRATEGIC REPORT

Our business at a glance

Key performance indicators

Chairman’s statement

A final message from Agust Gudmundsson

Chief Executive’s overview 

How we create value

Our markets

Our strategy

Our people

Divisional review: UK, US, China

ESG: Trusted Partner

ESG: TCFD

Stakeholder engagement

Financial review

Risk management and risks

Viability statement

GOVERNANCE

Chairman’s governance overview

Corporate Governance Compliance statement

Group Board and Management Board

Corporate governance report

Nomination Committee report

ESG Committee report

Audit, risk and internal control

Audit and Risk Committee report

Directors’ remuneration report

Directors’ report

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect 
of the Financial Statements

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Independent Auditors’ report

Consolidated income statement

2

4

6

8

10

16

18

22

32

36

40

56

66

72

76

87

88

89

92

98

113

119

122

124

132

152

158

159

169

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 170

Consolidated statement of financial position

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Consolidated statement of cash flows

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Company statement of financial position

Company statement of changes in equity 

Notes to the Company Financial Statements

COMPANY INFORMATION

Advisers and registered office 

171

172 

173

174

217

217

218

223

Disclaimer – forward-looking statements

This report includes forward-looking statements. By their nature, forward-looking 
statements involve risk, uncertainty and other factors, which may cause the actual 
results and developments of the Group to differ materially from any results and 
developments expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. You should 
not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. These forward-looking 
statements are made as of the date of this Annual Report and Accounts. The Group 
is under no obligation to publicly update or review these forward-looking statements 
other than as required by law.

A refined focus to deliver returns 
through a clear strategy
Our strategy remains focused on driving 
returns from our market-leading position  
in the UK, accelerating profitable growth 
internationally, driving operational 
excellence and being a trusted partner  
for all of our stakeholders.
pg 22

Robust financial performance 
and in a position of financial 
strength
Group like-for-like revenue up 10.6% to 
over £2bn and Group adjusted operating 
profit in line with market expectations. 
Maintenance of a strong balance sheet  
and good cash generation mean we are 
well-placed to support future growth. 
pg 72

A targeted approach under 
Trusted Partner to ensure 
sustainability progress
Delivered reduction in Group carbon 
emissions and UK food waste, along 
with enhancing our governance of ESG. 
Updated assessment of our material 
ESG issues has shaped our focus for 
the future.
pg 40

New CEO appointed, Board 
committee responsibilities 
rebalanced 
Welcomed Mike Edwards as new CEO, 
and rebalanced Board committee 
responsibilities to best use the talent 
and experience of our Directors, along 
with a new ESG Committee.
pg 113

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  1

Investment in our people and 
embedding our new values
A positive impact from our pay and  
engagement activities, with new  
values helping shape our culture  
and behaviours, so we can all be  
‘Proud to be Bakkavor’. 
pg 32

Financial highlights
£2,139.2m

£2,069.0m

Group reported revenue 
(2021: £1,871.6m)

Group like-for-like revenue 
(2021: £1,871.6m)

£37.8m

Operating profit 
(2021: £102.0m)

2.2p

Basic EPS 
(2021: 9.8p)

£89.4m

Adjusted operating profit 
(2021: £102.0m)

9.5p

Adjusted EPS 
(2021: 10.4p)

OUR BUSINESS AT A GLANCE

Leading 
manufacturer 
of Fresh 
Prepared Food

Our vision:
To lead the way in bringing great-
tasting, Fresh Prepared Food (“FPF”)  
to people across our markets.

Our purpose:
To delight our customers and 
consumers through the fresh, 
convenient and innovative food that  
we proudly create every day.

Our culture: 
To empower and support all our stakeholders by living our values.

Respect  
and trust  
each other

Keep the customer 
at the heart of 
what we do

Get it right,  
keep it right

Be proud of  
what we do

Our strategy: 
 To deliver profitable and sustainable growth.

E X C ELLENCE

K
U

IN

T

E

R

N
A
T
IO
NAL

TRUS T

UK: Drive returns by leveraging our UK 
number one market position

INTERNATIONAL: Accelerate profitable 
growth in the US and China

EXCELLENCE: Deliver superior performance 
through operational excellence

TRUST: Be a trusted partner for our people, 
customers, suppliers and communities

2  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Our business overview:
Our deep understanding of consumers’ changing needs enables us to create 
 innovative products for our customers around the world.

45

total sites

c.2,900

total products 

>1,300

total suppliers

>18,500

total colleagues

£2,139.2m

Group reported revenue 

#1

Bakkavor position in UK FPF market

Our UK division:
Leading supplier to 
grocery retailers with 
category breadth and 
unrivalled scale.

Our US division:
National provider of 
fresh meals to grocery 
retailers and direct-to-
consumer customers.

Our China division:
Supplies foodservice  
and retail customers 
nationally with value- 
added fresh products.

c.1,500 

products across meals,  
pizza and bread, salads  
and desserts

c.110 

products across fresh meals, 
dips, artisan bread, soups, 
sauces and burritos

c.1,300 

products across fresh cut salads, 
food to go salads and sandwiches, 
bakery, meals, soups and sauces

28 

sites: 22 factories, 1 head office,  
4 distribution centres, 1 growing unit

£1,783.1m 

reported revenue

83% 

of Group reported revenue

£92.7m 

adjusted operating profit

£54.6m1

operating profit

6

sites: 5 factories,  
1 head office

£255.3m

reported revenue

12% 

of Group reported revenue

£3.3m

adjusted operating profit

£(0.5)m1

operating loss

11

sites: 9 factories,  
1 head office, 1 farm

£100.8m 

reported revenue

5% 

of Group reported revenue

£(6.6)m

adjusted operating loss

£(16.3)m1

operating loss

  READ MORE on pg 36. 

  READ MORE on pg 38. 

  READ MORE on pg 39. 

1 

 Operating profit is after exceptional and adjusting items. Group operating profit was £37.8m.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  3

STRATEGIC REPORTKEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

Bakkavor  
in numbers

Performance year-on-year

Improved

Worsened

Maintained

Link to our strategy

   UK: Drive returns by leveraging our UK  
number one market position

   INTERNATIONAL: Accelerate profitable  
growth in the US and China

   EXCELLENCE: Deliver superior performance 
through operational excellence

   TRUST: Be a trusted partner for our people, 
customers, suppliers and communities

  READ MORE:

Financial review pg 72 for detail of the 
year-on-year financial performance.

Risk management pg 76 for detail of the 
principal risks and developments in 2022.

Non-financial performance

UK accidents resulting in lost time  
>7 days (per 100k employees)

UK employee turnover1 

321
-3.9% 

2022

2021

2020

28.1%
+30bps 

321

334

330

2022

2021

2020

28.1%

27.8%

17.9%

Link to our strategy

Link to our strategy

What are we measuring? 
The number of accidents across our  
sites that resulted in affected colleagues 
taking more than seven days off work.  
It is calculated based on 100k colleagues 
to enable us to compare our performance 
to the latest data from the UK Health and 
Safety Executive (“HSE”).

Why is it important? 
We have a duty of care to colleagues in 
ensuring their health, safety and wellbeing. 
Our health and safety culture is based on a 
governance process driven by the Group 
Board and we have Health and Safety 
teams in place that define standards and 
monitor compliance with systems.

What are we measuring? 
This is calculated by dividing the number 
of colleagues leaving the business 
(excluding fixed-term contracts and 
redundancies) against total headcount.

Why is it important? 
Our colleagues are our priority and we 
must remain focused on being the local 
employer of choice for both existing and 
new talent. We recognise the importance 
of attracting and retaining a skilled  
and diverse workforce. Driving an 
improvement in employee turnover also 
creates efficiency by decreasing resources 
required for recruitment and onboarding.

Remuneration report pg 132 for detail of the 
Group’s bonus scheme and long-term incentives.

Total Group net carbon emissions 
(tCO2e)

Trusted Partner pg 40 for detail of the 
year-on-year non-financial KPI performance.

Non-financial and sustainability information 
statement pg 52.

110,106
-18.9% 

2022

2021

2020

UK food waste  

8.05%
-110bps 

110,106

135,691

141,538

2022

2021

2020

8.05%

9.15%

8.48%

The Group’s financial reporting period is typically 52 weeks, however, 
every six years an additional week is included to ensure that its year-end 
date remains near the end of December. The Group’s FY22 results  
are based on a 53 week period, compared to a 52 week period in FY21. 
Throughout the Annual Report & Accounts 2022, reported revenue  
is for the 53 weeks ended 31 December 2022. Like-for-like revenue 
excludes the 53rd week.

1 

2 

3 

 The Group’s bonus scheme and long-term incentive awards are based 
on performance across a selection of three KPIs. See pg 138–139 in 
the Directors’ remuneration report.
 Alternative Performance Measures (“APMs”), including ‘like-for-like’, 
‘adjusted’ and ‘underlying’, are applied consistently throughout the 
2022 Annual Report and Accounts. The APMs are defined in full and 
reconciled to the reported statutory numbers in Note 36 of the Notes 
to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 IPCC, 2019: Climate Change and Land: an IPCC special report on 
climate change, desertification, land degradation, sustainable land 
management, food security, and greenhouse gas fluxes in terrestrial 
ecosystems (P.R. Shukla, J. Skea, E. Calvo Buendia, V. Masson-
Delmotte, H.-O. Pörtner, D. C. Roberts, P. Zhai, R. Slade, S. Connors, 
R. van Diemen, M. Ferrat, E. Haughey, S. Luz, S. Neogi, M. Pathak,  
J. Petzold, J. Portugal Pereira, P. Vyas, E. Huntley, K. Kissick,  
M. Belkacemi, J. Malley, (eds.)). In press.

Link to our strategy

Link to our strategy

What are we measuring? 
Scope 1 and 2 net (market-based) 
emissions across the Group.

Why is it important? 
Climate change is the single biggest 
sustainability challenge facing the world. 

Bakkavor has a part to play in reversing 
the climate emergency and supporting 
the shift towards a low-carbon economy. 
This is why we have made the commitment 
to reach Net Zero emissions across our 
Group operations by 2040.

What are we measuring? 
Food waste as per the Food Loss and 
Waste Accounting and Reporting 
Standard (“FLW Standard”). Percentage 
food waste calculated as ‘tonnes food 
waste divided by tonnes (food product 
produced or sold as intended plus food 
waste plus food sent to other destinations)’.

Why is it important? 
Estimated to contribute 8–10% of total 
man-made greenhouse gas (GHG) 
emissions3, addressing food waste is one 
of our sector’s biggest responsibilities. 

4  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Financial performance

Like-for-like revenue2 
(£m)

£2,069.0m
+10.6% 

Adjusted operating profit1,2 
(£m)

£89.4m
-12.4% 

Free cash flow2 
(£m)

£66.8m
-£24.4m 

2022

2021

2020

£2,069.0m

£1,871.6m

£1,764.4m

2022

2021

2020

£89.4m

£102.0m

£83.6m

2022

2021

2020

£66.8m

£91.2m

£40.1m

Link to our strategy

Link to our strategy

Link to our strategy

What are we measuring? 
Revenue growth at a constant currency 
excluding acquisitions and closed and 
sold businesses. In 2022 this also 
excludes the 53rd week of trading.

Why is it important? 
The Group uses like-for-like revenue 
because it allows for a more meaningful 
comparison of revenue trends from 
period to period.

What are we measuring? 
Adjusted operating profit measures the 
underlying profitability of the business, 
excluding restructuring costs, asset 
impairments and those additional 
charges or credits that are considered 
significant or one-off in nature.

Why is it important? 
The Group manages the performance  
of its businesses through the use of 
adjusted operating profit as this measure 
excludes the impact of items that hinder 
comparison of profitability year-on-year.

What are we measuring? 
Free cash flow is the cash generated  
by the Group after meeting all of its 
obligations for interest, tax and pensions 
and after purchases of property, plant 
and equipment, but before payments of 
refinancing fees and other exceptional  
or significant non-recurring cash flows.

Why is it important? 
The Group views free cash flow as  
a key liquidity measure as it indicates  
the underlying cash available to pay 
dividends, repay debt or make further 
investments in the Group.

Adjusted earnings per share1,2
(pence)

Leverage ratio (net debt/adjusted 
EBITDA pre IFRS 16)2 (times)

Return on invested capital  
(“ROIC”)2

 9.5p
-0.9p 

2022

2021

2020

1.9x
0.0x 

2022

2021

2020

 9.5p

10.4p

8.7p

7.1%
-10bps 

2022

2021

2020

1.9x

1.9x

2.3x

7.1%

7.2%

6.6%

Link to our strategy

Link to our strategy

Link to our strategy

What are we measuring? 
Adjusted earnings per share measures 
the profit per share of the Group. It is 
calculated by dividing adjusted earnings 
by the weighted average number of 
Ordinary shares in issue during the year. 
adjusted earnings is calculated as profit 
attributable to equity holders of the 
Company excluding exceptional items  
and the change in fair value of derivative 
financial instruments.

Why is it important? 
It tracks the underlying profitability  
of the Group and enables the  
comparison of performance with  
the Group’s peer companies.

What are we measuring? 
Leverage ratio indicates the level of debt held 
by the Group. This is calculated by dividing 
operational net debt by adjusted EBITDA pre 
IFRS 16. Operational net debt excludes the 
impact of non-cash items and those liabilities 
recognised under IFRS 16 in the Group’s 
statutory net debt, and is comparable with 
the Group’s free cash flow measure.

Why is it important? 
The leverage ratio must be below the 
maximum defined in the Group’s bank debt 
facilities to ensure the facilities remain 
available. It also determines the interest 
margin payable on debt drawn.

What are we measuring? 
This is calculated as adjusted operating 
profit after tax divided by the average 
invested capital to determine how 
effective the business is in generating 
returns from its asset base.

Why is it important? 
It is a useful indicator of the amount 
returned as a percentage of shareholders’ 
invested capital, and is used by investors 
and other stakeholders to evaluate the 
Group’s profitability and the efficiency 
with which its invested capital is employed.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  5

STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

Bakkavor has a well-established  
and experienced management team,  
a commercial philosophy and dynamic 
ways of working that equip us well for 
really challenging conditions like these. 

– Simon Burke, Chairman

6  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Proud of our coll eagues  
across the business

Last year, I said we would have to go on 
battling unfavourable trading conditions  
in 2022, and I’m afraid that has proved to 
be all too true. If anything, our markets 
became still more challenging, especially 
in respect of inflation.

I believe that our teams once again responded really well 
to managing the various impacts of this, but we were not 
able to insulate our financial performance entirely from its 
effects. As a consequence, whilst our like-for-like revenue 
rose by 10.6% to £2,069.0m, adjusted operating profit fell 
by 12.4% to £89.4m, in line with market expectations.

In 2022, we had to absorb c.£230m of cost inflation, mainly in 
the prices of the raw materials we use to make our products, 
but also affecting wages and other key costs, which we had 
to recover through our contracts with customers. I am very 
pleased to report that this was managed without damaging 
these key relationships; the sense of it being a shared 
problem predominated, and I want to acknowledge the 
professionalism and mutual understanding with which 
these very difficult discussions were conducted. 

Alongside this, we acted to tightly manage our cost base, 
but even with all the actions taken, the inflation dynamic 
reduced our operating margins, and this was at the heart 
of the fall in profitability. The restructure, announced in 
November 2022, will help us to stabilise the position and 
emerge from this difficult period as a leaner and fitter 
business. We all regret very much that it was necessary 
for jobs to be lost in achieving this. 

Our ability to ‘hold the line’ in a very turbulent market and 
continue to serve our customers reliably has led to market 
share gain in the UK, and we are well-placed to take 
advantage of further opportunities here should they arise.

Although our US business has continued to achieve strong 
sales growth, margins were impacted by high input cost 
inflation and by the effects of the very rapid volume increases 
seen at some sites over the past 18 months. To address 
this, we are implementing a plan to restore operational 
performance and associated margins. Underlying market 
characteristics remain very positive and we continue to 
see great potential in our US business.

Covid was a dominant factor in China all year and rolling 
lockdowns impaired our market’s ability to recover. 
Although the recent change in Covid policy in China is 
creating further difficulties in the short term, it offers  
the prospect of a return to normality in the medium-term.

Cash management has been a priority for us throughout the 
year and we are pleased to have year-end leverage within our 
target range at 1.9 times. We will continue to manage cash 

resources tightly into 2023. Because of our good balance 
sheet position, and our confidence that more favourable 
market conditions will return, we are proposing a final 
dividend of 4.16 pence per share, giving a total dividend 
for the year of 6.93 pence, an increase of 5% on last year.

Away from trading and financial matters, we have progressed 
well with key elements of our ESG strategy, Trusted Partner. 
We achieved a significant reduction in carbon emissions and 
food waste, and we improved employee engagement in what 
was a difficult year for the labour market. In light of the 
growing importance of these matters, the Board has formed 
an ESG Committee to bring additional focus and leadership 
whilst ensuring that they are also developed compatibly with 
our commercial objectives.

This was one of a number of Board responsibility changes 
announced during the year, which were designed to achieve 
a better balance of committee responsibility amongst 
Directors, and make the best use of the considerable talent 
and experience of our Non-executive Directors. 

However, the biggest change was the appointment  
of Mike Edwards as our Chief Executive Officer from 
1 November 2022. During our search process we met some 
very impressive candidates, and it was particularly pleasing 
that notwithstanding this, we all felt that Mike was the right 
choice to lead Bakkavor in the next stage of its development. 
Mike took over from Agust Gudmundsson, one of the 
founders of Bakkavor, who has been a giant figure in the 
successful history of the business. I expressed the Board’s 
admiration and thanks for what he has done when I 
announced Mike’s appointment, and we are delighted  
that he is staying with us as a Non-executive Director,  
and remains a significant shareholder in Bakkavor.

In terms of prospects for 2023, unfortunately the 
unfavourable trading conditions will continue in our  
sector for some time, though we hope they might ease as 
the year progresses. However, from what I have said above, 
and what you will read elsewhere in this report, I hope you 
will agree that this difficult period has made Bakkavor 
leaner, tougher and more agile, and thus well positioned  
to capitalise on opportunities as the market returns.

The efforts of colleagues here in the UK and overseas  
have never faltered despite the many issues they have 
faced, and so once again I want to recognise and thank 
them for the truly professional job they have done.

Simon Burke
Chairman 
7 March 2023

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  7

STRATEGIC REPORTA FINAL MESSAGE FROM AGUST GUDMUNDSSON

Proud of  
our history,  
with a strong  
platform for  
the future

On 31 October 2022, 36 years on from 
founding Bakkavor with my brother,  
I retired as CEO. I will, however, continue 
to play an active role in the business, 
retaining my seat on the Group Board  
as a Non-executive Director, and will 
remain a significant shareholder.

It was not an easy decision to step down as CEO. 
Experiencing the atmosphere in our factories, the way  
our operations flow, the pace at which we work, and seeing 
our food on the production line and in customer stores, 
has always given me so much enjoyment. And, of course, 
working with the teams who do such incredible work 
across the business.

I am particularly pleased that Mike Edwards will be 
spearheading the Group’s future direction as CEO. Mike has 
provided trusted counsel to me for over 15 years, and his 
insight and commercial experience have made an invaluable 
contribution to the Group Board, which he joined in 2020.

Proud of the company we have built
From its humble start as an Icelandic seafood business in 
1986, I am extremely proud of what Bakkavor has become, 
and to have had the pleasure of working with so many 
talented and committed people.

Over the years, the business and our teams have shown 
great resilience in the face of challenges, and we have taken 
well-calculated risks, made the most of opportunities and 
lived our values. To reflect on a few of the highlights:

•  Shifting our focus to the Fresh Prepared Food market when 
we saw the scope for success through our transformational 
acquisition of Geest in 2005. Subsequently, we built our 
scale and capability through further UK acquisitions to 
become the market leader. 

8  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

•  Providing opportunities for people to work in a fast-paced 
and rewarding environment, with a ten-fold increase  
in our workforce over the last 20 years to over 18,500 
colleagues today.

•  Seizing the opportunity for significant growth by entering 
the two largest food markets in the world, the US and 
China, and leveraging our UK expertise to bring fresh 
prepared food to consumers in these markets.

•  Weathering the financial headwinds and operational 

challenges presented by the pandemic; evolving our health 
and safety standards at pace to keep our people safe; and 
continuing to deliver for our customers every day, to further 
strengthen those relationships.

•  Launching our Trusted Partner ESG strategy and setting out 
our 2040 Net Zero commitment, recognising Bakkavor has 
an important role to play in the face of the climate crisis.

•  Launching our new company values in early 2022 to further 
recognise the importance of creating an inclusive workplace 
that we are all proud to be a part of.

Building on our success together
Bakkavor’s legacy of successful growth and expansion  
is a testament to what we have built together, underpinned 
by the strong partnerships that we have made with our 
customers, suppliers and other stakeholders: 

•  A clear strategy and values which keep the customer at the 

heart of everything we do. 

•  A business on the pulse of market changes and consumers’ 
shifting needs, working in partnership with our customers 
to develop exciting and high-quality products. 

•  A respectful, supportive culture that celebrates, rewards 
and enables our colleagues to deliver incredible work and 
drive us to succeed.

A lot has changed since  
my brother and I founded 
Bakkavor, but the relentless 
hard work and dedication of 
all of our people remains.

– Agust Gudmundsson, Non-executive 
Director; former Chief Executive Officer

•  A continuing drive to nurture our talent and build the 
strength and quality of our leaders, with internal 
candidates appointed to our most senior posts:  
Ben Waldron to CFO and Mike Edwards as CEO,  
along with Shona Taylor, Managing Director – Bakery, 
and Dave Selleck, Managing Director – Meals, to the 
Management Board. 

Confident in the Group’s future success
A lot has changed since my brother and I founded 
Bakkavor, but the relentless hard work and dedication 
of all of our people remains. Thank you for your ongoing 
commitment and making our business what it is today 
so that we can all be ‘Proud to be Bakkavor’. 

As a Non-executive Director, my priority remains firmly 
on making Bakkavor an even stronger business and 
delivering value for all our employees, customers, 
investors and other key stakeholders.

Whilst the year ahead will remain tough as macro-
headwinds persist, the business has strong foundations. 
I am confident in Mike’s leadership and fully support  
the action taken to protect the business in 2023 and 
beyond, and I wish him all the very best success in his 
new role. 

Agust Gudmundsson
Non-executive Director; 
former Chief Executive Officer 
7 March 2023

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  9

STRATEGIC REPORTCHIEF EXECUTIVE’S OVERVIEW

Bakkavor is a resilient business, 
with great people and an inner 
strength and resolve to deal with 
tough challenges. I have no 
doubt we will come through this 
difficult period even stronger on 
the other side.

– Mike Edwards, Chief Executive Officer

10  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Q&A with CEO, Mike Edwards

Q

A

How long have you been with Bakkavor?  

I joined the business in 2001 as a Manufacturing 
Manager at our Bakkavor Pizza Harrow factory,  

and since then, I have had several leadership roles across 
our sectors. Before becoming CEO, I was Chief Operating 
Officer of our UK business (“COO, UK”), a role I have  
held since 2014, and was appointed to the Group Board  
in December 2020. 

Q What did your most recent role involve? 

A

Our UK business is really well-established, and  
is all about making sure we deliver day in, day out  

for our customers, providing them with the high-quality, 
fresh products that consumers love. As COO, UK, I worked 
closely with my UK leadership team to further strengthen 
our customer relationships and bring focus to our 
operations and drive efficiency. I also sought to better 
leverage our scale and breadth to grow our share and 
cement our leadership position in the Fresh Prepared 
Food (“FPF”) market. 

I’m really proud of the strong customer relationships  
the team has built and the resilience the UK business has 
shown during my time in this role. This was particularly 
demonstrated through the challenging pressures of Brexit 
and the pandemic, when we continued to maintain high 
service levels, technical standards and worked really 
collaboratively with our customers. 

Through all of this, the strength of our people underpins 
the resilience of our business. I am grateful for their ongoing 
commitment and drive that have been instrumental to  
our success. 

Q

 What did you do before Bakkavor? 

A

I started my career in the food industry as a 
graduate trainee, initially in HR, but quickly moved 
into operations, and had a number of factory and General 
Manager roles with Heinz and United Biscuits. 

Q

A

 What do you think is important for successful 
leadership and what makes working in FPF 
different?  

A good leader is able to set direction, deliver 
against the strategy, and make a difference when 

the going gets tough, whilst delivering for all stakeholders 
of the business. We have recently established a clear and 
simple leadership framework at Bakkavor which I think 
brings to life what we want to see in our leaders. We talk 
about ‘thinking big, taking people with us and getting the 
job done’. Of course, the last point here has to be done  
in the right way, with our values front and centre of how  
we behave. 

Operating in the FPF market is very challenging given  
we are largely making every product every day. We have  
to commit to materials and labour before we have an  
order, often have to deal with volatility in orders due to 
environmental factors such as the weather, and ensure  
we deliver the high-quality products and service levels  
our customers expect. In this tough environment, we need 
our leaders to be able to think clearly, remain calm and act 
decisively, and importantly not to pass the pressure down  
to their teams and the wider organisation. For me, dealing 
with this would be a great example of a leader making that 
difference when the going gets tough. 

To continue making Bakkavor a thriving business and  
a great place to work, it’s essential that we use these 
principles to embrace the new challenges and 
opportunities ahead, whilst being clear on the priorities 
underpinning our strategy, and keeping our values at the 
heart of everything we do.

Q

Tell us about a cause that is close to your heart? 

A

I’ve always been impressed by the work of 
GroceryAid. It has been supporting people across  
our industry practically, emotionally and financially for  
over 150 years. I’m pleased that it’s one of our two Group 
charity partners, alongside the Natasha Allergy Research 
Foundation (“NARF”). NARF is another extremely important 
charity, with a focus on medical research, law and policies to 
educate and drive change around allergy awareness. We’re 
proud to be helping their mission to make allergy history.

Q

 What’s first on the ‘to-do list’ as Bakkavor’s CEO?  

A

The environment we’re operating in remains really 
tough: inflation continues at a pace, energy costs 
are escalating and consumers are tightening their belts 
and buying less due to the cost-of-living crisis. Given these 
challenges, I had to begin my time as CEO by taking swift 
and decisive action to protect our business. My clear 
three-part plan involves us creating a leaner senior 
organisational structure, establishing clear and focused 
regional priorities and looking at ways to manage our cash. 
Whilst this isn’t how I’d hoped to begin my role, I absolutely 
believe challenges create opportunities, and that we are 
well-placed to move forward positively and purposefully, 
delivering for colleagues, customers and shareholders. 

Q

Do you feel positive about the future of Bakkavor? 

A

Yes, I do. Despite this tough climate, Bakkavor is a 
resilient business, with great people and an inner 
strength and resolve to deal with tough challenges. I have 
no doubt we will come through this difficult period even 
stronger on the other side.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  11

STRATEGIC REPORTCHIEF EXECUTIVE’S OVERVIEW CONTINUED

Moving forward  
with purpose

It is an honour to have taken on the role of 
CEO, and I would like to thank Agust for his 
outstanding leadership of Bakkavor over 
the last 36 years and his support during my 
time in the Group. I joined the business in 
2001 and am proud to have played a part 
in the evolution of the Bakkavor business 
over the last 20 years or so. 

The current environment is incredibly 
challenging, but I strongly believe  
that challenges create opportunities. 
Bakkavor is a resilient business with strong 
foundations – we have a fantastic team,  
a broad range of quality products, strong 
customer relationships, scale and flexibility 
across our operations, and significant 
growth opportunities internationally.

Clear strategy in place, with refined focus to 
deliver returns
The strategy of the Group remains clear and unchanged.  
We are focused on driving returns from our market-leading 
position in the UK, whilst also accelerating profitable 
growth internationally. These priorities are underpinned  
by our relentless focus on operational excellence, and on 
being a trusted partner for all of our stakeholders.

Our strategy remains even more relevant today against a 
challenging backdrop, but we need to employ different tactics 
to underpin its delivery. We have already taken decisive 
action to protect profits, under three focus areas:

1  Leaner organisational structure

2  Clear and focused regional priorities

3  Enhanced focus on managing cash

These initiatives will deliver savings of £15m in FY23  
and £25m on an annualised basis, and provide us with a 
stronger platform from which to move forward positively 
and with purpose as we face what will be another difficult 
year. The cash costs of £17.1m to implement the plan, 
together with £19.5m of non-cash impairment charges,  
are recognised as exceptional items in FY22. Supported  
by our robust financial position, these actions will ensure  
that we continue to deliver for colleagues, customers and 
shareholders. As we go through this transition, we will 
continue to protect the Group’s fundamentals around 
safety, quality and service, with an absolute focus on 
delivering for our customers. 

12  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Our strategy remains relevant, 
but we need to employ different 
tactics to underpin its delivery. 
We have taken decisive action 
to protect profits under three 
focus areas.

– Mike Edwards, Chief Executive Officer

Decisive action to protect profits under three focus areas:
1

Leaner organisational structure

We have put in place a new leadership structure which will 
create renewed energy, focus and purpose. Operationally, 
we have aligned our UK business around two sectors, 
Meals and Bakery, which will deliver synergies. Meals 
combines our existing Meals and Salads businesses, given 
the dynamic movement of volume that has become the 
norm between sites, and Bakery combines our Pizza, 
Bread and Desserts businesses to exploit their process 

similarities. To create better alignment across our 
business, we have streamlined our UK structure by moving 
to functional reporting for our HR and Finance teams,  
and plans are underway to implement this in the US too. 
Together, this has necessarily resulted in a number of 
people leaving our business and we continue to support 
our colleagues through this transition. 

2

Clear and focused regional priorities 

UK: We will drive an aggressive plan to mitigate the 
impact of ongoing inflation and volume pressures by 
leveraging our scale and strength, working collaboratively 
with our customers to recover inflation, and implementing 
specific cost and efficiency plans. The investment we have 
made to enhance capacity across our sites, combined 
with our experience of dynamically transferring volume 
between sites, means we are well-placed to consolidate 
volume and better leverage our cost base. Following a 
detailed review of our footprint, we are closing two UK 
sites (Bakkavor Desserts Leicester and Bakkavor Salads 
Sutton Bridge) where volumes can be absorbed across 
our other sites. We continue to work with affected 
colleagues to secure alternative roles. 

US: The growth opportunity remains attractive as the 
Fresh Prepared Food market is still in its infancy. To date, 
the pace of growth in our US business has put pressure 
on operational performance and impacted margin 
conversion. We are therefore shifting our focus from 
growth to profit to drive margin improvement. We have  
a renewed focus on operational execution and efficiency, 
and cost reduction plans, as well as further leveraging 
our UK talent pool to provide support and expertise. 

China: Severe Covid-related restrictions have created 
disruption for our factories and demand, particularly 
given our customers are largely quick-service 
restaurants and coffee shops, impacted by lockdowns 
and high case numbers. Now that restrictions have lifted, 
the priority for our China team is on rebuilding volume  
to leverage our well-invested factory footprint, with a 
particular emphasis on diversifying our business by 
growing our presence in the grocery retail channel.

3

Enhanced focus on managing cash 

We have reviewed capital plans to reduce our overall 
spend whilst protecting our strategic investments at our 
bread site in Crewe, UK and, once profitability improves, 
our ready meals site in Charlotte, US. 

We will continue to ensure spend is allocated to critical 
compliance and maintenance programmes, along with 
targeting efficiency improvements. We are also seeking 
to create benefit from improving working capital, with a 
particular focus on stock reduction. 

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  13

STRATEGIC REPORTCHIEF EXECUTIVE’S OVERVIEW CONTINUED

Group highlights 

Like-for-like revenue

£2,069.0m
+10.6% 

2021: £1,871.6m

Adjusted operating profit

£89.4m
-12.4% 

2021: £102.0m

Leverage ratio (net debt/ 
adjusted EBITDA pre IFRS 16)

1.9x
0.0 

2021: 1.9x

UK employee turnover

28.1%
+30bps 

2021: 27.8%

UK food waste

8.05%
-110bps 

2021: 9.15%

Group net carbon emissions

110,106
-18.9% 

2021: 135,691

Performance year-on-year

Improved

Worsened

Maintained

14  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Robust performance in a tough trading 
environment
2022 has been a year of challenge and disruption. We have 
seen significant inflationary pressures across our cost 
base and on household budgets, which in turn have driven 
changes in consumer behaviour. We have also had to contend 
with supply chain disruption as global events continue to 
cause instability which, combined with a tight labour market, 
has created a difficult trading environment. 

It is in times like these that partnerships and collaboration 
come to the fore. I would like to thank our colleagues  
for their ongoing hard work and commitment during this 
challenging period, and our customers and suppliers for 
their continued support and for working alongside us to 
navigate these headwinds.

We have delivered a robust performance against this 
challenging backdrop. Like-for-like revenue grew by 
10.6%, to exceed £2bn. This largely reflects the impact  
of price, up 9.2%, and in the UK, while volume was broadly 
flat, we gained market share offsetting soft underlying 
demand. Strong volume momentum continued in the US, 
with price increases coming through in the second half, 
whilst in China Covid restrictions continued to adversely 
impact volumes. 

The UK business has proved resilient against a challenging 
backdrop, leveraging its scale and flexibility to deliver for 
customers, whilst using innovation and insights to adapt  
to changing consumer behaviours and strengthen our 
market-leading position. 

The US delivered good growth, and the future opportunity  
of the underdeveloped market is significant. Profits, however, 
came under pressure due to operational disruption from 
onboarding volume growth, a lag in inflation recovery and 
the volume impact in Q4 2022 from a contractual dispute 
with a customer. A renewed focus on driving operational 
improvement, along with cost reduction plans, should 
provide a stronger base on which to deliver margin 
improvement going forward. 

Whilst our China business has continued to be impacted  
by ongoing severe Covid-related restrictions, volumes  
have shown a steady recovery as mobility restrictions  
have eased, and we continue to believe in the medium-  
to long-term prospects for this region, where we now  
have a well-invested factory footprint. 

During my 20-year-long career at Bakkavor I have never 
experienced such high levels of inflation, equating to 
c.£230m of cost headwinds in 2022, equivalent to a  
14% increase in costs year-on-year. Our multi-faceted 
approach, across pricing, value optimisation, operational 
efficiency improvements, leveraging our scale and tight 
cost control, has enabled us to largely mitigate the impact. 

The Group’s underlying performance for the year was  
in line with market expectations, with adjusted operating 
profit of £89.4m (FY21 £102.0m). 

 
It is in times like these that 
partnerships and collaboration 
come to the fore, and I would 
like to thank our colleagues for 
their ongoing hard work and 
commitment during this 
challenging period.

– Mike Edwards, Chief Executive Officer

The Group’s balance sheet remains in a strong position, 
with leverage within our target range at 1.9 times and 
significant liquidity headroom of over £200m against our 
debt facilities. We have been disciplined in our approach  
to capital allocation, but continue to have well-invested 
factories. Our spend in the year has concentrated on 
expanding capacity of two of our US sites, to underpin the 
strategic growth opportunity in meals, and on efficiency 
improvements in the UK to drive operational excellence. 

Continued progress in supporting our people 
and sustainability
I am proud of all we are doing for our teams and 
communities through our Trusted Partner ESG strategy 
and broader people agenda. In 2022, 86% of our colleagues 
participated in our engagement survey, and the feedback 
provides us with opportunities to make Bakkavor an even 
better place to work. In particular, we recognise the 
demands of working in the fast-paced environment that 
Fresh Prepared Food manufacturing requires, and we also 
understand that there is more that we can do to support 
our people. 

Whilst the broader labour market remains tight, through 
the year we have seen the pressures gradually easing. 
This is particularly evident in the availability of people,  
with a reduced level of absences in our own workforce and 
agencies. Furthermore, whilst staff turnover marginally 
increased on last year, levels have tracked down in H2 
2022, albeit remaining higher than ideal. 

It is pleasing to see the investment we have made in our 
people has had a positive impact, with a c.10% investment 
in factory pay rates, upweighted engagement activities and 
the launch of our new values. The majority of our factory 
colleagues benefitted from an out-of-cycle pay award and 
an annual pay increase. Our new values, launched in early 
2022, have been positively received, and we are continuing 
to embed them into our culture and ways of working. 

We have refined our approach under our Trusted Partner 
ESG strategy to be more targeted. Going forward, our 
efforts will be centred on three priority issues: food waste, 
climate and Net Zero, and environmentally sustainable 
sourcing. As well as having a positive impact from an 
environmental and social perspective, we also recognise 
that there are financial benefits to making progress in 
these key areas. As such, we are focused on improving our 
non-financial data and processes, and on developing our 
capital and operational plans. 

In 2022 we enhanced our operational understanding and 
focus on food waste and the benefit of this has already begun 
to materialise, with food waste reduced by 110 basis points 
to 8.05% on last year. We have also continued to develop 
our plans to reach Net Zero by 2040. In 2022, our Group net 
carbon emissions reduced significantly, by 18.9% year-on-
year, which was supported by our investment in refrigeration 
upgrades and energy initiatives. We also remain committed 
to delivering on our commitments across the other areas 
under our Trusted Partner strategy, which are well-
embedded into our day-to-day operations.

Confident of emerging stronger  
from current conditions
We expect the challenging trading environment in 2022 to 
continue into the coming year, as consumers are impacted 
by the cost-of-living crisis. Inflation across the cost base is 
also expected to persist, particularly in energy and labour, 
and we expect an increase in costs of c.6% to 8% in 2023. 

Trading in early 2023 has been encouraging, despite fresh 
produce availability challenges which are expected to 
continue until April. Our UK business has continued to gain 
market share and plans to help drive margin improvement 
and reduce costs in the US are being embedded, with  
a new leadership structure in place from April 2023.  
Our President of Bakkavor USA, Pete Laport, is leaving  
in mid-March and we thank him for his contribution and 
commitment during his time with the US business. In China, 
as the region is emerging from Covid we have seen a gradual 
recovery in volumes and, whilst we anticipate some ongoing 
disruption in the coming months, the outlook for the region 
is more positive. 

Progress under our action plan is on track to deliver the 
expected savings, with the two UK sites due to close by  
the end of Q1 2023. This decisive action to reduce costs  
and protect our business, combined with our clear strategy, 
focused regional priorities, targeted investment, unique 
scale and breadth and balance sheet strength, provides us 
with an even stronger platform from which to move forward 
positively. We are confident in our ability to deliver 2023  
in line with market expectations and are well-placed to 
capitalise on the medium- to long-term opportunity.

Mike Edwards
Chief Executive Officer 
7 March 2023

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  15

STRATEGIC REPORTHOW WE CREATE VALUE

Creating value 
for all our 
stakeholders

Leverage our  
market-leading insight, 
innovation and expertise 
to develop products that 
consumers desire.

Our business model
Responsibly source  
high-quality raw materials 
utilising our agile  
and well-established 
supply chain.

Manufacture Fresh 
Prepared Food (“FPF”) 
to the highest standards  
and at scale for our 
customers every day. 

>18,500

colleagues

>1,300

suppliers we  
source from

Our key resources
45

sites across UK, US and China

c.250

health and safety and  
food safety colleagues

Our values

>200

development chefs

£64.0m

capital invested 
in 2022

Respect  
and trust  
each other

Keep the customer 
at the heart of 
what we do

Get it right,  
keep it right

Be proud of  
what we do

16  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Our value creation

Skilled, engaged and 
progressive talent 
pool, embedding  
our values

86%

response rate to 
engagement survey, 
up 3% on 2021

280

apprentices, up  
from 200 in 2021

>740

colleagues completed 
leadership training 
programmes

High-quality and 
great-tasting Fresh 
Prepared Food that 
meets consumers’ 
changing needs 

1,500

new or refreshed 
products in 2022

increased share  
in UK FPF market

32%

growth in US fresh 
meals revenue

Well-invested, 
strategically located 
footprint to capitalise 
on future growth

£36.1m 

capital investment  
in productivity and 
strategic projects  
in 2022

UK

consolidated footprint 
to leverage cost base 
and deliver savings

1

centralised sourcing 
platform in Spain

Disciplined capital 
allocation, with robust 
cash flow generation 
and balance sheet 
strength, provides 
strong foundations

£66.8m 

Group free cash flow, 
allocated primarily  
to reduce debt and 
pay the dividend

1.9x

leverage within  
target range,  
in line with 2021

5.0%

dividend growth

Clear commitments 
and delivering 
progress under  
ESG focus areas

18.9% 

reduction in Group 
net carbon emissions  
in 2022

110bps

reduction in food 
waste to 8.05%  
in 2022

77

new Wellbeing 
Champions

Our key stakeholders

Colleagues

Customers

Suppliers

Investors

Communities

  READ MORE on pg 66.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  17

STRATEGIC REPORTOUR MARKETS

Our markets
UK market summary

Consumers are focused on value in 
the near-term, but continue to desire 
moments of enjoyment, and seek to 
support their personal wellbeing and 
a more sustainable future.

The UK market is going through a challenging period as 
cost-of-living pressures increase due to macro-economic 
uncertainty and significant price inflation. Nationally,  
40% of people say their financial position is getting worse1, 
and average household grocery spend has risen by  
over £600 in 20222. As a result, consumers are adopting 
money-saving strategies across how they live, shop and eat.

Despite their money-saving behaviours, UK consumers 
continue to show a desire to create moments of enjoyment, 
ensure long-term personal wellbeing and support a more 
sustainable future. 

SEEKING VALUE – “I want to spend better”

This is demonstrated through shoppers seeking products 
and brands that listen, understand and respond to their 
core needs and values.

We distilled these behavioural dynamics and market 
performance into three key trends: seeking value, desiring 
at-home experiences and acting responsibly. Our goal at 
Bakkavor is to leverage our insight and expertise across 
our Fresh Prepared Food (“FPF”) products to ensure each 
one aligns to these trends and has a clear objective.

62% 

are buying 
cheaper products1

>70% 

say increased 
living costs are 
their biggest 
concern1

What’s happening:
•  Shoppers are cutting back and hunting for 
cheaper products. They are seeking out 
discounted lines, price-matched products 
and value tier ranges.

•  Shoppers are also switching where they 

shop, down-trading from premium retailers 
and high street eateries, looking for more 
affordable items to help mitigate inflationary 
costs. As a result, retailers are driving loyalty 
initiatives to target the savvy shopper. 

•  Discretionary purchases have reduced. 
However, shoppers continue to pay a 
premium for quality, trusted brands, more 
adventurous flavours and recipes – features 
they feel add genuine value and cannot 
easily be replaced. Manufacturers, retailers 
and brands are working hard to ensure their 
products offer added value which is worth 
paying for.

How we are responding:
We have worked with our retail customers  
to adapt our products to enhance our value 
proposition for our consumers, whilst ensuring 
we maintain product quality and integrity:

•  Undertook extensive market research in 

early 2022 to identify which product elements 
added value to consumers. This helped to 
focus our product development and category 
plans to meet new demands. 

•  Adjusted recipes and product weights to align 
with the market across a range of ready meals. 

•  Supported promotional plans with our 

customers to offer price reductions, multibuy 
offers, and meal deal discounts across pizza, 
desserts, dips, soup and ready meals.

•  Increased our value tier offering in dips with 
a strategic customer and rebalanced ranges 
across several categories.

•  Restructured our ‘The Pizza Company’ meal 
deal to maintain appeal at a lower price point.

1  Bakkavor State of the Nation Report September 2022, One Pulse – 500 respondents.
2  Kantar UK grocery price inflation 11 October 2022.
3  Kantar WPO 12 weeks to October 2022 versus 12 weeks to October 2021. 
4  ShopperVista research. 2,011 British shoppers. 13–15 May 2022.

5  Kantar WPO 12 weeks to October 22 versus 12 weeks to October 2018.
6  Bakkavor Market Matrix, summer 2022.
7 

IGD ShopperVista research, 3,707 British shoppers, November 2022.

18  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

55% 

are cutting back 
on eating out  
of home1

47% 

are cutting back 
on takeaways1

DESIRING AT-HOME EXPERIENCES – “I want mealtimes to be special” 

What’s happening:
•  Consumers are cutting back on eating out 
of home to save money, despite mobility 
returning to pre-pandemic levels. This 
means affordable weekend treats are being 
sought to eat at home. 

•  Supermarkets are benefitting from this 
shift. Dine-in meal deals have become 
increasingly popular, with promotions up 
over 8% on 20213.

•  40% of people say they will do less socially 

than before the pandemic but that when they 
do it will be more special4, favouring smaller 
social gatherings at home. Many are turning 
to FPF for an easy, affordable solution. 

•  For everyday occasions, consumers  

are seeking affordable, convenient and 
time-saving options that provide a filling 
meal solution.

•  Younger consumers are increasingly 

attracted to FPF products, particularly 
evident in ready meals, pizza and vegetable 
accompaniments. 11.7% of FPF shoppers 
are pre-family, up 3% on 20185. 

How we are responding:
With a varied portfolio of affordable and 
convenient products for in-home occasions, 
we have benefitted from shoppers seeking 
these options:

•  Uplifted sales in our Italian ready meal  

and chilled bread ranges, seen as filling, 
convenient and cost-effective.

•  Combined ready meals, pizzas, desserts and 
sides in meal deal offers, including dine-at-home 
brands such as The Pizza Company, Heat & 
Enjoy and Pizza Express. Also supported dine-in 
propositions across premium and core tiers 
and a diverse range of cuisines and segments.

•  Summer sales grew 7.8% across salads and 
2.5% in dips, as a warm summer and desire 
for convenience bolstered sales6.

•  Continued to elevate eating experiences across 
our categories; addition of the Siciliana range 
to Pizza Express and a programme of special 
guest flavours to The Pizza Company range.

•  Maintained focus on social, seasonal and key 

events, such as The Delicious Dessert Company 
special cream cakes to celebrate Halloween and 
commemorate the late Queen’s Platinum Jubilee.

47% 

are seeking  
more fruit and  
vegetables in  
their diet1

39% 

are buying more 
products with 
sustainable 
packaging1

ACTING RESPONSIBLY – “I want to eat and live better”

What’s happening:
•  Whilst pressures on household budgets 

have put cost front of mind in the near-term, 
68% of UK consumers agree that the food 
and drink industry has a responsibility to 
limit its climate impact7. We strive to look 
after the health of our nation and planet  
by evolving our offering to achieve our 
sustainability goals.

•  Fresh, healthy alternative and plant-based 
products remain an important factor for 
31% of FPF consumers1.

•  Reducing waste has become more 

important to consumers, driven by financial 
benefits and sustainability goals. Social 
responsibility and supporting others’ 
wellbeing has also been elevated as people 
seek to help communities during the  
cost-of-living crisis. 

•  High Fat Salt Sugar (“HFSS”) health 

measures: whilst legislative implementation 
was deferred by the government, retailers 
started to implement planned changes from 
October 2022, with changes in where and 
how non-compliant products can be sold, 
which particularly impacted dessert and 
pizza product ranges.

How we are responding:
We continue to evolve our product offering and 
operations towards a more sustainable future:

•  Encouraged healthy eating by developing 

processes around HFSS legislation; 83% of 
our products are compliant with the Food 
Standard Agency’s salt reduction targets for 
2024 and 62% defined as ‘healthier options’  
by the Department of Health’s UK Nutrient 
Profiling Model.

•  Launched multiple propositions that provide 

more fresh and natural options:

 – 52% of our total UK products are vegetarian 

(2021: 50%), of which 19% are vegan;

 – New partnership with a leading vegetarian 
brand to relaunch a range of ready meals, 
improving freshness and quality; and

 – New plant-based meal deals to support 
more dietary requirements and lifestyle 
choices in-store.

•  In collaboration with our UK customers, 

eliminated 2,429 tonnes of plastic across our 
product ranges – a 12% reduction in a year.

•  631 tonnes of food sent to redistributors and 

local charities. 

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  19

STRATEGIC REPORTOUR MARKETS CONTINUED

US market summary

In this under-developed market, 
retailers are investing in their Fresh 
Prepared Food (“FPF”) offer to meet 
strong consumer demand for fresh, 
convenient products.

70% 

of retailers deem 
investment in 
fresh prepared 
meals a success5

82% 

of food retailers 
are actively 
looking to expand 
space for Fresh 
Prepared Food6

What’s happening:
Consumer spending in the US continues to 
be robust despite inflationary pressure, with 
unemployment remaining at record lows and 
high job vacancy rates1. However, consumer 
sentiment deteriorated markedly in 2022; 
the Michigan Consumer Sentiment Index 
(“MCSI”) dropped to 59 in 2022, the lowest 
yearly score since its inception in 19612.

Food prices increased by 10.4% year-on-
year in 20222, but our focus categories have 
seen limited change in consumer behaviour. 
That said, the refrigerated grab-and-go 
meals category continues to grow strongly 
off the back of unabated consumer demand. 

Our consumer research in 2022 showed 
that: 95% of consumers that tried fresh 
meals in the previous six months would 
purchase the same or more in the next 
three years; and at least 50% of non-buying 
consumers were “somewhat likely”  
to purchase in the future. 

Additionally, the possibility of a recession 
has benefitted private label/retailer brands, 
providing a further tailwind for our business 
– with retailer brand sales up 10.2% in the 
nine months to September, compared to 
5.6% for national brands3.

In response, retailers are strengthening 
their private label offer and dedicating more 
space to the category – 82%4 are actively 
looking to expand space for FPF, particularly 
grab-and-go products. 

Retailers see private label products as a USP 
versus their competitors, with 70% deeming 
such investment a success5. The category 
also provides retailers with a hedge against 
labour challenges, as shelf-ready fresh meals 
do not require in-store kitchen operations 
and individuals to manage the deli counters.

Still, the US retail offer remains vastly 
underdeveloped compared to the UK and  
we expect the market to continue growing  
at double-digit rates in the medium-term.

How we are responding:
We recorded another year of strong volume 
growth in the US:

•  Delivered 32% growth in fresh meals, 
supplying six customers nationally.

•  Rolled out our fresh meals to more stores  

for our existing customers.

•  Launched a new supply partnership with a 

large regional retailer, with a strong pipeline 
of new products to further expand the range 
in 2023.

•  Developed and launched 114 new products 

across our categories, equivalent to over 30% 
of our 2021 range. 

•  Introduced product tiering across price 

points for the first time within our range of 
meals for one of our strategic customers, 
thus broadening the category price spectrum 
and consumer appeal.

1  US Bureau of Labor Statistics.
2  University of Michigan for consumer sentiment MCSI.
3  LEK Retail Private Label Feeds a Hunger for Growth.
4  Food Industry Association.
5  FMI State of Fresh Food 2022.
6  Food Industry Association.

20  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

China market summary

China continues to offer significant 
opportunity with the world’s largest 
middle-income population of 400 
million, which is expected to double 
in the next 15 years.

77% 

of consumers 
choosing domestic 
brands because of 
“value for money”3

7–10% 

CAGR for China 
foodservice 
industry1 

What’s happening:
China’s zero tolerance Covid policy impacted 
consumer behaviour in 2022, with local  
and regional lockdowns resulting in slower 
growth and more considered purchasing. 
The foodservice channel was heavily 
affected, with industry revenues declining  
by 5.4% on 2021. China has not faced the 
same inflationary pressures as the UK and 
US (consumer prices were up by only 1.8% 
year-on-year in December 2022). However, 
food prices recorded steeper inflation, 
reaching 8.8% year-on-year growth in 
September before gradually decelerating1.

Coupled with the weaker economic outlook, 
retailers saw strong growth in own label 
products and Chinese local brands, with 77% 
of consumers choosing domestic brands 
because of “value for money”3. Food and 
grocery purchases benefitted over 
discretionary items – 44% of Chinese 
consumers expected to spend more on 
groceries in the second half of 20223. The 
pandemic also accelerated online penetration 
– 58% of consumers increased their shopping 
online since before the pandemic4 – and a 
desire for healthier products. 47% of Chinese 
consumers (versus 37% globally) say they 
intend to spend more on health and wellness 
products and services in the future, with 46% 
actively looking for healthy ingredients in food 
and beverages4.

Following the lifting of Covid restrictions  
in December 2022, the expectation is for  
a material, if bumpy, recovery in 2023, with  
the foodservice industry back to a pre-Covid 
growth rate of 7–10% per annum5. Over  
the longer term, China continues to offer 
significant opportunities with the world’s 
largest middle-income population of 
c.400 million, expected to double in the next 
15 years2. Additionally, sales of fresh prepared 
meals across ready-to-eat, ready-to-heat 
and ready-to-cook are expected to continue 
growing ahead of the market.

How we are responding:
•  Delivered over 50% growth in sales to retail 

customers through product range expansion 
into existing and new categories, and secured 
new customer partnerships.

•  Expanded our range of products to include 

ready-to-eat and ready-to-cook meals, leafy 
salads, sandwiches, soups and sushi for 
retail customers.

•  Introduced a grab-and-go breakfast range  
at a major coffee chain, as well as healthy 
choices and online ordering at our Fresh 
Kitchen counters in Hong Kong.

•  Broadened our frozen food offer to widen  
our geographical reach and support our 
customers in managing their inventory levels 
and store processes more effectively. 

•  Launched a new Fresh Kitchen online frozen 
range in partnership with a leading meat-
alternative brand, combining healthy eating 
trends with the increase of online food sales.

1  China National Bureau of Statistics.
2  Accenture, 2022 – Chinese Consumer Insights 2022.
3  PwC, June 2022 – Global Consumer Survey China Report.
4  Euromonitor, 2022 – Megatrends in China 2025.
5  Great Wall Security.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  21

STRATEGIC REPORTOUR STRATEGY

A clear strategy 
for realising  
our vision

The strategy of the Group remains clear: to deliver profitable and 
sustainable growth. We are focused on driving returns from our 
market-leading position in the UK, whilst also accelerating 
profitable growth in the US and China. These priorities are 
underpinned by our relentless focus on operational excellence  
and by being a trusted partner for all of our stakeholders.

Our vision:
To lead the way in bringing 
innovative, great-tasting, freshly 
prepared food to people across 
our markets.

Our purpose:
To delight our customers and 
consumers through the fresh, 
convenient and great-tasting food 
that we proudly create every day.

Our culture: 
To empower and support all our stakeholders by living our values.

Respect  
and trust  
each other

Keep the customer 
at the heart of 
what we do

Get it right,  
keep it right

Be proud of  
what we do

22  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Our strategy remains even  
more relevant today against this 
challenging backdrop, but we 
need to employ different tactics 
to underpin its delivery, and we 
have taken decisive action to 
protect profits.

– Mike Edwards, Chief Executive Officer

E X CELLENCE
f o r m a nce through operational e

x

c

e

ll

e

n

c

e

e t  p o s i t i on

Accele

r

a

t
e

p

r

I

o

N

f

i

t

T

a

E

b

r

e

r   p

r i o

e

p

Deliver s u

ber one m a r k

m
u
 n
K
U
r
u
o

K
U

Our strategy

g

n

i

g

a

r

e

v

e

y l

s b

Drive return

hin

a

B

e

a

t

r

u

s
t

e

l

e

g
r
o
w
t

R
N
A
T
I
O
N
A
L

h in the US and C

d p
a

rtner for our people, custom e r s ,

s a

r

p li e

  s u p

TRUST

m unities

n d co m

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  23

STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
OUR STRATEGY CONTINUED

UK
Drive returns by leveraging our UK number one  
market position

Our strategy in the UK is to drive financial returns in the Fresh Prepared Food 
(“FPF”) market and strengthen our business for the benefit of all stakeholders.

Our key drivers
•  Leverage our leading market insights, product development 

expertise and breadth of food production capabilities to 
develop products and propositions that delight our customers 
and consumers.

•  Utilise our scale to develop, prepare and distribute  
our products with a more efficient and sustainable  
use of resources. 

•  Leverage our customer relationships and market 

leadership to pursue profitable growth opportunities  
that allow us to create value for our shareholders.

•  Invest in attracting and developing talented individuals  

to retain our leading position into the future.

What we have achieved
•  Outperformed the FPF market and increased our market 
share, in a period when consumer demand has been  
under pressure, through strong underlying performance 
and business wins across multiple customers in meals, 
salads and desserts.

•  Grew The Delicious Dessert Company brand through 

increased distribution and new product launches to become 
the fifth largest desserts brand in the UK FPF market. 

•  Leveraged our breadth of capability to support a strategic 

customer in stretching one of its brands into new categories. 
Delivered a 60% year-on-year increase in our sales under 
this brand from market share gains, launching new products 
across stir-fry, dressed salads and food-to-go, combined 
with post-Covid recovery in volumes.

•  Responded to changing consumer behaviour and 

inflationary pressures on our cost base by adapting our 
ranges to deliver great value products, whilst maintaining 
quality. For example, we removed 127 tonnes of packaging 
across the annual supply of a range of ready meals, which 
helped reduce cost and plastic content.

•  Collaborated with our customers to successfully recover 
the majority of inflation across our cost base. Used a 
combination of pass-through mechanisms, traditional 
pricing discussions and self-help measures across 
performance improvement, value optimisation and tight 
cost control.

24  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Our focus for 2023 and beyond
Under the Group’s plan to protect profits, in the UK we are 
focused on driving returns: 

•  Drive an aggressive plan to mitigate the impact of ongoing 
inflation and volume pressures by leveraging our scale 
and strength, working collaboratively with our customers  
to recover inflation, maximise value optimisation 
opportunities across ranges, and implement specific cost 
and efficiency plans. 

•  Consolidate our UK footprint with the closure of two sites in Q1 
2023 to reduce our cost base. Volume to transfer to existing 
sites where we have invested in capacity and capability.

•  Embed our new leadership structure and deliver synergies 
from aligning our UK business around two sectors: Meals 
and Bakery. 

•  Streamline our UK structure by moving to functional reporting 

of our HR and Finance teams.

In addition, we will continue to:

•  Complete strategic capital investment to increase capacity 

and enhance productivity at our Bakkavor Bread Crewe site, 
on track to commission in H2 2023;

•  Leverage our competitive offer and operational delivery  

to win new business from an increasingly challenged and 
fragile supply base;

•  Further build our branded offer in the FPF market through 
our own brand, The Delicious Dessert Company, and in 
partnership with external brands, such as Pizza Express 
and Quorn; and

•  Explore inorganic growth opportunities to broaden our 
capabilities and bolster our proposition to customers.

Bakkavor gained market share  
in value and volume in 2022

STRATEGY IN ACTION: 
Building our new brand,  
The Delicious Dessert Company
• We identified a gap in the cream cakes 

branded offering and an opportunity to attract 
new, younger consumers to this category. 
• Drawing on our market-leading capabilities 
and insight, we created our own brand,  
The Delicious Dessert Company. 

• In 2021, we launched a range of éclairs into 
two of our strategic retailers. Less than 18 
months later, our expanded range of éclairs 
and loaded doughnuts is available in over 1,100 
stores across three grocery retailers, making 
it the fifth largest and fastest-growing chilled 
desserts brand in the UK.

• We have sold our products at festivals and 

events across the UK, and also featured on  
the BBC, with an exclusive celebration éclair 
for the late Queen’s Platinum Jubilee. 

• We are excited about the pipeline of 

opportunities ahead. We plan to add further 
retailer listings, broaden the product range, 
and introduce first-to-market innovation 
across the chilled desserts category.

Sales up 370%  
on last year, now 
5th largest FPF 
desserts brand.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  25

STRATEGIC REPORTOUR STRATEGY CONTINUED

International
Accelerate profitable growth in the US and China

We have a strong and growing presence in the two largest food markets in the world, 
the US and China, where the Group has operated for over ten years. We use our Group 
expertise to support our local teams and deliver profitable growth.

Our key drivers
•  Invest in new capacity to respond to growing customer 

demand, and expand our offering to cater for evolving needs 
of the end consumers.

•  Broaden and strengthen existing customer partnerships, 

whilst building a pipeline of new customers who are 
committed to expanding their fresh food offer.

•  Combine deep local knowledge with Group expertise to 

develop innovative products that are tailored to local tastes 
and meet the highest safety standards.

•  Leverage Group experience to generate sustainable 

profitability improvements, by training local talent and 
embedding best-in-class manufacturing practices and 
technical standards.

What we have achieved
US
•  Delivered 32% year-on-year growth in fresh meals; 
completed the national roll-out of fresh meals with a 
strategic customer, launched our meals offer with a new 
regional grocer and delivered over 85 new products with 
existing customers.

•  Undertook strategic investment to increase our fresh meals 
capacity and enhance productivity in our East and West Coast 
sites; work in Carson completed in the summer of 2022.

•  Started to implement productivity and service improvement 

actions across our sites, as profits have come under 
pressure due to operational disruption from onboarding 
significant volume growth.

CHINA
•  Effectively managed regional lockdowns that severely 

impacted our volumes by adapting our ways of working, 
shifting production across sites, and working in collaboration 
with our customers to help mitigate the impact, albeit profits 
were impacted.

•  Utilised geographic coverage and expertise to deliver over 
60% growth in retail revenue from existing customers and  
a new large international grocer.

•  Built a replacement site in Xi’an to increase capacity, 

broaden capabilities and ensure best-in-class technical 
standards. This now completes our strategic investment  
in the region with a well-invested platform for growth.

•  Increased capacity in our Bakery and Hong Kong 

businesses through small, targeted investments to 
accommodate business wins and organic growth.

26  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Our focus for 2023 and beyond
US
•  Our immediate focus has shifted from growth to profit; 

driving operational performance and reviewing our cost 
base to improve margin in a sustainable way.

•  Continue to seek to reach resolution on the ongoing 

contractual dispute with a single customer at one site.

•  Once profit momentum in the US business returns, 

recommence our strategic investment in Charlotte to 
increase our total US site capacity and underpin future growth. 

•  In the medium-term, search for a new production facility  
in the Midwest to provide further capacity for growth and 
enable us to better serve local customers.

•  Secure future growth by developing new partnerships 

through our offer of market-leading fresh meals. 

•  Provide ongoing support from our UK business to support 

delivery of our US strategy.

CHINA
•  Seek to restore higher growth and profitability, 

reinvigorating sales with our foodservice customers,  
with the easing of restrictions providing a more positive 
outlook for the region.

•  Drive further growth in retail channels to further rebalance 
our sales mix, under the leadership of our newly appointed 
Commercial Director.

•  Drive margin improvement through operating leverage, 
category-mix optimisation and operational excellence.

32%

growth in US fresh meals revenue 
in 2022

STRATEGY IN ACTION: 
US – Launching our market-leading fresh 
meals offer for a new customer
In early 2022, we started discussions with a large 
Midwest grocer to bolster their deli-counter offer 
with fresh, grab-and-go prepared meals. Within  
a few months, we had developed a range of six 
great-tasting single-serve meals. By October,  
the range had increased to ten products, available 
across the full estate of over 250 stores. Work is 
underway to further expand the range, in fresh 
meals and into other categories.

China – Launching a new product category 
in grocery retail
Working in partnership with a strategic retail 
customer, we identified an opportunity to launch  
a food-to-go fresh sushi offer. The category  
was new to Bakkavor, but following extensive 
product and process development in late 2021  
we launched our first product. This was an 
immediate success and we now have a range of 
three top sellers listed throughout the customer’s 
store estate. This has invigorated our customer 
relationship and broadened our capabilities, 
providing a solid platform for future growth.

Developed new customer 
partnerships in the US and 
China to successfully launch 
product ranges as we 
continue to deliver growth.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  27

STRATEGIC REPORTOUR STRATEGY CONTINUED

Excellence
Deliver superior performance through operational excellence

We invest in our colleagues and assets to generate operational efficiencies and maintain 
the highest technical standards and service levels across our footprint.

Our key drivers
•  Identify opportunities to improve efficiency through our 
centralised, highly-skilled Operational Excellence team.

•  Enhance productivity through automation investments  

Our focus for 2023 and beyond
•  Deliver on our plan to close two UK sites, ensuring a 

smooth transfer of volume to our other sites and secure 
targeted savings.

and colleague training, with a focus on engineering skills.

•  Embed our new UK sector structures, consolidated from 

•  Uphold the highest technical standards of food safety  
and health and safety, for the benefit of our colleagues, 
customers and consumers.

•  Establish a resilient and efficient global sourcing  

platform, supported by our dedicated teams in the UK, 
Spain and China.

•  Maintain our market-leading service levels through  
agile manufacturing and embedded resource within  
the supply chain. 

What we have achieved
•  Taken decisive action to protect profits against persisting 
inflation and supply chain disruption, with annualised 
savings of £25m (£15m in FY23). Includes proposed closure 
of two UK sites, creation of a leaner organisational structure 
and an enhanced focus on managing cash.

•  Continued roll-out of our new smart manufacturing system; 
installed in all but one of our UK factories, with targeted 
direct labour savings of up to 1% of revenue, equivalent to 
c.5% reduction in UK direct labour costs.

•  Invested in new equipment and capabilities to accommodate 
business wins, increase automation and reduce waste and 
energy consumption. This included upgrading of LED lighting 
across 20 UK sites to underpin annual energy savings of  
8.8 GWh and 1,886 tCO2e to support our ESG agenda.

•  Provided best-in-class service levels to our UK customers, 
including a well-executed Christmas period, maintaining 
our strong service with deliveries on time and in full, despite 
persistent global supply chain challenges. 

•  Generated efficiencies in our logistic operations through 
network redesign, significant investment in distribution 
centres, and an upgrade of our largest distribution centre.

•  Maintained industry-leading technical standards across  

the Group.

•  Upgraded our engineering apprenticeship scheme,  

with a step up in targeted skills and enrolment (30 new 
apprentices in 2022). Also launched new partnerships, 
including one with the University of Birmingham.

28  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

four to two sectors; Meals and Bakery. 

•  Drive manufacturing efficiencies through automation,  
data-driven control of materials and labour, improved 
training programmes and targeted external support.

•  Renew focus in the US on driving operational performance 

to support sustainable margin improvement. Robust 
operational plans are being embedded and are expected  
to start to drive some margin improvement through FY23.

•  Maintain our industry-leading technical standards through 
colleague training, targeted site investments and sharing  
of best practices.

•  Invest in people development and upskilling to build 

capabilities and improve retention, including through  
our award-winning apprenticeship programme. 

  READ MORE on pg 32. 

c.1%

of revenue is the targeted saving  
in direct labour costs following  
the roll-out of our new smart 
manufacturing system

 
STRATEGY IN ACTION: 
Targeted investments and footprint 
rationalisation to create a stronger  
UK Salads sector 
Last year saw targeted investments in our  
UK salads sites, specifically:

• In Tilmanstone, Kent, we upgraded one 
production line to allow full segregation  
of allergens, and automated another line  
to improve accuracy, increase speed and 
efficiencies, and also reduce our on-site labour 
requirements, given ongoing market pressures.
• In Bourne, Lincolnshire, we increased capacity 
following a business win and replaced packaging 
equipment to reduce plastic usage, leading  
to material savings (465 tonnes of plastic 
annualised) and lower environmental impact.

• To take advantage of the seasonal peak in 

salads and corresponding dip in meals, at our 
Boston site we proactively re-purposed meals 
production capacity to salads. As a result, we 
were able to effectively deliver on the salads 
summer peak in volumes.

• We are taking action to protect profitability by 
closing one of our production sites in Sutton 
Bridge and rebalancing volumes across the 
remaining sites. 

In 2023, we will invest in  
people development and 
upskilling to drive performance 
and improve retention, including 
through our award-winning 
apprenticeship programme.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  29

STRATEGIC REPORTOUR STRATEGY CONTINUED

Trust
Be a trusted partner for our people, customers, suppliers 
and communities

We strive to be a responsible, caring and trusted partner for all our stakeholders,  
and a positive force in our interactions with the world around us.

Our key drivers
•  Live our values by striving to do the right thing for our 
colleagues, customers, suppliers and communities:

  READ MORE on our values on pg 32. 

•  Provide our people with a great place to work where they 
feel valued, included and inspired to perform at their best.

•  Be a responsible global business by reducing our 

environmental footprint and maintaining high ethical 
standards across our supply chain, in collaboration  
with our customers and suppliers. 

•  Support our immediate communities through charity 

partnerships and local grassroots initiatives. 

What we have achieved
•  Lowered Group net carbon emissions by 18.9% in 2022 
through measures across all regions that reduced 
electricity and gas consumption, and minimised emissions 
from refrigerant gases to the lowest level since Group-wide 
measurement began in 2017. Emissions reduced significantly 
across UK, US and China, by 15.3%, 18.7% and 25.5% 
respectively in 2022.

•  Reduced food waste through improvements in our production 

processes and stepped up food redistribution efforts. 

•  Maintained health and safety performance well above 

industry averages; UK >7 day accident rate of 321 per 100k 
employees (down 3.9% from 334 per 100k in 2021) and 
outperformed the industry benchmark by 63%. 

•  Collaborated with our UK customers to remove 2,429 

tonnes of plastic packaging through product redesign and 
increased recyclability – a 12% reduction achieved in a year.

•  Promoted inclusion and diversity and wellbeing across 
our business through a Wellbeing Strategy and Toolkit, 
female mentoring programmes, and inclusion campaigns 
and activity.

•  Over 670 factory-based UK colleagues completed the Front-
line Leaders Programme, giving them the skills to reach 
their potential and perform as leaders in our business. 

30  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Our focus for 2023 and beyond
•  Following the ESG materiality assessment update in 2022, 
we have clarity on our three priority issues; Climate and  
Net Zero, Food Waste, and Environmentally Sustainable 
Sourcing. READ MORE on pg 40–41.

•  Continue to focus on collating accurate data and ensuring 
our reporting processes are robust on our non-financial 
KPIs. READ MORE on pg 4. 

•  Working towards our 2040 Net Zero commitment by 

conducting site engineering assessments alongside smart 
energy monitoring and audits. This will deliver a detailed 
picture of the decarbonisation challenge and opportunity 
ahead, and the investment required.

•  Remain focused on offering fair pay and relevant benefits 
for our colleagues, as well as developing action plans  
to address colleague feedback from the 2022 EES. 

•  Continue our commitment to respond to change 
effectively with regards to our people, providing 
progression opportunities, embedding our values  
and providing relevant benefits. 

•  With the tough operating environment expected to continue 

through 2023, we will continue to work alongside our 
customers and suppliers to support and be a trusted 
partner to them.

•  READ MORE on pg 32 for detail on our people, including: 

how we are responding to the outcomes of our EES; 
engaging, rewarding and supporting colleagues’ wellbeing; 
putting our values at the heart of everything we do; and 
developing our action planning to continue positive people 
progress for 2023 and beyond.

18.9%

reduction in Group net  
carbon emissions in 2022

 
 
STRATEGY IN ACTION: 
Driving food waste reduction across  
our UK business
• Under our Trusted Partner ESG strategy, we are 
committed to halving UK food waste by 2030  
to support the Champions 12.3 initiative.

• In 2021, our UK food waste increased as production 
returned to pre-pandemic levels. Recognising the 
need to act, we implemented a dedicated taskforce to 
oversee governance procedures, regular reporting 
and action planning.

• Our immediate focus was to collate timely and 

accurate data that could be analysed and reported 
at operational and management levels. 

• A new standard operating procedure was rolled out 
in Q2 2022, supported by roadshows to engage our 
colleagues, as well as internal verification audits.
• Sites prepared specific plans to deliver operational 

efficiency through waste reduction, as well as 
maximising the use of surplus food and focusing  
on increasing redistribution.

• Following this, a performance plan was established 
which focused on increasing food waste recycling 
through step-change opportunities at four high-
potential sites, and expanding the recycling pipeline 
at three others.

• The benefit of our actions is seen as UK food waste 

improved by 110 basis points to 8.05% in 2022 
(versus 9.15% in 2021). 

• Going forward, our focus on waste reduction  

will centre on close evaluation of product design 
specifications and the redesign of high-waste 
production processes. 

  READ MORE on pg 46.

UK food waste 
reduced by 110 
basis points to 
8.05%. 

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  31

STRATEGIC REPORTOUR PEOPLE

Our people, 
values and 
culture: Proud  
to be Bakkavor

Our culture: 
To empower and support all our stakeholders by living our values.

Respect  
and trust  
each other

Keep the customer 
at the heart of 
what we do

Get it right,  
keep it right

Be proud of  
what we do

>18,500

colleagues

>90

nationalities

28.1%

employee turnover

86%

EES response rate1

We continue to invest in our people through pay, benefits and 
wider engagement activities. Here we highlight our progress 
in 2022 under four areas of focus, along with our priorities 
for 2023 and beyond.

Whilst the broader labour market remained tight, we have 
seen reduced levels of absences across our workforce  
and in agencies. Employee turnover has tracked down  
and we met our short-term bonus target, though levels 
remain elevated. We know there is more we can do to 
make Bakkavor an even better place to work. 

The feedback from our Employee Engagement Survey 
(“EES”), with an 86% participation rate (up 3% on 2021), 
has highlighted our strengths but, importantly, is also 
helping to inform our priorities for 2023 and beyond.

As with other UK businesses, we are having to take decisive 
action to adapt to the challenging macro-backdrop, expected 
to persist into 2023. The difficult but necessary restructure of 
our UK leadership team, alignment of our UK business to two 
sectors, and planned closure of two UK sites has impacted 
many colleagues. We have sought to support them through 
this challenging time, offering comparable roles at different 
Bakkavor sites and working on several local initiatives to 
help secure alternative job opportunities.

Our people activities are integrated with the ‘Engagement 
and Wellbeing’ pillar of our Trusted Partner ESG strategy.

  READ MORE on pg 48.

1  Bakkavor Employee Engagement Survey, 2022.

32  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Our people progress in 2022
Last year we identified four areas of focus for 2022 
and we have outlined our progress under each.

1    Developing our employer brand and  
enhancing our colleague engagement.

2    Rewarding our people and supporting  

their development.

3    Supporting wellbeing and making everyone 

feel welcome.

4    Progressing our Group HR transformation. 

   READ MORE on the Board’s oversight of 
supporting our people progress on pg 102.

Our diverse, talented and innovative people 
are pivotal to our success. We strive to 
provide them with a great place to work, 
where they can feel fulfilled. Our values have 
a sense of pride at their heart and are the 
guiding principles that shape how we behave 
so we can all be Proud to be Bakkavor and 
deliver for our stakeholders.

– Donna-Maria Lee, Chief People Officer

1

Developing our employer brand and enhancing our colleague engagement

•  Further developed the Group’s employer brand, with the 
launch of our refreshed values in 2022, which highlight 
how we can all be ‘Proud to be Bakkavor’ by living and 
breathing our values.

•  Celebrated long-service colleagues through a new 
UK-wide Loyal Service Awards programme: 2,500 
colleagues reached long-service milestones spanning 
28,000 years, including three colleagues with over 40 years.

•  Held a Group-wide Values Celebration Week to bring 
teams together to learn about our values. The benefit  
was evident in our EES results: 5.8% more colleagues are 
‘Proud to work at Bakkavor’, and 7.3% more colleagues 
‘would recommend Bakkavor as a good place to work’1.
•  Further recognised our colleagues, with 115 nominations 
for our Proud to Be Awards, which we broadened to be 
more inclusive.

•  Group Employee Forum (“GEF”) and Site Employee 
Forum (“SEF”) representatives continued to provide 
valuable feedback and support as we embed our values 
across the business.

•  Hosted two feedback sessions with the GEF on ensuring our 
values underpin the Group’s culture and support our vision, 
led by our workforce engagement Non-executive Director.  

  READ MORE on pg 156.

•  Launched our Bakkavor Careers Website  

(jobs.bakkavor.com), with career stories from colleagues 
and a one-stop-shop for job opportunities, to help prospective 
candidates understand our business. 

Our 2022 Employee Engagement Survey
This year saw a change in our EES provider, with the 
survey design more tailored to our needs, including  
a simpler platform for completing and interrogating 
data, more opportunity to review analytics, and easy 
access to action planning tools. 

We were pleased with the increased response rate  
of 86%, up 3% on 2021, and strengths shown across:

•  Direction and leadership at site level;

•  Customer at the heart of our business decisions; and

•  Employees feeling they have the training to do their 

jobs well and safely.

It has also helped inform our focus for 2023:

•  Reassuring colleagues that we are taking decisive 

action to protect our business;

•  Embedding our refreshed values; 

•  Continuing to focus on pay and the benefits that matter 

to our employees; and

•  Giving colleagues the opportunity to develop and grow 

their careers.

1  Bakkavor Employee Engagement Survey, 2022.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  33

STRATEGIC REPORT 
OUR PEOPLE CONTINUED

2

Rewarding our people and 
supporting their development

3

Supporting wellbeing and making 
everyone feel welcome

•  Participated in Grocery Aid Day across all of our UK sites 

using the opportunity to highlight the free wellbeing 
resources and support available through our charity partner. 

•  Progress on inclusion and diversity with 76% of colleagues 

saying “I can be myself at work”. This also supports  
our values refresh, with a new value of trust and respect,  
to help all colleagues uphold the behaviours we expect. 

•  Our Inclusion and Diversity Forum led several initiatives  
to support inclusive behaviours, diversity and allyship.

•  Hosted a Black History Month showcase, sharing colleague 
experiences, and highlighting resources available on our 
online learning hub.

•  Launched our first 12-month Female Mentoring 

Programme, with 22 mentees, and celebrated International 
Women’s Day as we seek to increase female representation 
in manufacturing.

•  More than 670 factory-based UK colleagues completed 
our new Front-Line Leaders Programme, supporting  
them to reach their potential as leaders in our business.  
We developed a high-potential leadership development 
programme in the US to support our front-line managers’ 
coaching skills.

•  Launched an online learning portal with over 100 courses 
in 17 languages for self-directed learning, offering Group 
Services colleagues more flexible ways of working. 

•  Invested in training and development, resulting in a +5% 
increase in colleagues saying ‘I receive regular and clear 
feedback’ and +7% increase in colleagues saying ‘I receive 
the training I need to do my job well’.1 

•  Enhanced our benefit offering to factory-based colleagues 
with important life assurance provision. Ran a series of 
roadshows to raise awareness of the benefits available  
and how to access them.

•  Implemented out-of-cycle pay increases for most  
factory-based colleagues, continuing to pay above  
the National Living Wage in the UK. 

•  Continued to invest in our talent pipeline through our 

apprenticeship programme. Voted top FMCG company  
for apprentices by TheJobCrowd for a third year;  
our graduate programme, which we also continue  
to invest in, took second place. 

•  Improved our onboarding experience by developing a 

standardised induction process across sites and supporting 
workers to be factory-ready, as well as new joiner buddies. 

A special award for our colleagues in China going above and beyond

In April 2022, due to rising Covid cases, all businesses 
in the Shanghai region, except for supermarkets, 
pharmacies and food delivery services, were closed. 

team ordered tents, inflatable mattresses, sleeping 
bags and catering to give everyone a private space  
and meals. 

Our Bakkavor Taicang Bakery site was among the  
first sites to re-open in ‘closed-loop’ mode: a strict 
form of production where employees work and live on 
company premises. With customers needing products 
and colleagues keen to resume production, our Bakery 

The ensuing weeks featured daily tests, makeshift 
bedrooms, temporary showers, communal washing 
lines, badminton games, movie nights and more. 

In recognition for their incredible resilience, we were 
delighted to give this team a special award as part  
of our Proud to be Bakkavor awards. 

“Looking back, it’s tough to believe what we all  
went through. I can’t say I miss living in the office,  
but I learned a lot from it. This was something none 
of us expected to have to do, but we made the best of 
it. My team’s efforts to keep the supply chain moving 
were truly outstanding and I’m proud to be their 
General Manager.” 

– Till Kundt, Bakkavor China Bakery General Manager

1  Bakkavor Employee Engagement Survey, 2022.

34  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Our 2022 wellbeing roadmap

New wellbeing 
strategy launched 

Online toolkit of wellbeing resources 
available. 69% of colleagues say that 
they know how to access support for 
their health and wellbeing1

TRAINED 77

WELLBEING
CHAMPIONS

Reviewed progress 
with our Wellbeing 
Steering Committee 

Held a UK-wide 
Wellbeing Week 

Released resources to encourage 
good practice as standard 

Wellbeing Champions engaged to 
support SEF activity and Wellbeing 
Steering Committee 

Future focus on Wellbeing Week, data  
for insight, and international colleagues

1  Bakkavor Employee Engagement Survey, 2022.

4

Progressing our Group  
HR transformation

•  Continued to improve our HR processes across the Group, 

underpinned by a new HR system, SuccessFactors, 
launched in February 2022. 

•  SuccessFactors was launched to all 3,200+ of our salaried 
colleagues. It provides benefits such as an improved careers 
site, end-to-end HR lifecycle process management, removal 
of manual processes, enhanced analytics capabilities, 
improved talent management capabilities, consistent digital 
experience for employees and an opportunity to support 
managers’ and HR teams’ productivity. 

Our people priorities for 2023 and beyond
•  Build on our strengths and our colleagues’ pride  

in the knowledge that they understand what we ask 
of them.

•  Continue to look after our colleagues’ safety at work, 
deliver the training they need to do their jobs well, 
and put the customer at the heart of what we do.

•  Develop our action plans to address colleague 
feedback using the 2022 EES focus areas. 

•  Commit to:

 – Responding to change effectively and embracing 

new ways of doing things;

 – Providing opportunities for personal growth  

and development;

 – Embedding our values; and

 – Providing relevant colleague benefits.

•  Embed new Management Board and leadership 
structures, and ensure our strategic vision is 
communicated to colleagues effectively to support 
alignment and improved ways of working. 

•  Continue to see our values as an important enabler  

for delivering our strategy and collaborating 
effectively. This includes the launch of a UK-wide 
values recognition programme, and new training  
to support an increased focus on our ‘trust and 
respect’ value. 

•  Remain focused on offering fair pay and  
relevant benefits for all, particularly for  
factory-based colleagues. 

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  35

STRATEGIC REPORTDIVISIONAL REVIEW: UK, US, CHINA

Overview:  
United Kingdom

Resilient performance, with scale 
and breadth leveraged to mitigate 
the impact of macro-headwinds  
and gain market share. Reshaped 
operations further strengthen 
strong foundations. 

UK FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

£m

2022

2021

Change

Reported revenue

 1,783.1 

 1,592.4 

Like-for-like revenue

 1,752.3 

 1,592.4 

12.0%

10.0%

Adjusted operating profit

 92.7 

 97.8 

(5.2%)

Adjusted operating  
profit margin

Operating profit

Operating profit margin

5.2%

54.6

3.1%

6.1%

(90bps)

 97.8 

(44.2%)

6.1% (300bps)

Trading performance 
Like-for-like revenue increased 10.0% to £1,752.3m  
(2021: £1,592.4m), and was up 12.0% on a reported basis,  
which includes the impact of the 53rd week. The growth 
was primarily driven by price and, while volumes were 
broadly flat, we gained market share in a period when 
consumer demand has been under pressure. 

In the UK we faced c.£200m of cost inflation in 2022 –  
the largest level of inflation the UK business has ever 
experienced. Our teams’ commitment to mitigate the 
impact, through pricing and internal levers across value 
optimisation, operational efficiency, leveraging our scale 
and tight cost control, meant adjusted operating profit was 
only down 5.2% to £92.7m (2021: £97.8m). The dilutionary 
impact of passing-through cost increases, combined  
with an element of unrecovered inflation, meant adjusted 
operating profit margin was down 90 basis points to 5.2%. 

As the environment is expected to remain tough, we have 
taken action to protect profits in 2023. This has resulted  
in £36.6m of exceptional charges in 2022 related to the 
corporate and UK operational restructure, and closure  
of two UK sites (of which £17.1m cash and £19.5m non-cash 
impairment charges). After these costs, operating profit was 
£54.6m at an operating margin of 3.1% (2021: £97.8m, 6.1%). 

36  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Key:

  Head office

   Factory,  
Distribution centre

Outperformed the market, underpinned  
by strong service, breadth of product portfolio 
and targeted innovation
At a market level, performance across the Fresh Prepared 
Food (“FPF”) categories has been varied as consumers 
have adapted their behaviours in response to cost-of-living 
pressures. Consumers are choosing to eat out less and 
are seeking more affordable weekend treats, benefitting 
the top-tier meals and meal deal offers. Pizza and bread 
have also held up well, with value ranges performing 
strongly and the category benefitted from the FIFA World 
Cup in Q4. Desserts volumes, however, were impacted  
as consumers cut back their spend on more discretionary 
items, and salads were impacted as consumers switched 
from more basic products, such as bagged leaf, to cheaper 
wholehead equivalents. 

Against this backdrop, Bakkavor further strengthened its 
number one position with market share gains. Consistent 
high service levels, the breadth of our product range across 
categories and price points, and targeted innovation set us 
apart from our competitors. The year also ended strongly 
with Christmas trading in line with our expectations. 

From a market share perspective, Bakkavor outperformed 
across meals, desserts and salads, whilst our pizza and 
bread performance was marginally behind the market  
due to our customer mix and reduced promotional activity. 
Some of the highlights include a strong performance in 
our premium and Italian meals ranges, and expanded 
range and meal deal offer under the Pizza Express brand. 
We have also seen new, younger consumers buy into our 
categories with strong momentum in The Delicious Dessert 
Company brand, which delivered 370% revenue growth 
and products are now available in over 1,100 stores. 

With our salads range focused on more ‘value-added’ 
products, and a good recovery in food-to-go salads and 
wraps post-Covid, the impact of softer volumes seen across 
the market in more basic salads products has, for our 
business, been limited. The hot summer and continued 
post-Covid recovery supported a good performance  
for Bakkavor in salads. Servicing peak volumes in the 
summer for our customers was underpinned by our 
forward-planning on labour and targeted capacity and 
efficiency investments. 

Value-seeking behaviours by consumers, and our own 
self-help efforts to mitigate inflationary pressures, have 
meant that our product development activity in 2022 centred 
on value optimisation. Of the 850 products we launched  
in 2022, 60% related to the redevelopment of existing 
products. Examples include recipe reformulation in pizza 
to meet HFSS guidelines, packaging weight reduction on  
a range of ready meals, and the removal of plastic lids from 
a range of dressed salads to support our sustainability 
agenda and reduce the use of plastic. 

Reshaped operations to protect profits 
The scale, agility and resilience of our operations have come 
to the fore in a period where there has been ongoing and 
significant supply chain disruption, and unprecedented 
levels of inflation. Leveraging our well-established global 
supply chain has been pivotal in helping mitigate the impact, 
and we have benefitted from the added scale that our 
customers provide by buying certain ingredients together. 
We are also thankful for the support we have received 
from our customers on price, through both pass-through 
mechanisms and constructive discussions on costs that  
sit outside these mechanisms. Operationally, we have 
maintained our shape and delivered strong KPIs across 
health and safety, food safety and customer service. 

Whilst we maintained a tight control of costs through  
2022, our Group plan to protect profits saw us take more 
significant action in Q4. We have operationally consolidated 
our UK business from four to two sectors, Meals and 
Bakery, and moved our HR and Finance teams to functional 
reporting. This has streamlined our structure, helped focus 
our activity and created greater accountability across our 
business. We also completed a review of our manufacturing 
footprint, which resulted in the difficult but necessary 
decision to close two sites: Bakkavor Desserts Leicester 
and Bakkavor Salads Sutton Bridge. Both sites are on track 
to close by the end of Q1 2023; Sutton Bridge closed at  
the end of February and Leicester is due to close by the 
end of March, with production transferring to other sites 
where we have already invested in capacity and capability. 
Whilst a challenging time for affected colleagues, we have 
supported them by offering alternative roles at other sites, 
as well as hosting job fairs and working with local employers. 

Targeted investment to drive  
operational excellence
The ‘Excellence’ pillar of our strategy is underpinned by our 
relentless focus on efficiency. In 2022, our £43m of capital 
investment has centred on operational improvement 
projects, along with ongoing maintenance. Examples 
include automated salad lines, and capacity increases and 
packaging equipment replacement in stir-fry (READ MORE 
on pg 24 and 29). Our new manufacturing system is also 
now in place at all but one of our UK factories, driving  
our operational performance improvements. In addition, 
the conversion to LED lighting and previous investment  
in harnessing heat released from refrigeration systems 
has helped reduce costs and supported progress on our 
sustainability commitments. 

With our Group-wide enhanced focus on cash, we will 
continue to prioritise capital spend on productivity 
initiatives. Our strategic investment in Bakkavor Bread 
Crewe, to increase flatbread capacity and productivity,  
is underway and on track to commission in H2 2023, and 
we are investing to enhance our fresh-cut fruit capacity 
and efficiency. The data-driven insight provided by our new 
manufacturing system is also already helping build our 
pipeline of future opportunities to drive further efficiency.

Confidence in continued market share gains, 
with actions underway to further strengthen 
resilient foundations 
We have taken decisive action to protect profits as the 
trading environment is anticipated to remain challenging 
through 2023. Our plan in the UK is clear; we will drive  
an aggressive plan to mitigate the impact of ongoing 
inflation and volume pressures by leveraging our scale  
and strength, working collaboratively with our customers 
to recover inflation and embedding our cost saving and 
efficiency plans. Whilst we cannot predict exactly how 
consumer spending will evolve, we will continue to leverage 
our insight, and adapt our ranges to ensure our products 
deliver the value and quality that consumers desire. 
Building on our outperformance in 2022, we are confident 
we will continue to gain market share, with a strong pipeline 
of opportunities and we are well-placed to benefit from an 
increasingly unstable supply base. We are encouraged by 
trading in early 2023, with volumes in line with expectations 
despite fresh produce availability challenges, and continued 
market share gains. Overall, our new re-energised leadership 
team is well-placed to deliver on our plan, and this will 
further strengthen the resilient foundations of our business. 

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  37

STRATEGIC REPORTDIVISIONAL REVIEW: UK, US, CHINA CONTINUED

Overview: 
United States

Delivered strong revenue growth, 
and demand for fresh meals 
remains unabated. Looking ahead, 
we have a clear focus on operational 
performance to deliver sustainable 
improvement.

Key:

  Head office

   Factory

US FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

£m

2022

2021

Change

Reported revenue

 255.3 

 180.1 

Like-for-like revenue

 226.2 

 180.1 

41.8%

25.6%

Adjusted operating profit

 3.3

 8.9 

(62.9%)

Adjusted operating  
profit margin

Operating (loss)/profit

Operating (loss)/profit 
margin

1.3%

(0.5)

4.9% (360bps)

 8.9 

(105.6%)

(0.2%)

4.9%

(510bps)

Trading performance 
Strong revenue momentum in the US has continued, with 
like-for-like revenue up 25.6% to £226.2m. This reflects 
strong volume growth and, in the second half of the year, 
some impact of price. Including the impact of currency, 
£25.5m, and the 53rd week, reported revenue was up 41.8%.

Operationally, onboarding this significant growth and  
the withdrawal of volume by a single customer due to  
a contractual dispute since November 2022, has created 
disruption and put pressure on profits. This was 
particularly apparent in our East and West Coast sites, 
Charlotte and Carson, where we have seen the majority  
of volume growth. Combined with the lag in recovering 
inflation, this has meant adjusted operating profit was 
down £5.6m to £3.3m at a margin of 1.3% (2021: 4.9%).  
The operating loss of £0.5m includes £3.8m of exceptional 
charges related to the impairment of inventory and trade 
receivables with the above customer. 

Strategic and operational progress
Demand for our fresh, high-quality products has remained 
strong. Our customers continue to see our fresh meals 
offering as a key differentiator versus their competitors and  
to attract consumers into store. Fresh meals now comprise 
over 50% of our US revenue, which is up over 30% year-on-
year, benefitting from the full-year effect of the national 
meals programme win; this launched in the summer of 2021, 
combined with range extensions and the introduction of over 

38  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

45 new meals products in 2022. We also onboarded a new 
customer in July 2022 for whom we are delivering a range of 
ten fresh meals in over 250 stores across the Midwest region. 

Inflation remained elevated through 2022, particularly in 
poultry and distribution, and whilst there was a timing lag, 
our customers have been supportive of the pricing action 
we have taken. We also have several initiatives in place  
to help mitigate the impact on both costs and our supply 
chain, including the new sourcing of key commodities  
to improve price, and reducing sourcing distance and 
inventory requirements. 

Labour availability remains a challenge across our industry. 
We continue to be agile in our approach to recruitment in 
order to keep up with the rapid pace of growth, and have 
plans in place to streamline this process and improve 
training for new colleagues. We also continue to leverage 
the wealth of experience from our UK business; the recent 
appointment of a new US Finance leader, who was previously 
Financial Controller within our UK Pizza and Bread business, 
is just one example of this. 

Looking ahead, our near-term focus has shifted from  
growth to profit: driving operational performance and 
reviewing our cost base to improve margin in a sustainable 
way. To support the delivery of this, our approach to growth 
will be more measured and as we seek to minimise disruption, 
our capacity investment in the region will only recommence 
once profit momentum in the business has returned.  
Robust operational and restructuring plans are now being 
embedded, with a new leadership structure to be in place 
from April 2023. Our President of Bakkavor USA, Pete 
Laport, is leaving in mid-March and we thank him for his 
contribution and commitment during his time with the US 
business. Whilst the benefit of our plans will take time to 
deliver, we expect to see some margin improvement through 
2023. We are making progress to reach resolution on the 
contractual dispute with a customer, which is expected to 
reach closure by end of Q2 2023. The pipeline for growth in 
this underdeveloped market, however, remains significant 
and we remain excited about the medium-term opportunity 
for our business and converting this growth at an attractive 
and sustainable margin. 

Overview:  
China

Trading impacted by Covid-related 
disruption, but teams’ resilience 
minimised financial impact and 
good progress made in diversifying 
our channels. Confident that long-
term prospects remain attractive.

Key:

  Head office

   Factory, Farm

CHINA FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

£m

Reported revenue

Like-for-like revenue

Adjusted operating loss

Adjusted operating  
loss margin

2022

2021

Change

 100.8 

 90.5 

(6.6) 

 99.1 

 99.1 

(4.7)

1.7%

(8.6%)

40.4%

(6.5%)

(4.7%)

(180bps)

Operating loss

(16.3)

(4.7) 

(246.8%)

Operating loss margin

(16.2%)

(4.7%)

(1,150bps)

Trading performance 
Trading continued to be impacted by ongoing Covid-related 
challenges, with like-for-like revenue of £90.5m down 
8.6% compared to 2021. Reported revenue was up 1.7%, 
however, including the impact of currency, £8.7m, and the 
53rd week. Volumes in the second half began to recover, 
following a period of severe regional lockdown restrictions 
earlier in the year; but with rising case numbers in the 
remaining weeks of the year, they have remained behind 
pre-pandemic levels.

Underpinned by the teams’ resilience, we have sought  
to protect our business and maintained a tight control  
of overheads. However, against a backdrop of changes in 
demand patterns in response to Covid, rising labour costs 
and inflation, China reported an adjusted operating loss of 
£6.6m for the year (2021: £4.7m). Included in the operating 
loss of £16.3m is a £9.7m non-cash impairment of our 
associate in Hong Kong due to the ongoing impact of Covid 
on trading performance. 

Strategic and operational progress 
The trading environment in China remained volatile  
during FY22 as the government continued to operate  
a zero-tolerance Covid policy and implement strict 
regional lockdowns for most of the year. Reduced mobility 
and depressed consumer spending have had a pronounced 
negative impact on demand from our customers. This  
has been particularly evident for our strategic customers 

operating quick-service restaurants and coffee chains.  
New product development has been limited through 
lockdown periods, however, it has quickly returned as  
we looked to provide new and exciting products for our 
customers as their stores re-opened. Our existing strategic 
foodservice customers continue to have aggressive roll-out 
plans and believe in the medium-term opportunity.

We have continued to make progress against our strategy 
of diversifying our channels. Retail now comprises almost 
20% of revenue and is up over 60% year-on-year. Retail 
performance has been robust, and we have launched a  
new range and expanded our store distribution with one of 
our strategic grocery retail customers, and also expanded 
our range and increased volumes with another retailer. 
Whilst office catering was held back by increased working 
from home, volumes have rebounded strongly as workers 
returned to the office following relaxation in restrictions. 

Operationally, we have had to manage through the 
challenges resulting from tight labour availability,  
supply chain disruption and fluctuations in demand.  
The business and our people have demonstrated great 
resilience in adapting to this tough environment.  
Progress was also made to support our Group Net Zero 
target with the installation of solar panels at our site in 
Beijing, which provides c.15% of electricity for the site.

Our strategic investment in the region is now complete and 
we continue to maintain a tight control of capital spend. 
The last of our new sites, Xi’an, saw production transfer 
from the old site in mid-November 2022. 

Whilst the near-term outlook remains uncertain, it has been 
positive to see the steady recovery in volumes through the 
second half of the year as restrictions eased, which also led 
to improvements in efficiency and margin. The relaxation  
of quarantine rules in mid-December 2022 has, however, 
led to a spike in cases which has resulted in further volatility 
in order patterns and inefficiencies across our factories. 
Positively, China is emerging from Covid, and whilst trading 
at the start of 2023 has continued to experience some 
disruption from the ongoing impact of Covid, the change  
to China’s Covid policy is welcome, and we remain confident 
in the long-term prospects for the market.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  39

STRATEGIC REPORTESG: TRUSTED PARTNER

Trusted Partner, 
our ESG strategy

We have a clear plan to continue to 
deliver progress across responsible 
sourcing, sustainability in our operations, 
and the wellbeing of our communities.

An overview of our ESG reporting
This section summarises our Trusted Partner ESG strategy and progress in 2022, as well our priorities  
for 2023 and beyond. All data shown is for the calendar year 2022 and at a Group level, unless specified. 

•  Executive summary
•  ESG governance
•  ESG materiality
•  Trusted Partner ESG strategy:

 – Responsible Sourcing in our Supply Chain
 – Sustainability and Innovation in our 

Operations 

 – Engagement and Wellbeing in our 
Workplaces and Communities
•  Related policies and documents
•  Non-financial and sustainability  

information statement

40
41
41 

42
44

48

51

52

We have reported against the recommendations  
of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures (“TCFD”), READ MORE on pg 56. 

Our ESG report will be released on our website in 
April at www.bakkavor.com/esg. This will provide  
a more detailed update on Trusted Partner and 
additional ESG performance data.

For ESG and sustainability enquiries contact:  
ESG@bakkavor.com

Executive summary
ESG issues are broad and far-reaching, and we need to 
ensure our business can respond in a dynamic way to shifting 
global challenges, making Bakkavor both more responsible 
and more resilient. Our approach for defining action and 
delivering progress across the issues that matter most to our 
stakeholders is encompassed in our well-established Trusted 
Partner ESG strategy, and this also supports the delivery 
of the ‘Trust’ pillar of our Group strategy. Trusted Partner 
is focused on three areas: Responsible Sourcing in our 
Supply Chain; Sustainability and Innovation in our Operations; 
and Engagement and Wellbeing in our Workplaces and 
Communities. We have a clear governance framework  
in place to drive and oversee our progress. 

This year we have implemented several measures to refine 
our focus and reflect the increasing importance of ESG  
at all levels of our business. We have continued to make 
progress in establishing ESG at the heart of Bakkavor, 
whilst at the same time performing resiliently as a 
business despite the challenging external environment. 

40  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

We were pleased to see an improvement in three out of four 
of our non-financial KPIs. 

From a governance perspective, after expanding the remit 
of the Nomination Committee to include ESG in January 
2022, in June we established a dedicated ESG Board 
Committee to oversee our agenda and hold us accountable. 

We also updated our assessment of our most material 
ESG issues, of which we have 12, and the business is 
prioritising its focus on three of these, as shown below. 

   READ MORE:

Climate and Net Zero pg 45. 
Food Waste pg 46. 
Environmentally Sustainable Sourcing pg 42.

We recognise that to deliver progress in these focus areas 
we need accurate data and robust reporting processes to 
monitor our performance, as well as financial investment 
and an assessment of returns. In 2022, we established  
a monthly reporting process of our non-financial KPIs  
(READ MORE on pg 4). This report is shared with senior 
leaders monthly to drive action and support a quicker 
response to issues.

As ever, collaboration and teamwork are vital to our 
approach. In 2022, we engaged closely with all our 
stakeholders in what is an ongoing and two-way process. 
This includes: updating our customers and colleagues 
through our monthly Trusted Partner newsletter and internal 
events; interacting with suppliers through forums, one-to-
one conversations and assessments; and communicating  
to investors through our financial results calendar.  
READ MORE on stakeholder engagement on pg 66.

Looking forward, the operating environment will remain 
tough, however, our refined focus means we remain confident 
that our ESG agenda strengthens and complements our 
Group strategy, and helps us to fulfil our purpose and grow 
in a positive and sustainable way. 

ESG governance
The governance and accountability of our Trusted Partner 
ESG strategy is summarised below. READ MORE on 
governance in relation to climate-related issues in the 
TCFD section on pg 56, and the Group’s overall governance 
framework in our Corporate Governance Compliance 
Statement on pg 89. 

GROUP BOARD

ESG Sponsor: Ben Waldron, CFO and Asia CEO 
(Until November 2022: Agust Gudmundsson, CEO)

ESG COMMITTEE

Chair: Umran Beba, Independent  
Non-executive Director 

MANAGEMENT BOARD

ESG Sponsor: Ben Waldron, CFO and Asia CEO 
(Until November 2022: Agust Gudmundsson, CEO)

ESG EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

Chair: UK Finance Director 
(Until November 2022: Head of Corporate Affairs)

ESG materiality

To ensure our Trusted Partner focus areas 
remain relevant and address the topics that 
are most important to our business, our 
stakeholders and the external environment,  
in 2022 Bakkavor updated its materiality 
assessment. This was first conducted in 2019.

The process began with an updated horizon 
scan to review the priority issues that 
influence sustainable development, which was 
guided by frameworks and input from external 
sources and stakeholders, including: 

•  The UN Sustainable Development Goals 

(“SDGs”);

•  The UN Guiding Principles on Business  

and Human Rights; 

•  Industry organisations such as the Institute  

of Grocery Distribution (“IGD”); and 

•  NGOs and specialists including organisations 

such as WWF and WRAP. 

This list of issues was reduced to a shortlist 
through internal consultation, and the priority 
of each issue was then determined through  
an internal survey to rank its capacity for 
growing our business in a sustainable way. 
The issues were also assessed in relation  
to their importance for external stakeholders 
and their contribution to sustainable 
development. Decisions were informed by 
conversations and engagement with external 
partners, including customers, suppliers, 
investors and subject-matter specialists.

The materiality assessment confirmed 12 
material issues which are addressed under 
each of Trusted Partner’s three focus areas: 
Responsible Sourcing in our Supply Chain, 
Sustainability and Innovation in our Operations, 
and Engagement and Wellbeing in our 
Workplaces and Communities. 

Of the material issues, three were identified 
as highest priority: Climate and Net Zero, 
Food Waste, and Environmentally Sustainable 
Sourcing. These three issues will be of 
increased strategic priority going forward.  
In addition, a number of other commitments 
were updated as a result.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  41

STRATEGIC REPORTESG: TRUSTED PARTNER CONTINUED

Responsible Sourcing in our Supply Chain

Responsible Sourcing in our Supply Chain 
encompasses two distinct but connected 
material issues: Supply Chain Human 
Rights and Environmentally Sustainable 
Sourcing, with the latter being one of our 
three priority issues.

For our business, a resilient supply chain is critical, as is 
the future sustainability of our food systems. Therefore, we 
work with growers and partners to minimise environmental 
impacts, including deforestation and climate change,  
whilst supporting the rights and livelihoods of the millions 
employed in food production worldwide.

How we manage Responsible Sourcing in our 
Supply Chain
Our Responsible Sourcing strategy is overseen by a 
Steering Committee chaired by our UK Procurement 
Director. It reports to our ESG Executive Committee, 
tracking progress against our commitments and  
wider supplier engagement programme. It comprises 
representatives across Procurement, Technical and  

other specialist external support. The Steering Committee 
uses a bespoke supplier risk management system based 
on supplier data and global intelligence sources.

We also monitor compliance against our Supplier Code of 
Conduct, which can be found at bakkavor.com/en/esg/
policies-and-documents – a requirement for all Bakkavor 
UK suppliers. This code outlines the standards that we 
expect our suppliers to meet and forms part of our supplier 
selection process. Key areas include human rights, 
ingredient integrity and environmental sustainability. 

The Steering Committee also addresses the issue of 
ingredient integrity, using intelligence gathering, audits 
and traceability checks to ensure the highest standards  
of food integrity and traceability. 

   READ MORE on food safety on pg 81 and on our 
website (bakkavor.com/en/about-us/at-a-glance/
ensuring-safety-and-quality).

Progress against our 2022 targets and commitments, and our commitments going forward 

Key
2022 status

  Achieved

  On track

  Not achieved

  Priority issue

ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE SOURCING

Work towards zero net deforestation for our forest risk raw materials (palm oil, soy, wood-pulp based 
packaging and beef).

2023 and beyond: 100% deforestation- and conversion-
free sourcing of palm oil, soy, beef and wood pulp by 
2025 (UK, 2020 cut-off date). This will include sourcing 
palm oil from 100% segregated certified sources.

2022: Further developed zero-deforestation roadmap 
and strengthened commitments.

Responded to the Carbon Disclosure Project (“CDP”)’s 
Forests questionnaire for the second time. Scored Cs  
for cattle, palm oil and timber, and B- for soy, in line with 
the prior year results.

Joined the UK Soy Manifesto, a collective industry 
commitment to ensure all physical shipments of soy to 
the UK are deforestation- and conversion-free by 2025.

42  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Expand supplier management to our US and China businesses to replicate our environmental risk mapping (2022).

2022: Formalised a new Group Supplier Conduct Policy, 
which adapts the Supplier Code of Conduct for our UK 
business, to our China and US operations. 

2023 and beyond: 

New commitment: Further roll-out of our Group 
Supplier Conduct Policy, supporting supply chain 
engagement on social issues within US and China  
(2023 and ongoing). 

Engage with key suppliers to share understanding of responsible plastic use (2022).

2022: Continued to engage with suppliers on 
environmental aspects through the Supplier Code of 
Conduct and direct channels. However, macro-headwinds 
meant ongoing supply chain disruption and priorities were 
re-evaluated to focus on specific sourcing challenges.

100% eggs from cage-free sources by 2025 (UK).

2022: UK: 77% (in line with 2021).

This was a new commitment for China and the US in 2022.

2023 and beyond: We will re-evaluate whether to revisit 
this during 2023.

2023 and beyond: Updated commitment: 100% eggs 
from cage-free sources by 2025 in the UK, and Group-
wide by 2027.

New commitment: Formalise a policy on our supplier 
expectations on animal welfare (2023).

SUPPLY CHAIN HUMAN RIGHTS

Work collaboratively with suppliers on any breaches of our Code of Conduct to develop and implement  
a clear and appropriate corrective action plan (UK, ongoing).

2022: Following supplier compliance assessment  
against our 2021 Code of Conduct and programme  
of corrective action plans, we closed out all remaining 
non-conformances. This included de-listing a small 
number of non-responsive suppliers.

Due to ongoing disruption to global supply chains,  
we made the decision not to re-issue the compliance 
questionnaires in 2022. For suppliers onboarded  
in 2022, the assessment programme will be re-run  
in H1 2023 to ensure full, ongoing compliance.

2023 and beyond: Work collaboratively with our 
suppliers on any breaches of our Code of Conduct  
to develop and implement a clear and appropriate 
corrective action plan (ongoing).

Empower worker voice and dialogue within our direct supply chain by promoting independent 
whistleblowing channels and effective grievance reporting mechanisms (UK: 2022, China and US: 2024).

2022: Engaged directly on whistleblowing with suppliers 
to the UK business via webinars, targeting those assessed 
who do not have effective mechanisms in place.

2023 and beyond: Through the roll-out of our Group 
Supplier Conduct Policy in China and the US, we will  
start to determine priority gaps for targeted action.

Formalised Group Supplier Conduct Policy, which 
includes expectations on support for independent 
whistleblowing channels and grievance mechanisms  
for our China and US businesses.

New commitment: Support supply chain engagement 
within our US and China businesses through our Group 
Supplier Conduct Policy (2023 and ongoing).

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  43

STRATEGIC REPORT 
ESG: TRUSTED PARTNER CONTINUED

Sustainability and Innovation  
in our Operations

This focus area encompasses our 
approach to minimising the environmental 
impacts of our direct operations and 
increasing the sustainability of the food we 
manufacture. It comprises five material 
ESG issues, the first two of which are 
priority issues: Climate and Net Zero; 
Food Waste; Impact of Packaging; 
Sustainable and Healthier Products;  
and Water Use and Management.

How we manage Sustainability and Innovation 
in our Operations
Under the ‘Excellence’ pillar of our Group strategy, driving 
operational efficiency is a key focus. We therefore recognise 
the importance of integrating our ESG initiatives into the 
way we work and the investment decisions we make 
across our sites. 

Group net carbon emissions and UK food waste are two  
of our non-financial KPIs; they are reported (quarterly and 
monthly, respectively) to the ESG Executive Committee 
and Management Board, and on a quarterly basis to the 
Board-level ESG Committee. Water Use and Management 
was added in 2022 following the refresh of our Trusted 
Partner ESG strategy and materiality assessment.

Energy performance of sites is closely monitored, with all 
eligible UK manufacturing sites operating under Climate 
Change Agreements. Also in the UK, we employ an 
Environmental Management System, based around ISO 
14001, which includes risk management standards, 
guidance and tools. This system, combined with increased 
environmental training rolled out in 2022, has contributed  
to improved environmental audit scores through 2021 and 
2022. We also updated our Environment Policy, which can 
be found at bakkavor.com/en/esg/policies-and-documents.

We continue to capitalise on our deep market insights, 
product development expertise, and breadth of food 
production capabilities to develop products and 
propositions that delight our customers and consumers. 
This includes a strong sentiment that the food and drink 
industry has a responsibility to limit its climate impact.  
We therefore recognise our responsibility to look after  
the long-term health of people and the planet through  
our product offering.  

   READ MORE on the latest market trends on pg 18.

44  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Progress against our 2022 targets and commitments, and our commitments going forward 

Key
2022 status

  Achieved

  On track

  Not achieved

  Priority issue

CLIMATE AND NET ZERO

Achieve Net Zero carbon emissions in our Group operations by 2040.

2023 and beyond: Further development of our Net Zero 
transition plan – to stress test the targets and work 
through operational plans to identify and plan key 
initiatives across our business.

Increase energy developed from renewable sources, 
through the initiation of a ten-year Power Purchase 
Agreement (“PPA”) in the UK, as well as the finalisation of 
the solar installation at our Beijing site in January 2023. 

READ MORE on our future Net Zero plans on pg 63. 

2022: Since March 2022, Group and regional-level 
emissions data has been captured and reported  
to the ESG Executive Committee and Management 
Board quarterly, and to the ESG Board Committee  
on a quarterly basis. 

We have taken a significant first step in developing  
our Net Zero transition plan to operationalise our 
commitment within the business to set our roadmap 
for the years to come, and our existing utility efficiency 
programme is already helping reduce emissions. 
READ MORE on pg 58. 

Non-financial KPI: Group net carbon emissions 
decreased by 18.9% in 2022 to 110,106tCO2e (2021: 
135,691tCO2e). Regionally, net emissions decreased 
15.3% in the UK, 18.7% in the US and 25.5% in China. 
Full carbon emissions data is on pg 64. 

Energy Efficiency Statement: The year-on-year 
improvement is driven by a combination of increased 
energy efficiency measures such as refrigeration 
upgrades, completion of LED lighting roll-out, 
insulation, avoiding compressed air leaks, and a focus 
on reducing emissions from refrigeration (“F”) gases, 
including replacing with lower global warming 
potential alternatives, where possible. 

In China (7.2% of group energy demand), we began  
the installation of solar panels at our site in Beijing,  
and in the US (8.9% of group energy consumption), 
focused on energy efficiency through site audits as  
well as opportunities to reduce refrigeration demand. 

Work towards optimising operational water intensity, whilst maintaining product quality and integrity,  
reporting internally on a monthly basis through the environmental tracker (UK, year-on-year).

2022: We updated our Environment Policy, which 
specifies our approach and management system  
for environmental controls, including water. 

2023 and beyond: We will continue with this target, 
looking to further incorporate activity into monitoring 
processes around utility efficiency.

During the year a new water specialist was onboarded 
in our engineering function to improve discharge 
quality and efficiency.

We completed our second CDP Water Security 
questionnaire, scoring a C, in line with 2021.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  45

STRATEGIC REPORT 
ESG: TRUSTED PARTNER CONTINUED

FOOD WASTE

Continue working towards our Champions 12.3 target of reducing food loss by preventing it at each of our sites, 
whilst measuring and reporting our progress annually (2030, UK).

2023 and beyond: We will continue with our Champions 
12.3 target, looking to make further progress towards the 
goal of halving our food waste by 2030 (2017 baseline).

2022: Implemented a dedicated food waste taskforce  
in January, driven by the ESG Executive Committee. 

Enhanced our focus and operationalised action in this 
area, including root cause analysis of where waste was 
occurring and focus on redistribution to people through 
partner redistributors. In addition, implemented 
interventions to redirect waste from anaerobic digestion 
to animal feed. Reinforced through site-level roadshows 
and progress updates at internal seminars. Combined, 
this has delivered an improvement in UK net food waste.

Prioritised consistent, accurate and timely reporting. 
Implemented monthly tracking of UK food waste to  
the ESG Executive Committee and Management Board, 
and reported to the Board-level ESG Committee on a 
quarterly basis. 

Non-financial KPI: UK net food waste for 2022 was 8.05%, 
an improvement of 110 basis points from 9.15% in 2021.  
UK food waste reduced by 6,018 tonnes, equivalent to a 
13.6% reduction year-on-year. READ MORE on pg 4 and 31. 

Actively engage each of our UK and US sites to maximise surplus food available for redistribution (ongoing). 

2022: Surplus redistributed to people (through charities, 
redistribution networks and staff shops) increased 16.4% 
compared to 2021.

631 tonnes, up 10% on 2021, redistributed to people 
through charities and partners.

770 tonnes (29% increase on 2021) redistributed  
to Bakkavor colleagues through our staff shops.

2023 and beyond: Commitment maintained.

Our US business donated over 460 cases of products to 
local food banks and supported in food drives, but we were 
unable to establish strategic relationships with local food 
banks as intended.

2023 and beyond: We will revisit our US food 
bank partnerships and/or establish alternative 
partnerships in 2023.

46  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

 
IMPACT OF PACKAGING

Support progress towards achieving The UK Plastics Pact’s 2025 industry goals:
•  Eliminating unnecessary plastic packaging;
•  100% reusable or recyclable plastic packaging; and
•  At least 30% average recycled content in plastic packaging.

2022: Eliminated 2,429 tonnes of plastic – a 12% 
reduction – across our product ranges in the UK through 
removal and light-weighting projects.

No items on the UK Plastics Pact’s 2022 ‘Problem list’ 
for elimination are used in our products.

As flexible plastic films are now widely collected for 
recycling at large supermarkets, almost 100% of our UK 
product packaging is now recyclable.

In 2022 the average recycled content of our plastic 
packaging was 52.9%, up from 45.6% in 2021 and well 
above the UK Plastics Pact’s goal of 30%, which we first 
achieved in 2019. 

2023 and beyond: Maintain existing commitment to 
support The UK Plastics Pact’s 2025 industry goals.

New commitments: Additionally, by the end of 2024  
we will:

•  Reduce our total use of plastic packaging by 5%, 

equivalent to around 1,000 tonnes; 

•  Remove 125 million pieces of plastic from our packaging 

formats; and

•  Achieve 100% sustainably certified paper and card 

(FSC/PEFC) for both primary and secondary packaging 
by 2025.

SUSTAINABLE PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT

Work with customers to meet their nutrition targets on salt, sugar, saturated fat and overall calories through 
reformulation (ongoing).

2022: 62% (2021: 62%) of our products are healthier 
options as defined by the UK Department of Health’s 
Nutrient Profiling Model.

83% (2021: 83%) of our products are already compliant with 
the Food Standard Agency’s salt reduction targets for 2024 
and we continue to explore reformulation for the remainder.

2023 and beyond: Commitment maintained.

Enable sustainable diets through our product portfolio by continuing to drive plant-based freshly prepared 
product ranges (ongoing). 

2022: 52% (2021: 50%) of our products are vegetarian. 

2023 and beyond: Commitment maintained.

19% (2021: 19%) of our products are vegan. 

>390 (2021: >400) of our products contain at least one  
of the recommended five portions of vegetables.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  47

STRATEGIC REPORTESG: TRUSTED PARTNER CONTINUED

Engagement and Wellbeing in our 
Workplaces and Communities

Our people are our greatest asset, and 
their commitment to delivering great-
tasting, quality food whilst living our values 
is central to our success. To be a trusted 
partner, we support our workplaces and 
communities through our approach to our 
ESG material issues: Colleague Wellbeing; 
Health and Safety; Engagement, 
Development and Retention; Responsible 
Recruitment and Employment; Local 
Causes and Community Engagement; 
and Inclusive and Diverse Workplaces.

How we manage Engagement and Wellbeing  
in our Workplaces and Communities 
UK accidents and employee turnover are two of our  
Group non-financial KPIs. These are reported on a monthly 
basis and at senior forums including the ESG Executive 
Committee and Management Board, and on a quarterly 
basis at Group Board. 

Health and safety data, including near-miss and accident 
learnings, is shared across all sites using a newly introduced 
online system, which reflects the focus on sharing health 
and safety best practice across the business. 

In 2022, as part of an objective to drive a step-change 
reduction in workplace safety risks by standardising best 
practice and sharing information, we launched a set of 
global health and safety management principles that set 
consistent recommendations across all of our sites. 

A number of cross-functional workstreams support our 
activity in this focus area:

•  Wellbeing Committee – chaired by our CPO.

•  Inclusion and Diversity Forum – chaired by our Company 
Secretary and General Counsel. Steers our strategic direction 
on becoming a more inclusive and diverse business. 

•  READ MORE about our work to support colleagues’ wellbeing 
and make everyone feel welcome at Bakkavor on pg 34. 

•  Human Rights and Ethical Programme – driven by an 

ethical trade team and overseen by the Management Board. 
The Local Causes and Community Engagement 
workstream coordinates our three-year corporate charity 
programme with partners GroceryAid and the Natasha 
Allergy Research Foundation. 

48  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Progress against our 2022 targets and commitments, and our commitments going forward 

Key
2022 status

  Achieved

  On track

  Not achieved

  Priority issue

COLLEAGUE WELLBEING, HEALTH AND SAFETY

Continue our commitment to health and safety, targeting zero serious accidents across the Group.

2023 and beyond: Commitment maintained.

2022: Whilst in most manufacturing environments accidents 
will occur, we will always aim for zero serious1 accidents and 
minimal harm to our colleagues.

Major accidents in the UK decreased by 31.6% from a rate  
of 57 per 100k employees to 39. There were no equivalent 
Major accidents in the USA or China.

There were no fatalities in 2022 across the Group.

UK: See progress against separate commitment below.

China: >7 day lost-time accidents fell by 38% (448 per 100k 
employees versus 726 in 2021).

US: Recordable incidents2 reduced by 12% to 3,539 per 100k 
employees (2021: 4,034) due to a focus on instilling a culture  
of constant root cause analysis and urgency around accidents 
and near misses. The 2021 number has been restated due to  
an underestimation of agency labour.

Continue to maintain UK performance by out-performing industry average on numbers of major accidents  
and >7 days lost-time accidents.

2022: UK major accidents decreased by 31.6% to 39 per 100k 
employees3 (2021: 57).

Non-financial KPI: UK >7 day lost-time accidents reduced by 3.9% 
to 321 per 100k employees (2021: 334). READ MORE on pg 4. 

This means we continue to outperform the HSE food industry 
benchmark4, by increased margins of 63% for >7 day accidents 
(benchmark: 861) and by 83% for majors (benchmark: 228).

2023 and beyond: Commitment maintained.

Be recognised by our colleagues as supporting them to achieve positive wellbeing. 

2022: The Wellbeing Committee launched Bakkavor’s 
Wellbeing Strategy, which outlines our goals and objectives  
in this area. This includes offering regular wellbeing events 
and campaigns, and embedding wellbeing into leadership 
training at every level.

77 Wellbeing Champions were recruited and trained across 
the UK business to support, embed and roll out the strategy  
at a local level. 

READ MORE on our wellbeing journey on pg 35. 

In our 2022 Employee Engagement Survey (“EES”), 67% of 
colleagues agreed that Bakkavor cares about their health and 
wellbeing. This indicates we can do more to reach colleagues 
on wellbeing issues and highlight the resources available.

2023 and beyond – New commitments: 

Continue to implement our Wellbeing Strategy  
and pledges across sites.

Train Wellbeing Champions for local, on-the-
ground support.

Make regular updates to our Wellbeing Toolkit  
and campaigns. 

Commit to listen and ensure our actions are 
making a difference.

1  Major accident as per the UK HSE definition, or equivalent. 
2  According to definition of the US Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”). Employee numbers include agency labour.
3  Number of ‘major’ accidents and specified injuries as defined by the UK Health and Safety Executive.
4  UK HSE industry averages: http://www.hse.gov.uk/statistics/tables/index.htm#riddor.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  49

STRATEGIC REPORTESG: TRUSTED PARTNER CONTINUED

RESPONSIBLE RECRUITMENT AND EMPLOYMENT

Drive awareness and action on the issue of modern slavery, rolling out campaigns and training so that our 
colleagues know the indicators and how to report them (ongoing).

2022: Rolled out training on modern slavery for the Procurement, 
Purchasing and HR functions, Operations Managers and for 
Site Employee Forum (“SEF”) and trade union representatives. 
The Group Board approved the Modern Slavery Statement in 
June 2022. 

2023 and beyond: Commitment maintained.

New commitment: Work with industry partners  
to share best knowledge and collaborate on 
responsible recruitment and employment practices.

Supported development of ‘Stronger Together’ training 
workshops, guidance and toolkits. Stronger Together is a 
multi-stakeholder initiative working to tackle modern slavery.

ENGAGEMENT, DEVELOPMENT AND RETENTION

Promote an inclusive working environment, where differences are valued, and individuals feel they can be 
themselves, without judgement.

2022: The Inclusion and Diversity Forum supported a 
programme of events through 2022 to promote inclusive 
behaviours. This included communicating the theme and 
value of allyship through Pride month. We also celebrated 
Black History Month by highlighting the contributions  
of Black culture and raising awareness around issues  
including microaggressions and unconscious biases.  
READ MORE on pg 34. 

2023 and beyond: Commitment maintained.

Reduce our UK employee turnover and maintain below industry average.

Non-financial KPI: UK employee turnover was up 30 basis 
points to 28.1% (2021: 27.8%), driven by continuing instability 
in the UK food and drink manufacturing labour market. 
Comparable industry average data is not widely available, 
however anecdotally we believe our turnover rates are  
in line with or slightly above peers. READ MORE on pg 4.

2023 and beyond: Commitment maintained.

Implement an integrated talent management and development programme to provide our colleagues with 
continuous learning opportunities.

2023 and beyond: Commitment retired.

2022: Enhanced our continuous learning and talent 
development strategy, with the launch of several programmes. 
This included a Female Mentoring Programme, and a 
streamlined central hub for optional learning in a wide range 
of topics; for example, digital skills, inclusion and diversity, 
communication and teamwork skills. 

We also introduced a bespoke training course for Front-line 
Leaders on how to be better managers, and expanded our Early 
Careers programme, bringing in 68 more graduates and 
apprentices to build our potential leadership pipeline of tomorrow.

Bakkavor was named the TheJobCrowd Top Company for 
Apprentices in Consumer Goods & FMCG for the third year 
running. READ MORE on pg 34. 

50  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Conduct a regular Group-wide employee engagement survey, aiming for an overall employee 
engagement score above industry average.

2022: Conducted an Employee Engagement Survey,  
with a Group-wide response rate of 86%, up 3% on 2021.

The results of the survey were cascaded across the business 
for functions and teams to analyse and incorporate into  
action plans.

To continue to prioritise colleague engagement, we have 
committed to conducting this survey on an annual basis  
going forward.

2023 and beyond: Commitment updated: Conduct 
an annual Group-wide employee engagement 
survey, aiming for an overall employee engagement 
score above industry average.

New commitment: Continue to embed our values 
as the foundation of our culture, striving to create 
a great place to work.

LOCAL CAUSES AND COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT

Fundraise and support our key Group charities through Group donations and colleague engagement 
fundraising activities (ongoing).

2023 and beyond: Commitment maintained.

2022: In 2022, Bakkavor Group plc charity donations totalled 
£125,880. This included more than £73,000 to GroceryAid  
and over £25,000 to the Natasha Allergy Research Foundation  
– our two Group corporate charity partners. 

An additional donation of over £27,000 (including matching 
employee donations) was also made to the Red Cross Disaster 
Emergency Committee’s Ukraine Appeal.

In the US we donated over 460 cases of products to local food 
banks and supported in food drives. Our site in Charlotte also 
supported a soccer fundraiser for The Hispanic League which 
strives to improve community inclusion, education and health 
for the Hispanic/Latino community.

In China, we donated almost 1,200kg of food to local front-line 
medical staff to thank them for their efforts in the fight against 
Covid and redistributed over 300kg of surplus products to two 
local charities in Hong Kong who deliver food to the homeless 
and those in need. 

Related policies and documents 
http://www.bakkavor.com/en/esg/policies-and-documents

Responsible Sourcing: 
•  Supplier Code of Conduct (UK).

•  Modern Slavery Statement.

•  Deforestation Statement.

•  Group Ethical Trading and Human Rights Policy.

•  Freedom of Association Policy.

•  CDP Forests questionnaire.

Sustainability and Innovation: 
•  Environment Policy.

•  CDP Climate and Water questionnaires.

•  TCFD section – pg 56.

Engagement and Wellbeing: 
•  Group Ethical Trading and Human Rights Policy. 

•  Whistleblowing Policy.

•  Modern Slavery Statement.

•  Inclusion and Diversity Policy.

•  Freedom of Association Policy.

•  Charity and Political Donations Policy – pg 55.

•  Our people section – pg 32.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  51

STRATEGIC REPORTESG: TRUSTED PARTNER CONTINUED

Our non-financial and sustainability  

information statement

The following detail sets out where stakeholders can find further non-financial 
information on each of the key areas of disclosure as required under the UK Companies 
Act 2006 sections 414CA and 414CB.

Reporting 
requirement

Environmental 
matters

Employees

Human rights

Social matters

Anti-bribery  
and corruption

Relevant policies

Deforestation Statement1
Supplier Code of Conduct1
Environment Policy1
Group Supplier Conduct Policy2

Code of Conduct2
Inclusion and Diversity Policy1
Group Supplier Conduct Policy2

Location of further information  
in this report

Page 
reference

Sustainability and Innovation

Environmentally  
Sustainable Sourcing 

44–47

42–43

Engagement and Wellbeing

48–51

Modern Slavery Statement1
Freedom of Association Policy1
Responsible Operations Policy2
Group Ethical Trading and Human Rights Policy2
Group Supplier Conduct Policy2

Responsible Recruitment  
and Employment

Supply Chain Human Rights

50 

43

Code of Conduct2
Modern Slavery Statement1 
Supplier Code of Conduct1
Group Supplier Conduct Policy2
Freedom of Association Policy1

Engagement and Wellbeing

48–51

Anti-Bribery and Business Ethics Policy2
Anti-Bribery and Business Ethics Statement1
Whistleblowing Policy2
Charity and Political Donations Policy2
Supplier Code of Conduct1
Group Supplier Conduct Policy2

Anti-Bribery and Business  
Ethics Policy

Whistleblowing Policy

Charity and Political  
Donations Policy

55 

55

55

Data Protection Policy2
Data Retention Policy2
Privacy Notice2
Cookie Policy1

Data protection

Business model

Non-financial KPIs

1  Available on www.bakkavor.com and to all colleagues through the Bakkavor intranet.

2  Available to all colleagues through the Bakkavor intranet. Not published externally.

52  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Data Protection Policy

55

How we create value

Key performance indicators

16

4

 
United Kingdom

US

China

Continental Europe 
(Spain, Italy)

Total

By function

Production

Management and 
administration

Sales and 
distribution

Total

By gender

Female

Male

Total

Female

Male

Total

Female

Male

Total

Employee data
The Group employed 18,580 employees in total. Almost all employees (>99%) are considered permanent. Employee 
numbers in the tables below are based on the average monthly number of employees.

By location

2022 % of total

84%

5%

11%

<0%

 15,567 

 973 

 2,009 

 31 

 18,580 

2021

15,863

 875

 2,205 

 29

2020

16,356

808

2,125

29

2019

16,942

874

2,266

23

2018

17,004

635

2,181

22

2017

17,348

595

1,628

22

 18,972 

19,318

20,105

19,842

19,593

2022 % of total

 15,283 

 2,378 

82%

13%

2021

15,578

2,521

2020

15,938

2,488

2019

16,759

2,424

2018

16,706

2,183

2017

16,653

1,992

 919 

5%

873

892

922

953

948

 18,580 

18,972

19,318

20,105

19,842

19,593

Group

2022 % of total

45%

55%

 8,420 

 10,160 

 18,580 

UK

2022 % of total

 6,670 

 8,897 

 15,567 

43%

57%

International1

2022 % of total

1,750

1,263

3,013

58%

42%

2021

8,450

10,522

18,972

2021

 6,612 

 9,251 

2020

8,654

10,664

19,318

2020

6,888

9,468

2019

8,864

11,241

20,105

2019

7,011

9,931

2018

8,698

11,144

19,842

2018

7,055

9,949

 15,863 

16,356

16,942

17,004

2021

 1,838

 1,271 

 3,109 

2020

1,766

1,196

2,962

2019

1,853

1,310

3,163

2018

1,643

1,195

2,838

2017

8,389

11,204

19,593

2017

7,116

10,232

17,348

2017

1,273

972

2,245

1 

Includes US, mainland China, Hong Kong, Spain and Italy.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  53

STRATEGIC REPORTESG: TRUSTED PARTNER CONTINUED

Gender pay (UK)

Median gender pay gap

Mean gender pay gap

2022

9.3%

9.6%

2022

F

M

20211

7.3%

9.3%

20211

M

F

M

2020

2.1%

8.2%

2020

F

2019

7.3%

10.7%

2019

F

M

1st quartile (lower paid)

40.9%

59.1%

49.3%

50.7%

58.8%

41.2%

49.5%

50.5%

2nd quartile

3rd quartile

62.0% 38.0%

66.1% 33.9%

58.6%

63.0%

41.4%

37.0%

59.6%

40.4%

59.3%

40.7%

58.1%

41.9%

62.5%

37.5%

4th quartile (highest paid)

67.8% 32.3%

67.4%

32.6%

67.6%

32.4%

67.5%

32.5%

Median gender bonus gap

Mean gender bonus gap

Proportion of males and females
receiving a bonus

12.1%

21.0%

15.2%

17.0%

14.5%

28.1%

14.9%

13.6%

9.3%

7.6%

9.9%

7.8%

9.3%

7.8%

2.4%

2.0%

1  2021 data for the mean and median pay gap, and quartiles has been restated as during the year we identified a calculation error. All other data remains as reported in 2021.

Senior leadership by gender, 2022

Female

Male

Total

Senior leadership by ethnicity4, 2022

Of white European heritage

Director or Executive of colour

Total

Group Board

Senior
Management1 

Management  
Board

Senior
Executives2

Number

% Number

% Number

% Number

27%

73%

3

8

11

33%

67%

5

10

15

33%

67%

2

4

6

14

28

42

%

33%

67%

Group Board

Senior
Management1 

Management  
Board2

Senior
Executives3

Number

% Number

% Number

% Number

91%

9%

10

1

11

93%

7%

14

1

15

100%

6

0

6

36

6

42

%

86%

14%

1  Refers to the definition within the Companies Act 2006 s414C (8)-(10). Data is for financial year.

2  Data is for the financial year.

3  Refers to the Management Board’s direct reports as per the FRC’s 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code Provision 23. Data is for financial year.

4  Reflects the Parker Review methodology and definition of ‘Director of colour’.

54  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Human Rights, Ethical Trading and Responsible 
Operations Policies
Bakkavor is committed to doing business in a fair and 
ethical way. We actively work at meeting our moral, legal, 
ethical and humanitarian responsibilities. Our Ethical 
Trading and Human Rights Policy and our Responsible 
Operations Policy provide the principles and framework 
that Bakkavor has adopted to manage this commitment, 
within both our operations and supply chain. The policies 
apply to all of Bakkavor’s own operations and the 
permanent, temporary and agency colleagues who  
are employed within them.

  READ MORE:

Supply Chain Human Rights pg 43. 
Responsible Recruitment and Employment pg 50. 

Data Protection Policy
Bakkavor recognises that the correct and lawful treatment  
of personal data provides for successful business 
operations. Protecting the confidentiality and integrity  
of personal data is a critical responsibility that Bakkavor 
always takes seriously. All staff and business areas are 
responsible for ensuring compliance with this policy and 
are required to implement appropriate practices, 
processes, controls and training to ensure compliance.  
In order to re-state the importance of data protection and 
supplement this policy, Bakkavor uses our e-learning 
platform to roll out training including ‘refresher’ modules 
as required. In 2022, Bakkavor rolled out refreshed training 
in cyber security for all UK colleagues. As part of its remit, 
the Audit and Risk Committee this year considered the 
adequacy of these arrangements and concluded that the 
policy was adequate. 

Whistleblowing Policy
The Whistleblowing Policy applies to the whole Group and 
provides a mechanism through which individuals can raise 
concerns on illegal, unsafe or inappropriate activities 
including discrimination or harassment in the workplace. 
This policy represents Bakkavor’s internal procedure and 
the use of this enables Bakkavor to effectively address any 
wrongdoing within the business. It was updated in 2021  
to reflect a change of provider, offering information on  
how to raise an issue through an independently monitored 
and confidential reporting hotline. The Bakkavor service, 
‘Speak Up’, is available Group-wide by Freephone or  
online 24 hours a day/365 days a year and in 15 languages. 
Cases logged in 2022 were investigated thoroughly 
through local HR contacts, General Managers and/or 
Business Directors, as well as the Chief People Officer 
(“CPO”), Technical Director, General Counsel or the Chief 
Financial Officer (“CFO”) when relevant. Whistleblowing  
is also regularly monitored by the Board.

Charity and Political Donations Policy
Bakkavor believes in giving back to the communities  
in which we operate. Our Charity and Political Donations 
Policy sets out the ways charitable giving may be 
channelled: through monetary and product donations; 
supporting our colleagues in their fundraising efforts;  
and advocating skills and volunteering events, where 
appropriate. We never use charitable donations as a 
means to gain improper influence and all monies given  
to charity in Bakkavor’s name are subject to due process. 
Bakkavor does not give financial donations or support  
to political individuals, representatives, parties or causes 
in any country in which we operate. 

   READ MORE on Local Causes and Community 
Engagement on pg 51. 

Anti-Bribery and Business Ethics Policy
This policy, which also includes a Gifts and Hospitality 
Policy embedded within it, sets out the highest standards 
of business and ethical conduct expected by those who 
work for, and on behalf of, Bakkavor in all its business 
dealings, whether with customers, suppliers, competitors 
or other business partners in all the countries in which 
Bakkavor does business. Bakkavor takes a zero-tolerance 
approach to bribery and corruption and is committed  
to acting professionally, fairly and with integrity in all its 
business dealings and relationships wherever Bakkavor 
operates and implementing and enforcing effective 
systems to counter bribery and corruption.

Bakkavor requires all employees and third parties to  
be familiar with the basic principles of anti-bribery law  
in order to avoid any actions or omissions which might 
infringe those laws. 

Our Procurement team assesses our supply chain partners 
for corruption and anti-bribery risk through compliance 
with our Supplier Code of Conduct. Implementing these 
policies, with the support of Bakkavor’s e-learning platform, 
has enabled the business to re-state the importance of 
vigilance in identifying any bribery and corruption issues 
within the business and across the supply chain, together 
with greater awareness of reporting procedures. In 2022, 
Bakkavor rolled out refreshed anti-bribery and corruption 
training for all UK colleagues. As part of its remit,  
the Audit and Risk Committee this year considered the 
adequacy of these arrangements and concluded that the 
policy was adequate. 

  READ MORE on pg 86. 

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  55

STRATEGIC REPORTESG: TCFD

Bakkavor and climate change:
Report against the recommendations of the  
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures

In 2021, we committed to reaching Net 
Zero in our Group operations by 2040.  
To achieve this, we have undertaken 
a detailed assessment of climate risks 
that could impact our business, and have 
begun to develop our delivery roadmap.

Climate change is the single biggest sustainability challenge 
facing the world. We recognise that our Group does not 
operate in isolation and impacts the environment. Bakkavor 
has a part to play in reversing the climate emergency and 
supporting the shift towards a low-carbon economy. 

Consistency with the TCFD recommendations
The following pages comprise our TCFD report using the four sections: Governance (covering disclosures A and B on 
pg 57), Strategy (covering disclosures A and B pg 58–61), Risk Management (covering disclosures A, B and C pg 62), 
and Metrics and Targets (covering disclosures A on pg 63 and B on pg 64–65). For Strategy disclosure C and Metrics  
and Targets disclosure C, please note below. In preparation of the report, Bakkavor also considered the supplemental 
guidance for non-financial groups and specifically the Agriculture, Food, and Forest Products group. This is reflected  
in our approach to scenario analysis, use of historical trend data for emissions, our consideration of physical risk 
exposure and use of relevant metrics such as recyclability of packaging. The disclosures contained within the report  
are consistent with these recommendations, with the exception of those listed below:

Disclosure 

Level of 
consistency

Description

Strategy disclosure C: 
Describe the resilience of the 
organization’s strategy, taking  
into consideration different 
climate-related scenarios, 
including a 2°C or lower scenario.

Metrics and Targets disclosure C: 
Describe the targets used  
by the organization to manage 
climate-related risks and 
opportunities and performance 
against targets.

PARTIAL

PARTIAL

•  We have assessed our resilience and identified risks and 
opportunities against two climate-related scenarios and 
against our operations and supply chain. However, scenario 
modelling against our full business strategy has not yet 
been conducted. Through 2023, we intend to include outputs 
from our transition planning, including detailed engineering 
assessments and financial enablers, to deliver progress in 
this area.

•  During the year, we prepared and reviewed several interim 
targets to underpin our roadmap to delivering Net Zero. 
However, further work is required to stress test these 
proposed interim targets through rigorous assessments at a 
site-level, including engineering and innovation pipelines, and 
should enable us to be consistent with the recommendations 
in 2023. 

•  Whilst we continue to develop our interim targets, we are 

still monitoring our progress on reducing our Scope 1 and 2 
carbon emissions in the UK, US and China on a quarterly 
basis. This includes tracking performance against a target 
of a year-on-year reduction in our UK greenhouse gas 
(“GHG”) intensity level of 3%, as set out in our 2020 
refinancing agreement.

56  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Our governance of climate-related issues

GROUP BOARD

•  Accountable for considering the impact of climate-related issues 

on the long-term strategy of the Group. 

•  Oversees progress of Net Zero commitment. 

•  Reviews Group policies and commitments, including Net Zero 

target, KPIs, progress and approach.

In 2022: The Group Board received regular updates from  
the ESG Committee on the execution of the Trusted Partner  
ESG strategy and climate risk assessment. This was via the 
designated Non-executive Director for ESG matters and the 
Group Board ESG Sponsor. ESG Committee members received  
a dedicated training session from our Head of Group ESG 
strategy, focusing on developing skills in: climate and Net Zero; 
responsible sourcing, including biodiversity and deforestation; 
food waste; and packaging. READ MORE on pg 88 and 120.

ESG Sponsor: Ben Waldron, CFO and Asia CEO (Until November 2022: Agust Gudmundsson, CEO)

ESG COMMITTEE

AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE

•  Dedicated Board committee for ESG matters, meeting three 
times a year, with ownership of managing climate change  
risks and opportunities, including our Net Zero commitment. 

•  Reviews principal risk ‘Climate change and sustainability’  

and reporting under TCFD, meeting quarterly. 

•  Ensures climate-related risks are considered in the Group’s 

•  Debates climate issues and provides guidance to the ESG 

viability assessment and impairment reviews. 

Executive Committee and recommendations to the Group Board.

In 2022: Dedicated committee set up and met three times. 
Also attended a training session in October, with topics 
including climate change, food waste, diversity and inclusion, 
packaging and biodiversity.

•  Ensures financial reporting disclosures of these risks are fair 
and balanced, and considers broader impact across assets, 
liabilities and future profitability. 

In 2022: Met four times, of which one agenda featured climate 
and ESG. READ MORE on pg 124.

Chair: Umran Beba, Independent Non-executive Director

Chair: Jane Lodge, Independent Non-executive Director

MANAGEMENT BOARD

•  Oversees climate-related issues and performance against 

•  Direct strategic implementation of, and capital allocation for, 

emissions reduction targets. 

energy efficiency and low-carbon projects. 

•  Receives updates from the ESG Executive Committee on 

performance and climate-related risks on a quarterly basis. 

In 2022: Quarterly agenda included climate and ESG  
matters with updates on developing our climate transition  
plan, and carbon emissions progress by region.

Sponsor: Ben Waldron, CFO and Asia CEO (Until December 2022: Donna-Maria Lee, CPO)

ESG EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

•  Reviews performance on climate and Net Zero-related matters. 

•  Identifies financial resources required to meet Net Zero 

•  Provides overall direction of the Group’s Trusted Partner  

commitment. 

ESG strategy. 

In 2022: Met quarterly, ahead of Management Board and  
ESG Committee meetings.

Chair: UK Finance Director (until December 2022: Head of Corporate Affairs)

Comprised of Director and other senior-level experts from  
ESG, Procurement, Technical, Operations, Legal, Risk, Finance, 
Commercial and regional business divisions. Five workstreams 
support the delivery of our Net Zero commitment:

4.  ESG Board Engagement: supports Group Board training  

on climate issues.

5.  Sustainability Risk Management and Reporting: leads our 

approach to understanding climate risk. 

1. Net Zero Carbon Emissions: overall working group.

2.  Finance and ESG Reporting: ensures regular and accurate 

carbon footprint reporting.

3.  Operational ESG Integration and Cascading: cascades 

commitments across the business.

Outcomes reported to the Group Board include in-year carbon 
emission data and a review of the Company’s climate risk 
assessment (see pg 62). The Group Board uses specialist 
advisers on climate and related topics from time to time.  
As we refine our climate transition plan in 2023, Bakkavor  
will review the linking of performance to incentives and 
remuneration for future years.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  57

STRATEGIC REPORTESG: TCFD CONTINUED

Strategy: climate risks, 
opportunities and impact

Costs of implementing low emissions 
technology

Time horizon (years):

1–5
(short-term)

5–10
(medium-term)

10–50
(long-term)

Scenarios 

Likelihood

Impact

‘Well below’ 2°c 

‘Hothouse world’

 4

 4

 2

 2

How it impacts Bakkavor
Additional operational costs to deliver our Net Zero 
transition plan through investments in lower emission 
technologies in our manufacturing sites.

Associated opportunity 
Utility savings from increased resource efficiency.

Response
In 2022, mapped the ‘levers’ that will enable decarbonisation 
of Scope 1 and 2 emissions across the Group, with some 
initial capital expenditure costs developed. 

In 2023, conducting further detailed analysis of technologies 
that will inform our climate transition plan and decision-making. 

Will then prepare a financing plan that considers the short-, 
medium- and long-term.

Risk reviewed and managed by: dedicated Net Zero 
workstream.

Related metrics and targets
Net Zero, Group-wide for operational emissions by 2040.

Non-financial KPI: Group net carbon emissions.

Link to our strategy 

Risk type

  Technology

  Policy and legal

  Market

  Physical

Likelihood

Impact

 1   Rare

 2   Unlikely

 3   Possible

 4   Likely

 1   Negligible

 2   Minor

 3   Moderate

 4   Major

 5   Almost certain

 5   Catastrophic

Link to our strategy 

   UK: Drive returns by leveraging our UK  
number one market position

   INTERNATIONAL: Accelerate profitable  
growth in the US and China

   EXCELLENCE: Deliver superior performance  
through operational excellence

   TRUST: Be a trusted partner for our people,  
customers, suppliers and communities

  READ MORE on pg 22. 

Potential financial impact1
Overall, based on the risk analysis performed and set out in this section, our 
risk exposure is deemed to be low. A number of the risks are interdependent, 
such as ‘cost of implementing low emissions technology’ and ‘pricing of GHG 
emissions’; and ‘increased cost of raw materials’ with ‘actual physical risks  
to our supply chain’, and we can mitigate some of the potential impact. 

One risk – ‘pricing of GHG emissions’ – emerged as ‘moderate’ and therefore, 
financially material. This impacts Bakkavor through increased operating 
costs due to forecasted carbon pricing. Using current projections and an initial 
assessment of our decarbonisation pathway we have estimated the potential 
financial impact to the Group of between £5–10m p.a. by 2030, the medium-
term time horizon. Our mitigation against this risk is directly linked to 
successful delivery of our Net Zero commitment and its primary objective  
of reducing emissions as far as possible. As we work towards this target the 
potential financial impact from GHG emissions pricing would be expected  
to reduce to £3–5m p.a. by 2050.

1  Based on ‘Well below’ 2°c scenario.

58  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

 
Increased cost of raw materials

Changing consumer preferences

1–5
(short-term)

5–10
(medium-term)

10–50
(long-term)

1–5
(short-term)

5–10
(medium-term)

10–50
(long-term)

Scenarios 

Scenarios 

Likelihood

Impact

Likelihood

Impact

‘Well below’ 2°c 

‘Hothouse world’

 4

 4

 2

 3

‘Well below’ 2°c 

‘Hothouse world’

 5

 5

 2

 2

How it impacts Bakkavor
Increased spend on raw materials due to price fluctuations 
and instability caused by transition and physical climate risks.

How it impacts Bakkavor
Decreased revenues due to failure to shift product portfolio to 
support consumer demand for lower climate-impact products.

Associated opportunity 
Opportunity for ongoing rebase of costings as our business 
evolves our product offering to reflect trends and seasonality.

Response
Diverse product portfolio means we source a variety of raw 
materials and acts as a hedge against sourcing difficulties. 

Centralised Procurement team holds strong commercial 
relationships with an extensive supply chain and key suppliers.

Additional costs for potential carbon or eco-labelling.

Associated opportunity 
Increased market share, due to ability to respond to changing 
consumer demands and provide lower-carbon products. 

Response
One of our ESG workstreams, ‘Sustainable Product 
Development’, works to integrate sustainability 
considerations into the product development process. 

In addition, colleagues have an on-the-ground presence  
in China, Spain, Italy and South America, which is key to 
understanding the local supply base.

Through engagement with IGD, we participate in industry 
discussions around eco- and carbon-labelling of food products, 
enabling us to shape and adopt practices as they evolve.

Our bespoke supplier engagement platform allows us to: 
monitor and address compliance with environmental,  
social and integrity issues; understand and reduce supplier 
risks; and in the long-term, support suppliers to manage 
their own environmental and climate risks.

Risk reviewed and managed by: Responsible Sourcing 
workstream and Procurement function.

Related metrics and targets
Zero net deforestation, including 100% deforestation and 
conversion-free soy by 2025.

Sustainable sourcing standards for key raw materials.

Link to our strategy 

Bakkavor market research indicates that consumers  
are increasingly favouring food products that support  
a reduction of environmental impact. This research is 
regularly presented at Board level and supports strategic 
decision-making in new and existing product development. 
For example, to continue innovating with customers on 
plant-based products across our portfolio.

Also support consumers’ values for more sustainable 
packaging through work to reduce and remove plastics 
where possible and use more recycled/recyclable materials.

Risk reviewed and managed by: Sustainable Product 
Portfolio and Packaging workstreams.

Related metrics and targets
% of products that are vegetarian (52%, up from 50%  
in 2021) and plant-based (19%, the same as in 2021).

Eliminate problematic or unnecessary single-use 
packaging by 2025.

100% of plastic packaging to be reusable, recyclable  
or compostable by 2025 (>99.9% in 2022, 99.8% in 2021). 

30% average recycled content in plastic packaging by 2025 
(achieved 52.3%, compared to 45.6% in 2021.

Link to our strategy 

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  59

STRATEGIC REPORTESG: TCFD CONTINUED

Risk type

  Technology

  Policy and legal

Pricing of GHG emissions

  Market

  Physical

Likelihood

Impact

Scenarios 

1–5
(short-term)

5–10
(medium-term)

10–50
(long-term)

 1   Rare

 2   Unlikely

 3   Possible

 4   Likely

 1   Negligible

 2   Minor

 3   Moderate

 4   Major

 5   Almost certain

 5   Catastrophic

Link to our strategy 

   UK: Drive returns by leveraging our UK  
number one market position

   INTERNATIONAL: Accelerate profitable  
growth in the US and China

   EXCELLENCE: Deliver superior performance  
through operational excellence

   TRUST: Be a trusted partner for our people,  
customers, suppliers and communities

Likelihood

Impact

‘Well below’ 2°c 

‘Hothouse world’

 4

 4

 3

 3

How it impacts Bakkavor
Increased operating costs due to forecasted carbon pricing.

Associated opportunity 
n/a

Response
Response to this risk links to delivery of Net Zero objectives 
including decarbonisation of the business.

Risk reviewed and managed by: Net Zero and the Finance 
and ESG Reporting workstreams.

Related metrics and targets
Net Zero, Group-wide for operational emissions by 2040.

Non-financial KPI: Group net carbon emissions.

Link to our strategy 

60  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

 
Actual physical risks to our operations

Actual physical risks to our supply chain

1–5
(short-term)

5–10
(medium-term)

10–50
(long-term)

1–5
(short-term)

5–10
(medium-term)

10–50
(long-term)

Scenarios 

Scenarios 

Likelihood

Impact

Likelihood

Impact

‘Well below’ 2°c 

‘Hothouse world’

 4

 4

 2

 3

‘Well below’ 2°c 

‘Hothouse world’

 4

 4

 2

 3

How it impacts Bakkavor
Increased energy consumption due to higher cooling 
demand, increased water stress, reduced productivity  
and logistics disruption (chronic climate impacts).

Site damages, disruption, increased maintenance, repair 
and insurance costs from acute events such as floods.

How it impacts Bakkavor
Disruption and higher costs due to decline in agricultural yield, 
increased heat stress and drought (chronic climate impacts).

Bottlenecks, shortages and sourcing disruption from 
increased exposure to acute climate risks such as floods 
and storm events.

Associated opportunity 
Opportunities for innovation through our climate adaptation 
response.

Response
Delivery of our climate transition plan and decarbonising  
as far as possible.

Successful delivery of our Net Zero commitment prioritises 
energy efficiency projects as ways to: maximise utility 
efficiency; reduce absolute emissions; and support 
site-specific adaptations to heat stress and drought. We also 
continue optimising water intensity per tonne of product and 
monitoring use through site-level environmental trackers.

No current investment in flood defences. If experience 
worsens due to rising sea levels and/or increased 
frequency/severity of weather events, we will consider  
flood walls on high-risk sites. Future capital projects  
and acquisitions will take account of flood risk. 

Associated opportunity 
Supply chain engagement to mitigate risks could increase 
resilience and strengthen supplier relationships, increasing 
competitive advantage.

Response
Responsible Sourcing strategy is designed to safeguard 
supply chain resilience by enabling sourcing of raw 
materials as sustainably as possible. 

Our Supplier Code of Conduct and associated environmental 
compliance questionnaire ensure that suppliers manage 
environmental issues in line with our sourcing standards 
for key raw materials. 

Engagement is monitored through the Bakkavor Supplier 
Compliance Manager (“BSCM”) to: assess supplier risk 
based on their specific product(s) and location; understand 
supplier capabilities and exposures to environmental risks; 
and work with them to reduce their risk, as required. 

Risk reviewed and managed by: dedicated Net Zero 
workstream.

Risk reviewed and managed by: Responsible Sourcing 
workstream and Procurement function.

Related metrics and targets
Net Zero, Group-wide for operational emissions by 2040.

Non-financial KPI: Group net carbon emissions.

Link to our strategy 

Related metrics and targets
Zero net deforestation, including 100% deforestation and 
conversion-free soy by 2025 (progress not yet quantified).

% of suppliers that are compliant with our Supplier Code  
of Conduct (100% in 2022, 100% in 2021).

Link to our strategy 

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  61

STRATEGIC REPORTESG: TCFD CONTINUED

Risk management: assessing and managing  
our exposure to climate risks

To assess Bakkavor’s exposure to climate-related risks 
and identify opportunities, we use a scenario-driven 
climate risk assessment. The output of the analysis 
conducted on our operations and supply chain indicates 
our overall climate risk exposure is deemed to be low,  
due to existing mitigation factors such as:

•  Risk sharing mechanisms for raw material price 

fluctuations and medium-term energy efficiency; and

•  Successful delivery of our climate transition plan and 
objective of reducing emissions as far as possible. 

We have integrated our material ESG issues into our  
Group risk management framework, which requires 
principal risk owners to consider relevant environmental, 
social or governance issues when conducting reviews  
and assessments of each risk.

Whilst a number of transition risks (e.g. increased raw 
material costs and changing consumer preferences) are 
deemed highly likely, we are well-placed to mitigate the 
impacts on the business, and their financial impact is 
considered low to moderate. We have also identified 
opportunities regarding several climate risks; for example, 
the potential for increasing market share through aligning 
our product portfolio to support market trends for more 
climate-friendly diets.

Nevertheless, recognising the Group’s impetus to respond 
to and continue a robust assessment of Bakkavor’s  
risk exposure to climate change, our risk management 
framework identifies ‘Climate change and sustainability’ 
as a principal risk.

  READ MORE on pg 85. 

Our approach for identifying climate-related risks

Bakkavor has undertaken scenario analysis and a 
climate risk assessment of our operations and supply 
chain. This involved:

1. Building scenarios against which the business could be 
stress-tested, following guidance in the TCFD Guidance 
on Scenario Analysis for Non-Financial Companies.

2. Running catastrophe and climate modelling for  

physical risks.

3. Identifying and evaluating transition risks and quantifying 

risks where possible.

The transition risk assessment used scenarios aligned 
with projections to keep global warming ‘well below’  
2°c by 2030 in line with the ambitions of the Paris 
Agreement and considered impacts on different 
geographies and sectors. 

We have used a single, medium-term time horizon 
because the majority of transition risks are associated 
with aggressive mitigation action in the next ten years. 
This assumes proactive and sustained action to reduce 
emissions over the next 30 years to build a low-carbon 
economy and the implications this has on environmental, 
social, economic, political and technological dimensions. 
For example, assuming broader technological 
investment away from fossil fuels, towards increased 
energy efficiency and renewable technologies. Sources 
informing assumptions included projections used in 
Shared Socio-Economic Pathways (“SSP”), the IEA 
(Sustainable Development), IPCC (RCP 2.6) and NGFS 
Below 2°c Orderly Scenario.

The physical risk assessment looked at the acute and 
chronic impacts of climate change. For example, damage 
to sites caused by increased frequency and/or severity of 
extreme weather events (acute risks) and increased heat 
and/or drought stress (chronic risks). We assessed the 
potential risks over a medium- (2030) and longer-term 
(2050 and beyond) time horizon using the Representative 
Concentration Pathways (“RCP”) defined by the 
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change’s (“IPCC”) 
Fifth Assessment Report (“AR5”), specifically the ‘best 
possible’ scenario of ‘well below 2°c’ (at +1.5°c) RCP 2.6) 
and ‘worst case’ or ‘hothouse world’ scenario of RCP 8.5 
(4°c). Acute physical risks are relevant now and under 
both scenarios with the likelihood and impacts of these 
risks increasing with the ‘hothouse world’ scenario  
of RCP 8.5 (4°c) as well as over time (2050 and beyond). 
Chronic physical risks emerge under the ‘hothouse 
world’ scenario from 2050. For both types, the risk  
is more pronounced in some regions than others. 

To quantify risks, we have used Bakkavor’s risk 
management framework rating criteria. Each risk was 
assessed on its likelihood and impact, and the potential 
financial impact classified based on these criteria.  
To further align, we interpreted the timelines used in  
the RCPs to our own risk framework. Other metrics, 
such as carbon price forecasts, were used where relevant. 
The outcomes were reviewed by both the Group Board 
and Management Board. 

  READ MORE on pg 85.

62  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Our metrics and targets

Building our roadmap to Net Zero
Since 2018 we have targeted year-on-year improvements 
in carbon reduction. In early 2021, we formalised our 
commitment to Net Zero carbon emissions across the 
Group’s operations by 2040. Recognising the need for 
longer-term planning to meet our commitment, in 2022  
we began to develop our climate transition plan. 

We plan to publish our interim targets in more detail 
following rigorous stress testing at site-level to be completed 
during 2023. During the reporting period we implemented 
quarterly measurement of progress on reducing our 
Scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions; this includes tracking 
performance against a target set within our refinancing 
agreement in 2020 of a year-on-year 3% reduction in our 
UK business GHG intensity level.

Our carbon emissions reporting and measurement

The methodology applied to the calculation of GHG 
emissions is the ‘GHG Protocol Corporate Accounting 
and Reporting Standard’. An ‘operational control’ 
boundary has been applied. Carbon factors from Defra’s 
UK Government GHG Conversion Factors for Company 
Reporting and the International Energy Agency (“IEA”) 
database are used to calculate the GHG emissions, 
where they are not separately provided by a supplier. 
Emissions are reported as tonnes of carbon dioxide 
equivalent (tCO2e).
The tables on pg 64–65 show GHG emissions and total 
annual energy for both the Group and Bakkavor Foods 
Limited (UK) and include the data for our Streamlined 
Energy and Carbon Reporting (SECR). For narrative on 
the principal measures taken to improve our energy 
efficiency, see pg 45.

Bakkavor also discloses to CDP’s climate change 
questionnaire. The most recent questionnaire is based 
on the 2021 reporting cycle and received a disclosure 
score of B – see: www.cdp.net.

This is our fifth year reporting carbon emissions for  
the Group, which includes our three regions: UK, US  
and China.

GHG emissions for 2022 have been measured and reported 
as required under the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic report 
and Directors’ report) Regulations, and the Companies 
(Directors’ report) and Limited Liability Partnerships 
(Energy and Carbon Report) Regulations 2018.

The total gross GHG emissions reported include all 
Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions for the Group. This 
covers all sites where Bakkavor has full operational 
control. Data has not been collected for sites owned  
by Bakkavor but leased to tenants as Bakkavor does  
not have oversight or control of this energy usage  
and emissions data. The Group’s environmental 
management system is based on ISO 14001.

Scope 1 emissions: Those that directly release GHGs 
including fuel consumed by our manufacturing facilities, 
offices, warehouses and our vehicle fleet, and releases 
of fluorinated gases from our refrigeration plant. 

Scope 2 emissions: Released indirectly from our 
consumption of energy sources (electricity and  
cooling streams).

Scope 3 emissions: Indirect emissions that are 
associated with the operation of the business that  
are not under our direct control.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  63

STRATEGIC REPORTESG: TCFD CONTINUED

Greenhouse gas emissions metrics (for the period 1January 2022 – 31 December 2022)
The following tables show annual data for 2022 and prior years for GHG emissions for the Group and our UK business, 
Bakkavor Foods Limited. 

In 2022 we saw a 16.9% reduction in our gross (location-based) carbon footprint (Scope 1 and 2), and an 18.9% decrease  
in our net (market-based) carbon footprint. In addition, the carbon efficiency of our business has improved as our intensity 
ratio (gross emissions per £million reported revenue) reduced by 27.3% to 67.3tCO2e/£m reported revenue. In the UK,  
net emissions reduced by 15.3% and the intensity ratio decreased 22.7% to 55.5tCO2e/£m reported revenue.

Greenhouse gas emissions – Group – tCO2e, for the period 1 January 2022 – 31 December 2022

Bakkavor Group plc
Scope 1: Emissions from combustion of fuel and operation of 
facilities 

UK

US

China

Total Scope 1 emissions
Scope 2: Emissions from purchased electricity and cooling 

UK

US

China

Total Scope 2 emissions (location-based)
Green tariff 

Total Scope 2 emissions (market-based)

Total gross (location-based) emissions

Total net (market-based) emissions 
Intensity ratio (gross tCO2e/£m reported revenue)

2022

Change

2021

2020

59,855

8,386

9,029

77,270

39,121

6,052

21,592

66,765

32,836

32,836

144,035

110,106

67.3

-14.9%

-25.6%

-49.1%

-22.2%

-11.1%

-6.8%

-7.6%

-9.6%

-9.6%

-9.6%

-16.9%

-18.9%

-27.3%

70,336

11,264

17,754

99,354

44,012

6,495

23,375

73,881

37,544

36,337

173,235

135,691

92.6

83,926

14,515

8,418

106,858

49,396

7,583

20,708

77,687

43,007

34,680

184,545

141,538

102.9

Annual energy consumption – Group – kWh, for the period 1 January 2022 – 31 December 2022

Scope 1 – Energy from combustion of fuel and operation of 
facilities including transport (kWh)

Scope 2 – Energy from purchased electricity and cooling (kWh)

Total energy (kWh)

338,883,129

257,698,953

596,582,083

-3.9% 352,728,213 391,680,450

-2.8% 265,077,689 269,787,168

-3.4% 617,805,902 661,467,618

2022

Change

2021

2020

Greenhouse gas emissions – UK1 – tCO2e, for the period 1 January 2022 – 31 December 2022 

Scope 1 emissions from combustion of fuel and operation of facilities 
Location-based Scope 2 emissions from purchased electricity  
and cooling 

Green tariff 

Market-based Scope 2 emissions 

Total gross (location based) emissions 

Total net (market-based) emissions 
Intensity ratio (gross tCO2e/£m reported revenue)

2022

59,855

39,121

33,928

5,193

98,976

65,048

55.5

Change

-14.9%

-11.1%

-9.6%

-19.7%

-13.4%

-15.3%

-22.7%

2021

70,336

44,012

37,544

6,468

114,348

76,804

71.8

2020

83,926

49,396

43,007

6,389

133,322

90,315

85.1

Annual energy consumption – UK1 – kWh, for the period 1 January 2022 – 31 December 2022

Total renewable energy consumption (on-site generated), kWh)

Total non-renewable energy consumption (kWh)

Total energy consumption (kWh)

Totals may not reflect sum of values shown due to rounding.
1  Data relates to the UK and UK offshore areas (nil).

64  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

2022

Change

–

–

2021

–

2020

–

501,953,056

501,953,056

-3.8% 521,885,147 573,288,445

-3.8% 521,885,147 573,288,445

Scope 3 emissions 
Scope 3 indirect emissions are those associated with the 
operation of the business that are not under our direct 
control. These can range from the production of raw 
materials, transport of goods to site, disposal of waste, 
manufacturing of packaging, colleague commuting and 
business travel, to downstream use and disposal of our 
products by retailers and consumers. There are challenges 
with accurate data measurement due to a reliance on 
secondary sources and being outside our direct control. 

Nevertheless, in 2021 we conducted a baseline assessment 
of our Scope 3 footprint for our UK business. This helped to:

•  Develop a ‘hot spot’ analysis of our upstream and 

downstream climate influence;

•  Inform action plans with our direct suppliers; and

•  Identify priority raw materials for action.

Overall, our Scope 3 emissions represent 91% of our UK 
carbon footprint, a proportion that is increasing gradually 
as our Scope 1 and 2 emissions are reducing steadily. 

We know that the vast majority (94%) of our Scope 3 
footprint comes from purchased goods and services. 
These are predominantly raw materials and ingredients 
such as dairy and meat and also plastic packaging.

This increases the importance of working with our 
suppliers and customers to capture more representative 
data, understand what can be done to reduce emissions, 
and support these efforts. 

Enabling the climate transition in our broader 
value chains
As a business, our influence on Scope 3 emissions comes 
through working closely with our supply chain, which we  
do through our Responsible Sourcing workstream, and a 
programme of engagement to ensure compliance with our 
requirements on environmental and social topics, through 
our Supplier Code of Conduct (READ MORE on pg 42). 

In addition, we address emissions associated with 
packaging by:

•  Reducing and removing plastics in our packaging  

where possible; 

•  Increasing use of recycled content; 

•  Ensuring widespread recyclability; and

•  Using certified sustainable sources for card-based packaging.

Bakkavor is also influencing Scope 3 emissions associated 
with deforestation and land-use change in an indirect  
way through our sustainable sourcing approaches for  
the forest-risk raw materials we use – soy, palm oil, beef 
and timber used for card packaging. For example, for soy 
– used as feed for animal and dairy products – we require 
evidence from suppliers that the soy used comes from  
an origin with low risk of deforestation or conversion,  
or by sourcing through appropriate third-party, company 
or regional schemes. 

Greenhouse gas emissions – UK – Scope 3 – tCO2e, for the period 1 January 2022 – 31 December 2022 

Bakkavor Foods Limited (UK)

1.  Purchased goods and services

2.  Capital goods

3.  Other fuel-and-energy-related activities

4.  Upstream transportation and distribution

5.  Waste generated in operations

6.  Business travel

7.  Employee commuting

8.  Upstream leased assets

9.  Downstream transportation and distribution

10. Processing of sold products

11.  Use of sold products

12. End of life treatment of sold products

13. Downstream leased assets

14. Franchises

15. Investments

Total scope 3 emissions

Totals may not reflect sum of values shown due to rounding.

2022
(UK)

Change

Emissions (tCO2e)
2020 
2021 
(UK)
(UK)

952,420

-5.1% 1,004,066

925,531

11,979

22,127
n/a1
1,857
n/a1
16,501
03
n/a1
03
03

13,798
02
03
03
1,018,682

-24.1%

-11.5%

n/a

-0.9%

n/a

-0.6%

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

-0.7%

n/a

n/a

n/a

15,789

24,997
n/a1

1,873
n/a1

16,594
03
n/a1
03
03

13,901
02
03
03

13,577

20,593

141

2,990

688 

16,596
03 

1,281
03
03

14,694
03
03
03

-5.4% 1,077,220

996,092

1 

 Following the baseline assessment conducted for 2020, these categories were deemed ‘de minimis’, as they contribute less than 1% of total Scope 3 emissions. They were therefore 
excluded from 2021 and 2022 calculations.

2  Due to the unusual impact of Covid on business travel in 2020, data from 2019 was used to provide more representative results.

3  Analysis considered there were no further relevant emissions in this area that are not already covered in the above categories.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  65

STRATEGIC REPORTSTAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT

Building strong relationships  
with our stakeholders

Section 172(1) statement 
The Group Board has a duty under Section 172 of the 
Companies Act 2006 (“Section 172(1)”) to promote the 
success of Bakkavor. In doing so, its decisions must  
have regard for a number of factors:

•  The impact of our operations on the community and  

the environment;

•  The desirability to maintain our reputation for having  

the highest standards of business conduct; and

•  The likely consequences of any decision in the long term;

•  The need to act fairly as between members of the Company.

•  The interests of our colleagues; suppliers, customers  

and investors;

We have identified five relevant stakeholder groups: 

Colleagues

Customers

Suppliers

Investors

Communities

A strong understanding of our stakeholders is crucial to 
our value creation, long-term growth and success. We are 
committed to continually engaging with our stakeholders, 
and incorporating their views and interests when making 
key business decisions. 

We understand there can be different, and sometimes 
conflicting, views across our key stakeholder groups.  
We therefore seek to balance competing interests  
and respond in a way that maximises value for all.

Firmly embedding Section 172(1) through the Group Board’s decision-making process: 

BOARD ACTIONS

Information gathering 

Strategic discussions 

Decision-making 

STEPS TAKEN

Management Board and 
Senior Executives receive 
training on Section 172 and 
Directors’ duties to ensure 
awareness of the Group 
Board’s responsibilities. 

Section 172 factors 
considered in Group 
Board discussion on 
strategy, including how 
they underpin long-term 
value creation. 

Group Board receives 
updates on a timely 
basis and assurance 
where appropriate.

Group Board updated and 
informed on the outcomes 
of its decisions.

Group Board papers include 
table of Section 172 factors 
and relevant information.

Group’s culture fully 
considers the potential 
impacts of decisions.

Group Board ensures 
Section 172 factors are 
taken into consideration 
in its decision-making.

Actions taken as a result  
of engagement and dialogue 
with stakeholders.

Stakeholder engagement 
activities are recorded,  
and detail included in Board 
papers where applicable.

66  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Our coll eagues

Our people are the heart of our 
business, with over 18,500 diverse  
and talented colleagues from over 
90 countries. 

Why we engage:
•  Understand what matters to them and incorporate their 

How we are responding: 
•  Embedding our refreshed values. Included Values 

views into our Group Board decision-making.

•  Make our colleagues feel valued so we can achieve our 

Celebration Week and integrated values into colleague 
objectives and appraisals.

vision together.

What matters most to them: 
•  A safe and inclusive workplace.

•  A voice in the Group’s decision-making.

•  Enhanced training and development: launched two cohorts 
on Female Mentoring Programme, implemented a central 
hub of learning content, and over 670 colleagues completed 
Front-Line Leaders Development Programme. 

•  Recognised and celebrated colleagues through our  

•  Support and the opportunity to realise their potential.

Proud to Be Awards.

How the Group Board engages:
•  Discusses Company vision and purpose, culture, talent and 

people developments at Group Board.

•  Designated workforce engagement Non-executive Director 
holds sessions with the SEF and GEF, and relays colleague 
feedback, views and outcomes from these sessions to 
Group Board.

•  Understands colleague engagement through review of 

Employee Engagement Survey (“EES”) results, and takes 
action to address employee feedback. 

•  Reviews food safety and health and safety data and updates, 
and has oversight of technical strategy to ensure protecting 
colleagues remains a priority. 

•  Reviews wellbeing initiatives and Inclusion and Diversity 

updates, ensuring oversight of support offered to colleagues.

How the Company engages:
•  SEFs and GEFs, Wellbeing Committee, Inclusion and 

Diversity Forum. 

•  Designated workforce engagement Non-executive 

Director’s interactions with colleagues.

•  Group-wide EES.

•  Whistleblowing hotline ‘Speak Up!’. 

•  Updates via intranet and internal communications;  

Just Made quarterly colleague magazine; and monthly 
Trusted Partner newsletter. 

  READ MORE:

Our people pg 32. 
ESG: Trusted Partner pg 40. 
ESG Committee report pg 119.

•  EES response rate up 3% to 86% in 2022 (2021: 83%). 

Identified opportunities and focus areas for improvement.

•  Updated commitment to conduct Group-wide EES on an 

annual basis (previously 18 months). 

•  Implemented pay reviews and wider engagement activities 

to support retention and recruitment of talent. 

•  Launched new Wellbeing Strategy, appointed Wellbeing 
Champions, and ran campaigns to promote inclusive 
behaviours and allyship.

•  Sought to further standardise food safety, and health  

and safety best practices and risk assessments across 
the business.

What we have delivered:

86%

response rate to  
our 2022 EES

>670

colleagues completed Front-Line 
Leaders Development Programme

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  67

STRATEGIC REPORTSTAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT CONTINUED

Our customers

We have strategic relationships 
across our grocery retail, online, 
direct-to-consumer, brand and 
foodservice customers. 

Why we engage:
•  Build long-term strategic relationships through ongoing 

engagement and investment.

How the Company engages:
•  Daily engagement across development, marketing, 

commercial and technical functional teams.

•  Understand our customers’ and consumers’ needs  
so we can respond to new trends through innovation.

•  Support our mutual business models by a fair  

and transparent approach to sharing information.

•  Support our customers’ sustainability goals and ambitions 

as part of our Trusted Partner ESG strategy.

What matters most to them: 
•  Leverage insight to develop innovative and  

great-tasting products.

•  Deliver high-quality products, that meet required technical 

and food safety standards, at high service levels.

•  Minimise disruption from industry-wide challenges  

across supply chain, inflation and labour.

•  Collaborative approach to deliver progress on  

sustainability issues.

How the Group Board engages:
•  CEO engages with key customers on a timely basis and 
reports back to Group Board on outcomes. This helps to 
maintain strategic relationships, connect with the broader 
supply chain community and share expertise and knowledge.

•  Reviews updates on supply chain risk management,  

any potential impact on service levels, and opportunities  
to collaborate with customers to mitigate the impact.

•  Reviews updates on inflation impact and outlook.  
Considers levers to offset pressure, including  
pass-through mechanisms, pricing discussions, 
productivity improvements and cost control. 

•  Considers UK market insight updates to understand 

consumers’ needs, and how this is leveraged to inform 
category plans and new product pipelines. 

•  Reviews market updates on latest developments  

and growth opportunities in US and China. 

•  Regular engagement from CEO and Customer Directors, 

outcomes reported back to Group Board.

•  Online surveys, focus groups and research.

•  Announced and unannounced customer audits. 

•  Works collaboratively with customers on shared ESG priorities.

How we are responding: 
•  Developed new products to respond to changing consumer 
behaviours. This focused on value optimisation in the UK 
due to cost-of-living pressures, expansion of our range  
of fresh meals in the US, and, in China, collaborating with 
plant-based specialists to meet demand for healthier,  
more sustainable products. 

•  Maintained high service levels, despite ongoing supply  
chain disruption and labour pressures, leveraging our  
scale and expertise.

•  Maintained status as a high-quality manufacturer, 
underpinned by strong food safety and health and  
safety metrics.

•  Supported customers through our Trusted Partner efforts, 
and delivered progress on key sustainability commitments.

•  Customer-dedicated teams continued to support and 

proactively manage relationships. 

•  Pass-through mechanisms continued to work effectively 
and secured price increases across our cost base to help 
mitigate inflation impact. 

•  Consolidated UK commercial and development structures 
to improve operational efficiency, keep our customer-centric 
approach and increase category focus. 

  READ MORE:

Non-financial KPIs pg 4. 
Our markets pg 18. 
Our strategy pg 22. 
ESG: Trusted Partner pg 40.

What we have delivered:

1,500 

new and refreshed 
products launched in 2022

100%

of UK sites AA+ and A+ 
BRCGS grade

68  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Our suppliers

Across our well-established global 
network of over 1,300 suppliers, we 
collaborate closely on supply chain 
management as well as responsible 
sourcing. 

Why we engage:
•  Source breadth of high-quality raw materials that meet  
our standards of food safety and technical integrity,  
and support innovation. 

How the Company engages:
•  Daily engagement via procurement colleagues including 

workshops and conferences. 

•  Ensures supplier relationships are built on a foundation  

•  Maintain continuity of supply of raw materials and to help 

of contractual mutual agreement. 

manage labour availability.

•  Agrees terms of supply, regular reviews of performance and 

•  Ensure integrity of supply chain through our responsible 

improvement plans. 

sourcing approach.

What matters most to them: 
•  Clarity of forecast requirements to enable delivery on time 

and in full. 

•  Opportunities to improve, innovate and grow their business. 

•  A partnership underpinned by trust and transparency. 

•  Fair and open discussions on movements in input costs  

and pricing.

•  Collaborative approach to managing the impact of Brexit.

How the Group Board engages:
•  Reviews procurement updates to understand actions taken to 
mitigate inflationary headwinds and supply chain disruption. 

•  Received Procurement Director update on centralised 

category procurement structure and Bakkavor Inbound 
Logistics (“BIL”) centre of excellence. 

•  Oversight of our Responsible Sourcing strategy, 

commitments and progress through ESG Committee  
and Group Board ESG sponsor.

•  Board reports include financial updates, with detail of 

inflation impact and recovery levers, with CFO providing 
additional commentary in Group Board meetings.

•  Engages with CEO and CFO regarding plans to tackle supply 
chain issues, inflation and the impact of the Ukraine war. 

•  Updated on ‘supply chain’ principal risk developments via 

the Audit and Risk Committee. 

  READ MORE:

Our strategy pg 22.  
ESG: Trusted Partner pg 40. 
Risk management and risks pg 76.

•  Sets expectations of UK suppliers via the Supplier Code  
of Conduct. This is the basis of our Responsible Sourcing 
requirements, including human rights, environmental 
sustainability and technical integrity. 

•  Utilises the Sedex online supply chain platform to monitor  

and assess labour practices in our supply chain. 

•  READ MORE on pg 40 for our Responsible Sourcing 

commitments across deforestation, Supplier Code of Conduct 
and whistleblowing channels. 

How we are responding: 
•  Leveraged scale, experience and strong customer 

partnerships to enhance buying power and mitigate the 
impact of industry challenges.

•  Forward-purchasing of certain raw materials and energy  

provided good visibility of costs through 2022.

•  Reviewed sourcing plans to build further resilience in our 

inbound supply chain. 

•  Continued to develop our approach to Brexit-related changes, 
including contingency plans particularly in relation to disruption 
at ports and trade with Northern Ireland. 

•  Worked closely with suppliers to ensure early identification  

of potential issues and action to minimise disruption. 

•  Worked closely with customers on supply performance, 

collaborative buying and cost models.

•  Increased supplier payment facility to provide further 
opportunity for suppliers to receive payment early.

•  Continue rolling out our Group Supplier Conduct Policy, 

adapting the UK Supplier Code of Conduct to support supply 
chain engagement on social issues within the US and China.

What we have delivered:

100%

of our UK business’s direct 
suppliers registered with Sedex

100%

sustainable sourcing practices  
for palm oil, soy in animal feed  
and paper packaging

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  69

STRATEGIC REPORTSTAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT CONTINUED

Our investors

Regular shareholder engagement  
is important; to capture feedback, 
respond and promote their interests, 
and ultimately deliver value. 

Why we engage:
•  Share our vision, purpose and strategy, and demonstrate 

how we create value.

How the Company engages:
•  Investor meetings, calls, conferences and events  

attended by CEO, CFO and Head of Investor Relations.

•  Establish an effective channel of communication  

•  Welcomes queries from shareholders via phone,  

with existing and potential shareholders to understand 
their priorities.

What matters most to them: 
•  Long-term sustainable profitable growth to  

underpin returns. 

•  Being kept up-to-date on the latest developments, 
challenges and opportunities within the business.

•  Fair, balanced and understandable reporting. 

•  Understanding the business’s exposure and plans  
in relation to ESG issues, including climate risks.

How the Group Board engages:
•  Regular engagement by CEO and CFO with investors  
to gather feedback across governance, performance  
and strategy. 

•  Chairman actively seeks to engage with shareholders. 
Senior Independent Director and Committee Chairs 
available for direct meetings where required.

•  Attends the Annual General Meeting (“AGM”). 

•  Reviews updates on shareholder and analyst feedback, 

and shareholder register composition. 

•  Receives updates and feedback from brokers on wider 

investor sentiment, how the market views Bakkavor and 
areas of focus. 

•  Approves all financial results: full and half-year results, 

Annual Report and Accounts, and trading updates. 

•  Oversees the Group’s allocation of capital, including 

dividend payments and leverage targets.

•  Reviews regular updates on Trusted Partner ESG 

strategy, commitments and progress.

post, email or via brokers.

•  Updates relevant shareholder communications via  

bakkavor.com, includes Annual Report and Accounts, 
financial results releases, share price information,  
other RNS and press releases. 

•  Reports on the TCFD and the Carbon Disclosure Project.

How we are responding: 
•  Released full-year, half-year and two quarterly trading 

updates to update on business performance and outlook. 

•  70 meetings with investors and analysts in 2022, attended 

by CEO, CFO and Head of Investor Relations. 

•  Invited shareholders to attend the 2022 AGM.

•  Investor engagement key themes: supply chain disruption 

and inflation impact; UK volume outlook; labour availability; 
strength of balance sheet position; dividend policy; 
international growth opportunities; and ESG initiatives. 

•  Clear strategy in place with decisive actions taken to protect 

profits against persisting headwinds. 

•  Final 2022 dividend of 4.16 pence per Ordinary share 
approved by Group Board, taking the total dividend to  
6.93 pence. 

•  Strong balance sheet with 1.9 times leverage maintained 

within medium-term target range. 

•  Regularly engaged with analysts to discuss business 

performance, guidance and review of financial models. 

•  Reported under TCFD requirements and expanded 

disclosure to Carbon Disclosure Project (Forests and  
Water questionnaires). 

   READ MORE on pg 98. 

What we have delivered:

70 

meetings and conferences 
with investors and analysts

1.9x

leverage in 2022, 
within target range

70  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Our communities

We operate from 45 sites across the UK, 
US and China and recognise we need to 
act responsibly and be a trusted partner 
to our local communities.

Why we engage:
•  Be a trusted partner by upholding our high standards  

How the Company engages:
•  Supports local communities across charities, schools, 

and capability to operate responsibly. 

•  Support local economic development by creating jobs  

and supporting local services.

•  Remain an employer of choice in our local communities; 

sports teams and projects through fundraising, donations, 
volunteering and educational activities.

•  Establishes Group charity partnerships and fundraises  

for these with a charity events programme.

attract and retain the best talent.

•  Undertakes food redistribution, via partners and colleague 

What matters most to them: 
•  A business that acts with integrity and operates in a safe, 

responsible and sustainable way.

•  A reduction in environmental impact, including improvements 

in food waste, carbon emissions and packaging.

•  Support for local community initiatives and provision  

of economic opportunities for local people.

•  A business that looks after the health, safety and wellbeing 

of its colleagues. 

How the Group Board engages:
•  Oversight of our Trusted Partner ESG strategy, 

commitments and progress through the ESG Committee 
with updates provided to the Group Board and from the  
CFO (Group Board sponsor for ESG).

•  Considers climate-related issues alongside the long-term 
strategy of the Group, which informs investment decisions. 

•  Oversight of the climate transition plan.

•  Reviews and considers community initiatives, how we  

are delivering on these and their progress, including our 
charity partnerships.

outreach with charities.

•  Provides employment opportunities, including 

apprenticeships and graduate placements, via use of agencies. 

How we are responding: 
•  In 2022, food waste reduced by 110 basis points to 8.05% 
and Group net carbon emissions reduced by 18.9%.  
READ MORE on pg 40 for detail on our commitments, 
progress and activities across sustainability and 
engagement and wellbeing.

•  Industry-leading early careers programmes; TheJobCrowd 

Top Company for Apprentices to work for in consumer 
goods and FMCG and second place for our graduate scheme. 

•  £125,880 of charitable donations in 2022, including to our 
Group charity partners GroceryAid and Natasha Allergy 
Research Foundation.

  READ MORE:

Our people pg 32.  
ESG: Trusted Partner pg 40. 
ESG: TCFD pg 56.

What we have delivered:

>630 

tonnes of product 
donated to redistributors 
and local charities

280

apprentices in our  
award-winning  
apprenticeship programme

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  71

STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL REVIEW

We delivered a solid performance 
in tough conditions. Our balance 
sheet strength and clear plan to 
protect profits mean we are well-
placed to deliver on our strategy.

— Ben Waldron, Chief Financial Officer  
and Asia Chief Executive Officer

72  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Robust performance and in a position  
of financial strength

Revenue

£m

2022
53 weeks

2021
52 weeks

Change
reported

Change
like-for-
like 
(“LFL”)

Revenue

 2,139.2 

 1,871.6 

14.3%

10.6%

Group revenue increased 14.3% to £2,139.2m (2021: £1,871.6m). 
LFL revenue, which excludes the benefit of the 53rd week and 
is at constant currency, was up 10.6% to £2,069.0m. Of this 
growth, 9.2% was price and 1.4% volume.

UK reported revenue was up 12.0% to £1,783.1m (2021: 
£1,592.4m), and up 10.0% on a LFL basis to £1,752.3m. This 
was primarily driven by price increases to mitigate significant 
inflation seen across our cost base, and some volume growth 
in the first part of the year. US reported revenue increased 
41.8% to £255.3m (2021: £180.1m), and of this increase 
£25.5m reflected the currency impact of a weaker Sterling. 
LFL revenue was up 25.6% to £226.2m (2021: £180.1m), driven 
by strong volume growth from our existing customers 
combined with pricing action taking effect in the second half 
of the year. In China, reported revenue increased by 1.7%  
to £100.8m (2021: £99.1m), with the benefit of currency 
more than offsetting the decline in volume due to the 
impact of Covid through the year. LFL revenue was down 
8.6% to £90.5m (2021: £99.1m), however, this full-year result 
masks volatility in revenue movements with significant 
volume declines during months of severe regional lockdowns, 
offset by volume recovery as restrictions eased.

Operating profit 
Adjusted operating profit decreased by 12.4% to £89.4m 
(2021: £102.0m). Whilst it is disappointing to see a reduction 
in profit of £12.6m, this was against a backdrop of £230m 
of inflation. Adjusted operating margin at 4.2% was down 
120 basis points (2021: 5.4%). 

In the UK, adjusted operating profit was down 5.2%  
at £92.7m, as whilst we have been successful in price 
recovery with customers, along with driving operational 
efficiency and tight cost control, this has not fully offset  
the impact of significant inflationary pressure across the 
cost base. In the US, adjusted operating profit of £3.3m 
was down 62.9% on 2021. This was driven by the impact  
of cost inflation and a lag in pricing recovery, combined 
with operational disruption from onboarding significant 
volume growth in the first nine months of the year, and  
in November 2022, the withdrawal of volume from a  
single site due to a contractual dispute. China’s adjusted 
operating loss increased by £1.9m to £6.6m. This was  
due to severe regional lockdowns which heavily impacted 
volumes and reduced efficiency, particularly in the first 
half of the year, and again in the final few weeks of the year 
as Covid began to spread rapidly across the population.

Operating profit decreased by 62.9% to £37.8m (2021: 
£102.0m), with margins down 360 basis points at 1.8%. 
Operating profit is after a pre-tax exceptional charge of 
£50.1m and £1.5m of costs incurred in the year associated 
with the configuration and customisation of software  
as a service (“SaaS”) projects, treated as an Adjusting item. 

Exceptional items 
Exceptional items, excluded from adjusted operating 
profit, comprise: 

£m

Corporate restructuring costs

UK site closures:

– Closure costs

– Impairment charge

Investment in associate impairment

US customer contractual dispute 
impairment

Total exceptional items

2022

5.3

11.8

19.5

9.7

3.8

50.1

2021

–

–

–

–

–

–

In 2022, the Group incurred an exceptional charge of £50.1m. 
Of this, £17.1m relates to cash restructuring costs for the 
closure of two of our UK sites (by the end of Q1 2023) and 
the costs of a corporate restructuring, which includes 
redundancy payments. The majority of this cash cost will be 
incurred in 2023. There is a non-cash impairment charge  
of £19.5m, of which £19.3m relates to fixed assets at the  
two sites due to close and £0.2m impairment of intangible 
assets for one of the businesses. The value of the Group’s 
investment in associated undertakings based in Hong Kong 
has been written down in the period by £9.7m due to the 
ongoing impact of Covid and reduced tourism on the trading 
performance of that business. An ongoing contractual dispute 
with a US customer has resulted in a £3.8m impairment of 
inventory and receivables related to this customer. However, 
we continue to pursue the recovery of these assets as  
we seek to reach resolution on this matter. Of the total 
exceptionals, £19.3m is cash costs, with £2.5m incurred  
in FY22 and the balance of the outflow to come in FY23.

Finance costs 
Group profit before tax was £18.1m (2021: £81.4m),  
which includes finance costs of £20.8m in 2022, up 21.6%  
on 2021 (2021: £17.1m). This increase was driven by rising 
interest rates during 2022, partially offset by the voluntary 
repayments of £37.5m of our more expensive debt in April 
and September 2021 (previously due to mature in June 2024).

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  73

STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED

The interest cost on the Group’s bank facilities is SONIA 
plus a margin. To hedge against movements in SONIA the 
Group has £150m of fixed rate interest swaps for SONIA  
in place until March 2024, at an average rate of 37 basis 
points, and has continued to closely monitor its interest rate 
exposure. In July 2022, the Group put in place a further 
£30m of fixed rate interest swaps for SONIA from March 
2024 until March 2026, at an average rate of 233 basis 
points. The Group’s cost of debt at the end of 2022 was 
c.3.9% per annum and is expected to increase further,  
to c.5% in FY23, given the recently announced increase  
in UK interest base rates.

Tax 
The Group’s profit after tax was £12.5m (2021: £56.8m). 
The Group tax charge for 2022 decreased by £19.0m to 
£5.6m (2021: £24.6m). The charge represents an effective 
tax rate of 30.9% on profit before tax of £18.1m. The 
underlying effective tax rate was 21.5% (2021: 29.7%), 
which excludes exceptional and Adjusting items. The 
effective rate is 2.5% higher than the UK statutory tax  
rate of 19% mainly due to the effect of non-deductible 
expenses, overseas tax losses not recognised in deferred 
tax and the impact of a change in the UK corporation  
tax rate to 25%. The latter reflecting the government 
announcement that UK corporation tax will increase to 
25% effective from 1 April 2023, being the rate at which 
timing differences are expected to reverse. This does not 
impact current taxes. We expect the effective tax rate for 
2023 to increase slightly above the enacted UK corporation 
tax rate, 25%, given the UK is where we pay the majority  
of our corporate taxes.

Earnings per share 
Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) decreased from 9.8 pence 
in 2021 to 2.2 pence in 2022. This was primarily driven by 
the impact of the exceptional costs which totalled £50.1m.

Adjusted EPS, which excludes the impact of exceptional 
and adjusting items and the change in fair value of 
derivative financial instruments, decreased by 0.9 pence  
to 9.5 pence in 2022. This decrease was driven by lower 
adjusted operating profit, which was partly offset by a 
reduction in tax charges. The weighted average number  
of shares in issue (used to calculate adjusted EPS) during 
2022 was 577,575,716 (2021: 579,425,585), and decreased 
on 2021 due to the purchase of the Group’s Ordinary shares 
through an Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”) to satisfy share 
awards under the Group’s share scheme plans. 

Cash flow 
Net cash from operating activities decreased by £16.9m to 
£127.1m in 2022 (2021: £144.0m). This was mainly due to the 
lower adjusted operating profit. Working capital, excluding 
movements in exceptionals, was slightly lower than the 
prior year due to the 53rd week in 2022. The cash impact  
of exceptional items in 2022 was £2.5m (2021: £1.2m). 

Net cash used in investing activities increased by £8.8m  
to £63.7m in 2022 (2021: £54.9m). This was driven by  
an increase in capital expenditure in 2022, primarily the 
strategic investment in the US, and is against a softer 
comparative with investment in 2021 delayed to mitigate 
against the impact of Covid restrictions. 

Free cash flow was an inflow of £66.8m, £24.4m lower 
than the prior year due to the factors set out above. 

£m

Profit before tax

Tax charge at UK corporation 
tax rate of 19% (2021: 19%)

Net non-deductible expenses/
(non-taxable income)

Non-deductible impairment  
of investment

Adjustment in respect of  
prior periods

Other reconciling items1

Tax charge for the period

Add: Tax credit on exceptional 
items

Tax charge excl. exceptional 
items

Add: Tax credit on adjusting 
items

Underlying tax charge

Effective tax rate on 
underlying profit before tax  
of £69.8m (2021: £85.4m)

53 weeks 
ended  
31 December 
2022 

52 weeks 
ended  
25 December 
2021 

18.1

3.4

81.4

15.5

£m

Operating profit 

Exceptional and Adjusting items

Adjusted operating profit 

 (1.2) 

(1.8)

Depreciation and other items

Net retirement benefits 
charge less contributions 

Working capital  
(excl. exceptionals)

Interest, share scheme 
settlements and tax paid 

Dividends received from 
associates & interest received

Purchases of property, plant 
and equipment (net) 

Purchases of intangible assets 

Free cash flow 

1.8

(0.3)

1.9

 5.6 

9.1

14.7

0.3

15.0

–

1.5

9.4

24.6

–

24.6

0.8

25.4

21.5%

29.7%

53 weeks 
ended  
31 December 
2022 

52 weeks 
ended  
25 December 
2021 

37.8

51.6

89.4

69.1 

102.0 

 – 

102.0 

66.1 

(2.2) 

(1.4) 

(1.7) 

3.6 

(24.1) 

(24.2) 

0.2

0.7 

(61.0) 

(2.9) 

66.8 

(55.6) 

–

91.2 

1  Other reconciling items – see Financial Statements Note 11.

74  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Capital allocation 
We maintain a disciplined approach to capital allocation, 
with the overriding objective to enhance shareholder  
value. In 2022, we allocated our free cash inflow of £66.8m 
across debt reduction (£8.8m) to support the maintenance 
of leverage and dividends (£38.8m). To satisfy share 
awards under the Group’s share scheme plans, £3.1m  
was spent to purchase the Group’s own Ordinary shares 
through an EBT. The balance of cash was allocated across 
IFRS 16 payments, refinancing fees, exceptional items and 
foreign exchange.

£8.8m

£16.1m

£3.1m

Free cash flow

£66.8m

Debt reduction

Dividend

EBT
Other1

£38.8m

1 

 Other includes IFRS16 payments, refinancing fees, exceptional items and foreign exchange. 

There were no acquisitions in the year, but we continue to 
consider these where they are a strategic fit for our business. 
In the medium-term, we remain committed to investing  
to enhance returns, maintaining leverage within the target 
range of 1.5 to 2.0 times. 

Investment and returns
Group ROIC was 7.1% for the 12 months to 31 December 
2022, compared to 7.2% in the prior year. This reflects the 
year-on-year decrease in adjusted operating profit after 
tax, with underlying trading performance down, partly offset 
by the reduction in effective tax rate. There was also a marginal 
decrease in average invested capital, as the Group has 
maintained a tight control of capital spend thereby limiting 
the increase in invested capital. READ MORE on key 
projects in the divisional reviews on pg 36–39.

Over the medium-term, the Group expects to see an 
improvement in ROIC as recent investments, including the 
key strategic projects, deliver an increase in returns. With 
the Group’s enhanced focus on managing cash, we expect 
the level of capital investment to reduce on the prior year 
at c.£50m. 

Debt and leverage 
Operational net debt decreased £8.8m to £284.9m. 
Leverage (the ratio of operational net debt to adjusted 
EBITDA) was maintained at 1.9 times at December 2022 
and is within the Group’s target range of 1.5–2.0 times.  
The Group’s liquidity position remains strong with 
headroom of over £200m against debt facilities of £486m, 
and comfortable headroom against all financial covenants. 
From a debt maturity perspective, on 1 March 2022, the 
Group extended the maturity date of £430m of its core  
debt facilities from March 2025 to March 2026. 

Dividend
During the year, the Group paid £22.8m in respect of the 
final dividend for FY21 and £16.0m for the interim dividend 
declared in September for FY22. 

The strength of our balance sheet and cash generation 
supports our long-term growth aspirations and commitment 
to delivering returns to shareholders. We propose a final 
2022 dividend of 4.16 pence per Ordinary share, resulting 
in a total dividend for 2022 of 6.93 pence per Ordinary 
share. This represents an increase of 5% on 2021 and is  
in line with the interim dividend announced in September 
2022. If approved by shareholders, the final dividend will 
be paid on 5 June 2023. 

Pensions 
Under IAS 19 valuation principles, the Group recognised  
a surplus of £12.8m for the UK defined benefit scheme as 
at 31 December 2022 (26 December 2021: £37.2m surplus). 
The decrease in value of plan assets of c.£127m was as a 
result of volatile markets due to the wider macro-economic 
environment and this was more than the decrease in  
the defined benefit obligation arising from the gilt yield 
increases despite the liability hedging that is in place. 

As a result of the volatility in the gilt markets at the end  
of September and in early October, the scheme Trustees 
asked the Group to provide further collateral for its liability 
hedging of interest and inflation rate movements. The Group 
agreed to provide a £15m short-term line of credit to the 
scheme to meet this collateral requirement and, following 
changes to the scheme’s investments, the line of credit 
was fully repaid by the end of the year. 

The Group and the Trustee agreed in November 2020 the 
triennial valuation of the UK-defined benefit pension scheme 
as at 31 March 2019. This resulted in a funding shortfall of 
£11.7m, which will be paid over an agreed recovery period 
ending on 31 March 2024, with payments of £2.5m per 
annum. The Group is currently in discussions with the 
Trustee in respect of the latest triennial valuation as at  
31 March 2022 and the associated updated funding plan.

Summary
The Group delivered a solid performance against a tough 
backdrop. Strong revenue growth reflected our success  
in taking pricing action to offset significant inflationary 
pressures, and Group adjusted operating profit was in  
line with market expectations. We exit the year in a strong 
financial position, with leverage within our target range, 
financing in place through to FY26 and a good level of 
protection against interest rate rises. Whilst macro-
headwinds are expected to persist through 2023, our 
balance sheet strength, combined with our clear plan  
to protect profits, provide the strong foundations from 
which we can continue to deliver on our strategy and 
deliver for our customers, colleagues and shareholders. 

Ben Waldron
Chief Financial Officer and Asia Chief Executive Officer 
7 March 2023

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  75

STRATEGIC REPORTRISK MANAGEMENT AND RISKS

Our approach to risk 
A process that underpins the sustainable delivery  
of our strategic objectives

Overview
Our risk management process is designed to support  
the delivery of our Group strategy and provide long-term 
sustainable value, whilst protecting the interests of our 
stakeholders and safeguarding our colleagues, finances 
and reputation. We have an established risk management 
framework to identify, assess, mitigate, monitor, report 
and escalate the risks our business faces. This helps 
strike the balance between risk and opportunity.

Our approach to risk management
The Group Board is responsible for effective risk management 
and understands the need for a robust system of internal 
control and risk management framework in accordance 
with the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (“the Code”). 
READ MORE on pg 122. 

The Group Board responsibilities include:

•  Identifying and managing key strategic and emerging risks 
in the current year and in the future to support the Group  
in delivering its strategic objectives.

•  Reviewing and approving the ongoing risk management 
process. This includes the internal control system,  
risk management framework, policies and procedures  
that outline what can be considered an acceptable level  
of risk for an estimated level of return.

•  Setting the risk appetite on an annual basis. 

•  Maintaining a formal Risk Register. This identifies:

 – The principal risks faced by the Group;

 – The likelihood of their occurrence; 

 – The potential impact on the Group; and

 – The key mitigating actions used to address them.

•  Ownership of each principal risk is assigned to a Senior 

Executive. The Risk Register also outlines how we plan to 
minimise future probable risks through Bakkavor’s policies 
and procedures, Code of Conduct and business ethics. It is 
updated on a quarterly basis, reviewed by the Audit and Risk 
Committee (“A&RC”), and subsequently the Group Board. 

The A&RC reviews and reports to the Group Board on the 
effectiveness of the Group’s risk management process and 
internal control system. This is delivered through regular 
review of:

•  Reports received from the Management Board,  

Risk Committees and Senior Executives;

•  The output of internal audit work performed by our external 

adviser, KPMG;

•  The output of external audit work performed by our 

External Independent Auditors, PwC, relating to financial 
controls; and

•  Advice from other experts and advisers.

76  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

These reports provide detail on current and emerging 
risks related to business activity, internal controls’ 
effectiveness in dealing with these risks, and an update  
on how approved mitigating actions are being implemented. 

The Group’s policy is to identify, assess and monitor the 
Group’s principal and emerging risks, whilst managing 
and responding appropriately. Our risk management 
framework incorporates both a top-down approach to  
the identification of the Group’s principal risks, and a 
bottom-up approach identifying operational risks.

Where new risks are identified and/or existing or emerging 
risks evolve, action plans are developed or adjusted  
to mitigate each risk, and include clear allocation of 
responsibilities and timescales for completion. These 
actions will be subject to the level of appetite determined  
by the Management Board, reviewed by the A&RC, and 
subsequently approved by the Group Board. Progress 
towards implementing these plans is monitored on a timely 
basis and reported on in the quarterly Risk Committee 
meetings, with the output reported to the Group Board 
through the A&RC. 

Our risk appetite 
The Group Board reviews and sets its risk appetite for 
each of the principal risks on an annual basis. This helps  
to provide clear boundaries on the acceptable level of risk, 
and influence our decision-making, to support the delivery  
of our strategic objectives.

The Group’s approach is to minimise exposure to reputational, 
financial and operational risk, whilst accepting a risk/
reward trade-off in supporting the delivery of its strategic 
objectives. As a producer of fresh food, food safety and 
integrity are of paramount importance, and the Group 
Board has a low appetite for risks which may impact this 
area, with all practical efforts made to mitigate them. 
Another area of low-risk appetite is in relation to health 
and safety. As a large employer, ensuring the health and 
safety of our colleagues is key; we take all practical 
precautions to protect people during the time they are on 
our sites and ensure compliance with laws and regulations. 

In making strategic investment decisions there is a 
trade-off between risk and reward. We take a measured 
approach, and believe that we are well-placed to take 
advantage of opportunities and maximise risk-adjusted 
return, whilst minimising the potential risk exposure.  
All material strategic investment decisions are reviewed 
and assessed by the Management Board and the Group 
Board. These decisions are supported by detailed analysis 
and documentation, as well as expert input as required,  
to ensure that the risks associated with each opportunity 
and its execution plan are well-understood and accepted.

Our risk management process and framework

•  Ensures the effective identification and management of key strategic and emerging risks.

GROUP BOARD

TOP-DOWN APPROACH
Identification of the Group’s 
principal risks

AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE

•  Reports to the Group Board on the effectiveness of the risk management process and internal 

control system.

•  Delivers regular reports from the Management Board, Risk Committees and Internal and  

External Auditors.

INTERNAL AUDIT 

EXTERNAL FINANCIAL AUDIT

•  Report directly to the A&RC.

•  Report directly to the A&RC.

•  Agreed annually, with input from the Group 

Head of Risk and CFO. 

•  Aligned with the Group Risk Register to provide 

assurance and recommendations on 
compliance with Group policies and procedures.

•  Provided by PwC as independent assurance 
over the Group’s Financial Statements to 
ensure they are:

 – Presented fairly in all material respects; 

 – Prepared in accordance with the 

•  Supported by KPMG and other internal experts.

relevant standards and regulations. 

MANAGEMENT BOARD

•  Reports to the A&RC on the outcomes of the Corporate and Regional Risk Committee reports  

on a quarterly basis.

CORPORATE RISK 
COMMITTEE

UK RISK 
COMMITTEE

US RISK 
COMMITTEE

CHINA RISK 
COMMITTEE

•  Perform a quarterly review of the Group’s principal and emerging risks outlined in the Group 

Risk Register. 

•  Provide a summary of the changes to the Management Board.

•  Chaired by Group Head of Risk with Senior Executive and Management Board representation.

SENIOR EXECUTIVES AND OTHER MANAGEMENT

•  Maintain the Group Risk Register by assigning individual principal risks to relevant parties.

•  Manage and monitor owned risks through timely review.

•  Escalate additional risks and the evolution in existing or emerging risks to their respective 

committee for review.

Functional heads provide regular risk assessments to the Management Board, A&RC and  
Group Board. Areas cover health and safety, food safety, ESG, HR, finance, legal and IT. 

External parties also perform audits and report to Senior Executives. Includes: British Retail 
Consortium (“BRC”) unannounced and announced audits of food safety across our UK sites; 
equivalent audits by US Department of Agriculture (“USDA”) and Food and Drug Administration 
(“FDA”) in the US; and other subject matter experts across insurance, property, health and 
safety, fire safety and cyber.

Underpinned by our risk management process

BOTTOM-UP APPROACH
Identification of operational risks, 
including food safety, health and 
safety and property risks. 

Day-to-day reporting to Senior 
Executives on key performance 
indicators and audit conclusions.

IDENTIFY 
key risks

ASSESS 
the potential impact  
and likelihood

MITIGATE
using appropriate 
controls and 
management actions

MONITOR
the potential for internal 
and external changes to 
risks and the continued 
efficacy of controls

REPORT & ESCALATE
regularly and proactively  
to the Regional Risk 
Committees, Group Risk 
Committee and A&RC

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  77

STRATEGIC REPORTRISK MANAGEMENT AND RISKS CONTINUED

Our principal risks
The principal risks are consistent with those reported in 
the 2021 Annual Report and Accounts. The risk profile has 
changed for seven principal risks, as shown in the risk 
assessment map below. READ MORE on our principal risks 
on pg 79–86, including: risk description and mitigations; 
link to our Group strategy; and key developments in 2022. 

Emerging risk
As part of our risk assessment process, both top-down 
and bottom-up, we seek to capture and monitor emerging 
risks which have the potential to adversely impact it in  
the future. Their potential effects on the delivery of our 
strategy are considered at our regular risk reviews, using 
horizon scanning inputs from both internal and external 
sources. Emerging risks of particular note are: 

•  Ongoing inflation in our supply chain, including increasing 

energy costs;

•  Resistance from retailers to accept further price increases 

to recover inflation; and

•  Elasticity of consumer demand in response to higher prices. 

Risk assurance 
Risk assurance is delivered using the ‘four lines of defence’, 
which comprise:

•  Operational management: Responsible for direct 

assurance at the business level including monitoring  
of management controls, key performance indicators  
and self-assessment;

Risk assessment map

•  Central functional teams: Develop policies and procedures, 

train and audit the operational teams. Their work is 
supplemented by our third line of defence, independent audits;

•  Internal and other independent audits: Performed on key 

risks, with our Internal Audit outsourced to KPMG, and other 
independent audits from food safety and health and safety 
experts, announced and unannounced customer audits, 
insurance audits and professional property advisers; and

•  Regulatory audits: BRC food safety audits, regulatory 

bodies (including but not limited to: Environmental Health 
and Trading Standards; Health and Safety Executive;  
FDA; USDA) and external financial audits, performed  
by our External Auditors PwC.

Internal control system
The internal control system provides the structure and  
an ongoing process for risk management. This helps 
provide assurance to Senior Executives and operational 
management that processes have been implemented 
effectively to manage operational risk. The system is 
designed to manage rather than eliminate all risks.  
This is combined with a central governance framework 
which supports the business through Group-wide policies, 
procedures and training. Operational management is 
responsible for implementing procedures and monitoring  
of controls with key risk indicators. We outsource our 
Internal Audit to KPMG, which offers independent 
assurance over the effectiveness of these controls.

Risk trend

 Increased 

 Decreased 

 Unchanged

Principal risks

1. Consumer behaviour and demand

Risk trend 
2022

7

1

2. Competitors

)
n
o
i
t
a
g
i
t
i

m

r
e
t
f
a
(
d
o
o
h
i
l
e
k

i

L

8

11

10

9

3

12

14

13

4

2

5

6

15

3.

4.

Strategic growth and change 
programmes
Reliance on a small number  
of key customers

5. Food safety and integrity

6. Health and safety

7. Supply chain

8.

Availability, recruitment and  
retention of colleagues

9. Brexit disruption

10.Covid pandemic

11. IT systems and cyber risk

Business impact (after mitigation)

12.Climate change and sustainability

Risk movement; December 2021 to December 2022

13.Disruption to Group operations

14.Treasury and pensions

15.Legal and regulatory

78  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

 
 
Principal risks and uncertainties

Link to our strategy 

   UK: Drive returns by leveraging our UK  
number one market position

   INTERNATIONAL: Accelerate profitable  
growth in the US and China

   EXCELLENCE: Deliver superior performance  
through operational excellence

   TRUST: Be a trusted partner for our people,  
customers, suppliers and communities

Risk trend

   Increased

  Decreased

   Unchanged

Consumer behaviour and demand

Link to our strategy

Risk trend

Risk description 
Changes in consumer demand and food consumption  
may impact the Group. This could be driven by a significant 
change to the economy as well as changes in consumer 
attitudes, for instance, cost-of-living concerns, sustainability 
and health. 

Risk mitigation 
•  Work closely with customers to adapt to changing consumer 
trends, such as dietary changes, sustainability concerns and 
the impact of cost-of-living pressures.

•  Leverage insight gathered from market data analysis, 

consumer surveys/feedback and industry reports to inform new 
and existing product development to meet consumers’ needs.

•  Draw on a well-established global supply chain to source  

a wide range of ingredients to help drive innovation.

•  Ensure integrity of supply chain and the quality of raw 

materials through our Responsible Sourcing approach.

Developments in 2022 
Understanding how consumers are changing their 
behaviours, particularly in response to cost-of-living 
pressures, is more important than ever. We have been  
agile in our approach, tailoring how we respond across our 
categories and to the different consumer profiles of our 
customers, to deliver value without compromising quality.

We also continue to seek to leverage our capability and 
attract new consumers to our categories. It is pleasing to 
see our ‘The Delicious Dessert Company’ brand performing 
strongly – it is now the fifth largest chilled dessert brand. 
We also launched a range of ready meals under the Quorn 
brand to respond to the growing demand for meat-free/
vegan products, and have launched new products and meal 
deal offers under our Pizza Express range. 

READ MORE on the market trends and how we have 
responded on pg 18.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  79

STRATEGIC REPORTRISK MANAGEMENT AND RISKS CONTINUED

Competitors

Link to our strategy

Strategic growth and change programmes

Risk trend

Link to our strategy

Risk trend

Risk description 
Increased price competition and/or product, operational and 
technical developments in our direct and/or our customers’ 
competitors could adversely impact the Group, resulting in 
loss of market share.

Risk description 
Investments in capital, resource and organisational change 
based on forecast financial returns are by their nature 
uncertain. Climate change, in terms of acute and chronic 
risks, also has the potential to impact future investments.

Risk mitigation 
•  Maintain well-established, multi-level relationships with  

key customers.

•  Provide strong market/consumer insight, innovation, product 

and category expertise.

•  Uphold a reputation for high-quality food safety and health  

and safety, service levels and overall scale.

•  Monitor customer performance and trends on a regular  

basis with joint business plans in place.

•  Focus on operational excellence to drive efficiency and 

advance operational and technical capabilities.

Developments in 2022 
We have continued to partner with our customers, and 
worked openly and collaboratively against a challenging 
macro-backdrop. We have leveraged our deep consumer 
insight to inform our category plans and adapt our ranges  
to meet consumers’ changing needs. Combined, this has 
supported an increase in our market share in the UK,  
as well as continuing to drive growth in the US. 

Our internal levers to drive efficiency and leverage our 
well-established supply chain have been pivotal in helping 
mitigate the impact of significant inflationary headwinds. 

We have taken decisive action to protect profits, and better 
leverage our cost base. This has seen us consolidate our 
footprint in the UK, with the closure of two sites; consultation 
has completed, and the sites are due to close by the end of 
Q1 2023. 

Risk mitigation 
•  Leverage the Group’s Capital Allocation Policy to balance 

spend across capital expenditure, acquisitions and disposals, 
debt reduction and dividends.

•  Maintain robust and standardised processes for evaluation 
and approval of capital expenditure, outlined in our Capital 
Expenditure Policy. 

•  Track and report regularly to the Management Board and 

Group Board on performance of significant projects against 
forecast metrics. 

Developments in 2022 
Against a challenging backdrop, the Group has taken decisive 
action to protect profits, resulting in changes to our UK 
operations and organisation structures. Off the back of 
efficiency gains and capacity enhancements, we have taken 
action to better leverage our cost base and consolidate our 
UK footprint with the closure of two sites. To streamline  
our structure, we have aligned our UK business around two 
sectors, Meals and Bakery, and moved to functional 
reporting for our HR and Finance teams. 

We have been targeted in our approach to capital expenditure, 
focusing on our strategic projects and those that support 
efficiency improvements. As part of the actions we are 
taking to protect the business, we have reviewed our capital 
plans and, where necessary, re-prioritised or reduced.

In the UK, we remain committed to our strategic investment  
to enhance productivity and increase capacity at our Bakkavor 
Bread Crewe site on track to commission in H2 2023. 

In China, despite delays due to Covid, our new replacement 
site in Xi’an was commissioned with production transferred 
in November 2022. 

Investment to integrate all HR systems into one platform, 
SuccessFactors, is underway. READ MORE on pg 35. 

80  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Reliance on a small number of key customers 

Food safety and integrity

Link to our strategy

Risk trend

Link to our strategy

Risk trend

Risk description 
We work with a select number of customers in each of our 
markets. The loss of any of these customers, significant 
changes in commercial terms, and/or reputational damage 
could result in a significant impact on the Group’s results.

Risk mitigation 
•  Maintain well-established multi-level relationships with  

key customers.

•  Provide strong market/consumer insight, innovation, product 

and category expertise.

•  Uphold a reputation for high-quality food safety and health  

and safety, service levels and overall scale.

•  Operate a strategic partnership model and focus resource  

on our four largest customers in the UK.

•  Provide customer-dedicated teams to support and  

manage relationships. 

Developments in 2022 
We have continued to strengthen our key customer 
relationships through 2022, supporting them during this 
challenging period. In the UK, we further consolidated our 
commercial and development structures; this enabled us  
to improve operational efficiency, keep our customer-centric 
approach and increase our category focus. 

In the US, we have built on our existing relationships, 
expanded our product ranges and increased penetration,  
as well as securing the national supply of a range of ready 
meals to one of our strategic customers. We have, however, 
been in a contractual dispute with a customer at one site 
since November following the publication of findings from a 
routine inspection by the FDA (see ‘Food safety and integrity’ 
principal risk for further detail).

In China, we have continued to make progress against our 
strategy of diversifying our channels; retail now comprises 
almost 20% of revenue and is up over 60% year-on-year.

Risk description 
Whilst it is our duty to make sure food is safe and clearly and 
correctly labelled, there are still risks of product contamination. 
This could affect consumer confidence, breach the trust of our 
customers, and lead to product withdrawal or recall, which could 
result in financial and/or reputational impact. Global supply chain 
disruption, pressure from shortages, and Covid restrictions 
in China increase the risk of product adulterations.

Risk mitigation 
•  Maintain industry-leading standards of food safety.  

Includes traceability procedures and processes, overseen by 
experienced central Technical function, and clear approach to 
Responsible Sourcing under our Trusted Partner ESG strategy.

•  Use Hazard Analysis Control Point principles at all sites to 

identify and control food safety risks, with colleagues trained 
in these procedures.

•  Monitor performance against established food safety metrics, 
managed via a team of technical/food safety experts at each 
site. Report metrics on a monthly basis to Management Board 
and Group Board.

•  Conduct regular audits against recognised global food  

safety standards by our internal central Technical team, and 
independent bodies on an announced and unannounced basis.

•  Perform regular industry-leading allergen testing to monitor 
our controls and raw materials at the Spalding laboratory.

•  Continue to monitor emerging issues, in conjunction with 
other industry players, to ensure increasing compliance 
requirements are met, and to share information and take 
practical action around specific emerging risks. 

Developments in 2022 
The return of more normal working conditions in the UK and US 
following periods of Covid-related lockdowns, combined with 
a reduction in previously elevated levels of staff absence, has 
lowered the risk level; this is supported by our Internal Audit 
results. However, the findings from a routine inspection by the 
FDA at one of our US sites mean that, overall and at a Group 
level, the risk associated with food safety is unchanged. All 
of the recommendations from the FDA inspection have been 
implemented. Furthermore, we have expanded our food safety 
team to ensure we keep pace with supply challenges and the 
increasing volumes being manufactured by our US business. 

Due to ongoing international and local travel restrictions  
in China, we have introduced regular video-based audits  
of each of our factories performed by a combination of local 
and UK technical experts.

We have heightened focus on management of allergens, with 
training and enhanced processes on food ingredient integrity 
and labelling, and ongoing participation in industry forums, 
including supporting our charity partner, the Natasha 
Allergy Research Foundation. 

READ MORE on our progress on Responsible Sourcing  
on pg 42–43.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  81

STRATEGIC REPORTRISK MANAGEMENT AND RISKS CONTINUED

Health and safety 

Link to our strategy

Supply chain 

Risk trend

Link to our strategy

Risk trend

Risk description 
We have a duty to secure and protect the health and safety  
of our colleagues, contractors and visitors. Failure to maintain 
appropriate health and safety across the Group could result 
in a significant reputational, regulatory and/or financial 
impact on our business.

Risk mitigation 
•  Maintain strong health and safety processes and controls 
across all sites, supported by an established culture of 
engagement around accident prevention.

•  Health and safety managed locally by colleagues at sites, 

supported by in-house health and safety experts.

•  Review and share standards and best practice and support 

implementation of new processes and controls.

•  Report and monitor performance at each site against key 

health and safety metrics on a regular basis.

•  Report metrics to the Management Board and Group Board 
monthly, with any significant issues reported immediately. 

Developments in 2022 
Overall the risk has reduced, driven by the normalisation  
of working patterns post-Covid and sustained momentum  
in enhancing risk control and reduction. The risk was 
previously elevated due to the potential risk that Covid  
could lead to higher levels of accidents or claims, which it 
has not. Specific examples of activities in the year include:

•  Embedding the Bakkavor CARE health and safety system  
at all UK sites, with a focus on risk reduction, recording 
accidents, near misses and environmental incidents,  
and new joiner onboarding;

•  Conducting external assessments of ammonia system 

controls in UK installations; 

•  Trialling new forklift proximity and infrared detection 
technology to better protect colleagues on foot in our 
warehouses; and

•  Performing risk assessment work on a new electrical panel 

fire suppression system.

READ MORE on our health and safety performance pg 4 and 49. 

82  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Risk description 
The loss and/or interruption from a major supplier could 
impact the Group through disruption in factory operations  
and customer service levels. External factors such as climate 
change, Covid and geo-politics, including the current war in 
Ukraine, will also expose suppliers to acute and chronic risks 
which could drive inflation and impact availability and quality, 
as well as recovery of inflation from our customers.

Risk mitigation 
•  Agile approach to maintaining a sophisticated supply  
chain and robust supplier selection, monitoring and 
management processes.

•  Leverage scale, experienced central and regional 

procurement teams and strong customer partnerships  
to enhance buying power.

•  Balance price, quality, availability and service levels to meet 

demand and supply forecast. 

•  Seek protection on forward-purchasing and price variations 
through agreements with customers. Raw material cost 
pass-through mechanisms in place with certain customers. 

•  Utilise internal levers to mitigate the impact of input cost price 
increases; drive productivity improvements, focus on value 
optimisation across product portfolios and tight cost control.

•  Increase end-to-end control of our supply chains through 

Bakkavor Inbound Logistics (“BIL”) team.

Developments in 2022 
Due to global events, this risk has remained high. Supply 
chains remain fragile and are still seeing significant disruption 
after the impacts of the pandemic. Extreme weather, strikes 
and labour shortages have also impacted availability, quality 
and service. Inflation has also accelerated through the year 
and is expected to remain elevated through 2023. 

Our well-established supply chain, scale and agile approach 
have enabled us to adapt to changes and helped mitigate 
disruption to our own business and for our customers.

Our cost pass-through mechanisms continue to work 
effectively, and we have been successful in recovering cost 
increases from our customers for those costs that sit outside 
these mechanisms, alongside efficiency improvements  
and tight cost control to help mitigate the impact. 

Our approach to forward-purchasing of certain raw 
materials and energy has provided us with good visibility  
of costs through the year. On energy, we had 12 months of 
cover through to the end of March 2023. Beyond this, based 
on our daily monitoring of prices, we have contracts in place 
that provide us with a good level of cover for the remainder 
of 2023. We have also prioritised energy-saving investments.

We have shifted some supply away from China, to Europe 
and the UK, to help shorten our supply chain and mitigate 
the impact of distribution disruption. 

The war in Ukraine has not impacted our supply directly,  
but we have seen an indirect impact on availability and cost 
of certain products such as flour derivatives, oils and energy.

Availability, recruitment and retention  
of colleagues 

Link to our strategy

Risk trend

Brexit disruption 

Link to our strategy

Risk trend

Risk description 
Labour availability and cost could be affected by political, 
economic, legislative and regulatory developments.  
In addition, increasing competition from other similar 
businesses and/or local employers could reduce the 
availability of labour and increase cost pressure. 

Risk mitigation 
•  Manage recruitment through central talent team, supported 
by regional Heads of HR to drive campaigns and initiatives 
tailored to the local market.

•  Offer competitive remuneration and benefits packages. 

Risk description 
A failure to prepare for regulatory changes associated  
with the UK’s departure from the EU could disrupt Group 
operations and impact our ability to supply customers. 

Risk mitigation 
•  Maintain well-established Brexit Working Group to identify 
risks and issues and review mitigations regularly; e.g. 
organisational changes, systems development, customer 
plans, stock levels and employee retention. 

•  Continue to leverage the BIL team for all imports to the  

UK business, building on strong direct relationships with  
EU suppliers and hauliers.

•  Invest in training and development to upskill colleagues and 

•  Reinforce professional standards of customs clearance 

administration through Bakkavor’s Authorised Economic 
Operator (“AEO”) status in the UK, UK Trader Scheme,  
and Scheme for Authorised Movements to Northern Ireland 
(“STAMNI”) attestation arrangements.

Developments in 2022 
Changes have been limited as the UK Government has 
delayed the implementation of import sanitary and phyto 
sanitary arrangements until later in 2023 as part of its 
digitalisation planning. As the Northern Ireland Protocol  
is still under negotiation between the UK and EU authorities, 
our current arrangements are unchanged. 

We continue to develop and revisit our contingency and 
transition plans as uncertainty over potential disruption  
at ports of entry and trade with Northern Ireland remains. 
There is therefore a continuing risk of disruption when 
export protocols are finalised. In addition, the introduction  
of duty payable on the import and export of products could 
increase costs and result in products being de-listed.

support career progression.

•  Enhance and upgrade site facilities to make Bakkavor a better 

place to work.

•  Conduct an Employee Engagement Survey (“EES”) annually  

to gather feedback from colleagues.

•  Seek to fill vacancies through direct recruitment, and utilise 
agency labour to provide short-term solutions to manage 
labour requirements.

•  Ongoing engagement with employee representatives, including 

unions, to build relationship and understand key issues.

Developments in 2022 
We have seen some easing in wider labour market pressures 
through the year, which supports the decrease in risk 
assessment, however overall the risk remains elevated. 
Positively, the availability of people has improved, with  
a reduced level of absences across our own workforce  
and in agencies. Inflationary wage pressures have, however, 
persisted and we have implemented in- and out-of-cycle pay 
increases across our sites. Staff turnover remains elevated, 
albeit the trend has shown some improvement in the second 
half of the year. READ MORE on our performance on pg 4.

We have deployed several initiatives to support the 
recruitment and retention of our colleagues including: 
embedding our new values across our business; increased 
flexibility in working patterns; referral bonus schemes; free 
transport to several UK sites; third-party audits of our agency 
labour providers to check compliance with our recruitment 
standards; and implementation of SuccessFactors software. 

Going forward, the results of our EES, conducted in 
September 2022, have provided us with opportunities  
to make Bakkavor an even better place to work.

READ MORE on how we are working to make Bakkavor  
a better place to work for all our colleagues on pg 32. 

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  83

STRATEGIC REPORTRISK MANAGEMENT AND RISKS CONTINUED

Covid pandemic

Link to our strategy

IT systems and cyber risk

Risk trend

Link to our strategy

Risk trend

Risk description 
The Covid pandemic has resulted in widespread and 
unprecedented challenges globally. Whilst the roll-out  
of vaccines has progressed, new variants may cause 
disruption to the markets in which we operate. Changes  
in governments’ Covid policies, notably in China, could still 
affect our business. 

Risk mitigation 
•  Remain focused on prioritising the health and safety  

of colleagues; living with Covid is now business as usual  
in the regions that we operate in.

•  Maintain and evolve our rigorous Covid controls in China in 
line with latest guidance. Includes restricted visitor access, 
suspension of travel unless deemed business-critical, more 
rigorous return to work procedure, more frequent cleaning 
regimes at touchpoints, additional handwashing protocols, 
social distancing in factories and offices, thermal imaging 
temperature checks and safety screens on factory lines. 

Developments in 2022 
In the UK and US, this risk has decreased year-on-year due to 
the easing of government restrictions, and a reduction in case 
numbers and the risk profile of the virus. This, in turn, has 
lowered absenteeism and the health risk to our colleagues. 

In China, local lockdowns continued to impact our business 
through 2022, and towards the end of the year high case 
numbers caused further disruption as the government 
removed their zero-tolerance Covid policy. Disruption to  
our sites and impact on our financial performance have also 
been caused by supply chain challenges affecting availability 
and quality of raw materials. Volatility in volumes also  
plays a part, as our customers have had to close stores 
periodically and face reduced demand due to mobility 
restrictions and depressed consumer sentiment/demand. 

READ MORE on how we have continued to support our 
colleagues’ wellbeing through this difficult period on pg 32.

Risk description 
Group infrastructure becomes out-dated, inefficient and/or 
vulnerable to attack or malfunction.

Unauthorised access to the Company’s Information 
Technology (“IT”) systems could lead to breaches of data 
protection and release of market-sensitive information, 
which could have a reputational, financial and operational 
impact on the Group. 

Any breakdown and/or failure in the Group’s IT infrastructure 
and/or the Group’s communication networks, including 
malicious cyber-attacks by third parties, could cause 
disruption to the business.

Risk mitigation 
•  Investment in IT system modernisation.

•  Risk-based approach to managing cyber security. 

•  Actively identify risks and threats, design layers of control and 
implement controls to mitigate risk. The approach balances 
controls that prevent attacks, detect events and respond 
quickly to reduce impact. Includes business continuity 
planning and testing, phishing simulation, extended security 
detection and response. 

•  Evaluated independently against leading industry standards 
published by the US Department of Commerce (National 
Institute of Standards and Technology Cyber Security 
Framework), and partner with external expert advisers  
to actively reduce risks posed. 

•  Information risk and security are mitigated through 
delivery of a security programme, and managed and 
recalibrated periodically to ensure appropriate investment 
and business alignment.

Developments in 2022 
The cyber security threat landscape faced by all organisations 
has significantly increased in 2022. To protect the Group 
from cyber-attack and mitigate this risk, we have continued 
to invest in enhancing our systems, controls and processes 
through our security programme. This includes increased 
investment in our international businesses through 2022. 

We have taken a multi-step approach to managing the 
heightened risk, namely:

•  Increased focus on security awareness, including Company-

wide training;

•  Segmented the UK network;

•  Integrated our US IT function into the Group, to support 

growth and bring controls up to the same level as the UK;

•  Enhanced monitoring with our partners, to track indicators  

of an attack; and

•  Strengthened specific areas of security and reinforced  

good practice, including projects to make user compromise 
less likely.

84  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Climate change and sustainability

Disruption to Group operations

Link to our strategy

Risk trend

Link to our strategy

Risk trend

Risk description 
A scenario-driven climate risk assessment of our business 
has identified four transition risks and two physical risks. 
The four transition risks are: costs of implementing low 
emissions technology; increased cost of raw materials; 
changing consumer preferences; and pricing of GHG 
emissions. The two physical risks are to our operations  
and supply chain. 

In addition, we consider the potential reputational impact  
of failing to meet our ESG commitments as outlined under 
our Trusted Partner ESG strategy. 

Legal and regulatory is a separate principal risk.  
READ MORE on pg 86. 

Risk mitigation 
•  Risk mitigation against the identified climate risks is detailed 

in the TCFD section.

•  Trusted Partner, our ESG strategy, addresses our wider 

material ESG topics.

•  Regularly monitor and report on non-financial KPIs, including 
net carbon emissions, food waste, packaging use and health  
and safety. 

•  Seek to integrate ESG factors into investment decisions and 

wider financial forecasts.

Developments in 2022 
We continued to develop our climate transition plan to 
deliver on our commitment to reach Net Zero by 2040,  
with detail provided in the TCFD section.

We updated our ESG materiality assessment to ensure  
our Trusted Partner commitments and focus on key issues  
remain relevant.

We have implemented quarterly reporting of carbon 
emissions and monthly reporting for food waste, employee 
turnover and health and safety at Management Board level 
to better track progress and ensure senior accountability.

Risk description 
Damage to our sites by fire, flood, mechanical breakdown 
and natural disaster, or disruption from industrial action, 
could present a serious risk to our business operations  
and performance.

Risk mitigation 
•  Employ property management protocols to ensure  

safe operations and audit controls in conjunction with 
property insurers.

•  Following site visits, regular and proactive reporting  
on progress of any identified improvements or issues  
to encourage timely resolution.

•  Establish business continuity and disaster recovery plans  
for each site to identify/assess key risks, controls, actions  
and preparedness for an event. 

•  Detail the procedures to be followed in the event of  

different disruption scenarios, auditing plans biennially  
with insurance brokers.

•  Support employee engagement in our factories through  

site representatives, employee forums and trade  
union engagement.

Developments in 2022 
In 2021, we established a rolling two-year crisis 
management training programme at all UK sites,  
with a subsequent training refresh every two years. 

We have continued to perform an audit of our properties,  
in conjunction with our insurers and insurance brokers.  
In 2022, this covered nine of our UK sites and two of our 
China sites. In the US, we completed fire safety investments 
in conjunction with our US insurer at two sites. 

We concluded multi-year pay deals with recognised trade 
unions at two of our UK sites, Bakkavor Salads Spalding  
and Bakkavor Salads Tilmanstone. This gives our colleagues 
income security whilst mitigating the risk of business 
disruption that would have resulted from a trade dispute.

Established a dedicated Board-level ESG Committee to review, 
monitor and have ultimate ownership of our ESG strategy.

We have continued to develop and build out our business 
continuity plans, including in the event of system loss.

Delivered 18.9% reduction in Group net carbon emissions, 
and 110 basis point improvement in UK food waste to 8.05%. 

  READ MORE:

ESG: TCFD pg 56. 
ESG: Trusted Partner pg 40. 
Non-financial KPIs pg 4.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  85

STRATEGIC REPORTRISK MANAGEMENT AND RISKS CONTINUED

Treasury and pensions

Link to our strategy

Risk trend

Risk description 
The Group’s external financial risks include interest rate risk  
on borrowings and changes in exchange rates. Changes to  
the Group’s financial performance could also result in breach  
of financing agreement covenants. This may impact the ability to 
maintain or secure finance, and could increase the cost of debt. 
Our defined benefit pension scheme (closed to future accrual  
in 2011) is also susceptible to movements in interest and inflation 
rates, the valuation of assets and changes in life expectancy  
for scheme members. 

Risk mitigation 
•  Regular review of the Group’s investment strategy and its 

potential impact on liquidity and leverage risk.

•  Framework of Group Board approved policies and procedures 
for financial risk management; includes funding, liquidity, 
currency, interest rate and counterparty credit overseen  
by Treasury function.

•  Monitor financial results and projections through weekly, 

monthly and quarterly reporting and forecasting; includes cash 
flow analysis and review, liquidity and covenant performance. 

•  Maintain regular dialogue with financial lenders, updating them 

on business performance and developments. 

•  Group Hedging Committee meets quarterly to review and 

ensure compliance with hedging policy for foreign currency.

•  Regularly review defined benefit pension scheme’s investment 
strategy. Engage with pension trustees to ensure the target 
returns and risk profile are appropriate for the scheme.

•  Review performance of pension scheme’s liability hedging strategy 
for interest and inflation rates. Discuss potential changes with 
pension trustees to ensure scheme deficit volatility is minimised.

Developments in 2022 
In March 2022 we extended the maturity of £430m of our core 
debt facilities by 12 months to March 2026 to provide increased 
security of funding to the business.

Despite the challenging trading environment, we have continued 
to operate with significant liquidity headroom, over £200m 
against our debt facilities, and leverage was maintained within 
our target range at 1.9 times.

Whilst interest rates increased during the year, the Group has 
£150m of interest rate swaps in place through to March 2024. This 
helps mitigate the impact of the rate rises. In 2022, £30m of 
additional interest rate swaps were put in place from March 2024 
to March 2026 to hedge against the impact of future rate rises.

We continued to apply our 18-month rolling hedging policy for 
purchases made in Euros to provide certainty on future foreign 
exchange rates.

Pension trustees made changes to the defined benefit pension 
scheme’s investment strategy to lower the target return to 
reduce the overall risk profile of the scheme.

Following significant volatility in gilt markets in September/ 
October 2022, the trustees were required to increase the  
level of collateral held for interest and inflation hedging 
strategies. This ensured that the market reduction in the value  
of the scheme assets was matched by equivalent reduction in 
liabilities. The increased collateral was provided by lowering the 
interest rate hedging level from 90% to 75% and by transferring 
cash deposits. The Group also provided a short-term credit  
line of £15m to the scheme, repaid in full by 31 December 2022.  
This allowed the trustees time to review the investment portfolio 
and determine what changes needed to be maintained to ensure 
appropriate levels of collateral are held going forward.

At 31 December 2022, scheme surplus under IAS 19 valuation 
principles was £12.8m, down £24.4m on the prior year  
(£37.2m surplus). Cash contributions to the scheme remained 
at £2.5m p.a. in line with the recovery plan and the prior year.

Legal and regulatory 

Link to our strategy

Risk trend

•  Supplement training with an additional programme of external 
legal and governance training for relevant operational teams 
across the Group.

Risk description 
Failure to comply with local laws, regulations (including across 
food safety, health and safety, and TCFD), codes of practice,  
or breach of internal policies and standards, could risk 
impacting our reputation, resulting in financial penalties  
and causing operational disruption.

Risk mitigation 
•  Monitor relevant laws and regulations at Senior Executive level 

to ensure compliance across legal, financial, tax, HR, food safety, 
health and safety, and environmental matters. 

•  Engage Internal Auditors to provide assurance on risk 

management framework. 

•  Review and update key Group policies on standards and 
procedures via the Group Legal team on an annual basis.

•  Maintain annual e-learning compliance programme to raise 
awareness of key risk areas for the Group and reinforce best 
practice within the business. 

86  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Developments in 2022 
The Group continued with its e-learning training on anti-bribery 
and corruption, and data protection for all salaried colleagues, 
and facilitated additional training workshops for key stakeholders 
in Commercial, Operations, Procurement, Information Security 
and HR on UK GDPR, intellectual property, competition and 
employment via external legal advisers.

Organised ESG governance and oversight know-how and 
training for the Board ESG Committee. Reported in line with 
the recommendations of the TCFD (READ MORE on pg 120).  
The Company complied with the provisions of the Code for the 
period ended 31 December 2022, except for one provision. 
READ MORE on pg 89. 

The Financial Conduct Authority introduced a new listing rule 
on diversity and inclusion disclosures (applying to financial 
periods commencing on or after 1 April 2022). We are pleased 
to report the early adoption of the rule where we have been 
able to in the year. 

VIABILITY STATEMENT

Viability statement

As part of our annual strategic planning, the Group 
prepares a detailed financial model which forecasts the 
consolidated income statement, balance sheet, cash flow, 
covenant performance and liquidity requirements of the 
Group for a three-year period. A downside scenario that is 
severe but plausible has been modelled, taking account of 
the potential financial impact of the specific risks outlined 
above, including further Covid restrictions in China, the 
potential impact of further raw material inflation and the 
resultant impact on sales volumes. The downside scenario 
model showed that, by reducing capital expenditure  
to maintenance levels but by taking no other mitigating 
action, the Group would not breach the financial covenants 
in its bank facilities agreement and would have significant 
liquidity headroom available. 

Beyond the three-year timeframe of this viability 
statement, the Group would face transition and physical 
risks as a result of climate change; READ MORE on pg 85. 
The Group has a relatively low exposure from the transition 
to a low-carbon economy, and at this stage we do not 
expect the transition and physical risks to have a material 
impact on the business.

Having taken account of the sensitivity analysis, downside 
scenario modelling and availability of adequate financing 
facilities, the Directors consider that the Group will be able 
to continue in operation over the three-year period to the 
end of December 2025.

In line with Provision 31 of the 2018 UK 
Corporate Governance Code, the Directors 
have carried out a thorough review of the 
prospects of the Group and its ability to 
meet its liabilities through to at least the 
end of December 2025.

The business operates in a fast-moving sector with a high 
number of products introduced each year. The Group has 
to adapt to meet the changing needs of customers and 
consumers; therefore, the Directors have concluded that  
a three-year timeframe is an appropriate period for this 
assessment, as this is the period over which the Directors 
can realistically set the strategic plan for the Group.

The Directors have assessed the principal risks to the 
business and the key mitigating actions used to address 
them within this three-year timeframe. For each of the 
principal risks, action plans have been developed to 
mitigate the risk with a clear allocation of responsibilities 
for mitigation and the timescales for completion. 

Whilst all the risks identified, including food safety and 
integrity, could have an impact on the Group’s performance, 
the specific risks which could potentially impact the Group’s 
financial position include further lockdown restrictions as a 
result of Covid within China, and an increase in raw material 
and utility costs. In addition, the high level of inflation across 
the cost base would need to be recovered through price 
increases agreed with our customers which, in turn, could 
result in retail price inflation, and ultimately lead to lower 
sales volumes.

On 18 March 2020 the Group refinanced existing debt 
facilities of £410m with £455m of facilities that mature in 
March 2024 on similar terms to those in place under the 
previous financing structure. In March 2022 the maturity  
of £430m of these facilities was extended to March 2026.  
In addition, at the end of 2021 the Group had £31.3m of 
other debt facilities that will be repaid on an amortising 
basis by March 2028.

The Strategic Report was approved by the Group Board and signed on its behalf by:

Mike Edwards 
Chief Executive Officer 
7 March 2023 

Ben Waldron 
Chief Financial Officer and Asia Chief Executive Officer 
7 March 2023

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  87

STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CHAIRMAN’S GOVERNANCE OVERVIEW

Chairman’s 
letter on 
corporate 
governance 

Dear fellow shareholders,
On behalf of the Group Board, I am pleased to present to 
you our corporate governance report for the year ended 
31 December 2022. The UK Corporate Governance Code 
(the “Code”), which is available on the Financial Reporting 
Council’s website (frc.org.uk), continues to be the standard 
against which we measure ourselves. The Group has 
complied with the provisions of the Code for FY22, except 
as noted in our compliance statement on pg 89, and this 
report sets out how we have applied the principles as set 
out in the Code. 

An area of focus for the Group Board during the year  
was to accelerate Bakkavor’s pursuance of its strategic 
priorities; this was through the Group Board’s oversight  
of and approval for a clear plan to protect profits against 
sustained headwinds in 2023 and its approval of certain 
key capital projects: Bakkavor Bread Crewe and Bakkavor 
Salads Bourne.

These strategic priorities are underpinned by our relentless 
focus on operational excellence and our strong governance 
structures, which ensure we are a trusted partner for our 
stakeholders. READ MORE on our strategy on pg 22 and 
our approach to corporate governance, including the Group 
Board’s activities, on pg 98. 

Changes to our Group Board 
The Group Board focused on executive succession planning 
during the year, with Agust Gudmundsson stepping  
down as Chief Executive Officer after 36 years at the  
helm. He remains on the Group Board as a Non-executive 
Director, and as a significant shareholder. I would like  
to express my, and the Group Board’s, thanks to Agust  
for his vision, steadfastness, loyalty and high standards  
of professionalism. 

As I noted in our recent announcement about the Chief 
Executive Officer change, one of the characteristics of  
a successful leader is the quality of the team they build 
around them, and there is no better testament to this  
than the appointment of Mike Edwards as our new Chief 
Executive Officer following a thorough search of the 
market to identify a successor. Mike has delivered 

88  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

operational excellence, strong customer relationships and 
consistent commercial performance in our UK business 
and the Group Board is greatly looking forward to working 
with him on the next stage of Bakkavor’s development.

We also reviewed Committee responsibilities on the 
Group Board and recommended a number of changes, 
effective from 1 January 2023, to ensure the right  
balance of skills, experience and commitments amongst  
the Non-executive Directors. 

Denis Hennequin stepped down from the role of Senior 
Independent Director and Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee, and has been replaced by Jill Caseberry. 
Sanjeevan Bala has taken over from Jill Caseberry as  
the Designated Workforce Engagement Non-executive 
Director. READ MORE on other Committee composition 
changes on pg 113.

New dedicated ESG Committee
The Group Board takes its responsibility to build a 
sustainable business seriously – for our colleagues, 
customers, investors, suppliers, communities, and all  
the consumers that choose our food. The expectations  
of investors and other stakeholders in this area have 
noticeably increased over the last year. READ MORE on  
the Group’s progress and the steps it is taking to tackle 
climate change, sustainability challenges and other ESG 
issues under our Trusted Partner ESG strategy on pg 40. 

In demonstration of our focus on Trusted Partner to 
monitor and oversee progress, the Group Board approved 
a dedicated ESG Committee, with its first meeting held in 
June, chaired by Umran Beba. 

Effectiveness of the Group Board and Committees
During the year, a review of the effectiveness of the Group 
Board and Committees was undertaken. The evaluation 
process was internally facilitated by our Company Secretarial 
team and consisted of a questionnaire that was completed by 
each of Bakkavor’s Group Board and Committee members. 

GOVERNANCE

The Group Board’s role has 
been to provide oversight and 
guidance to management and 
support to the business as it 
performs robustly in these 
demanding conditions.

– Simon Burke, Chairman 

The evaluation results were discussed at the Group 
Board and Committee meetings, and actions agreed. 
I am pleased to confirm that the review found that the 
Group Board and its Committees continue to perform 
effectively. READ MORE on pg 111–112. 

Corporate governance compliance statement
The Company applied the principles of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”), which 
is available from frc.org.uk.

Except as outlined below, the Group Board 
believes that the Company complied with the 
provisions of the Code for the period ended 
31 December 2022.

Provision 38 – Pension contribution rates 
Provision 38 of the Code requires the pension contribution 
rates for Executive Directors to be aligned with those of the 
workforce. During the financial year, the Chief Executive 
Officer (Agust Gudmundsson) and the Chief Financial 
Officer (Ben Waldron)’s pension contribution rates were 
workforce aligned. However, as explained in last year’s 
Directors’ remuneration report, the Chief Operating Officer, 
Mike Edwards’ pension remained higher temporarily to 
ensure that his fixed pay was not reduced because of his 
promotion to the Group Board. 

Upon Mike Edwards’ appointment to Chief Executive 
Officer on 1 November 2022, the Remuneration Committee 
took the opportunity to bring forward the alignment of  
his pension contribution rate with that of the general 
workforce with effect from 1 November 2022. 

Our stakeholders 
The Group Board is responsible for leading stakeholder 
engagement in line with Section 172 of the Companies 
Act 2006 (“Section 172”). In light of this, I have sought to 
engage with our investors, and have had the opportunity 
in the last year to meet up and discuss with major 
shareholders of the Company, including a major 
institutional shareholder, about the performance of the 
business. READ MORE on how the Group Board has 
factored shareholder and wider stakeholder interests 
into its decision-making processes on pg 105–106.

AGM
I am pleased to confirm that this year’s Annual General 
Meeting (“AGM”) will be in person. The Group Board 
considers the AGM to be an important opportunity to 
engage with our shareholders.

Looking ahead 
The governance priorities for 2023 include continued 
stakeholder engagement and oversight of the actions 
being taken by the Management Board; this is with a 
view to mitigate the impact of ongoing industry-wide 
challenges. We will also be focused on monitoring 
progress against our sustainability targets. 

Simon Burke
Chairman 
7 March 2023

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  89

GOVERNANCECORPORATE GOVERNANCE COMPLIANCE STATEMENT CONTINUED

This report’s key features
This governance statement, which includes the reports of the Nomination, ESG, Audit and Risk, and Remuneration 
Committees, explains how we have applied the principles and complied with the provisions of the Code.

Section 1: Board leadership and company purpose 

pg 91–106

Code principles:

A.  Effective and entrepreneurial Board to promote the long-term 
sustainable success of the company, generating value for 
shareholders and contributing to wider society.

•  Chairman’s letter on  
corporate governance 

•  Strategic report 

B. Purpose, values and strategy with alignment to culture.

C.  Resources for Bakkavor to meet its objectives and measure 
performance. Controls framework for management and 
assessment of risks.

D.  Effective engagement with shareholders and stakeholders.

E.  Consistency of workforce policies and practices to support  

long-term sustainable success.

•  Section 172 statement and the  

Group Board’s engagement with  
key stakeholders 

•  Purpose, values and culture 

•  Group Board’s key activities 

88

2

66, 105

98

101

Section 2: Division of responsibilities 

pg 107–108

Code principles:

F.  Leadership of Board by Chair. 

G.  Board composition and responsibilities. 

H. Role of Non-executive Directors. 

I.  Company Secretary, policies, processes, information, time and 

resources.

•  Group Board composition 

•  Roles and responsibilities 

•  Time commitment, external  
appointments, independence  
and tenure 

109

107

107

Section 3: Composition, succession and evaluation 

pg 109–121

Code principles:

J.  Board appointments and succession plans for Board and senior 

•  Group Board composition 

109

management and promotion of diversity. 

K. Skills, experience and knowledge of Board and length of service  

of Board as a whole. 

•  Nomination and ESG  
Committee report  

•  Inclusion and Diversity  

L.  Annual evaluation of Board and Directors and demonstration of 

whether each Director continues to contribute effectively.

•  Group Board, Committee and Director  

performance evaluation  

113, 119

117

111

Section 4: Audit, risk and internal controls 

pg 125–131

Code principles:

M. Independence and effectiveness of Internal and External Audit 
functions and integrity of financial and narrative statements. 

N. Fair, balanced and understandable assessment of the company’s 

position and prospects. 

•  Audit and Risk Committee report 

•  Risk management  

•  Fair, balanced and  

understandable assessment 

O.  Risk management and internal control framework and principal risks 
the company is willing to take to achieve its long-term objectives.

•  Going concern 

•  Viability statement 

124

76

127

157

87

Section 5: Remuneration 

Code principles:

pg 132–151

P.  Remuneration policies and practices to support strategy and 

•  Directors’ remuneration report  

132

promote long-term sustainable success with executive 
remuneration aligned to company purpose and values. 

Q. Procedure for executive remuneration, Director and senior 

management remuneration. 

R. Authorisation of remuneration outcomes.

90  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Section 1: Board leadership and company purpose 
Our governance framework

THE GROUP BOARD

•  Collectively responsible for promoting the long-term sustainable success of the Group.
•  Leads and directs the Group by setting the purpose and strategy of the Group, overseeing management and monitoring and assessing culture.
•  Ensures the long-term sustainability of the business, for the benefit of our stakeholders: colleagues, customers, suppliers, investors  

and communities.

Chair: Simon Burke

GROUP BOARD COMMITTEES

•  Assist the Group in the fulfilment of its duties and responsibilities.
•  Review and oversee activities within each Committee’s respective Terms of Reference. 
•  Report to the Group Board via Committee Chairs on the matters discussed at Committee meetings. Reports include information on each 
Committee’s respective composition and activities in the year, and can be found in the sections relating to each Committee within this report.

DISCLOSURE COMMITTEE

NOMINATION COMMITTEE

ESG COMMITTEE

•  Comprises: Chairman, CEO, CFO and Group 
General Counsel and Company Secretary. 
•  Oversees the Company’s compliance with 

its disclosure obligations.

•  Other Directors, representatives from  
the Company’s brokers, members of  
the Company’s Management Board and 
Senior Executives, and other external 
advisers, may attend meetings in whole  
or in part, if invited. 

Chair: Simon Burke

  READ MORE on pg 100.

•  Reviews the structure, size and 

•  Set up in June 2022 to have oversight of  

composition of the Group Board,  
ensuring that there is a balance of skills, 
knowledge, experience and diversity.

•  Reviews succession plans for the  
Group Board, Management Board  
and Senior Executives. 

•  Previously responsible for governance  
and oversight of ESG matters until  
June 2022 when the ESG Committee  
was created as a standalone Committee. 

•  Meets not less than three times a year.

Chair: Simon Burke

  READ MORE on pg 113.

the Group’s ESG strategy, Trusted Partner, 
and its execution.

•  Oversees the communication  

of the Group’s ESG activities with  
its stakeholders.

•  Provides input and advice to the Group 

Board and its Committees on ESG matters 
as required. 

•  Meets not less than three times a year.

Chair: Umran Beba

  READ MORE on pg 119.

AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

•  Assists the Group Board with the 

•  Recommends the Group’s policy on 

discharge of its responsibilities in relation 
to financial reporting, including reviewing 
the Group’s annual and half-year Financial 
Statements, accounting policies, risk 
management, internal and External  
Audit reports, and internal controls.
•  Meets not less than four times a year. 

Chair: Jane Lodge

  READ MORE on pg 124.

Executive remuneration.

•  Determines the levels of remuneration  
for Executive Directors, Non-executive 
Directors and the Chairman to ensure  
that these are in line with the long-term 
interests of the Group. 

•  Prepares an annual remuneration report for 
approval by the shareholders at the AGM. 

•  Meets not less than three times a year. 

Chair: Jill Caseberry 
(Until December 2022: Denis Hennequin)

  READ MORE on pg 132.

THE MANAGEMENT BOARD 

•  Oversees the day-to-day running of the Group’s businesses. 
•  Implements the strategic objectives set by the Group Board. 
•  Delegates the detailed planning and implementation of its objectives and policies to management, in accordance with appropriate  

risk parameters.

Chair: Mike Edwards

GROUP GENERAL COUNSEL AND COMPANY SECRETARY 

•  Supports both the Group Board and Management Board.
•  Ensures effective communication of important information.
•  Advises on all legal and corporate governance matters.

Annabel Tagoe-Bannerman

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  91

GOVERNANCEGROUP BOARD AND MANAGEMENT BOARD

Meet our Group Board

Simon Burke
Non-executive Chairman 

Committee membership: 

Skills and experience: Simon is a 
Chartered Accountant with over 30 
years’ experience in the retail and 
food sectors. Following a decade 
in financial and advisory roles,  
he was appointed CEO of Virgin 
Retail UK in 1988 and, following  
a turnaround of that business, 
held increasingly senior roles 
until appointed CEO of the global 
Virgin Entertainment Group in 
1996. In 1999, Simon was 
appointed Chairman and Chief 
Executive of Hamleys plc where  
he completed a successful 
restructuring and subsequent 
sale of the company in 2003. 
Simon then specialised in value 
creation roles in both quoted 
companies and private equity-
backed businesses. He has 
chaired many well-known 
consumer businesses, including 
Majestic Wine, Mitchells & Butlers, 
Bathstore.com and Superquinn.

Appointment: Simon has served 
as a Non-executive Director of 
Bakkavor since February 2017 
and was appointed as Chairman 
in October 2017.

External appointments: Simon  
is a Non-executive Director of  
the Co-operative Group Limited 
and also Chairman of The Light 
Cinemas (Holdings) Limited and 
Blue Diamond Limited.

Mike Edwards
Chief Executive Officer 

Committee membership:  
None.

Skills and experience: With over 
33 years’ experience in the food 
industry, including United Biscuits 
and Heinz, Mike has extensive 
operational and commercial 
expertise. Since joining in 2001, 
he has held various senior 
operational roles across Bakkavor. 
He holds a degree from the 
Polytechnic of Portsmouth.

Appointment: Mike joined 
Bakkavor in 2001 and became 
Chief Operating Officer UK in 2014 
and has served as Executive 
Director since December 2020. He 
was appointed as Chief Executive 
Officer in November 2022.

External appointments:  
Mike currently has no  
external appointments.

Ben Waldron
Chief Financial Officer and  
Asia CEO 
Group Board ESG Sponsor 

Committee membership:  
None.

Skills and experience: Prior to 
joining Bakkavor, Ben was an 
Assurance and Advisory Director 
at Ernst & Young London, bringing 
with him extensive experience  
in strategy, transactions and 
consulting. After joining Bakkavor 
as Group Financial Controller,  
he became Head of Strategic 
Development, supporting the 
Group’s IPO in 2017 and leading 
acquisitions and the disposal of 
non-core business in the UK  
and Europe. In January 2019,  
he took on responsibility for  
the US business as President  
of Bakkavor USA and has 
successfully transformed the US 
operations into a high growth and 
profitable business. Ben holds a 
Bachelor of Science degree from 
the University of Birmingham.

Appointment: Ben joined 
Bakkavor in 2011 as Group 
Financial Controller. He has 
served as Chief Financial Officer 
and Executive Director to the 
Group Board since 27 December 
2020, and his role expanded with 
the appointment as Asia CEO 
effective from December 2022. 

External appointments:  
Ben currently has no  
external appointments.

92  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Group Board Committees

Nomination Committee pg 113

ESG Committee pg 119

Committee Chair

Audit and Risk Committee pg 124

Remuneration Committee pg 132

Sanjeevan Bala
Independent,  
Non-executive Director
Designated workforce 
engagement Non-executive 
Director since 1 January 2023 

Committee membership: 
1

1  Member since 1 January 2023.

Skills and experience: Sanjeevan 
is a highly experienced multi-
award-winning data and analytics 
professional with a proven track 
record of driving customer-
centric business transformations 
through the strategic use of  
data resulting in EBIT and 
revenue growth. Sanjeevan has 
successfully operated across  
a range of sectors including 
media, retail, financial services, 
e-commerce and telecoms.  
He brings expertise in digital 
transformation, data and AI  
(both the science and development 
of new operating models and 
organisational structure to 
leverage the value of data), 
innovation and culture. Sanjeevan 
has had exposure to the food and 
beverage sector through his time 
consulting with PwC to Bestfoods, 
and through his time with 
Dunnhumby working with Tesco.

Appointment: Sanjeevan has 
served as a Non-executive Director 
of Bakkavor since August 2021.

External appointments: 
Sanjeevan is currently the Group 
Chief Data & AI Officer at ITV plc 
and a Member of the Scholars’ 
Education Trust.

Umran Beba
Independent,  
Non-executive Director
Designated Non-executive 
Director for ESG Matters 

Jill Caseberry
Independent,  
Non-executive Director
Senior Independent Director 
since 1 January 2023

Committee membership: 
2

Committee membership: 

3

2  Member since 1 January 2023.

3  Chair since 1 January 2023.

Skills and experience: Umran is 
an experienced senior business 
executive with a general 
management background and 
significant expertise in talent and 
diversity. Umran spent 25 years  
at PepsiCo Inc., the global food  
and beverage company, where  
she held a number of international 
commercial and functional roles, 
with her last position being Senior 
Vice President, Chief Global 
Diversity and Engagement Officer. 
From 2010 to 2015, she served as 
an Independent Non-executive 
Director on the board of Calbee, 
Inc, a major Japanese snack foods 
manufacturer, and for eight years 
until June 2020 was a Future 
Council Member of the World 
Economic Forum. She earned  
her MBA and Bachelor of Science 
in Industrial Engineering from 
Bogazici University in Istanbul.

Appointment: Umran has served 
as a Non-executive Director of 
Bakkavor since September 2020.

External appointments: Umran  
is currently a partner at August 
Leadership, an executive search 
firm. She also serves on the 
board of the International Youth 
Foundation, Baltimore and  
as a trustee at the Purchase  
College Foundation.

Skills and experience: Jill is an 
accomplished general manager 
with extensive sales, marketing and 
general management experience 
across a number of blue-chip 
companies including Mars, PepsiCo 
and Premier Foods. Jill brings a 
depth of understanding of the food 
industry, spending most of her 
career in marketing, commercial 
and general management roles  
in the food and beverage sector, 
where she has been involved  
in both turnaround and growth 
situations, in a range of branded 
and own label businesses.

Appointment: Jill has served  
as a Non-executive Director  
of Bakkavor since March 2021.

External appointments: Jill  
is currently a Non-executive 
Director, Remuneration 
Committee Chair and member  
of the Audit and Nomination 
Committees of Bellway plc and 
Halfords Group plc and a member 
of the ESG Committee of Halfords 
Group plc. Jill is also a Non-
executive Director and member of 
the Remuneration Committee and 
ESG Committee of C&C Group plc, 
and Senior Independent Director, 
Remuneration Committee Chair 
and a member of the Audit and 
Nomination Committees of St. 
Austell Brewery Company Limited.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  93

GOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
GROUP BOARD AND MANAGEMENT BOARD CONTINUED

Patrick L. Cook
Non-independent,  
Non-executive Director 

Committee membership: 

Skills and experience: Patrick 
received his education from 
Vanderbilt University in 
Tennessee, US and is a senior 
investment professional with 
significant direct investing 
experience in food companies.

Appointment: Patrick has served 
as a Non-executive Director  
of Bakkavor since July 2018.

External appointments: Patrick  
is currently Managing Director  
at the Baupost Group. He is also  
a member of the boards of  
DRS Acquisition LLC, Surfaces 
Southeast Holdco, LLC and H&P 
Partners, LLC and a member of 
the supervisory board of Tanager 
Group B.V.

Agust Gudmundsson
Non-independent,  
Non-executive Director 

Committee membership:  
None.

Skills and experience: Agust 
received his education from the 
College of Ármúli in Reykjavik, 
Iceland. 

Appointment: Agust is one of the 
founders of Bakkavor and has 
served as Non-executive Director 
of Bakkavor since November 2022. 
He served as Executive Chairman 
of Bakkavor from 1986, the year 
Bakkavor Group plc was founded, 
through to May 2006 and served  
as Chief Executive Officer from 
2006 through to November 2022.

External appointments:  
Agust currently has no  
external appointments.

Lydur Gudmundsson
Non-independent,  
Non-executive Director 

Committee membership: 

Skills and experience: Lydur has 
unique expertise and insight into 
the Company’s business as a 
founder of Bakkavor. He received 
his education from the Commercial 
College of Iceland. 

Appointment: Lydur is one of  
the founders of Bakkavor and  
has served as a Non-executive 
Director since January 2017.  
He served as Chief Executive 
Officer from 1986 to 2006 and 
Non-executive Chairman from 
2006 to 2017. He served as 
Chairman of Exista from 2006  
to 2010.

External appointments:  
Lydur currently has no  
external appointments.

94  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Jane Lodge
Independent,  
Non-executive Director 

Committee membership: 

Skills and experience: Jane spent 
25 years at Deloitte & Touche  
LLP, progressing to a Senior  
Audit Partner working for major 
corporates. She served as the 
first female Partner to sit on  
the Deloitte UK Board, overseeing 
management strategy, acquisitions, 
performance against plan and 
admission of new partners.  
She was also the manufacturing 
and industry lead Partner, providing 
best practice and insights across 
the Deloitte businesses of tax, 
auditing, consulting, and corporate 
finance. Jane left Deloitte in 2011 
to build a non-executive portfolio.

Appointment: Jane has served  
as a Non-executive Director  
of Bakkavor since April 2018.

External appointments: Jane  
is currently a Non-executive 
Director and Chair of the Audit 
Committees of DCC plc and 
FirstGroup plc, and a Non-
executive Director of Glanbia plc 
and TI Fluid Systems plc.

Annabel Tagoe-Bannerman
Group General Counsel and 
Company Secretary 

Committee membership:  
None.

Skills and experience: Annabel 
has held senior legal positions in 
a number of companies including 
Britvic plc and Ladbrokes plc.  
She was the Group General 
Counsel and an Executive 
Committee member at Ladbrokes 
plc. She trained and began her 
career in private practice in the 
City of London at the multinational 
law firm SJ Berwin LLP. Annabel 
obtained her post-graduate law 
degree at The University of Law, 
UK and qualified as a solicitor 
(England and Wales) in March 
2005. She is also a Chartered 
Company Secretary (ACIS). 
Annabel is an alumna of London 
Business School.

Appointment: Annabel joined 
Bakkavor as Group General 
Counsel and Company Secretary 
in June 2019.

External appointments: Annabel 
is currently a Non-executive 
Director of Edinburgh Investment 
Trust plc.

Denis Hennequin
Independent,  
Non-executive Director
Senior Independent Director 
until 31 December 2022 

Committee membership: 

1

2

1  Chair until 31 December 2022. 
2  Member until 31 December 2022.

Skills and experience: Denis has 
extensive leadership experience 
within the retail sector, spending 
the majority of his career with  
the McDonald’s Corporation in  
a variety of senior financial and 
operational roles before becoming 
President and Chief Executive 
Officer of McDonald’s Europe, 
where he was responsible for 
changing the image and concept, 
securing its market-leading 
position. Denis was appointed 
Chairman and Chief Executive 
Officer of Accor in 2011 where  
he was responsible for an estate 
spread across over 90 countries. 
He left Accor in 2013 to pursue  
an advisory and portfolio career. 

Appointment: Denis has served 
as a Non-executive Director of 
Bakkavor since February 2017.

External appointments: Denis is 
currently a Non-executive Director 
of Eurostar International Limited, 
JDE Peet’s and Expresso House. 
He is also Vice-Chairman of Pret 
A Manger, Chairman of PICARD 
Company Limited and Kellydeli, and 
a founding partner of investment 
fund French Food Capital.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  95

GOVERNANCE 
 
GROUP BOARD AND MANAGEMENT BOARD CONTINUED

Meet our Management Board

Mike Edwards
Group Chief Executive Officer 

  READ MORE on pg 92.

Ben Waldron
Chief Financial Officer and  
Asia CEO

  READ MORE on pg 92.

Donna-Maria Lee
Chief People Officer
Donna-Maria Lee joined Bakkavor 
Group plc in September 2018. 
Donna-Maria has worked within 
manufacturing, consumer and 
corporate functions for over 25 
years. Prior to joining Bakkavor, 
she was Senior Vice President, 
Global HR, Burberry plc. In this 
role Donna-Maria was accountable 
for the overall HR strategy, people 
and change agenda.

Pete Laport
President, Bakkavor USA
Pete joined Bakkavor in  
October 2020, and was part  
of the Management Board until  
his departure from the Group  
on 17 March 2023.

Dave Selleck 
Managing Director – Meals 
Dave joined Bakkavor in 2001 and 
has served as Managing Director 
– Meals since December 2022. 
Prior to this, he was Business 
Director of our Meals Sector. 
With almost 40 years’ experience 
in the food industry, including 
United Biscuits and Heinz, Dave 
has held various operational and 
general management leadership 
positions within Bakkavor, 
including at our Pizza Harrow 
and Meals London sites.

Shona Taylor
Managing Director – Bakery 
Shona joined Bakkavor in 2003 and 
has served as Managing Director 
– Bakery since December 2022. 
Prior to this, Shona was Business 
Director of our Desserts Sector 
and, with over 24 years of 
experience in the food industry, 
has extensive cross-functional 
leadership experience, holding 
various project management, 
commercial, operations and 
general management roles within 
Bakkavor, Northern Foods and 
Rannoch Food Group. Shona 
holds a Bachelor of Food 
Technology and a Post-Graduate 
Diploma in Business 
Administration from Massey 
University in New Zealand.

96  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

 
 
Group Board diversity as at 7 March 2023
The Financial Conduct Authority introduced a new listing rule (“the Rule”) on diversity and inclusion disclosures (applying 
to financial periods commencing on or after 1 April 2022) which forms part of the Listing Rules and Disclosure Guidance 
and Transparency Rules that will be required next year. We are pleased to report the early adoption of the Rule and we 
have provided this information voluntarily in the reporting tables for the Group Board and Management Board below.

Percentage of  
the Group Board

27%

Percentage of  
the Group Board

9%

73%

91%

Reporting table on sex and gender representation

Number of Group 
Board members

Number of senior 
positions on the 
Board (CEO, CFO,  
SID and Chair)

Number of 
Non-executives

Number of  
Executive Directors 

Percentage of 
Executive Directors 

 Male

 Female

8

3

3

1

6

3

2

–

18%

By tenure1
Number of Directors

<3 years 
5

3–6 years
6

7–10 years
0

>10 years
0

Reporting table on ethnicity representation

Number of 
Group Board 
members

Number of senior 
positions on the 
Group Board (CEO, 
CFO, SID and Chair)

Number of 
Executive 
Directors

Percentage of 
Executive 
Directors

  White British or Other White  
(including minority White groups)

  Mixed Multiple Ethnic Groups

 Asian/Asian British

  Black African/Caribbean/Black British

  Other Ethnic Group including Arab

  Not specified/Prefer not to say 

10

–

1

–

–

–

18%

4

–

–

–

–

–

2

–

–

–

–

–

Management Board diversity as at 7 March 2023

Reporting table on sex and gender representation

Percentage of the  
Management Board

Number of Management  
Board members

Number of  
Executive Directors 

Percentage of  
Executive management

 Male

 Female

42

22

2

–

33%

By tenure1
Number of Directors

<3 years 
3

3–6 years
3

7–10 years
0

>10 years
0

Reporting table on ethnicity representation

Number of Management 
Board members

Number of  
Executive Directors 

Percentage of  
Executive Directors

33%

67%

Percentage of the  
Management Board

17%

  White British or Other White  
(including minority White groups)

 Mixed Multiple Ethnic Groups

  Asian/Asian British

83%

  Black African/Caribbean/Black British

  Other Ethnic Group including Arab

1  Since the Company‘s listing on the London Stock Exchange in November 2017. 

2  See pg 113 for details on changes to the Management Board.

33%

5

1

–

–

–

2

–

–

–

–

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  97

GOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

Responsible for promoting the 
long-term success of the 
Group through the creation 
and delivery of sustainable 
stakeholder value.

Board leadership and Company purpose 

The Group Board challenges strategy, performance and the responsibility  
of management to: align our purpose, values, strategy and culture; promote  
the long-term success of the Group; and create value for all stakeholders.

informed and timely decision-making. The Group 
Board also receives regular presentations from  
key heads of functions and updates from the Chair  
of each Committee. 

Subject to company law and the Articles of 
Association, the Directors may exercise all of the 
powers of the Company and delegate their power 
and discretion to Committees. Decisions reserved 
for the Group Board include approval of strategic 
plans and annual budgets, acquisitions and disposals, 
audited Financial Statements, and appointment  
of additional Directors. Its work also includes 
engagement with key stakeholders, including our 
shareholders. The powers of the Directors are set 
out in the Schedule of Matters Reserved for the 
Group Board which was updated in November 2022. 
This is available for review on our website  
(bakkavor.com/en/investors/governance).

The role and responsibilities of the Group Board
The Group Board provides effective and 
entrepreneurial leadership by setting the long-term 
strategic direction of the Group and overseeing  
and challenging management’s implementation  
of the strategy, as well as establishing our purpose, 
vision and values which underpin the culture of  
the business. 

It is collectively responsible for promoting the 
long-term success of the Group through the creation 
and delivery of sustainable stakeholder value. In 
exercising this responsibility, the Group Board takes 
into account the needs of all relevant stakeholders 
and its contribution to wider society. 

The Group Board endeavours to ensure that workforce 
policies and practices are in line with our values and 
support the Group’s long-term sustainable success.

It is accountable for ensuring that, as a collective 
body, it has the appropriate skills, knowledge, 
experience and resources in place to meet its 
objectives and perform its role effectively. The Group 
Board is provided with timely and comprehensive 
information to enable it to discharge its responsibilities, 
to encourage strategic debate and to facilitate robust, 

98  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Vision and purpose
The Group Board sets the Group’s vision and purpose. 
Both are key to strengthening the Group’s impact among 
its stakeholders and are supported by the Group’s values 
and strategy.

Our vision:
To lead the way in bringing 
innovative, great-tasting, freshly 
prepared food to people across 
our markets.

Our purpose:
To delight our customers and 
consumers through the fresh, 
convenient and great-tasting food 
that we proudly create every day.

Our culture: 
To empower and support all our 
stakeholders by living our values.

Respect  
and trust  
each other

Get it right,  
keep it right

Keep the 
customer at 
the heart of 
what we do

Be proud of  
what we do

Our values
Our refreshed values focus on trust and respect: working 
together, being open and honest with each other and 
ensuring that we treat all colleagues with equal respect. 
They are warmer, more personal and more people-focused. 
They are the foundation of our culture, guide our behaviours 
and reflect who we are today and aspire to be tomorrow. 

Our customers and suppliers remain at the heart of what 
we do as we value and protect our partnerships, maintain 
our commitment to the highest standards of food safety, 
integrity and quality, innovate to help customers stay 
ahead and work together with our customers to anticipate 
future needs. 

It is important that we get it right and keep it right, uphold 
our standards, stay safe and look after ourselves and each 
other and take responsibility for the impact of our actions 
on the environment and in our communities. 

We are proud of what we do, inspire others to work with 
passion and enthusiasm, and look for ways to improve the 
way we work.

Assessing our culture 
All Directors act with integrity and lead by example to 
promote the desired culture: to empower and support  
our stakeholders by living our values. The Group Board  
is responsible for assessing the Group’s culture, ensuring 
it is closely aligned with our strategic priorities which are 
underpinned by our focus on operational excellence and 
being a responsible, caring and trusted partner for all  
our stakeholders. 

The Group Board receives updates from the Chief People 
Officer (“CPO”) and the designated workforce engagement 
Non-executive Director on colleague engagement through 
the annual Employee Engagement Survey (“EES”) and the 
Site and Group Employee Forums. In 2022, we responded 
to feedback received through the 2021 EES by developing 
our employer brand, ‘Proud to be Bakkavor’, and in 2022, 
by refreshing our values. Employee engagement has 
improved and management responded to feedback from 
the 2022 survey which was completed in September 2022.

  READ MORE:

Detail on our Employee 
Engagement Survey pg 32.

How the Group Board assessed 
the culture of the Company 
during the year pg 102. 

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  99

GOVERNANCEGroup Board Committees 
During the year 2022, the Group Board retained its existing 
Committees (Audit and Risk Committee and Remuneration 
Committee) and split the Nomination and ESG Committee 
into two, by establishing a dedicated ESG Committee,  
with the Nomination Committee reverting to its previous 
‘Nomination Committee only’ duties.

The Group Board now has four Committees: the Audit and Risk 
Committee, the ESG Committee, the Nomination Committee 
and the Remuneration Committee. All four Committees 
comprise only Non-executive Directors and each Committee 
has agreed Terms of Reference which are available on our 
website (bakkavor.com/en/investors/governance). 

The Group Board also has a Disclosure Committee  
which comprises the Chairman, the Chief Executive 
Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Group General Counsel 
and Company Secretary. The Disclosure Committee has 
oversight of the Company’s regulatory compliance with its 
disclosure obligations under the Market Abuse Regulation. 

These Committees assist with the detailed oversight of 
Bakkavor’s financial reporting, disclosure obligations,  
risk management, Internal and External Audit work,  
ESG matters, establishing the Remuneration Policy and 
overseeing its implementation, and building appropriate 
succession and contingency plans for the Directors and 
Senior Executives, including overseeing workforce 
engagement, and establishing a diverse pipeline of talent 
for both the Group Board, Management Board and Senior 
Executive positions.

Conflicts of interest 
Directors have a statutory duty to avoid situations in  
which they may have interests that conflict with those  
of the Company, unless that conflict is first disclosed and 
authorised by the Group Board. Directors are required  
to disclose both the nature and extent of any potential  
or actual conflicts with the interests of the Company. 

In accordance with company law and the Company’s Articles 
of Association, at each meeting, Directors declare any 
conflicts of interest in respect of the agenda items for the 
meeting and the Group Board is permitted to authorise 
potential conflicts that may arise and to impose such 
conditions or limitations as it deems fit. During the year, 
any potential conflicts were considered and assessed  
by the Group Board and approved where appropriate.  
The Group Board confirms that the procedures in place  
to deal with conflicts of interest are operating effectively. 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT CONTINUED

Monitoring our culture
Throughout the year, the Group Board monitored the 
Group’s culture and how our colleagues’ feedback was 
being implemented, receiving regular updates from  
the CPO and an update from the designated workforce 
engagement Non-executive Director on two values 
feedback sessions held with Bakkavor’s Group Employee 
Forum (“GEF”) on the work being done to ensure the 
values underpin the Group’s culture and support the 
delivery of our vision. 

The Group Board reviewed the suggestions made during 
the values feedback sessions on how we can continue to 
embed the values and agreed that we should look to have  
a focus on each value, either on a monthly or quarterly 
basis, and the insight gained from these feedback sessions 
would be used to continue with initiatives to embed the 
values during 2023. 

For further information on how the Group Board 
monitored the culture of the Company during the year, 
please see the Group Board activities section on pg 102.

The Management Board 
The Group Board is supported by the Management Board, 
which implements the strategic objectives of the Group 
Board, agrees on performance criteria, and delegates  
the detailed planning and implementation of those 
objectives and policies to Senior Executives (being the 
Executives within the tier below the Management Board)  
in accordance with appropriate risk parameters. 

The Management Board monitors compliance with policies 
and achievement against objectives by holding Senior 
Executives accountable for its activities through monthly 
and quarterly performance reporting and budget updates.

The responsibilities delegated to the  
Management Board include, but are not limited  
to, the following areas: 

•  Preparing strategic proposals, corporate plans  

and budgets. 

•  Executing the Group corporate strategy agreed 

upon by the Group Board. 

•  Executing the Trusted Partner ESG strategy. 

•  Executing actions in relation to key Group Board 

decisions on investments, mergers and 
acquisitions, disposals and divestments. 

•  Monitoring performance and evaluation of health 

and safety. 

•  Establishing a system of internal control and  

risk management. 

•  Review and approval of revised policies prior  

to approval by the Group Board.

100  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Key activities in 2022

Board meetings are an important 
mechanism through which the Directors 
discharge their duties, particularly under 
Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006. 

The next few pages describe the Group Board’s activities 
during the year under review. Whilst not being an exhaustive 
list, it provides an indication of the factors affecting  
our stakeholders which are considered as part of those 
discussions. READ MORE on how the Group Board 
discharges its responsibilities under Section 172 of the 
Companies Act 2006 and how it considers our stakeholders 
in its decision-making on pg 105–106. 

For each Group Board and Committee meeting, a tailored 
agenda is agreed beforehand by the Chairman, Committee 
Chair, Chief Financial Officer and Asia CEO (as appropriate), 
and Group General Counsel and Company Secretary. 

A typical meeting will comprise reports from the CEO  
and the CFO, as well as regional reports (US and China)  
on current trading and financial performance. There is 
also a report from the Chief People Officer (“CPO”) at each 
Group Board meeting reviewing the colleague engagement 
plan, Company values and culture as well as the employer 
brand. Further, there will be two or three deep dives into 
areas of strategic importance.

At each meeting, the Group Board received presentations 
on and discussed selected strategically significant matters 
in greater depth to evaluate progress, provide insight and, 
where necessary, decide on appropriate action.

Our stakeholders:

Colleagues

Customers

Suppliers

Investors

Communities

Strategy and Company performance 

The CEO and CFO led discussions focusing on recent 
trading, general business performance and the key 
strategic initiatives underway:

Group
•  Approved a clear plan to protect profits against sustained 
headwinds in 2023 and underpin the delivery of the 
Group strategy. Three focus areas: leaner organisation 
structure, clear and focused regional priorities and 
enhanced focus on managing cash.  
READ MORE on pg 10. 

UK
•  Received updates on UK trading performance.
•  Discussed industry-wide supply chain disruption, 

labour shortages and inflationary pressures and the 
mitigating actions. 

•  Discussed commercial landscape and competitor 

environment across the UK business. 

•  Approved capital investment in new equipment and 

capabilities to accommodate business wins, increase 
automation and reduce waste and energy 
consumption. READ MORE on pg 105.

•  Approved the creation of our own brand, ‘The Delicious 
Dessert Company’, and the launch of a range of eclairs 
into two of our strategic retailers. READ MORE on pg 25.

US
•  Discussed industry-wide labour shortages and 

inflationary pressures and the mitigating actions.

•  Discussed future capital plans to deliver on the 

regions’ strategic initiatives with regional updates  
on project speed and delivery.

•  Discussed ways to grow and strengthen our existing 

customer relationships, approved strategic investment 
to increase our fresh meals capacity through new 
product development, range expansion and assessed 
potential new customer opportunities.

•  Approved the launch of market-leading fresh meals 

offer at a new customer. READ MORE on pg 27.

China 
•  Discussed and agreed the forward-looking strategic 
priorities in China with a focus on building our scale  
in retail and foodservice channels.

•  Approved the launch of a food-to-go fresh sushi offer 
with a strategic retail customer. READ MORE on pg 27.

•  Discussed Covid disruption and continuation of 

delivering business priorities.

•  Continued to discuss ways to grow and strengthen  

our relationship with our existing customers through 
new product development and expansion of our core 
offering with new product categories.

•  Discussed the development of new channel 
opportunities in retail and office catering. 

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  101

GOVERNANCE 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT CONTINUED

Culture 

•  Reviewed feedback from colleagues in response to  
the 2021 EES and approved the launch of Bakkavor’s 
refreshed values (with a focus on respect and trust).

•  Considered results of the 2022 EES and approved 
recommended areas for action in 2023, including 
ensuring colleagues feel confident that we are taking 
decisive action to protect our business; embedding  
our refreshed values; and continuing to focus on pay 
and the benefits that matter to our colleagues.
•  Received reports on targeted recruitment efforts  

from early careers to senior levels through the launch 
of our new Bakkavor Careers Website.

•  Approved the Group’s employer brand with the launch 
of our refreshed values in early 2022 and supported 
Group-wide Values Celebration Week as a way to 
embed values into the business.

•  Received updates from Jill Caseberry, designated 
workforce engagement Non-executive Director,  
and the CPO on the refreshed values and the feedback 
sessions with the GEF on embedding the values into 
the business.

•  Approved the appointment of Sanjeevan Bala as 

designated workforce engagement Non-executive 
Director effective from 1 January 2023. 

•  Oversaw the launch of the Wellbeing Strategy and  

the Wellbeing Toolkit providing practical, emotional, 
physical and financial wellbeing support to colleagues, 
which in the opinion of the Group Board is critical 
during this time of increased inflation and the  
cost-of-living crisis. 

•  Approved enhanced benefit offering to factory-based 
colleagues, including implementation of an out-of-
cycle pay increase for the majority of factory-based 
colleagues, continuing to pay above the National  
Living Wage in the UK.

•  Approved enhanced training and development; 

including the launch of two cohorts on the Female 
Mentoring Programme, a central hub of learning 
content, and received updates on the Front-line 
Leaders Programme.

•  Approved investment in the talent pipeline through 

award-winning apprenticeship and graduate 
programmes.

READ MORE on pg 32.

Technical risk management and mitigation – 
health and safety and food safety

•  Received regular updates on the health and safety 

•  Reviewed health and safety key performance 

auditing of the business against both standard controls 
on both an announced and unannounced basis and  
our technical strategy through the year.

indicators (“KPIs”), noting as at year end, our major 
accidents reports show that Bakkavor consistently 
outperforms the HSE industry average.

•  Advocated for the standardising of health and safety 
and food safety across the business, which resulted  
in the implementation of global policies for health and 
safety and food safety.

•  Oversaw the implementation of control measures 
based on guidance from the UK Government,  
Health Security Agency and wider industry. 

•  Approved the technical priorities for 2023: to maximise 
talent, develop the team, focus on succession planning, 
internal evolution through food safety governance and 
food integrity rigour, focus on ESG strategy priorities, 
SHE culture and evolution of internal brand.

Financial updates

•  Reviewed financial KPIs and non-financial KPIs.
•  Approved an interim dividend of 2.77 pence per 

Ordinary share on 14 October 2022 to shareholders 
and agreed to propose a final dividend of 4.16 pence 
per Ordinary share at the AGM on 31 May 2023.
•  Discussed the balance sheet strategy, capital 
efficiency and leverage position of the Group.
•  Reviewed financial performance in the UK,  

US and China.

•  Considered and approved the Group Tax Strategy  

and Policy and the Group Treasury Policy. 

•  Received regular updates from the Audit and Risk 
Committee Chair on the Committee’s oversight  
of financial performance.

•  Approved the viability and going concern statements.
•  Approved the reappointment of PwC as the Company’s 
External Auditors subject to shareholder approval at 
the 2023 AGM.

•  Received updates on performance against the prior 

•  Oversaw a disciplined approach to, and the 

year and against the budget.

•  Approved the 2023 budget including material capital 

implementation of, the capital allocation framework  
to enhance shareholder value. 

expenditure projects.

READ MORE in the financial review on pg 72.

102  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance and legal

•  Considered and approved the appointment of 

•  Reviewed and approved the Schedule of Matters Reserved 

Mike Edwards as CEO.

•  Approved and effected the change in the composition 

of the Group Board Committees. 

•  Considered and approved the appointment of 

Jill Caseberry as the Senior Independent Director.
•  Undertook an internal evaluation of the Group Board, 
Committees’ and individual Directors’ effectiveness 
and considered the output and recommendations from 
the evaluation as described on pg 111–112.

•  Led by the Senior Independent Director, undertook an 

evaluation of the performance of the Chairman.
•  Approved the Annual Report and Accounts and the  

half-year results, going concern and longer-term viability 
statement, Notice of AGM and the Modern Slavery 
Statement which can be viewed on the Bakkavor website 
(bakkavor.com/en/esg/policies-and-documents).

for the Board. This can be viewed on the Bakkavor 
website (bakkavor.com/en/investors/governance/).

•  Reviewed and approved the Terms of Reference  
of the newly created dedicated ESG Committee. 
•  Reviewed and approved revisions to the Group’s 

Whistleblowing Policy.

•  Received governance updates and ongoing training  

on relevant matters throughout the year. 

•  Approved the set-up of the Bakkavor Group plc 

Employee Benefit Trust (“the Trust”) and the purchase 
of the Company’s Ordinary shares from the market to 
be held by the Trust to satisfy share awards under the 
Group’s share schemes.

READ MORE on pg 113.

Investor engagement

•  Received regular updates on Bakkavor’s share price 
performance, analyst consensus, ratings and target 
prices, and summary of listed peer results. 

•  Received, reviewed and discussed draft financial 

results statements and accompanying presentations. 

•  Received investor feedback post roadshows and 

meetings, included in the Group Board pack, and in 
discussion with the CFO and the Company’s brokers. Key 
areas of focus: inflation and supply chain impact, volumes 
and consumer behaviours, capital allocation approach 

(leverage, dividend, capital expenditure) and status  
and outlook on US and China growth opportunities.

•  Reviewed investor relations calendar, including 
consideration of quarterly trading updates. 

•  Chairman actively seeks to engage with shareholders. 
Senior Independent Director and Committee Chairs 
available for direct meetings where required.

READ MORE on pg 70.

Risk

•  Reviewed the Group’s principal risks and agreed the 
Group risk appetite for each of the principal risks.
•  Received technical updates at each meeting from  
the UK, US and China across health and safety,  
food safety and whistleblowing.

•  Considered risk appetite in connection with major 
capital proposals and transformation projects 
(supported by detailed analysis to ensure the risks 
associated with each project are fully understood).

•  Discussed the impact of climate change and 

sustainability risk on the Group.

ESG

•  Reviewed and approved the creation of a dedicated 

ESG Committee. 

•  Received updates from the ESG Committee, 

designated Non-executive Director for ESG matters 
and the Group Board ESG Sponsor on the execution  
of the Trusted Partner ESG strategy.

•  Reviewed and considered the Group’s community 
initiatives, how we are delivering these and our 
progress in doing so. 

•  Assessed the impact of reputational cyber risk and 

approved strategies in place to scale technology, drive 
change and deliver change in cyber maturity within  
the UK and considered 2023 cyber risk priorities and  
a new wave of technology transformation, including the 
proposal to investigate the replacement of our ERP 
systems in the UK. 

•  Received regular updates from the Audit and Risk 

Committee Chair on the activities of the Audit and Risk 
Committee during the full-year 2022.

READ MORE on pg 76.

•  Received updates on Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”) requirements and 
reviewed overall outcomes of climate risk assessment. 

•  Approved the steps to the climate transition plan to 

meet the commitment to Net Zero in 2040.

READ MORE on pg 119.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  103

GOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT CONTINUED

Remuneration

•  Determined and agreed with the Remuneration 

•  Received regular updates from the Remuneration 

Committee, the remuneration arrangements for the 
Chairman, Executive Directors and Management Board.

Committee Chair on the activities of the Remuneration 
Committee during 2022.

•  Reviewed workforce remuneration and related 

policies, taking into account the alignment of incentives 
and rewards with wider Company pay policy when 
setting the policy for Executive Director remuneration.

READ MORE on pg 132.

Customers and suppliers

•  Received Procurement Director updates on centralised 
category procurement structure and Bakkavor Inbound 
Logistics (“BIL”) centre of excellence. 

•  Approved forward-purchasing of certain raw 

materials and energy to provide good visibility of costs 
through 2022.

•  Oversight of our Responsible Sourcing strategy, 

•  Reviewed sourcing plans to build further resilience  

commitments and progress through ESG Committee 
and Group Board ESG Sponsor.

•  Received updates on the proactive engagement with 
suppliers and customers to review the potential risks 
within the supply chain due to labour and raw material 
shortages and inflationary pressures.

•  Oversight of collaboration with customers on sourcing raw 
materials and discussions with customers in relation to 
our pricing models to enable us to secure price increases 
across our cost base to help mitigate inflation impact. 

•  Discussed and constructively challenged the 

management of labour requirements and oversaw the 
decision to focus on core ranges to ensure customer 
services levels are maintained. 

•  Approved value optimisation in the UK due to cost- 
of-living pressures, expansion of our range of fresh 
meals in the US and, in China, collaborating with  
plant-based specialists to meet demand for healthier, 
more sustainable products. 

in our inbound supply chain. 

•  Approved approach to Brexit-related changes, 

including contingency plans particularly in relation  
to disruption at ports and trade with Northern Ireland. 

•  Received updates on engagement with suppliers to 

ensure early identification of potential issues and the 
action taken to minimise disruption.

•  Received updates on engagement with our customers 
on supply performance, collaborative buying and  
cost models.

•  Approved plan to roll out Group Supplier Conduct 
Policy in 2023, adapting the UK Supplier Code of 
Conduct to support supply chain engagement on social 
issues within the US and China.

•  Engaged with commercial consultants to understand 

the challenges and headwinds facing the sector.

•  Considered UK market insight updates to understand 

consumers’ needs, and how this is leveraged to inform 
category plans and new product pipelines.

•  Approved the consolidation of our UK commercial  

•  Reviewed market updates on latest developments and 

and development structures to improve operational 
efficacy, keep our customer-centric approach and 
increase category focus.

growth opportunities in US and China. 

READ MORE on pg 68-69.

Group IT strategy

•  Reviewed Group IT objectives, strategy and tactics to 
deliver business trust, value and security resilience. 
•  Monitored the progress made against the 2022 Group 

IT priorities.

•  Reviewed the status of the UK cyber programme and 

Group IT international programme.

•  Considered proposal to investigate the replacement of 

our ERP systems in the UK.

READ MORE on pg 84.

Key priorities for the Board in 2023
•  Continuing to foster relationships and engaging with 
stakeholders, including colleagues, customers, 
suppliers, investors and communities.

•  Oversight of the delivery of the strategy to protect profits 

and underpin the three focus areas; being a leaner 
organisational structure, clear and focused regional 
priorities, and enhanced focus on managing cash.

•  Engaging with capital markets to drive share 

performance.

•  Reviewing strategy and plan to enhance returns  

on capital.

•  Aligning culture and values with strategy.
•  Aligning colleague engagement and talent pipeline 

development. 

•  Focusing on the ESG framework and its implementation.

104  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance in action: Capital investment and 
engagement initiatives at Bakkavor Salads Bourne

Background
As a result of Bakkavor securing new business with  
a strategic customer for the supply of stir-fry products,  
the Group Board approved a significant capital investment in 
our Bakkavor Salads Bourne site in the UK. This investment 
increased site capacity, improved performance and 
provided further headroom for future growth. Our new 
smart manufacturing system was also implemented, 
providing real time data, visual reporting and KPI 
standards to enhance operational efficiency. 

As part of the transformation of the site, we introduced 
several initiatives to attract, retain and engage with 
colleagues, enhancing on-site benefits and facilities,  
and embedding the new Bakkavor values, promoting 
respect and trust and ensuring we keep the customer  
at the heart of what we do. 

Following the completion of this investment, the Group 
Board visited the site in June 2022. It completed a site  
tour and received presentations from the site leadership 
and customer team on the site transformation and the 
initiatives implemented.

Section 172 factors considered
Prior to approval, the Group Board considered how the 
investment would promote the long-term success of the 
Group through the creation and delivery of sustainable 
stakeholder value, and, in doing so, considered the needs 
of all relevant stakeholders, including customers, 
suppliers and colleagues. 

Long-term consequences of the decision
The Bourne site investment has delivered in line with 
expectations; operational efficiency has improved and  
the site is well-placed to capitalise on future opportunities 
with headroom for growth. 

Fostering relationships with suppliers and customers
For our customers, it is imperative we maintain our high 
levels of service and continue to deliver high-quality 
products. Our forward-planning ensured disruption was 
minimised, and the factory improvements have resulted in 

improved health and safety and product safety standards, 
and enabled us to focus on the quality of the product and 
improve on our already low number of customer complaints. 

Bakkavor’s development teams delivered a best-in-class 
product approval process to the customer and customer 
feedback has been positive. The investment in the site  
has ensured that there is now additional capacity and 
infrastructure in place to accommodate further business wins.

Impact on the community and environment
As we strive to deliver progress under our Group Trusted 
Partner ESG strategy, the site transformation has helped 
lower its environmental impact. The investment included the 
replacement of packaging equipment to reduce plastic 
usage, with annualised saving of 465 tonnes of plastic.  
A factory waste-reduction programme was also introduced 
with surplus products sold in our staff shop, and noodle  
and coleslaw waste used for animal feed, in line with the 
waste-reduction initiatives we have at all our Group sites. 

Acting fairly between shareholders
The Group Board believes the plans are in the interests  
of all shareholders. The investment was return enhancing, 
and delivered in line with the plan. It also creates more 
opportunities for further business wins, and financial 
performance at the site has improved.

Maintaining reputation for high standards  
of business conduct
The customer has strong trust and confidence in the 
Bourne site’s capacity for future delivery and it is ideally 
placed for future growth opportunities.

Overall, the capital investment and introduction of 
colleague engagement initiatives at Bourne have had  
a positive impact on the business. We reshaped the 
relationships with our stakeholders whilst also creating 
capacity for further growth and improved the financial 
performance of the site.

Interests of our colleagues
Key initiatives were introduced to improve benefits 
and resources for colleagues:

•  Attraction: improved pay offer, varied shift patterns, 
free staff bus facilities and recruitment open-days.

•  Retention: New Starter Champions in place, 
improved PPE (shoes, wellies, jackets), and 
enhanced on-site facilities.

•  Engagement: making time to listen, supporting  
front-line leadership development, improving 
communication, utilising the facilities to fundraise, 
supporting group-led events, additional management 
briefs and embedding the new Bakkavor values.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  105

GOVERNANCECORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT CONTINUED

Governance in action: Protecting our profits against 
sustained headwinds into 2023

Background
Due to macro-headwinds persisting through 2022,  
the Group Board had oversight of the Management Board’s 
decisive action to protect future profits which is focused  
on three areas: leaner organisation structure, clear  
and focused regional priorities, and enhanced focus on 
managing cash (READ MORE in the CEO review on pg 10). 

Section 172 factors considered
When overseeing the action taken by the Management 
Board, the Group Board considered the respective 
interests of our stakeholders, recognising the challenge  
in balancing these competing interests to maximise  
the value for all those connected with the organisation. 

Long-term consequences of the decision
The Group Board recognised that the implementation  
of the plan was crucial to protect future profits against 
ongoing headwinds, and provide significant long-term 
security for Bakkavor, thus having a long-term benefit  
for all of our stakeholders.

Interests of our colleagues
The introduction of a leaner leadership structure and  
the closure of two sites (Bakkavor Desserts Leicester  
and Bakkavor Salads Sutton Bridge) has been a difficult 
decision which has impacted many of our colleagues, and 
we have sought to engage with and support those affected. 
Consultation at the two UK sites has completed, with the 
sites due to close by the end of Q1 2023. The Group Board 
has been supportive of the actions the Management  
Board has taken to support colleagues including finding 
alternative roles and access to our wellbeing resources.

Despite the reduction in our 
UK footprint, we remain 
well-placed to accommodate 
future growth. 

Fostering relationships with suppliers and customers
We proactively engaged with our customers and suppliers 
on the proposed site closures, and have developed detailed 
plans to ensure the smooth transition of volumes to our 
other sites, seeking to mitigate any potential disruption.  
In the last few years, we have enhanced capacity across 
most of our sites through investment and we have flexed our 
manufacturing output by dynamically transferring business 
between sites in response to supply chain challenges.  
This means that despite the reduction in our UK footprint, 
we remain well-placed to accommodate future growth. 

Along with the footprint rationalisation, the alignment  
of the UK business to two sectors will also drive further 
synergies and enable us to be more targeted on efficiency 
improvements, which helps to protect our business to 
continue to deliver for our customers, and create longer-
term value for our investors.

Impact on the community and environment
The two sites due to close have provided employment 
opportunities and contributed to the local communities  
in which they operate. We have arranged job fairs and  
are working with the JobCentre and local businesses  
to support colleagues in finding alternative roles. 

Acting fairly between shareholders
We updated the investor community and analysts on the 
above planned actions as part of our Q3 2022 trading update 
in November 2022. The news was well-received and 
investors were supportive of the need to take early action to 
address the ongoing macro challenges. The Group Board 
believes the plans are in the interests of all shareholders.

Maintaining reputation for high standards of  
business conduct
As part of the enhanced focus on managing cash, the Group 
Board commenced a review of capital plans for 2023 and 
remains committed to our strategic investment in bread  
at Crewe. Plans will also ensure all our sites continue  
with any critical compliance projects to maintain our high 
standards. Under the new senior leadership team there  
is a renewed drive to ensure that all communications are 
simple, consistent and focused for all of our stakeholders. 

106  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Section 2: Division of responsibilities

The Group Board is satisfied that there is a clear division of responsibility between the 
leadership of the Group Board and the Executive leadership of the business. 

Through the leadership of the Chairman, a culture of debate and open dialogue is promoted with the effective contribution  
of all Non-executive Directors who provide constructive challenge and hold management to account.

Key roles and responsibilities

Non-executive 
Chairman
Simon Burke

The Chairman leads the Group Board. His leadership style fosters a culture of openness, active 
participation, dialogue and debate at the Board level. This promotes cohesion on the Group Board. 
He facilitates the right conditions to ensure effectiveness in all aspects of the role of the Group 
Board and its Committees. 

Working with the Chief Executive Officer and the Group General Counsel and Company Secretary, 
the Chairman sets the agenda for the Group Board meetings, taking cognisance of Group Board 
members’ priorities. He ensures that Group Board papers are made available to all Directors in 
good time before meetings and allows sufficient time for robust and constructive discussions at 
meetings. He encourages and facilitates active engagement by all Directors, drawing on their skills, 
knowledge and experience. Each Director contributes and constructively reviews management’s 
updates and requests, thereby holding management accountable.

The Chairman promotes effective communication between the Group Board, Senior Executives, 
shareholders and other key stakeholders. Through regular investor relations updates and investor 
engagement feedback, the Chairman ensures that the Group Board, as a whole, has a clear 
understanding of investors’ views, and how those views have influenced the Group Board’s decisions. 

He maintains close working relationships with the Chief Executive Officer and the Group General 
Counsel and Company Secretary to ensure that the strategies and actions agreed by the Group 
Board are implemented. 

At least annually, the Chairman meets with the Non-executive Directors without the Executive 
Directors present to discuss, amongst other matters, the performance of Executive Directors,  
the Group Board as a whole, the Committees and the interaction between the Executive and 
Non-executive Directors. 

Chief Executive Officer
Mike Edwards

The Chief Executive Officer has specific responsibility for recommending the Group’s strategy to the 
Group Board, for the execution of strategy once approved and for overseeing the day-to-day running  
of the business. In undertaking such responsibilities, the Chief Executive Officer is supported  
by the Management Board and his Senior Executive team. Together with the CFO and Asia CEO,  
the Chief Executive Officer monitors the Group’s operational efficiency and financial performance  
as he directs the daily business of the Group. The Chief Executive Officer is also responsible for  
the recruitment and development of the Group’s Senior Executive team below Group Board level.

Chief Financial Officer 
and Asia CEO 
Ben Waldron 

The CFO and Asia CEO is an Executive Director and is responsible for the financial reporting of  
the Group, monitoring the Group’s operating and financial results and management of the Group’s 
internal financial risk management and financial control systems. He supports the CEO in 
implementing the Group’s strategy and, in relation to the financial and operational performance  
of the Group, is also responsible for the Group Treasury, Tax, Legal, Investor Relations, Risk and 
Information Systems functions.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  107

GOVERNANCECORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT CONTINUED

Non-executive 
Directors
Sanjeevan Bala 
Umran Beba 
Simon Burke 
Jill Caseberry
Patrick L. Cook 
Agust Gudmundsson 
Lydur Gudmundsson 
Denis Hennequin 
Jane Lodge 

Senior Independent 
Director
Denis Hennequin  
until 31 December 2022
Jill Caseberry  
from 1 January 2023

Group General  
Counsel and  
Company Secretary
Annabel Tagoe-
Bannerman 

The role of the Non-executive Directors is to offer guidance and advice to the Group Board as  
a whole and the Executive Directors in particular, drawing on their wide experience across many 
industries. They also provide scrutiny, constructive challenge and oversight of the Executive 
Directors and Senior Executives. The roles and responsibilities of each Non-executive Director  
are approved by the Group Board and set out in their letters of appointment.

Of the nine Non-executive Directors, six are Independent Non-executive Directors whilst three are 
Non-independent Non-executive Directors. 

Non-executive Directors’ role at Board meetings 
Independent and Non-independent Non-executive Directors assess, challenge and monitor the 
Executive Directors’ delivery of strategy within the risk appetite and governance structures agreed 
by the Group Board. 

As Group Board Committee members, they also review the integrity of the Group’s Financial 
Statements, recommend appropriate succession plans, monitor Group Board diversity and set  
the Directors’ remuneration. 

Non-executive Director time commitment 
Each Director commits to dedicating an appropriate amount of time to their duties during the 
financial year and it is expected that each Non-executive Director will meet the time commitment 
reasonably expected of them, pursuant to their letters of appointment. Where Directors are unable 
to attend meetings, they are encouraged to give the Chairman their views in advance on the agenda 
items. They also have the option to dial-in for meetings.

External appointments 
In advance of any new Group Board appointments, each potential new Non-executive Director is asked  
to disclose details of all other directorships and significant commitments, together with a broad indication  
of the time commitment associated with such other directorship(s) or significant commitments(s). 

Prior to undertaking any additional external appointments, Directors must seek prior approval  
of the Group Board. Before approving any additional external appointments, the Group Board shall 
consider the time commitment required for the role, as well as the experience, skills and other 
commitments of the Director. Each proposed external appointment shall be reviewed independently. 
The Company recognises that external appointments enable Directors to broaden their knowledge 
and experience. However, they must not interfere or conflict with their roles on the Group Board.

Monitoring Non-executive Director independence 
During the Group Board and Committees’ annual effectiveness review, the Nomination Committee 
and the Group Board review the independence of the Non-executive Directors, giving consideration 
to the circumstances which are likely to impair, or could appear to impair, a Non-executive Director’s 
independence, as set out in provision 10 of the UK Corporate Governance Code (“the Code”). With  
the exception of Agust Gudmundsson, Lydur Gudmundsson and Patrick L. Cook, the Group Board 
considers the remaining Non-executive Directors to be independent and the Chairman was 
considered to be independent on appointment. 

Tenure 
The Company maintains clear records of the terms of service of the Chairman and Non-executive 
Directors to ensure that they continue to meet the requirements of the Code. Neither the Chairman 
nor any of the Non-executive Directors have exceeded the maximum nine-year recommended term 
of service set out in the Code. 

The Senior Independent Director (“SID”) acts as a sounding board for the Chairman and serves  
as a trusted intermediary for the other Directors when necessary. The SID is also available to 
shareholders if they are unable to resolve any concerns through communication with the Chairman, 
the Chief Executive Officer or other Executive Directors, or when shareholders prefer to speak to the 
SID directly.

The SID is responsible for evaluating the performance of the Chairman on behalf of the other 
Directors. Led by the SID, the Non-executive Directors meet without the Chairman at least annually 
to appraise the Chairman’s performance, and on other occasions as necessary.

The Group General Counsel and Company Secretary supports the Group Board, its Committees  
and the Management Board. She advises the Chairman, the Executive Directors and the Group 
Board Committee Chairs in setting agendas for meetings of the Group Board and its Committees, 
and supports the accurate, timely and clear flow of information to and from the Group Board  
and its Committees, and between Directors and the Management Board and Senior Executives.  
She leads the Legal function and the Group Company Secretariat and advises the Group Board  
on corporate governance matters and is responsible for administering Bakkavor’s Share Dealing 
Code and organising the AGM.

108  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Section 3: Composition, succession and evaluation 

The Group Board continuously evaluates the balance of skills, experience, diversity, 
knowledge and independence among the Directors.

Group Board composition 
The Group Board consists of a total of 11 Directors – two Executive Directors and nine Non-executive Directors – and 
collectively is well-resourced, with a combination of skills, experience and knowledge. The biographical details of each  
of the Directors, along with each of their individual dates of appointment, are set out on pg 92–95. 

Meeting attendance 
The Group Board held eight scheduled meetings during the year and the meeting attendance is set out below.

Sufficient time is provided, periodically, for the Chairman to meet privately with the Senior Independent Director and  
the Non-executive Directors to discuss any matters arising.

Current Directors except as noted

Group Board

Annual General Meeting

Total number of meetings in 2022

9

Meetings attended/scheduled meetings eligible to attend

Executive Directors

Agust Gudmundsson1

Mike Edwards2

Ben Waldron 

Non-executive Directors

Simon Burke (Chairman) 

Sanjeevan Bala4

Umran Beba4 

Jill Caseberry4

Patrick L. Cook3

Lydur Gudmundsson 

Denis Hennequin4 

Jane Lodge4 

 9/9

 8/9

 9/9

 9/9 

 9/9

 9/9

 9/9 

 8/9 

 9/9 

 9/9 

 9/9

1

 1/1

 1/1

 1/1

 1/1

 1/1

 1/1

 1/1

 1/1

 1/1

 1/1

 1/1

1 

 Agust Gudmundsson attended all meetings in his capacity as Chief Executive Officer, with the exception of 17 November 2022, when he attended as Non-executive 
Director, following his resignation as Chief Executive Officer on 1 November 2022. 

2 

 Mike Edwards did not attend the Group Board meeting on 28 September 2022 in relation to the approval of his appointment as Chief Executive Officer.

3  Patrick L. Cook could not attend the Group Board meeting on 29 June 2022 due to personal commitments.

4  Considered to be independent. 

Group Board Committee composition as at 1 January 2023

Audit and Risk 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Nomination 
Committee 

ESG Committee

Other

Designated Workforce 
Engagement NED

Senior Independent 
Director

Director

Sanjeevan Bala

Umran Beba

Simon Burke

Jill Caseberry 

Patrick L. Cook

Lydur Gudmundsson

Agust Gudmundsson

Denis Hennequin

Jane Lodge

  Committee Chair 

  Committee member

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  109

GOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT CONTINUED

Group Board skills and expertise 
In light of the current and future needs of the Group Board, part of the role of the Chairman and the Nomination Committee 
is to maintain a balance of skills and expertise on the Group Board and to make recommendations to the Group Board 
where changes are required to maintain that balance. When doing so, they take account of the Group Board knowledge 
and skills matrix, which identifies key areas of diversity, skill or experience that add to the effectiveness and reach of the 
Group Board.

Collectively and individually, the Directors are highly experienced with a wide range of skills, understanding and expertise 
which facilitates effective and entrepreneurial leadership. The Group Board comprises individuals from a varied range  
of backgrounds, each of whom brings a different perspective on a number of key issues for the Group, including strategy, 
performance, operations, culture, sustainability, health and safety, data analytics, leadership, ethics and regulation, 
diversity, finance, risk and IT. This range of backgrounds and expertise is invaluable to both the Group Board and the 
Group as a whole.

Group Board skills and experience

Number of Directors 

Non-executive Director of Listed Company Experience

Audit and/or Risk Committee Membership Experience

Remuneration Committee Membership Experience

Nomination Committee Membership Experience

Senior Management Experience (CEO, CFO, COO)

General experience

Strategic Planning/Oversight 

Corporate Development/M&A

Manufacturing, Food Production, Food Retail

Operational, Food Safety and Hygiene

Qualified Accountant/Auditor (financial expertise)

IT, E-commerce, Technology & Innovation

HR & Talent Development

Legal & Regulatory

Experience Leading Diversity & Inclusion Initiatives

Public Relations/Media/Investor Relations

Operation of an International Business 

Environmental/Sustainability 

 7/11

 9/11

 6/11

 7/11

 9/11

 9/11

 9/11

 7/11

 8/11

 8/11

 5/11

 7/11

 4/11

 6/11

 8/11

 8/11

 7/11

For further information on the skills and experience of each Director and appointments to the Group Board, see the Group 
Board biographies on pg 92–95. 

Group Board succession and changes to the Group Board 
For information about Group Board succession and changes to the Group Board, READ MORE on pg 114–116 of the 
Nomination Committee report.

Group Board inductions 
Following appointment, each Director receives a comprehensive and formal induction to familiarise them with their  
duties and Bakkavor’s business operations and risk and governance arrangements. The induction programme, which is 
co-ordinated by the Chief People Officer and the Group General Counsel and Company Secretary, includes briefings on 
industry and regulatory matters relating to Bakkavor, site visits, and face-to-face meetings with the Management Board, 
Senior Executives and different teams within the business.

Ongoing professional development and skills training
In order to facilitate greater awareness and understanding of Bakkavor’s business and the environment in which it 
operates, all Directors are given regular updates on changes and developments in the business. Directors will continually 
update and refresh their skills and knowledge and seek independent professional advice when required. During the  
year, the Group Board received dedicated training on climate issues and the ESG Committee received dedicated training 
focusing on developing skills in climate and Net Zero; responsible sourcing, including biodiversity and deforestation; food 
waste and packaging. The Group Board received presentations throughout the year from various departments within the 
business on key topics including financial performance, human resources, legal, audit, risk and compliance, food safety, 
health and safety, sustainability, investor relations, corporate governance and corporate finance. 

110  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Annual re-election of the Group Board 
The rules governing the appointment and replacement of Directors can be found in the Articles of Association,  
the Code, the Companies Act 2006 and related legislation. Under the Terms of Reference of the Nomination Committee,  
any appointment must be recommended by the Nomination Committee for approval by the Group Board.

In compliance with the Code, all Directors will retire and offer themselves for election or re-election, as appropriate,  
on an annual basis. At our fifth AGM, held on 25 May 2022, each Director offered himself or herself for election or re-election 
as a Director. All Directors will retire at the 2023 AGM to be held on 31 May 2023 and offer themselves for election or 
re-election, as appropriate. 

Internal Group Board and Committee evaluation

1

2

3

STAGE 1

Group Board  
to complete 
questionnaires

STAGE 2

Results collated,  
reported and 
evaluated

STAGE 3

Presentation to  
the Group Board  
and discussion

4

STAGE 4

Action plan agreed

Process 
The Code requires us to undertake a formal and rigorous annual evaluation of the performance of the Group Board,  
its Committees, the Chairman and individual Directors and that the Group Board should have an externally facilitated 
evaluation, carried out by an independent consultant, at least once every three years. 

The Group Board operates a three-year cycle of evaluations. Year one of the cycle comprises an externally facilitated 
evaluation, carried out by an independent consultant. Our externally facilitated evaluation was carried out in 2020 by  
Clare Chalmers Limited, an independent provider of Board evaluations, with no connections to the Group or any individual 
Directors. The evaluation covered areas including Group Board composition and expertise, succession planning, the 
Company’s long-term business strategy, stakeholders, culture, risk management and managing through Covid. 

The evaluation process comprised interviews with all Group Board members and a wide range of other stakeholders 
including Management Board and Senior Executives and external advisers such as the External Auditors. The input of 
each participant was kept confidential by the external consultant, allowing for honest and in-depth feedback and a report 
on the findings was presented to the Group Board in November 2020. The report concluded that the Group Board and its 
Committees was operating effectively and as well as recognising the Group Board’s strengths, the report also contained 
some recommendations to further enhance the Group Board’s effectiveness. The recommendations and resulting actions 
were followed up in 2021 and progress was reviewed again as part of the 2021 Group Board and Committee evaluation 
process which was conducted internally. The Group Board and Committee evaluations were conducted internally in 2021 
and 2022 and there will be an externally facilitated evaluation in 2023.

The 2022 internal evaluation of the Group Board and its Committees was undertaken in November 2022 based on a 
questionnaire which covered the following topics: 

•  Board Composition and Culture: Composition, Leadership, Dynamics and Decision-making. 

•  Role of the Chairman

•  Board Oversight: Strategy, Performance, Risk and People. 

•  Engagement with our Stakeholders: Shareholders, Customers and Suppliers, Other Stakeholders, Purpose, Values and Culture. 

•  Board Efficiency: Board Meetings, Agendas, Minutes and Secretariat. 

•  Committees: Audit and Risk Committee, ESG Committee, Nomination Committee and Remuneration Committee and role of 

Committee Chairs.

The internal review was facilitated by the General Counsel and Company Secretary and the questionnaire was completed 
by all Group Board members. A report on the outcome of the evaluation exercise was prepared by the General Counsel 
and Company Secretary and presented to the Group Board.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  111

GOVERNANCECORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT CONTINUED

Group Board and Committee evaluation insights 
The report concluded from the feedback to the questionnaire that Bakkavor operated an efficient and effective Group 
Board and Committees and that the Group Board’s composition is well-balanced in terms of the skills, knowledge, 
experience and expertise required in order to perform its role appropriately. The new values, linked to the Group strategy, 
will continue to be a central focus of the Group Board. 

The insights and action points from the evaluation exercise were noted by the Group Board.

The Group Board Committees were also evaluated and, overall, were considered to function well in terms of their 
effectiveness, decision-making and the rigorous way they addressed all issues brought to their attention. The performance 
of each Director was effective, and both the Group Board and its Committees continued to provide effective leadership  
and exert the required levels of governance and control and the Chairman was considered to provide robust leadership  
for the Group Board. 

The Group Board will continue to review its procedures, effectiveness and development in the year ahead. 

As well as considering the results of this year’s performance evaluation, the Group Board also reviewed performance 
against the areas identified in the 2021 internal evaluation report. The recommendations are summarised below: 

2021 recommendations 

Actions taken during 2022

Group Board and Committee composition 

Focus on ESG matters

Arrange additional site visits for Group Board members

Group Board Committee composition was reviewed  
to ensure the Company has the appropriate balance of 
Independent Non-executive Directors on the Group Board 
and its Committees and that the roles of the Non-executive 
Directors were balanced, taking into consideration their 
respective time commitments. A number of changes to 
Group Board Committee membership were approved  
by the Group Board effective from 1 January 2023. 

A dedicated ESG Committee was established in June 2022 
to have oversight of ESG matters and the execution of the 
Trusted Partner strategy.

The Group Board visited the Bourne Salads site in June 
2022. The Chairman and the designated Non-executive 
Director for Workforce Engagement visited sites during  
the course of the year. 

2022 recommendations 

Actions to be taken in 2023

Group Board and Committee Composition 

Succession planning

Management and Senior Executives are included in 
meetings currently. It would be good to have in addition, 
regular presentations from other senior leaders and 
management (e.g. Heads of Group roles, Divisional 
Managing Directors, Functional Heads and their direct 
reports) over the next year.

It is clear how the Company’s purpose cascades down  
into the strategy, values and target culture, which will  
need to be reiterated under the new leadership to  
ensure continuity.

In light of changes to the Group Board Committee 
membership approved by the Group Board effective  
from 1 January 2023, keep under review the composition 
and skills of the Group Board and its Committees.

A key focus area for the Nomination Committee will be on 
clear succession plans for the Group Board and Management 
Board (and their direct reports two levels down). 

As well as the Management Team, presentations from  
a wider selection of Senior Executives will be included  
on the 2023 agenda.

Discussion and review of Company purpose will continue to 
feature on the 2023 agenda. To include regular Group Board 
updates from the Chief People Officer to report back on 
actions being taken within the business to embed the values 
and culture as well as feedback from colleague engagement.

112  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT

During 2022, the Committee oversaw the 
selection process for the appointment of our 
new CEO, reviewed the composition of the Group 
Board Committees and oversaw a number of 
initiatives in response to feedback received in 
the Employee Engagement Surveys of the last 
two years. 

– Simon Burke, Chair of the  
Nomination Committee

Committee purpose: 
To review the structure, size and  
composition of the Group Board, and make 
recommendations on new appointments  
of Executive and Non-executive Directors.

Committee meetings and membership
The Committee consists of three Independent Non-executive 
Directors, one Non-independent Non-executive Director, and 
the Chair of the Committee who is also the Group Board Chair. 
READ MORE on the experience, skills and qualifications of the 
Committee members on pg 92–95.

3

meetings were held  
during the year:

100% 

meeting attendance by 
all Committee members

Details of members’ attendance at the meetings are set out below:

Member

Member since

Simon Burke (Chair)

19 October 2020

Umran Beba

1 September 2020

Jill Caseberry

13 August 2021

Lydur Gudmundsson

20 October 2017

Denis Hennequin

20 October 2017

Meetings 
attended/Total 
meetings held 

% of 
meetings 
attended

3/3

3/3

3/3

3/3

3/3

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Main duties of the Committee
The role of the Committee is to review and 
report on the leadership and succession  
needs of the Group and ensure that appropriate 
procedures are in place for nominating, 
training, evaluating and succession planning  
for the Group Board, Management Board and 
Senior Executives; and to consider the benefits 
of diverse senior leadership, including gender, 
social and ethnic backgrounds, cognitive and 
personal strengths. The Committee remains 
vital in ensuring that the Group has a strong, 
diverse and effective Board and executive 
leadership team, with a broad range of relevant 
professional backgrounds, skills and experience 
to deliver our long-term strategic objectives.

The Committee discharges its responsibilities 
appropriately through a series of scheduled 
meetings during the year, linked to the 
Committee’s Terms of Reference, which are 
available on the Bakkavor website (bakkavor.
com/en/investors/governance). The Terms  
of Reference were last updated in June 2022. 
Following each Committee meeting, the Committee 
Chair reports to the Group Board on its activities 
and makes recommendations to the Group 
Board as appropriate.

The Group General Counsel and Company 
Secretary attends all Committee meetings  
to record minutes and provide advice to the 
Directors. The Chief People Officer (“CPO”)  
is invited to regularly attend and provide  
updates on matters such as succession planning,  
talent acquisition, learning and development, 
and colleague engagement. No Director attends 
discussions relating to their own appointment.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  113

GOVERNANCENOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

The Committee’s 2022 activities

There were four focus areas for the Committee:

1

Executive succession planning 

4

Board and Committee performance evaluation 

On 29 September 2022, we announced that Agust 
Gudmundsson, the Chief Executive Officer and  
co-founder, was retiring from the business. The Committee 
undertook a robust recruitment and selection process, 
which led to the appointment of Mike Edwards as  
Chief Executive Officer, the details of which are outlined 
further below. The process was supported by Russell 
Reynolds Associates, who were engaged as independent 
external search agents.  

2

 Group Board Committee changes and change  
to our designated Workforce Engagement  
Non-executive Director

The Committee reviewed the composition of the  
Group Board Committees to ensure that the roles of  
the Non-executive Directors were balanced, taking into 
consideration their skills, experience and respective time 
commitments. The Committee recommended a number 
of changes to the Group Board Committee membership 
for Group Board approval. The changes were announced 
on 18 November 2022, with an effective date of 1 January 
2023. Further, Sanjeevan Bala was appointed as the  
new designated Workforce Engagement Non-executive 
Director effective 1 January 2023. 

3 Workforce engagement and Employee 

Engagement Survey (“EES”)

The Committee received updates from Jill Caseberry,  
the designated Workforce Engagement Non-executive 
Director, and oversaw actions taken in response to the 
feedback from our 2021 EES, notably the introduction 
and embedding of Bakkavor’s refreshed values.  
The Committee discussed the results and recommended 
areas for action arising from the 2022 EES which will  
be carried out in 2023. 

The Code and the recommendations of the Financial 
Reporting Council’s Guidance on Board Effectiveness, 
require us to undertake a formal and rigorous annual 
evaluation of the performance of the Group Board, its 
Committees, the Chairman and individual Directors and 
that the Group Board should have an externally facilitated 
evaluation, carried out by an independent consultant with 
no connections to the Group or any individual Directors, 
at least once every three years. The Group Board and 
Committee evaluation was externally facilitated in 2020 
and conducted internally in 2021 and 2022. There will  
be an externally facilitated evaluation in 2023. 

The 2022 internal evaluation of the Group Board and its 
Committees was undertaken in November 2022 based 
on a questionnaire about Board composition and culture, 
the role of the Chairman, Board oversight, engagement 
with our stakeholders, Board efficiency and the Group 
Board Committees and roles of Committee Chairs.  
A report on the outcome of the internal evaluation was 
prepared by the Group General Counsel and Company 
Secretary and was presented to the Committee and  
the Group Board in November 2022.

The report concluded from the feedback to the 
questionnaire that Bakkavor operated an efficient  
and effective Group Board and Committees, and that  
the Group Board’s composition was well-balanced in 
terms of the skills, knowledge, experience and expertise 
required in order to perform its role appropriately.

A key focus area for 2023 for the Committee is on clear 
succession plans for the Group Board and Management 
Board (and their direct reports two levels down). 

  READ MORE on pg 111–112.

114  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Details of key activities

Chief Executive Officer succession planning 

I am delighted that, following a thorough 
recruitment and selection process, the Group 
Board appointed Mike Edwards as the new Chief 
Executive Officer. Mike has delivered operational 
excellence, strong customer relationships and 
consistent commercial performance since 
joining Bakkavor 20 years ago.

– Simon Burke, Chairman

On 29 September 2022, it was announced that Agust 
Gudmundsson would be retiring from the role of Chief 
Executive Officer after 36 years at the helm, and would  
be replaced by Mike Edwards effective 1 November 2022.

The search process for our new CEO was led by the  
Group Board Chairman and extensively supported by the 
Committee. Russell Reynolds Associates, having supported 
the Group Board in recruiting other Non-executive Directors 
and therefore having a good understanding of the Group’s 
operations, was best placed to support the Committee in 
the process, completed in accordance with the Committee’s 
Terms of Reference. Russell Reynolds Associates is  
an independent search consultant, which has no other 
affiliation to the Group or any individual Director.

The Committee is responsible for ensuring that the Company 
has a formal, rigorous and transparent process in place for 
Board appointments. At the start of the process in June 2022, 
the Committee evaluated the experience, skills, knowledge 
and profile of the potential candidate suitable for the CEO 
role. A role profile, including the candidate job specification, 
was prepared on the basis of the requirements stipulated by 
the Committee and shared with Russell Reynolds Associates, 
which undertook a comprehensive search and rigorous 
assessment of potential candidates suitable for the role. 
Their search resulted in an international longlist of potential 
candidates being presented to the Committee, which then 
calibrated the individuals against the agreed specification. 
This led to a shortlist of four candidates – three external 
as well as the internal candidate, Mike Edwards – and the 
Committee interviewed all four candidates.

Following the interviews, the Committee unanimously 
favoured Mike Edwards as the candidate and potential 
successor to Agust Gudmundsson and made a 
recommendation accordingly to the Group Board. It was 
noted that Mike had joined Bakkavor in 2001 and had been 
promoted into a series of challenging and demanding  
roles before becoming Chief Operating Officer, UK, in 2014. 
His leadership of the UK business had been exceptional, 
and his insight and commercial experience had made  
an invaluable contribution to the Group Board (joined in 
December 2020). The Group Board concluded that Mike 
was the best candidate for the role when compared to the 
other shortlisted candidates and unanimously approved 
his appointment on 28 September 2022. See the RNS 
announcement of 29 September for comments from 
Agust Gudmundsson and Mike Edwards regarding the 
Chief Executive Officer change.

Group Board appointments
More generally, prior to making new appointments  
to the Group Board, the role profile for proposed new 
Directors is prepared on the basis of the criteria laid down 
by the Committee, taking into account the Group Board 
knowledge and skills matrix which identifies key areas  
of diversity, skill or experience that would add to the 
effectiveness and reach of the Group Board. For detailed 
information on the Group Board knowledge and skills 
matrix, READ MORE on pg 110.

In all Director recruitment activity, a formal and rigorous 
selection process is followed and the Committee  
employs the services of an experienced independent 
search consultant (who has no affiliation with the Group 
nor any individual Director and who has adopted the 
Voluntary Code of Conduct for Executive Search Firms on 
gender diversity and best practice). A longlist of candidates 
is reviewed by the Committee and reduced to a credible 
shortlist of candidates who are then interviewed by 
members of the Committee. The ideal candidate is then 
recommended to the Group Board for formal approval.

Board and leadership succession planning 
The Committee plays a vital role in promoting effective 
Board and leadership succession. During the year, it reviewed 
succession planning at Group Board, Management Board 
and Senior Executive level to ensure a diverse pipeline for 
succession, considering the skills and expertise required 
by the business. 

The review included contingency arrangements  
relating to sudden and unforeseen exits, to ensure  
orderly replacement, and medium- to long-term planning  
for identifying potential candidates within the Group.  
It also considered areas where external recruitment may  
be required. This work highlighted that we have robust plans 
for our key roles across the business, supported by our 
Senior Executive Development Programme. High-performing 
senior colleagues are sometimes invited to attend Group 
Board or Committee meetings to present on specific matters, 
projects or their divisions’ performance. This serves as good 
exposure for our colleagues and is also an opportunity for  
the Group Board to assess the Group’s talent pool.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  115

GOVERNANCENOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

Committee composition changes

In 2022, the Committee reviewed the composition  
of the Group Board Committees to ensure the roles  
of the Non-executive Directors were balanced, taking 
into consideration their respective time commitments, 
and recommended a number of changes which were 
approved by the Group Board.

Group Board changes as announced on 18 November 
2022 and effective on 1 January 2023:
•  Denis Hennequin stepped down from his role as Senior 
Independent Director and Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee, to be succeeded by Jill Caseberry in both roles.

•  Denis also stepped down from, and Umran Beba became 

a member of, the Audit and Risk Committee. 

•  Jill Caseberry stepped down as Designated Workforce 

Engagement Non-executive Director and was succeeded 
by Sanjeevan Bala, who also joined as a member of the 
Remuneration Committee. 

Time commitment of Non-executive Directors
The Group Board Committee composition changes  
have resulted in ensuring the responsibilities of the 
Non-executive Directors are sufficiently balanced.  
When reviewing the composition, the Committee 
considered the Non-executive Directors’ time 
commitment, the number of Group Board and 

Committee meetings held during the year, and the 
preparation required for and attendance at those meetings, 
and is pleased to report that there are no over-boarding 
concerns at the current time. It believes that the 
Non-executive Directors have devoted sufficient time  
to be effective representatives of stakeholders’ interests. 

Independence of Non-executive Directors 
The Committee considered the continued independence 
of the Non-executive Directors, giving consideration  
to the circumstances which are likely to impair,  
or could appear to impair, a Non-executive Director’s 
independence, as set out in provision 10 of the Code. 

The Committee concluded that all Non-executive 
Directors remained independent. This excludes:  
Agust Gudmundsson, appointed Non-executive Director 
effective from 1 November 2022, and still a significant 
shareholder of the Company; Lydur Gudmundsson,  
a Non-executive Director and significant shareholder  
of the Company; and Patrick L. Cook, who is the Group 
Board representative of the Baupost Group, a significant 
shareholder of the Company.

Board division Committee action

Group Board

Management 
Board

Senior 
Executives

•  Used Group Board knowledge and skills matrix 
to inform the Group Board recruitment criteria. 

•  Ensured the Group Board has the necessary 
mix of skills and experience to contribute  
to the Group’s strategic objectives. 

•  Looked at succession planning for the 
Management Board, identifying future 
successors using our performance rating scale/
high-potential framework and aligned to our 
talent principles (to encourage the development 
of leaders at all levels, invest in those with high 
potential, develop capabilities required three 
years into the future and promote those who  
are 8O% ready for a new role). 

•  Considered longer-term planning for two  
levels below Management Board, focused  
on identifying potential candidates within  
the Group for progression and areas where 
external recruitment may be required. 

Feedback from our 2021 EES
The feedback from colleagues in response to the 2021 EES 
had resulted in:

•  The introduction of Bakkavor’s refreshed values,  

with a focus on respect and trust; and 

•  The launch of a new Front-line Leaders Programme and 

Executive Development programme. 

During the year, the Committee monitored the embedding 
of the values across the business, with a focus on talent 
and leadership training and development. It received 
regular updates from the Chief People Officer (“CPO”) on  
the progress made in these areas. Jill Caseberry presented  
to the Committee on two feedback sessions with the Site 
and Group Employee Forums (“SEF” and “GEF”). This 
looked at how the refreshed values had been received 
across Bakkavor and the ongoing initiatives that had been 
agreed in order to continue to embed the values.

116  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Feedback from our 2022 EES
The Committee considered the results of the 2022 EES 
conducted in September 2022 and discussed the following 
recommended areas for action which it will continue  
to oversee during 2023:

•  A focus on collection and analysis of gender data by 

function, site and the Group as a whole to inform initiatives 
being undertaken in the year, such as the Female Mentoring 
Programme designed to develop and progress female 
talent within Bakkavor; 

•  Reassuring colleagues that we are taking decisive action  

to protect our business;

•  Embedding our refreshed values;

•  Continuing to focus on pay and the benefits that matter  

to our employees; and

•  Giving colleagues the opportunity to develop and grow  

their careers.

   READ MORE on pg 32. 

Engagement and wellbeing in our workplaces  
and communities 
The Committee received regular updates from the CPO  
on the ‘Engagement and Wellbeing in our Workplaces and 
Communities’ pillar of our Trusted Partner ESG strategy, 
which addresses five material issues:

•  Inclusive and diverse workplaces;

•  Colleague wellbeing, health and safety;

•  Responsible recruitment and employment;

•  Engagement, development and retention; and

•  Local causes and community engagement.

   READ MORE on pg 40.  

Inclusive and diverse workplaces
The success of our business relies on the skills, experience 
and commitment of the diverse range of people who work 
for Bakkavor. Therefore, all appointments, including 
recruitments and internal promotions, are based on merit, 
qualification and abilities. The Committee considers the 
importance and benefits of greater diversity, social and 
ethnic background and cognitive and personal strengths. 

However, simply having a diverse workforce is not enough. 
We strive to create an equal and inclusive workplace where 
colleagues feel valued, included and inspired to perform 
their best. 

Our Inclusion and Diversity Policy has three main objectives: 

1. To live the Bakkavor core values; 

2. To build an inclusive and diverse workforce across all levels 

of the organisation; and 

3. To provide opportunity for colleagues to succeed. 

These objectives support the delivery of the ‘Trust’ element 
of our Group strategy as we seek to provide our people with  
a great place to work where they feel valued, included and 
inspired to perform at their best. A copy of our Inclusion and 
Diversity Policy can be found on the Bakkavor website 
(bakkavor.com/en/investors/governance).

The Committee received regular updates on the work  
of the Inclusion and Diversity Forum chaired by the Group 
General Counsel and Company Secretary throughout the 
year including: 

•  Targeted recruitment efforts from early careers to senior 
levels through the launch of our new Bakkavor Careers 
Website (jobs.bakkavor.com) with a breadth of content  
to help prospective candidates understand our business, 
including career stories from current colleagues and  
a one-stop-shop for all Bakkavor job opportunities; 

•  The development of the Group’s employer brand with the 

launch of our refreshed values in early 2022; and 

•  The Group-wide Values Celebration Week where teams 
came together to learn about our values and celebrate  
what it means to work at Bakkavor. 

The Forum also supported a calendar of events throughout 
2022 to promote inclusive behaviours, including:

•  International Women’s Day and World Cultural Day; 

•  Communicating the theme and value of allyship through 

Pride Month; and

•  Celebrating Black History Month by highlighting the 

contributions of Black culture and raising awareness around 
issues including microaggressions and unconscious biases. 

The Committee reviewed and agreed the Inclusion and 
Diversity focus areas for 2023 which are: to continue  
to embed the values, enhance leadership development,  
EES action planning, launch a values-based recognition 
programme and plan the 2023 Inclusion and Diversity 
engagement calendar. 

Colleague wellbeing, health and safety
The Committee received regular updates on wellbeing 
during the year, overseeing the Wellbeing Strategy launch, 
the re-launch of Bakkavor’s Wellbeing Toolkit, the launch 
of Wellbeing Champions and the Wellbeing engagement 
calendar. This year, the Wellbeing Toolkit provided 
practical emotional, physical and financial wellbeing 
support, resources and benefits to colleagues. Several 
articles and resources have been made available to 
colleagues on financial literacy and emotional wellbeing 
considering the current high cost of living. To deliver our 
promise on the Wellbeing Toolkit, we have fully trained 
Wellbeing Champions on site at each location to help 
colleagues access these resources and support. 

Responsible recruitment and employment
The Committee considered updates covering the training 
received by our colleagues on modern slavery, to drive 
awareness and action on this issue, rolling out campaigns 
and training to raise colleagues’ awareness of the 
indicators and how to report them. The Committee also 
considered updates in relation to rolling out the new 
Self-Assessment Questionnaire and risk assessment  
at sites; this ensures that we work only with UK Labour 
Providers that are Gangmasters and Labour Abuse 
Authority (GLAA) licensed, and commit to work towards 
the standards of the Responsible Recruitment Toolkit.

For more information, see our Modern Slavery Statement 
on Bakkavor’s website (bakkavor.com/en/esg/policies-
and-documents).

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  117

GOVERNANCEThe Financial Conduct Authority introduced a new listing 
rule (“the Rule”) on diversity and inclusion disclosures, 
applying it to financial periods commencing on or after 
1 April 2022. We are pleased to report the early adoption  
of the Rule with the appointment of Sanjeevan Bala  
to the Group Board in August 2021 and Jill Caseberry  
as Senior Independent Director, effective 1 January 2023. 
With respect to the requirement that at least 40% of the 
individuals on the Board are female, it is our aim to meet 
this requirement when there is suitable opportunity  
to do so. Currently, there are three women out of the  
11 members on the Group Board. We have provided this 
information voluntarily in the reporting table on pg 97.

The Committee considered the gender balance of the 
Management Board, Senior Executives and their direct 
reports and received regular updates on this from the CPO 
throughout the year. READ MORE on the gender balance  
of Senior Managers and their Direct Reports on pg 53.

Corporate governance 
The Committee received regular updates on corporate 
governance developments from the Group General 
Counsel and Company Secretary and know-how training 
from external legal advisers. 

Overall, there has been good progress made this year.  
I would like to express my thanks to my colleagues on  
the Committee for their ongoing support. 

Simon Burke
Chair, Nomination Committee  
7 March 2023

NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

The Chief People Officer updated the Committee and 
received support on the following issues:

•  Over 670 factory-based UK colleagues completed our 

Front-Line Leaders Programme, giving them the skills  
to reach their potential and support them as leaders  
in our business. In the US, we engaged with external 
consultants to develop the coaching skills of our Front-line 
Managers and rolled out a high-potential leadership 
development programme; 

•  Enhanced our benefit offering to factory-based colleagues 

and implemented an out-of-cycle pay increase for the 
majority, continuing to pay above the National Living Wage 
in the UK; 

•  Launched a new online learning portal to support  

more flexible ways of working, offering Group Services 
colleagues over 100 courses in 17 languages for  
self-directed learning; and

•  Continued to invest in our talent pipeline through our 

award-winning apprenticeship and graduate programmes. 
For the third year Bakkavor was voted the top FMCG 
company for apprentices by TheJobCrowd, and our 
graduate programme took second place. 

Local causes and community engagement 
The Committee received updates and had oversight  
of our work with our charity partner, GroceryAid,  
and our Employee Assistance Programme, where we  
have provided: free flu jab vouchers for 548 colleagues  
and their families, cashback and discounts on purchases 
at some high street shops and supermarkets and an onsite 
fast-track physio referral programme at Bakkavor Pizza 
Holbeach and Bakkavor Meals Spalding, with continuing 
roll-out across other UK sites.

Group Board diversity
The Committee recognises the importance of diversity  
and understands the significant benefits and balance  
that come with having a diverse Board. All Group Board 
succession discussions take place in consideration  
of this. The Committee is proud of its progress in this  
area and is pleased that Bakkavor is compliant with the 
recommendations of the Parker Review. The Group Board 
will continue to appoint on merit, based on the skills  
and experience required, being mindful of the Hampton-
Alexander and Parker Reviews when considering future 
appointments, and considering all forms of diversity when 
the Committee reviews the Group Board’s composition. 

The Company ensures that during the recruitment of 
Non-executive Directors, the lists of potential candidates 
reflect the Group Board’s diversity commitments in 
respect of gender and ethnicity. All lists of potential 
appointments include at least 50% female candidates,  
and the Company is committed to ensuring that candidates 
from all ethnicities are considered. For appointments  
to the Group Board, the Company uses executive search 
consultants who have signed up to the Voluntary Code  
of Conduct for Executive Search Firms, setting out the  
key principles of best practice in the recruitment process. 
These principles include a recommendation that search 
firms should consider gender diversity. 

118  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

ESG COMMITTEE REPORT

The Committee recognises the 
positive progress made on our 
Trusted Partner commitments 
during the year and is confident 
that our ESG agenda complements 
our Group strategy.

– Umran Beba, Chair of the ESG Committee

Main duties of the Committee
The role of the Committee is to have oversight of 
the Group’s ESG strategy, Trusted Partner, and 
its execution. It also oversees the communication 
of the Group’s ESG activities with its stakeholders 
and provides input and advice to the Group Board 
and its Committees on the Group’s performance 
against ESG metrics and on the setting of ESG 
targets and other ESG matters as required. 

The Committee discharges its responsibilities 
appropriately through a series of scheduled 
meetings during the year, linked to the 
Committee’s Terms of Reference, which  
are available on the Bakkavor website  
(bakkavor.com/en/investors/governance).  
The Terms of Reference were last updated  
in June 2022. Following each Committee 
meeting the Committee Chair, who is also  
the designated Non-executive Director for  
ESG matters, reports to the Group Board  
on the activities of the Committee and makes 
recommendations to the Group Board  
as appropriate.

The Group General Counsel and Company 
Secretary attends all Committee meetings  
to record minutes and provide advice to the 
Directors. The Chief Financial Officer, who is  
the ESG Group Board Sponsor, the Chief People 
Officer, the UK Finance Director and the Head  
of Group ESG Strategy are standing attendees  
at the Committee meetings. 

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  119

Committee purpose: 

To reflect the escalating importance of ESG at all levels of the 
business and the increased focus on ESG by our stakeholders, 
we formalised a dedicated Group Board ESG Committee.  
This was set up in June 2022 to have oversight of the Group’s 
ESG strategy, Trusted Partner, and its execution. 

Specifically, the Committee recognises that our Group-wide 
commitment to Net Zero by 2040 is a significant challenge that 
requires a multi-faceted approach across our functions and 
operations, supported by financial investment. The Committee 
will oversee work already underway to get a full and detailed 
understanding of where we stand, and what we need to do in  
the years to come to set and achieve our climate transition plan.

Committee meetings and membership
The Committee consists of three Independent Non-executive 
Directors and one Non-independent Non-executive Director. 
READ MORE on the experience, skills and qualifications of the 
Committee members on pg 92–96. 

3

meetings held  
during the year

100% 

meeting attendance by 
all Committee members

The Committee held three scheduled meetings during the year  
in accordance with its Terms of Reference and will continue  
to hold three scheduled meetings a year (in addition to any 
unscheduled meetings required from time to time). Details  
of members’ attendance at the meetings are set out below:

Member

Meetings attended/Total meetings held 

Umran Beba (Chair)1
Sanjeevan Bala2
Patrick L. Cook2
Jane Lodge2

3/3

2/3

2/3

2/3

1 

 One of the meetings was attended earlier on in the year as part of the Nomination and ESG Committee.

2  Member of the Committee since June 2022.

GOVERNANCETrust is embedded in our Group strategy 
and values, and our action to ensure we 
deliver progress across the environmental 
and social issues that matter most to our 
stakeholders and is shaped by the focus 
areas of our Trusted Partner ESG strategy. 

– Umran Beba, Chair of the ESG Committee

Group Board and Committee evaluation
During the year, the Committee undertook an internal 
evaluation of its effectiveness in accordance with  
the requirement of the Code and recommendations  
of the Financial Reporting Council’s Guidance  
on Board Effectiveness. 

The resulting report indicated that whilst this is a newly 
formed Committee, it is considered to be operating effectively 
and efficiently. It also showed that the Committee’s 
membership is well-balanced in terms of the skills, 
knowledge, experience and expertise required to perform 
its role appropriately. 

The cadence of meetings and the annual cycle of reports 
and deep-dives will be fine-tuned as is necessary.  

   READ MORE about the internal Group Board and 
Committee evaluation process on pg 111–112.

ESG COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

The Committee 2022 activities
1

Set up as a dedicated ESG Group Board 
Committee in June 2022

The Terms of Reference were approved,  
responsibilities and priorities were agreed and  
the Committee determined the direction for  
our oversight of ESG strategy and implementation. 

2

 Reviewed and signed off the Group’s 2022  
ESG materiality assessment and updated  
our Trusted Partner strategy

Its focus areas, priority issues and commitments include: 

•  Responsible Sourcing;

•  Sustainability and Innovation; and

•  Engagement and Wellbeing.  

3

Received a dedicated training session from 
our Head of Group ESG Strategy 

This sought to develop skills in the following areas: 
climate and Net Zero, sourcing standards including 
biodiversity and deforestation, food waste and packaging. 

4

Oversaw the steps taken to develop the 
Group’s climate transition plan

This included work required to stress test this plan. 

5

Received updates from management on 
non-financial KPIs: UK food waste, UK 

accidents, Group net carbon emissions and UK 
employee turnover
These are considered to be material issues for the 
whole business and would impact our overall Group 
strategy. The Committee will receive quarterly 
updates on these KPIs. 

120  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Details of key activities

Oversight of Trusted Partner ESG strategy and 
materiality assessment
The Committee reviewed the Trusted Partner priority 
issues and approved:

•  Our updated Trusted Partner ESG strategy, which included 

refreshed commitments for launch in 2023.

•  The ESG-related sections in the Annual Report and Accounts;  

READ MORE on pg 40 and pg 56. 

•  A separate ESG report will be available in April on our 

website: bakkavor.com/esg, with more detailed information 
for specialist audiences.

Non-financial KPIs 
Reducing food waste, accidents and carbon emissions  
in a challenging year for the business demonstrates  
the resilience and embeddedness of our ESG objectives. 
The Committee received updates from the CFO and the 
Head of Group ESG Strategy on the following non-financial 
KPIs: UK food waste, UK accidents, Group net carbon 
emissions and UK employee turnover. READ MORE on  
our KPIs on pg 4 and the year-on-year trends on pg 40. 

Environmental
This year has seen a major focus on our Group-wide Net  
Zero commitment. This is clearly a significant challenge  
that requires cross-functional support and teamwork.  
The Committee has received updates on detailed work 
undertaken to start developing our long-term climate 
transition plan, climate risk assessment, short-term 
priorities and next steps to build out and achieve the 
transition plan. This continues to involve bringing together 
key stakeholders from across the business to:

•  Understand what this commitment means for our  

long-term strategy;

•  Energise thinking around our response; and

•  Plan the roll-out of the roadmap across the business  

and to support delivery. 

Our approach is a work in progress, but will provide us 
with the structure we need to push on and work towards 
our goal – READ MORE on pg 56. 

We are pleased with the improvements made to support 
our progress towards achieving The UK Plastics Pact’s 
2023 industry goals: eliminated 2,429.3 tonnes of plastic 
across our UK product ranges and the average recycled 
content of our plastic packaging was 52.9%, up from 45.6% 
in 2021 well above the goal of 30%, as well as a reduction 
in food waste by 110 basis points to 8.05%.

READ MORE on pg 59.

Social – engagement and wellbeing 
The Committee received updates from the CPO and the 
Head of Group ESG Strategy on the ESG impacts on our 
Communities and Colleagues stakeholder groups, including:

•  Updates on colleague safety, wellbeing and engagement, 

development and retention;

•  Information on our risk-based approach managing human 
rights issues in both our supply chain and own operations;

•  Succession planning; and

•  Inclusion and Diversity initiatives and activities undertaken 

at local sites. 

Governance
Given the increased focus on ESG matters, the Group 
Board agreed to separate the ESG Committee from the 
Nomination Committee for a dedicated ESG Committee  
to be formed in June 2022. New Terms of Reference were 
approved, and agreement reached on the Committee’s 
responsibilities and priorities. 

Looking ahead, it is likely to be another highly challenging 
year in many ways. However, the Committee remains 
confident that our ESG agenda strengthens and complements 
Bakkavor’s business strategy and helps the Company to 
fulfil its purpose and grow in a positive and sustainable way.

  READ MORE:

The ESG governance framework pg 41.

The governance framework in relation to climate pg 57.

The Committee received regular updates on environmental 
issues under the Trusted Partner strategic focus  
areas including: 

Umran Beba
Chair, ESG Committee  
7 March 2023

•  Responsible Sourcing: supply chain human rights  

and environmentally sustainable sourcing, including 
deforestation and biodiversity topics; and

•  Sustainability and Innovation: food waste, resource efficiency 
and emissions, impact of packaging and product innovation.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  121

GOVERNANCEAUDIT, RISK AND INTERNAL CONTROL

Audit, risk and internal control

Accountability
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules (DTR) 7.2.6 
and the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups 
(Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 (SI 2008/410).

Disclosures required under DTR 7.2.6 and the Large  
and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts  
and Reports) Regulations 2008 (SI 2008/410), providing 
information on major interests in shares, the Company’s 
Articles of Association, share capital and capital structure, 
restrictions attaching to shares and the powers of the 
Company issuing or buying back shares. READ MORE  
on pg 154 of the Directors’ report. 

Audit, risk and internal control
READ MORE on the Group’s approach to risk management, 
risk management framework, and principal risks and 
uncertainties on pg 76–86. The principal risks and 
uncertainties form part of the Directors’ report on  
pg 152–157. 

Risk management and internal control 
The Group Board has overall responsibility for the Group’s 
system of internal control and risk management. It ensures  
the effective identification and management of key strategic  
and emerging risks, and the review and approval of the 
ongoing risk management process, including clear policies 
that outline what can be considered an acceptable level of risk.

The Group Board has established procedures to:

•  Manage risk, oversee the internal control framework and 
determine the nature and extent of the principal risks that 
Bakkavor is willing to take in order to achieve its long-term 
strategic objectives; and

•  Ensure the maintenance of the Group’s risk management 
and internal control systems, reviewing them annually.

The risk management framework is supported by  
a system of internal controls designed to embed the 
effective management of the key business risks 
throughout the Group. 

The Group Board receives presentations on Group risk 
twice a year. This includes a comprehensive review and 
consideration of changes to both existing and emerging 
risks, with particular attention to appetite across the 
principal risks. Detailed risk and control reviews are 
conducted for each of the principal risks, with additional 
presentations from the Group IT Director covering cyber 
security and the Group Technical Director covering health 
and safety and food safety.

As delegated by the Group Board, the Audit and Risk 
Committee is responsible for establishing procedures  
to oversee the internal control framework. It reviews the 
effectiveness of the Group’s risk management process  
and internal control system and receives regular reports 
from management and both internal and External Auditors. 
These include: the risks that are relevant to business 
activity; the effectiveness of internal controls in dealing 
with these risks; and an update on any necessary 
corrective actions. 

The Group Board receives regular reports from the Audit 
and Risk Committee and verbal updates from the latter’s 
Chair after each meeting. This enables an evaluation  
of how the Group can continue to improve the effectiveness 
of its approach to risk management.

Day-to-day risk management is led by Senior Management, 
with ownership of individual risks per the Risk Register 
assigned to members of the Senior Management team. 
Management of risk is embedded in daily working practices 
and underpinned by Bakkavor’s policies, Code of Conduct 
and business ethics. Where risks are identified, action plans 
are developed to mitigate each risk, with clear allocation 
of responsibilities and timescales for completion. 
Progress towards implementing these plans is monitored 
by the Audit and Risk Committee as part of a structured 
business review, and reported back to the Group Board.

The process for identifying, evaluating and managing the 
principal risks has been in place throughout the financial 
year. Up to the date of approval of the Annual Report and 
Accounts, the process accords with the Financial Reporting 
Council (“FRC”)’s guidance on risk management, internal 
control and related financial and business reporting. It is 
regularly reviewed by the Group Board and the Audit and 
Risk Committee. 

122  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

The internal control system provides Senior Management 
with an ongoing process for risk management. It can  
only provide reasonable, and not absolute, assurance,  
as it is designed to manage rather than eliminate all risks.

In analysing and reviewing risk and the Group’s system  
of internal controls, the Audit and Risk Committee and  
the Group Board consider:

•  The nature and extent of the risks, including principal risks, 

facing the Group, as well as emerging risks;

Internal controls over financial reporting 
The Group’s financial reporting process has been designed 
to provide assurance regarding the reliability of the financial 
reporting and preparation of its Financial Statements, 
including Consolidated Financial Statements, for external 
purposes in accordance with UK-adopted International 
Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). The annual review 
of the effectiveness of the Group’s system of internal 
controls included reviews of systems and controls relating 
to the financial reporting process. 

•  The extent and categories of risks that they regard as 

desirable or acceptable for the Group to bear;

•  The likelihood that the risk concerned will materialise,  
and the associated impact of this as a consequence;

•  The Group’s ability to reduce the incidence and impact  

on its business for risks that do materialise;

Internal controls over financial reporting include 
procedures and policies that: 

•  Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable 
detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions  
of the Group. 

•  The operation of the relevant controls and control processes;

•  Provide reasonable assurance that:

•  The costs of operating particular controls relative to the 

 – Transactions are recorded as necessary to allow the 

benefits in managing related risks; and

preparation of Financial Statements; and

•  The Group’s risk culture.

The Directors confirm that the Group Board has carried 
out a robust assessment of the principal and emerging 
risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten 
its business model, future performance, solvency and 
liquidity. No significant failings or weaknesses were 
identified in the Group Board’s assessment of the Group’s 
systems of risk management or internal control.

 – Receipts and expenditures are being made only in 
accordance with authorisations of management  
and Directors. 

•  Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or 

timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use or disposal 
of Group assets that could have a material effect on the 
Group’s financial and operational controls, and compliance 
with laws and regulations.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  123

GOVERNANCEAUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE REPORT

Committee purpose: 
The Committee’s remit covers accounting 
and financial reporting, the effectiveness  
of internal controls, identification and 
management of risks, and the External  
and Internal Audit processes. 

Committee meetings and membership
The Committee currently comprises three Independent 
Non-executive Directors. Jane Lodge has recent and relevant 
financial experience, having spent 25 years at Deloitte & Touche 
LLP, and the Committee as a whole has competence relevant 
to the sector in which Bakkavor operates. READ MORE on  
the experience, skills and qualifications of the Committee 
members on pg 93–95. 

4

meetings were held  
during the year:

92% 

meeting attendance of 
Committee members

Details of members’ attendance at the meetings are set out below:

Member

Member since

Jane Lodge (Chair) 

3 April 2020

Sanjeevan Bala 

1 August 2021

Denis Hennequin1 

20 October 2017

Meetings 
attended/Total 
meetings held 

% of 
meetings 
attended

4/4

4/4

3/4

100%

100%

75%

1 

 Denis Hennequin was unable to attend the meeting on 16 November 2022 due to travel disruption.

On 1 January 2023, Denis Hennequin stepped down from  
the Committee. We wish to thank Denis for his dedication  
and contributions during his tenure and are delighted to 
welcome Umran Beba, who was appointed as a member  
of the Committee on 1 January 2023. 

124  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

The Committee focused its core 
responsibilities on supporting  
the Group Board and protecting  
the interests of shareholders in 
relation to financial reporting  
and internal control.

– Jane Lodge, Chair of the Audit and  
Risk Committee

Main duties of the Committee
The role of the Committee is to monitor the integrity 
of the Group’s Financial Statements and 
announcements, review internal financial controls 
and risk management systems, monitor and review 
the Internal Audit function, recommend the 
appointment of the External Auditors, review  
the effectiveness of their work and to develop 
and implement policy on the use of the External 
Auditors for non-audit services.

The Committee discharges its responsibilities 
appropriately through a series of scheduled 
meetings during the year, linked to the 
Committee’s Terms of Reference, which  
are available on the Bakkavor website 
(bakkavor.com/en/investors/governance).  
The Terms of Reference were last updated  
in February 2021. Following each Committee 
meeting, the Committee Chair reports to the 
Group Board on the activities of the Committee 
and makes recommendations to the Group 
Board as appropriate.

Only Committee members have the right to 
attend meetings, but the Chief Financial Officer, 
the Group Financial Controller, the Group Head 
of Risk, the Internal Auditors (KPMG) and the 
External Auditors (PwC) are invited to attend 
meetings of the Committee as the Committee 
feels appropriate. 

The Committee also meets privately without 
management present and the Committee Chair 
meets with the External and Internal Auditors, 
without management present, on a regular basis in 
order to discuss any issues which may have arisen. 

Section 4: Audit, risk and internal controls

Key activities in 2022
1

Ensured that the Group can manage its risks 
and has the processes needed to enable going 

concern and make viability confirmations, through:

•  A robust and consolidated risk management process. 

•  An effective internal control framework.  

2

Conducted in-depth reviews of our risk 
management and mitigation in health and safety, 

food safety and environment, Group IT, tax compliance, 
treasury and pensions.  

3

Continued to focus on ensuring the integrity, 
quality and compliance of the Group’s external 

financial reporting. 

4

Focused its attention on challenging and 
supporting management’s response to a tough 
operating environment with significant inflation and 
supply chain disruption. This was done by ensuring that 
the ongoing risks and the relevant mitigating actions 
have been appropriately modelled and managed.  

5

Continued to oversee the alignment of ESG 
focus areas and ESG material issues with the 
Group’s principal risks. This was done in conjunction 
with the ESG Committee. 

6

Reviewed the Group’s financial reporting 
approach to the recommendations of the TCFD. 

Group Board and Committee evaluation:
During the year, the Committee undertook an internal 
evaluation of its effectiveness in accordance with  
the requirement of the Code and recommendations  
of the Financial Reporting Council’s Guidance on  
Board Effectiveness. 

The evaluation indicated that:

•  The Committee continues to operate effectively and 
efficiently and has the skills and expertise required  
in order to perform its role appropriately. 

•  The Committee possesses the skills, competence and 

relevant financial and commercial expertise to enable it  
to discharge its responsibilities robustly and independently. 

•  The Committee’s composition should be reviewed, taking  

into consideration the respective time commitments of the 
Non-executive Directors. Taking this into account, effective 
1 January 2023, Denis Hennequin stepped down from,  
and Umran Beba became a member of, the Committee.

•  The Group Board is satisfied that the Chair, Jane Lodge,  

has significant financial experience in the UK listed 
environment, and the necessary qualifications, skills  
and experience, to fulfil the role as the Committee Chair. 

   READ MORE on the experience, skills and 
qualifications of the Committee members on  
pg 93–95, and on the internal evaluation process  
on pg 111–112.

Details of key activities during the year 
How the Committee has discharged its responsibilities during 2022
Key areas of focus 
The Committee has an extensive agenda which focuses on the audit, assurance and risk management processes within 
the business. During 2022, the work of the Committee principally fell under the following key areas:

KEY AREAS OF FOCUS AND MATTERS CONSIDERED

Financial reporting
The Committee reviewed the form and content of the Annual Report and Accounts as well as the half-year and full-year 
results statements, including the key estimates and judgements made by management in the preparation of the 
Financial Statements.

In order to fulfil these duties, during the year under review, the Committee:
•  Considered the implications of the highly inflationary environment and the potential for weaker consumer demand on the  

full-year Financial Statements, including the recognition and presentation of the relevant exceptional costs. 

•  Reviewed and challenged management on the appropriateness of estimates and judgements made in the preparation  
of the Financial Statements, including financial reporting and disclosure considerations in respect of climate change.

•  Reviewed the critical judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty disclosed in the Financial Statements to ensure 

they fairly reflected the potential financial impact on the business. 

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  125

GOVERNANCEAUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

KEY AREAS OF FOCUS AND MATTERS CONSIDERED

Monitoring the integrity of the 2022 Financial Statements including significant judgements
The Committee:
•  Reviewed the appropriateness of Group accounting principles, practices and policies and monitored changes to,  

and compliance with, accounting standards on an ongoing basis.

•  Reviewed the half-year and full-year results statements for 2022. Before recommending their release to the Group Board,  
we compared the results to management financial statements and budgets, focusing on key areas of judgement and also 
discussed the statements with the External Auditors.

•  Reviewed, prior to making recommendations to the Group Board, the Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 

31 December 2022.

In undertaking the review, the Committee discussed with management and the External Auditors the critical accounting 
policies and issues considered most significant in preparing the Annual Report and Accounts.

Going concern
•  The Committee reviewed the Group’s assessment of going concern which is for a period of 12 months from the date  

of approval of the Financial Statements. Management presented a number of stress scenarios to the Committee which 
considered historical forecasting inaccuracy and the implications of further inflation, weaker sales volumes from lower 
consumer demand due to the level of retail price increases and the potential for future Covid restrictions in China.  
In assessing going concern, the Committee also reviewed the steps taken by management to ensure adequate liquidity  
is available to the Group. The Committee concluded that under the scenarios presented, the Group would have sufficient 
financial resources available to continue to operate through to at least March 2024 and it was therefore appropriate  
to recommend the adoption of the going concern basis in preparing the Financial Statements. 

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets
As at 31 December 2022, the Group had significant amounts of goodwill and intangible assets that are subject to an 
annual impairment review under IFRS. 

The Committee:
•  Reviewed a paper prepared by management that set out the basis and assumptions for the annual impairment review.  

The paper set out the determination of cash-generating units (“CGUs”), the cash flow forecasts used and the discount rate  
to be applied for the purpose of the value-in-use calculation. The impairment review allowed for the forecasted costs and 
expenditure required from 2030 for the Group to meet its Net Zero carbon commitment. The paper also considered downside 
scenarios if financial performance was below the forecasted amounts. The impairment review indicated that no impairment 
provisions were required for the period ended 31 December 2022. 

•  Reviewed and approved the associated disclosure in the Financial Statements including the sensitivity analysis in respect  

of the UK and US CGUs given the lower level of headroom this year.

Customer deduction accruals
The Group has arrangements in place with its customers to provide volume-related rebates and is required to make 
estimates in determining the value and timing of accruals for these customer deductions due in respect of sales. 

The Committee:
•  Reviewed a paper prepared by management that set out the rationale for the calculation and timing of the accruals held 

under these arrangements at 31 December 2022. The paper included a summary of the key agreements in place and the level 
of accruals held across the business.

•  Challenged management on the logic that had been applied to determine the level of accruals held under these 

arrangements at 31 December 2022. 

•  Acknowledged that this was a highly subjective area but concurred with the rationale applied by management to determine 

the value of these accruals. 

Recognition and presentation of exceptional costs
The Group undertook significant restructuring activity towards the end of 2022 to protect its ongoing profitability in light 
of the challenging economic environment. The closure of two UK operating sites by the end of Q1 2023 combined with 
other restructuring activity, has resulted in costs of £36.6m. In addition, the value of the Group’s investment in associated 
undertakings based in Hong Kong has been written down in the period by £9.7m due to the ongoing impact of Covid  
on trading performance, and an ongoing contractual dispute with a US customer resulted in a £3.8m impairment of 
inventory and receivables related to this customer. This has resulted in total exceptional charges of £50.1m in 2022  
as set out in Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Committee has reviewed a paper prepared by management that sets out the rationale for the restructuring and 
calculation of the associated costs. The Committee challenged management on the assumptions used and concurred 
with managements reporting of these costs as exceptional. 

126  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

KEY AREAS OF FOCUS AND MATTERS CONSIDERED

Fair, balanced and understandable reporting
Each year, in line with Provision 25 of the Code and the Committee’s Terms of Reference, the Committee is asked by the 
Group Board to assess, through discussion with, and the challenge of, the Management Board and Senior Executives, 
whether disclosures in the Group’s published Financial Statements were fair, balanced and understandable and whether 
or not the disclosures provide the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy. 

The Committee:
•  Received papers on key judgement areas that set out management’s accounting treatment, and also sought and obtained 
confirmation from the Chief Financial Officer and his team that they considered the disclosures to be fair, balanced and 
understandable. 

•  Discussed this evaluation with the External Auditors, which took this into account when conducting their audit. It also 

established through reports from management that there were no indications of fraud relating to financial reporting matters.
•  Received a detailed paper covering key points and areas of consideration in the preparation of the Group’s published Financial 
Statements for the period ended 31 December 2022, to assist the Committee with its assessment that the disclosures were 
considered to be fair, balanced and understandable. 

•  Having assessed the available information and the assurances provided by management, concluded that the processes 

underlying the preparation of the Group’s published Financial Statements were appropriate in ensuring that those statements 
were fair, balanced and understandable.

Risk management and internal control
The Committee is required to assist the Group Board in the annual review of the effectiveness of the Company’s risk 
management process and internal control systems. READ MORE on Audit, Risk and Internal Control on pg 122.

In order to fulfil these duties, during the year under review, the Committee:
•  Received regular reports and assessments of the current and emerging risks that might threaten the Group’s business 

model, future performance or liquidity.

•  Received reports on the risk management and mitigation for health and safety, environment, and food safety, IT risks  
(cyber security risks and business continuity), climate change and sustainability risks, treasury and pensions, and tax 
(including approval of the Group Tax Strategy and Policy). 

•  Considered and challenged management on the overall effectiveness of the risk management and internal control systems  

in accordance with the Group Board’s risk appetite and recommended steps to be taken to enhance the systems of risk 
management and internal control.

•  Reviewed relevant disclosures within the ‘Audit, risk and internal control’ section of the corporate governance report of the 

Annual Report and Accounts. READ MORE on pg 98. 

•  Reviewed and approved the Internal Audit Plan for 2023, which sets out the planned activities for the year ahead. 

In light of the above, the Committee continues to be satisfied that the Group control environment remains appropriate 
and effective and that the risk management and internal control procedures comply with the requirements of the 
Guidance on Risk Management, Internal Control and Related Financial and Business Reporting published by the FRC. 
The Committee has reported this opinion to the Group Board.

Principal risks and viability
The Committee reviewed and approved the principal risks and uncertainties disclosures on pg 79–86 of the Annual Report 
and Accounts and the viability statement on pg 87 of the Annual Report and Accounts. 

The Committee evaluated a report from management that set out the view of the Group’s longer-term viability and the 
forecasts over the Group’s three-year planning horizon, taking account of the potential risks faced by the business 
over that period. 

Taking the management assessment into account and having considered other relevant information in terms of the  
risk profile of the Group, the Committee agreed to recommend the Viability Statement to the Group Board for approval. 
READ MORE on pg 87. 

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  127

GOVERNANCEAUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

KEY AREAS OF FOCUS AND MATTERS CONSIDERED

TCFD
The Group has reported under the TCFD framework for 2022. The Committee, in conjunction with the ESG Committee, 
reviewed the Group’s financial reporting approach to TCFD. 

The Committee:
•  Challenged management’s approach to reporting under the TCFD framework for 2022.
•  Reviewed the TCFD report prepared by management, including the Scope 3 emissions and carbon emissions data for 2022,  

to ensure it was prepared and disclosed on a consistent basis.

•  Considered the impact of future carbon tax on the Group’s impairment review assumptions.

The Committee was satisfied that the TCFD report prepared by management adequately summarised the progress the 
Group has made under the TCFD framework and that the impact of TCFD had been considered in the Group’s annual 
impairment review. 

External Audit
Following a competitive tender carried out in 2018, PwC have been the Group’s External Auditors since the appointment 
in 2019. The current External Audit partner is Sandeep Dhillon who has held this role since October 2021 and will 
continue in this role in 2023. During the year, the Committee considered the approach, scope and risk assessments  
of External Audit. 

The Committee:
•  Met with the key members of the PwC Audit team to discuss the 2022 Audit Plan and agree areas of focus.
•  Assessed regular reports from PwC on the progress of the 2022 Audit and any material issues identified, including 

management override of controls and fraud in revenue recognition. 

•  Reviewed and debated the draft audit opinion for the 2022 year-end and was briefed by PwC on their approach to the audit  

of critical accounting estimates and areas where significant judgement is needed.

•  Approved the Audit Plan and the main areas of focus, including valuation of customer deduction accruals and impairment 

reviews for goodwill and intangible assets. 

•  Reviewed and discussed with PwC its Audit and Risk Committee report on the 2022 Financial Statements which highlighted 

any matters arising from the audit work undertaken by the External Auditors and no significant issues were identified. 

Audit and audit-related fees
The Committee: 
•  Reviewed and approved a recommendation from management on the Company’s audit and audit-related fees payable to the 

Company’s External Auditors, PwC.

•  Considered the 2022 audit fees to be in line with those expected for a listed company of this type given the complexities of the 
business, the external reporting requirements and recent regulatory developments that require External Auditors to exercise 
greater independence and rigour in the provision of their services and in the setting of their fees.

•  Total audit fees of £1.1m were paid to the External Auditors in 2022.

Non-audit fees
To prevent the objectivity and independence of the External Auditors becoming compromised, the Committee has  
a formal policy governing the engagement of the External Auditors to provide non-audit services which is reviewed  
on an annual basis.

The Committee reviews and updates the Group’s policy for the provision of non-audit services to be provided by the 
External Auditors to ensure that it is in line with regulatory guidance for public-interest entities. The Committee ensures 
that there are no exceptions to the policy. All non-audit services to the Group provided by the External Auditors will be 
put to the Committee for prior consideration and approval.

The External Auditors do not provide any non-audit services to the Group other than: 
•  Subscription to PwC’s online technical portal (Viewpoint) which is a generic accounting subscription service. Management 

confirmed this platform met their requirements. 

•  The half-year review of the Financial Statements. The Committee provided prior approval for this, having noted that the 

External Auditors’ knowledge of the business made them the preferred choice. 

•  Non-audit fees of £41,000 were paid to the External Auditors for these services.

Further information on the Audit and non-audit fees can be found in Note 6 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements on pg 185. 

The Committee confirms that it has complied with the requirements of the CMA Order 2014 regarding audit tendering, 
Auditors’ appointment, negotiation and agreement of audit fees and approval of non-audit services.

128  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

KEY AREAS OF FOCUS AND MATTERS CONSIDERED

External Audit effectiveness
Under its Terms of Reference, the Committee assesses annually the qualifications, expertise, resources and 
independence of the External Auditors as well as the quality and effectiveness of the audit process. 

The Committee assessed the External Auditors’ performance and effectiveness through a questionnaire completed  
by the Committee members and other relevant internal parties. The Committee reviewed the FRC’s practice aid on 
assessing audit quality and considered the following factors in assessing the effectiveness of the External Audit process:
•  The experience and expertise of the Audit partner and the audit team;
•  The internal quality-control processes in place;
•  The findings from external inspections, including the FRC’s July 2022 Audit Quality Inspection report;
•  The level of professional scepticism displayed throughout the audit process;
•  The extent to which the Audit Plan was met and the quality of its delivery and execution;
•  The robustness and perceptiveness of work performed on key accounting and audit judgements; and
•  The content of reports on audit findings and other communications.

The assessment highlighted that PwC had provided a detailed review of the full-year 2021 Annual Report and Accounts 
and best-practice approaches on disclosures as well as demonstrating strong technical knowledge. The assessment 
also highlighted proposed actions for further consideration to ensure the smooth running of the full-year 2022 External 
Audit and these were reflected in the approach to the management of the full-year 2022 audit.

In assessing the External Auditors’ professional scepticism, the Committee noted in the current year that PwC had  
robustly challenged management’s assumptions and judgements made in carrying out the impairment review of 
goodwill and intangible assets and the recognition and value of customer deduction accruals and the presentation  
of costs as exceptional. In addition, PwC challenged management’s assumptions around downside scenarios including 
the impact of further inflation, lower consumer demand following retail price increases, and the potential for future 
Covid restrictions in China as part of their work on assessing the viability of the business.

External Auditors’ independence
In assessing the independence of the External Auditors, the Committee takes into account the information and assurances 
provided by the External Auditors confirming that its engagement team and its network firms involved in the audit are 
independent of any links with the Company.

During the year, the Committee reviewed and considered the following factors to assess the objectivity and 
independence of PwC:
•  PwC’s procedures for maintaining and monitoring independence, including those to ensure that the partners and staff have 
no personal or business relationships with the Group, other than those in the normal course of business permitted by UK 
ethical guidance.

•  The degree of challenge to management and the level of professional scepticism shown by the Audit partner and the audit 

team throughout the process.

•  PwC’s policies for rotation of the Audit partner every five years, and regular rotation of key audit personnel. The current Audit 

partner, Sandeep Dhillon, has held this role since October 2021. 

Following consideration of the performance and independence of the External Auditors, the Committee recommended to 
the Group Board that the reappointment of PwC as the Company’s External Auditors should be proposed to shareholders 
at the 2023 AGM.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  129

GOVERNANCEAUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

KEY AREAS OF FOCUS AND MATTERS CONSIDERED

Our Internal Audit
The Committee oversees the performance, resourcing and effectiveness of the Internal Audit’s activity.

Internal audit services have been outsourced to KPMG, who were appointed with effect from the beginning of the 2019 
financial year. Overall responsibility and direction for the Group’s internal audit activity is retained by the Group Head  
of Risk, who reports to the Committee. The Internal Audit provides assurance over the effectiveness of key internal 
controls, as identified as part of the risk assessment process. KPMG reports to the Group Head of Risk throughout the 
year and to the Committee at least four times a year. 

The Committee:
•  Reviewed and assessed the Internal Audit Plan for 2022. The proposed plan represents the assurance plan that KPMG put in 
place on its appointment as the Company’s Internal Auditors and will be a mixture of full systems audits, in-flight reviews and 
high-level limited-scope reviews, as agreed with the Committee. The IA Plan responds to certain factors across the Group’s 
operations such as: i) the requirement to continue providing assurance over financial controls across the UK, US and China  
in support of ‘operational excellence’; ii) maintaining a strong system of internal controls across the Group; and iii) coverage  
of information security/cyber controls and the continued importance of infrastructure, network and data security to the Group.

•  Reviewed and approved the Internal Audit Charter. 
•  Assessed the Audit quality.
•  Reviewed and monitored management’s responsiveness to the findings and recommendations of the Internal Audit’s activity.
•  Reviewed the satisfactory findings following a full compliance review for UK food safety activities with on-site visits and 

detailed testing as well as desktop reviews for the US and China. 

•  Received all reports from the Internal Audit reports and, in addition, received summary reports on the results of the work  

of the Internal Audit on a periodic basis.

The Committee reviewed and approved the IA Plan for 2023 and is actively engaged in strengthening the Internal Audit’s 
activity and extending its scope during 2023. 

Our Internal Audit’s effectiveness
The Committee has a duty to carry out an annual assessment of the effectiveness of the Internal Audit function,  
and as part of this assessment:
•  Determine whether it is satisfied that the quality, experience and expertise of the Internal Audit is appropriate for the 

business; and

•  Review and monitor management’s responsiveness to the Internal Auditors’ findings and recommendations. 

The Committee recommended that the Internal Audit function was highly effective and noted that for 2023, the Internal Audit 
function would continue to cultivate relationships within the business to have more impact and influence in the Company. 

Whistleblowing
The Committee considered the adequacy of the Group’s arrangements by which colleagues may, in confidence,  
raise concerns about improprieties in matters of financial reporting or other matters.

There are several confidential modes for colleagues and third parties to communicate any improprieties in matters of 
financial reporting or other areas. Moreover, whistleblowing is monitored by the Group Board at each Group Board meeting. 
The Whistleblowing Policy is reviewed annually and recommended by the Committee for approval by the Group Board.

Anti-Bribery and Business Ethics Policy
The Committee considered the adequacy of the Group’s arrangements with regard to its anti-bribery and corruption  
and business ethics processes.

The Committee reviewed the Anti-Bribery and Business Ethics Policy which applies across the Group.

The Committee concluded that the Anti-Bribery and Business Ethics Policy remains adequate.

In 2022, as part of our annual legal and governance compliance programme, UK colleagues undertook their mandatory 
refresher training module on anti-bribery and corruption.

130  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

KEY AREAS OF FOCUS AND MATTERS CONSIDERED

Group IT risks
The Group IT Director provides the Committee with regular updates on cyber security and, during the year, the Committee 
received an in-depth report on Group IT risks.

In the past three years the Company has rapidly scaled technology, driven change and delivered some major successes 
at an operational, people and security level and 2022 delivered a step-change in our cyber maturity within the UK, with 
our key technology-based mitigations being delivered. USA Maturity, Privilege Access and Security Controls/Operations 
are our 2023 priorities.

During the year, the Group implemented a new HR system, SuccessFactors, and made further progress in respect  
of a new payroll system planned to go live in the second quarter of 2023. Further work has taken place in relation to 
technology transformation, including approving a proposal to investigate the replacement of our ERP systems in the UK.

Treasury and pensions risk
The Committee received an update from the Group Treasurer on the Group’s pension schemes and the Group’s interest 
and exchange rate exposure and the impact on these as a result of the volatility in the financial markets during 2022. 

Priorities for 2023
The Committee’s key priorities for 2023 include the following: 

•  Continue to focus on the integrity, quality and compliance of the Group’s external reporting including disclosures in respect  

of going concern and viability statement. 

•  Provide challenge in respect of significant judgements and critical estimates that impact financial reporting. 

•  Detailed monitoring of the Group’s principal risks including receiving and challenging in-depth reviews of the risk management 

and mitigation of the Group’s principal risks.

•  Review the Group’s financial reporting relating to TCFD with particular focus on the actions to address the two areas where the 

Group is only partially compliant, this includes details of the Group’s climate transition plan. 

•  Reviewing current capability of IT systems and the current framework of controls.

•  Once the expected changes to the internal control reporting requirements for UK listed companies have been finalised, 
reviewing management’s practical plans to address these points in light of the system and control framework review. 

Jane Lodge
Chair, Audit and Risk Committee  
7 March 2023

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  131

GOVERNANCEThe Committee reviewed Executive 
Director pay and incentive 
performance and received feedback 
from colleagues on remuneration  
via our workforce engagement 
Non-executive Director.

– Denis Hennequin, Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee

Main duties of the Remuneration 
Committee
The role of the Committee is to set 
remuneration for the Executive Directors, 
Chairman and key management personnel, 
ensuring that decisions are taken with a  
clear understanding of the Company’s wider 
remuneration principles and practices.  
The Committee is key in ensuring that the 
Group’s approach to remuneration attracts  
and motivates Executives and aligns with  
the long-term interests of shareholders.

The Committee discharges its responsibilities 
appropriately through a series of scheduled 
meetings during the year, linked to the Committee’s 
Terms of Reference and Remuneration Policy, 
which are available on the Bakkavor website  
at bakkavor.com/en/investors/governance.  
The Terms of Reference were last updated in 
January 2023 and the Remuneration Policy  
was approved by shareholders at the 20 May  
2021 AGM. Following each Committee meeting,  
the Committee Chair reports to the Group Board 
on the activities of the Committee as appropriate. 

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

Committee purpose: 
The Remuneration Committee  
(“the Committee”) designs and implements  
the Directors’ Remuneration Policy  
(the “Remuneration Policy”), setting the 
framework and parameters within which 
Directors are paid, ensuring this is in line  
with the long-term interests of the Group. 

Committee meetings and membership

4

meetings were held  
during the year

100% 

meeting attendance by 
all Committee members

The Committee comprised three Independent  
Non-executive Directors. 

Member

Member since

Denis Hennequin 
(Chair)

20 October 2017

Jill Caseberry

1 March 2021

Umran Beba

1 September 2020

Meetings 
attended/Total 
meetings held 

% of 
meetings 
attended

4/4

4/4

4/4

100%

100%

100%

On 1 January 2023, Denis Hennequin stepped down from the 
role of Chair of the Committee and has been succeeded by  
Jill Caseberry. On the same date Sanjeevan Bala, an independent 
Non-executive Director, became a member of the Committee. 
Therefore from 1 January 2023, the Committee comprised  
Jill Caseberry (Chair), Sanjeevan Bala and Umran Beba. 

   READ MORE:  
Committee member biographies on pg 93–95.

132  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Section 5: Remuneration
Key activities in 2022 
•  Determining the CEO’s and CFO’s base salary increases, 
effective from 1 January 2022, in the context of increases 
across the wider Bakkavor workforce.

•  Reviewing performance against the FY21 Annual  

Bonus Plan and FY19 LTIP targets and determining  
the payout/vesting.

•  Determining the measures and performance targets  
for the FY22 Annual Bonus Plan and LTIP awards. 

•  Consideration of developments in market trends, good 

practice and updated investor and proxy agency guidance.

•  Received updates from the CPO on employment and pay 

and conditions across the wider workforce and how wider 
workforce incentives are aligned with Bakkavor’s culture 
and those applying to senior colleagues.

This report comprises: 
•  Annual Statement: A summary of the work of the 
Committee during the year and our approach to 
remuneration – READ MORE on pg 133–135.

•  Summary of the 2021 Directors’ Remuneration Policy: 
Details the framework and parameters within which 
Directors are paid – READ MORE on pg 136–142.
•  Annual remuneration report: Sets out the pay and  

incentive outcomes for the year under review and how  
the Remuneration Committee intends to implement the 
Remuneration Policy in 2023 – READ MORE on pg 143–151.

There will be an advisory vote at the AGM on 31 May 2023 
on this Directors’ remuneration report, excluding the 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy.

Annual Statement
FY22 business performance 
Through 2022 the operating environment remained  
tough as the business faced significant inflationary 
headwinds and ongoing supply chain disruption due to 
global events. Against this backdrop we have delivered  
a solid performance, with 10.6% growth in like-for-like 
revenue. We have been able to largely offset the impact  
of unprecedented inflation through our multi-faceted 
approach and delivered Group adjusted operating profit  
in line with market expectations at £89.4m, albeit down 
£12.6m year-on-year. The Group’s balance sheet remains 
in a strong position, with leverage within the target range 
and significant liquidity headroom against debt facilities.  
A number of initiatives were also put in place to focus  
on reducing employee turnover, a key measure for the 
Group. These included: a thorough review of the new  
joiner experience resulting in the implementation of  
a new 13-week induction process; the recruitment of 
New Starter Champions at sites to support with colleague 
onboarding; and a review of pay rates and subsequent 
increases for our weekly paid colleagues.

   READ MORE: 
Chairman’s statement pg 6. 
Chief Executive’s overview pg 10.

•  An update and Q&A session with Jill Caseberry  

(our Non-executive Director tasked with workforce 
engagement and bringing colleague views to the  
Group Board) at our Group Employee Forum ‘workforce 
engagement session’ in February 2022 on how executive 
remuneration aligns with Bakkavor’s wider pay policies.

•  Approving the measures and targets applying to LTIP 

awards granted to key US management.

•  Agreeing the terms of the new CEO’s remuneration upon 

his promotion from COO, UK on 1 November 2022. 

•  Determining the increase for the CFO’s salary from 
December 2022 following a leadership restructure 
leading to significant additional responsibilities being 
added to the role, now being CFO and Asia CEO. 

Remuneration outcomes for FY22
Variable pay – Annual Bonus Plan
The Annual Bonus Plan for 2022 was based on two 
measures:

Element

Weighting Metric

Outcome

Financial

75%

Non-financial 25%

Group adjusted 
EBIT, also 
referred to as 
Group adjusted 
operating profit

Colleague 
engagement 
measured through 
UK employee 
turnover

No bonus payable: 
FY22 Group 
adjusted EBIT  
of £89.4m versus 
threshold of £102m

Full bonus payable: 
FY22 UK employee 
turnover of 28.1%, 
versus threshold  
of 31.8% and 
maximum of 28.6%

The Committee is aware of the sensitivity of paying out a 
bonus based on non-financial performance when the profit 
threshold has not been achieved, and carefully considered 
whether a payment was appropriate or whether any 
adjustment or use of negative discretion was required  
to reflect the overall performance of the business and the 
impact on broader stakeholders. On balance, the Committee 
felt that a bonus outcome of 25% of maximum was 
appropriate in the circumstances as employee turnover is  
a critical metric for Bakkavor in a challenging labour market 
and that the initiatives undertaken by management to 
maintain a stable workforce in a company with over 18,500 
employees should be rewarded. In addition, the employee 
turnover measure applies to all c.1,300 middle and senior 
managers and to not pay out on this measure would discredit 
the design of our employee bonus scheme. Furthermore, 
the 25% payout fairly reflects the resilient performance  
of the business during 2022. In arriving at this decision,  
the Committee took into account the following factors: 

•  The Group delivered a solid financial performance against  
a challenging backdrop, with significant inflation across the 
cost base and on household budgets, which has impacted 
consumer behaviour;

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  133

GOVERNANCEDIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

•  The balance sheet remains robust, with leverage within 
the target range and significant liquidity headroom  
on debt facilities; 

•  Mike’s 20 plus years’ experience at Bakkavor and being  

the outstanding candidate for the role, having completed  
a thorough market search.

•  Total FY22 dividend of 6.93 pence per Ordinary share,  

•  There should be an appropriate premium for taking  

an increase of 5% on FY21; and

•  Implementation of an out-of-cycle pay increase across  

the majority of our UK sites at the start of 2022 to support 
weekly paid colleagues, in addition to the standard, 
negotiated annual increase.

Variable pay – performance and restricted share awards
Mike Edwards and Ben Waldron were granted performance 
share and restricted share awards under the LTIP in 
October 2020, prior to their joining the Group Board. These 
awards were delayed from the usual April grant date as the 
Board and the Remuneration Committee prioritised their 
efforts on dealing with the emergence of the pandemic. 

The performance share awards are subject to a relative 
total shareholder return (“TSR”) condition which will  
be measured to October 2023. As the vesting outcome  
is unknown at this time, we will report it in the 2023 
remuneration report, together with the outcome of  
the performance share awards granted in April 2021.  
The restricted share awards are due to vest in October 
2023 subject to continued service only.

Change of CEO
As announced on 29 September 2022, Agust Gudmundsson 
gave notice of his intention to retire from the role of CEO, 
effective 31 October 2022. Agust remains a significant 
shareholder of the Company and became a Non-executive 
Director on 1 November 2022. Up until the date of his 
retirement as CEO, he continued to receive his salary, 
benefits and pension and he will receive a pro rata  
bonus for this period. As a Non-executive Director from  
1 November 2022, he received a fee (pro rata) of £73,903  
per annum in line with our Remuneration Policy and  
the fee rate applied to other Non-executive Directors. 

Mike Edwards was appointed as CEO, effective from 
1 November 2022. This followed a thorough market search 
to identify a successor. Mike joined Bakkavor in 2001 and 
was promoted into a series of challenging and demanding 
roles before becoming Chief Operating Officer, UK in 2014. 
His exceptional insight and commercial experience saw 
him promoted to the Group Board in December 2020. 

In Bakkavor’s 2018 remuneration report, the first post IPO, 
we explained how base salaries of the Executives in situ at 
the time were positioned at competitive levels prior to IPO 
and therefore the Committee decided not to change fixed 
pay levels after listing in 2017 or in 2018, being the first  
full year post IPO. This context is helpful as it emphasises 
how Bakkavor’s remuneration philosophy, spanning the 
period as a private and listed company, has been to have  
a relatively high level of fixed pay relative to variable pay.

As such, consistent with this philosophy, the Committee 
has retained the fixed to variable remuneration balance 
and set Mike’s base salary as CEO at £700,000 p.a. to 
reflect his promotion and the additional responsibilities 
associated with this. In determining Mike’s base salary,  
the Committee took into account several factors: 

134  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

on the role of CEO. Mike’s fixed pay (comprising salary,  
benefits and pension) as CEO will be £747,000 which is 20% 
higher than his previous fixed pay as COO, UK (£624,000). 

•  A £700,000 base salary is lower than the previous CEO’s 
base salary of £789,891 although noting that the previous 
CEO’s incentive opportunities were lower.

•  Bakkavor’s scale, complexity and geographic reach with 

FY22 revenue of £2.14bn (akin to a large FTSE 250 business), 
over 18,500 employees, international footprint across UK, 
US, Spain and China, 45 sites and a complex supply chain 
and customer network, albeit these factors are not currently 
reflected in the market capitalisation of the business. 

Overall, the Committee believes his base salary has  
been positioned competitively against the market  
(when considered against companies of a similar market 
capitalisation) and is fair given the complexity of the business 
and taking into account a broader range of metrics. 

Mike’s employer pension contribution rate will reduce 
from 20% to 3% of salary from 1 January 2023 to align to 
the workforce rate, a year earlier than originally scheduled 
under the Remuneration Policy approved by shareholders. 
His salary will next be reviewed in January 2024. 

There will be no change to his incentive opportunities 
which remain at 125% of salary under the bonus scheme 
and 150% of salary under the LTIP. This is notwithstanding 
the higher annual bonus (150% of salary) and LTIP (200% 
of salary) opportunities available under the shareholder-
approved Remuneration Policy.

CFO’s additional responsibilities
The scope of the CFO’s role has increased significantly 
since he became CFO & Asia CEO on 1 December 2022. 
In addition to taking responsibility for Bakkavor’s Asia 
business, Ben Waldron has taken accountability for  
the climate transition plan and ESG, ownership of  
the Procurement function and delivering our Finance 
transformation agenda, which includes a review of our  
IT capability. Reflecting his exceptional performance  
over 2022, his importance to the Group and the expanded 
breadth of his responsibility, the Committee increased 
Ben’s salary by 10.8% to £450,000 with effect from  
1 December 2022. This move coincided with the timing  
of a significant restructure which impacted our senior 
leadership team and has resulted in annualised overhead 
(people-related cost) savings of c.£8m. Benchmarking  
was used as a secondary reference point and the Committee 
takes comfort that Ben’s salary, total fixed pay and total 
remuneration are not out of line with comparable sector 
peers. The Committee is acutely aware of the importance 
of alignment with wider workforce pay, noting this is also 
the CFO’s second consecutive above workforce rate salary 
increase. However, we are satisfied that the increase is 
warranted given his significant additional responsibilities. 
His next salary review will be in January 2024.

Executive Director total remuneration in FY21 and FY22

£000s
Agust  
Gudmundsson1

Total remuneration

837

£000s
Mike Edwards2

659

Total remuneration

796

529

£000s
Ben Waldron3

Total remuneration

573

410

£000s

 Base salary
 Benefits 
 Pension entitlements
 Bonus
 LTIP

Total

£000s

 Base salary
 Benefits 
 Pension entitlements
 Bonus
 LTIP

Total

£000s

 Base salary
 Benefits 
 Pension entitlements
 Bonus
 LTIP

Total

2022
659
26
20
132
0

2021
769
22
26
461
0

837 1,278

2022
529
26
76
165
0

2021
481
31
85
451
0

796 1,048

2022
410
23
12
128
0

2021
370
12
11
347
0

573

740

132
20

26

76

165

26

128

23 12

1  Agust Gudmundsson’s FY22 remuneration is for his 10 months in his role as CEO and excludes the two months during which he was a Non-executive Director.

2  Mike Edwards’ FY22 remuneration includes 10 months as COO, UK and two months as CEO.

3  Ben Waldron’s FY22 remuneration includes 11 months as CFO and one month as CFO and Asia CEO.

How the Committee will apply the 
Remuneration Policy in 2023
The Committee intends to operate the Remuneration 
Policy for Executive Directors for 2023 as follows: 

•  The Committee has set the CEO’s salary at £700,000, 

effective from appointment on 1 November 2022, and set 
the CFO’s salary at £450,000, effective 1 December 2022,  
to coincide with his change of role to CFO and Asia CEO. 
These salaries will remain unchanged in 2023.

•  Upon his promotion to CEO, Mike Edwards’ pension 

contribution rate has been reduced from 20% to 3% of 
salary. Both Mike Edwards and Ben Waldron have employer 
pension contributions aligned with the workforce rate.

•  Annual bonus opportunities will remain at 125% of salary 
for the CEO and CFO and Asia CEO. The Annual Bonus 
measures will be in line with 2022: 75% based on Group 
adjusted EBIT and 25% on UK employee turnover. These 
criteria also apply to the broader workforce in the UK, 
covering c.1,300 colleagues. Regional profit performance  
is assessed where relevant in the US and China. 

•  It is expected that LTIP awards will be granted in 2023 at 
150% of salary to the CEO and CFO and Asia CEO. As in 
previous years, the award will be split 50/50 between TSR 
performance and EPS targets.

Alignment with the Code and shareholder 
feedback
In designing the 2021 Remuneration Policy, the Committee 
considered the key themes set out in the Code – clarity, 
simplicity, risk, predictability, proportionality and 
alignment to culture. The Committee has addressed each 
of these in determining the remuneration outcomes for 
2022 and the approach to paying our Executives in 2023.

The Remuneration Committee was pleased to note the 
very high level of shareholder support for the 2021 
remuneration report at the 2022 AGM, with 99.8% of votes 
in favour. The current Remuneration Policy is in its third 
and final year and therefore the Committee intends  
to review Directors’ remuneration in 2023 and bring  
a Remuneration Policy to shareholders for approval at  
the AGM in 2024. In anticipation of the review, if you have 
any comments on our current approach to remuneration, 
please contact me via the Company Secretary (email: 
company.secretariat@bakkavor.com).

This 2022 remuneration report will be subject to the usual 
advisory shareholder vote at the 2023 AGM and I hope you 
will be supportive of the resolution. 

Denis Hennequin
Chair, Remuneration Committee  
7 March 2023

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  135

GOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Summary of the 2021 Directors’ Remuneration Policy

The Remuneration Policy for the Group was prepared in accordance with Schedule 8: The Large and Medium-sized 
Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 (as amended) and the UK Listing Authority’s Listing 
Rules. This Remuneration Policy was put to a binding shareholder vote at the AGM on 20 May 2021 and is effective for 
three years from approval. No changes have been made to the Remuneration Policy.

Below is a summary of the key terms of the Remuneration Policy, and a full copy is included in the 2020 Annual Report and 
Accounts which can be found in the ‘Investors’ section of the Company’s website: bakkavor.com/en/investors/annual-reports. 

As mentioned above, the Directors’ Remuneration Policy has not changed. However, as a result of our change in CEO  
in 2022, a supporting comment has been added to the pension, annual bonus and LTIP policy disclosures below to clarify 
the policy that applies to the new CEO, Mike Edwards. 

The Policy considered the principles of the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code and the voting guidelines of major UK institutional 
investor bodies. Under the Code, the Remuneration Committee is asked to address six factors in determining the Policy:

1. Clarity – the Policy is well understood by our Directors and Management Board and has been clearly articulated to 

shareholders and proxy voting agencies.

2. Simplicity – the Remuneration Committee believes the current market-standard remuneration structure is simple and  

well-understood. We have purposefully avoided any complex structures which have the potential to deliver unintended outcomes.

3. Risk – our Policy and approach to target setting seek to discourage any inappropriate risk-taking. Measures may be a blend  
of share price, financial and non-financial objectives and the targets are appropriately stretching to help ensure that the risk  
of inappropriate actions being taken is mitigated. Enhanced malus and clawback provisions will apply.

4. Predictability – Executives’ incentive arrangements are subject to individual participation caps. An indication of the range of 
values in packages is provided in the reward scenario charts included in the Policy report. Deferred bonus and LTIP awards 
provide alignment with the share price and their values will depend on share price at the time of vesting.

5. Proportionality – there is a clear link between individual awards, delivery of strategy and our long-term performance. 

6. Alignment to culture – pay and policies cascade down the organisation and are fully aligned to Bakkavor’s culture. 

Remuneration Policy table 
A summary of how remuneration is structured and how it supports the Group’s strategy. 

Executive Directors

Purpose and link to 
strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance metrics

Executive Directors’ 
performance is a factor 
considered when  
determining salaries. 

No recovery or withholding 
provisions apply.

Base salary

To recruit and retain 
Executives of the 
highest calibre who are 
capable of delivering 
the Group’s strategic 
objectives, reflecting 
each individual’s 
experience and role 
within the Group.

Base salary is designed 
to provide an 
appropriate level of 
fixed income to avoid  
an over-reliance on 
variable pay elements 
that could encourage 
excessive risk-taking.

Salaries are normally reviewed 
annually, and changes are 
generally effective from the  
start of the financial year.

The annual salary review  
of Executive Directors takes  
a range of factors into 
consideration, including:

•  Business performance.

•  Salary increases awarded to  

the overall colleague population.

•  Skills and experience of the 

individual over time.

•  Scope of the individual’s 

responsibilities.

•  Changes in the size and 
complexity of the Group.

•  Market competitiveness 
assessed by periodic 
benchmarking.

•  The underlying rate of inflation.

Whilst there is no prescribed formulaic 
maximum, any increases will take into 
account prevailing market and economic 
conditions and the approach to colleague 
pay throughout the organisation.

Base salary increases are awarded  
at the discretion of the Remuneration 
Committee; however, salary increases 
will normally be no greater than the 
general increase awarded to the wider 
workforce, in percentage of salary terms.

Percentage increases beyond those 
granted to the wider workforce may  
be awarded in certain circumstances, 
such as when there is a change in the 
individual’s role or responsibility or where 
there has been a fundamental change  
in the scale or nature of the Company.

In addition, a higher increase may be made 
where an individual had been appointed  
to a new role at below-market salary 
whilst gaining experience. Subsequent 
demonstration of strong performance 
may result in a salary increase that is 
higher than for the wider workforce.

136  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Purpose and link to 
strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance metrics

The Company aims to offer 
benefits that are in line with 
typical market practice.

The value of each benefit is not 
predetermined and is typically  
based upon the cost to the Group.

Not performance-related.

No recovery or withholding 
provisions apply other than  
for any relocation costs that  
may be provided.

A proportion of any relocation 
costs may be recovered where  
a Director leaves the employment 
of the Group within a specified 
time period after appointment  
or date of relocation.

Benefits

Benefits in kind offered 
to Executive Directors 
are provided to assist 
with retention and 
recruitment.

Pension

The Group aims to 
provide a contribution 
towards life in 
retirement.

The main benefits currently 
provided include:

•  Family private medical 

insurance.

•  Life assurance.

•  Income protection.

•  Health screening.

•  Company car/car allowance.

•  Travel insurance.

Under certain circumstances, 
the Group may offer relocation 
allowances or assistance. 
Expatriate benefits may be 
offered where required. 

Travel and any reasonable 
business-related expenses 
(including tax thereon) may be 
reimbursed on a gross-of-tax basis. 

Executive Directors may become 
eligible for other benefits which are 
introduced for the wider workforce 
on broadly similar terms.

Directors are eligible to receive 
employer contributions to the 
Company’s pension plan (which 
is a defined contribution plan)  
or a salary supplement in lieu  
of pension benefits, or a mixture 
of both.

The CEO’s contribution rate from 
1 February 2021 and the CFO’s rate is  
in line with the workforce rate, currently 
3% of salary.

Not performance-related.

No recovery or withholding 
provisions apply.

The current COO’s UK pension 
contribution rate will continue at the  
level in place prior to his joining the Group 
Board – 20% of salary – and this will 
reduce to the workforce rate (currently, 
3% of salary) from 1 January 2024.

Any future Executive Director 
appointments will receive pension 
contributions aligned with the workforce 
contribution rate in place at the time.

Update: following Board changes in 2022, 
from 1 November 2022, the new CEO’s 
(Mike Edwards) pension provision upon 
his promotion from COO, UK has been  
set at 3% of salary. It was previously 20% 
of salary until 1 January 2024.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  137

GOVERNANCEDIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Purpose and link to 
strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance metrics

Short-Term Incentive Plan (“STIP”) or Annual Bonus Plan

The Annual Bonus  
Plan rewards the 
achievement of 
stretching objectives 
that support the 
Group’s corporate 
goals and delivery of 
the business strategy.

Delivery of a proportion 
in deferred bonus 
shares provides a 
retention element  
and alignment with 
shareholders.

Bonuses are determined based 
on measures and targets that 
are agreed by the Remuneration 
Committee. Bonus is based on 
performance over the relevant 
financial year.

Two-thirds of the annual bonus 
will be payable in cash, typically 
in March following the end of the 
financial year. 

Up to one-third of the bonus  
is compulsorily deferred in 
shares for three years under  
the Deferred Annual Bonus Plan. 

At the discretion of the 
Remuneration Committee, 
participants may also be entitled 
to receive the value of dividends 
paid between grant and vesting on 
vested shares. The payment may 
assume dividend reinvestment.

The maximum annual bonus opportunity 
is 150% of salary for Executive Directors. 

The current CEO’s bonus opportunity  
is lower, at 80% of his base salary.

The normal maximum for the CFO  
and COO, UK is 125% of salary, although 
this may be increased in line with the 
maximum 150% of salary limit.

Update: as part of the Board changes  
in 2022, the new CEO’s (Mike Edwards) 
bonus opportunity upon his promotion 
from COO, UK remains subject to the 
Policy limit, being a maximum of 150%  
of salary limit.

Performance measures are 
determined by the Remuneration 
Committee each year and may 
vary to ensure that they promote 
the Company’s long-term 
business strategy and 
shareholder value. 

The majority of the annual bonus 
outcome will be based on financial 
measures. This may be a single 
measure, such as profit, or a mix 
of measures as determined by 
the Remuneration Committee. 
Personal objectives and/or 
strategic KPIs may also be chosen. 

Where a sliding scale of targets 
applies to financial measures,  
up to 20% of that element may be 
payable for threshold performance. 

The bonus measures are 
reviewed annually, and the 
Remuneration Committee has 
the discretion to vary the mix  
of measures or to introduce new 
measures taking into account 
the strategic focus of the 
Company at the time. 

The Remuneration Committee 
may alter the bonus outcome  
if it considers that the payout is 
inconsistent with the Company’s 
overall performance, taking 
account of any factors it considers 
relevant. This will help to ensure 
that the payout reflects overall 
Company performance during  
the period. The Remuneration 
Committee will consult with 
leading investors if appropriate 
before any exercise of its discretion 
to increase the bonus outcome. 

Bonus payments, including 
deferred bonus awards,  
are subject to recovery  
and withholding provisions  
(see ‘Recovery and withholding’  
in the ‘Notes to the policy table’  
for further detail).

138  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Purpose and link to 
strategy

Operation

Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”)

Maximum opportunity

Performance metrics

The individual plan limit is 200% of base 
salary in any financial year. 

The award policy for the CFO and COO, 
UK is set at 150% of base salary, although 
the Remuneration Committee has the 
discretion to make an award of up to 
200% of base salary.

Update: as part of the Board changes  
in 2022, the new CEO’s (Mike Edwards) 
LTIP award limit following his promotion 
from COO, UK remains subject to the 
Policy limit, being a maximum of 200%  
of base salary.

The LTIP is designed  
to incentivise the 
successful execution  
of business strategy 
over the longer term 
and provide long-term 
retention. 

It facilitates share 
ownership to provide 
further alignment with 
shareholders.

Awards will typically be granted 
annually to Executive Directors  
in the form of nil or nominal cost 
options that vest according to 
performance conditions normally 
measured over three financial 
years. The Remuneration 
Committee will consider the 
prevailing share price when 
deciding on the number of 
shares to be awarded as part  
of any LTIP grant.

Awards are subject to an 
additional post-vesting holding 
period, which requires awards  
to be retained for a period of two 
years from the end of the vesting 
period, except for shares sold  
to pay personal tax upon vesting  
or exercise. 

At the discretion of the 
Remuneration Committee, 
participants may also be entitled 
to receive the value of dividends 
paid between grant and vesting 
(or, if applicable, between grant 
and the earlier to occur of the 
expiry of any holding period  
and the exercise of an award)  
on vested shares. The payment 
may be in cash or shares and may 
assume dividend reinvestment. 

Performance is normally 
measured over no less than 
three financial years. 

Awards will be subject to  
the achievement of stretching 
targets designed to incentivise 
performance in support of the 
Group’s strategy and business 
objectives. 

LTIP awards may be subject to 
relative TSR and earnings per 
share growth targets. However, 
the Remuneration Committee 
has the flexibility to vary the  
mix of measures or to introduce 
new measures for future awards, 
taking into account business 
priorities at the time of grant. 

For TSR and financial measures, 
no more than 25% of each 
element may vest for threshold 
performance. 

The Remuneration Committee 
may alter the vesting outcome  
if it considers that the level of 
vesting is inconsistent with the 
Company’s overall performance, 
taking account of any factors  
it considers relevant. This will 
help to ensure that vesting 
reflects overall Company 
performance during the period. 

Awards are subject to recovery 
and withholding provisions  
(see ‘Recovery and withholding’ 
in the Notes to the policy table 
for further detail).

All-colleague share schemes

Encourage colleague 
share ownership and 
therefore increase 
alignment with 
shareholders.

The Company may, from time  
to time, operate tax-approved 
share plans (such as the 
HMRC-approved Save As You 
Earn Option Plan and Share 
Incentive Plan) for which 
Executive Directors could  
be eligible.

The schemes are subject to the limits  
set by HMRC from time to time.

Not performance-related. 

No recovery or withholding 
provisions apply.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  139

GOVERNANCEDIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Purpose and link to 
strategy

Operation

Share ownership guidelines

Maximum opportunity

Performance metrics

Not performance-related.

Encourage Executive 
Directors to build a 
meaningful 
shareholding in the 
Group so as to further 
align their interests with 
those of shareholders.

Executive Directors are required 
to retain at least half of any share 
awards vesting as shares (after 
the sale of any shares to settle 
tax due) until they have reached 
the required level of holding. 

Shares owned outright by  
the Executive Director or a 
connected person are included. 
Shares or share options which 
are subject to a performance 
condition are not included. 
Unvested deferred bonus shares 
and vested LTIP awards which 
remain unexercised may count 
towards the in-employment 
guideline on a net of tax basis.

During employment: Executive Directors 
are required to build and retain a 
shareholding in Bakkavor equivalent  
to at least 200% of their base salary.

Post-employment: Executive Directors 
are normally required to hold shares  
at a level equal to the lower of their 
shareholding at cessation and 200%  
of salary for two years post cessation 
(excluding shares purchased with own 
funds and any shares from share plan 
awards granted before the approval  
of this policy).

Chairman and Non-executive Directors’ fees

When reviewing fee levels, account  
is taken of market movements in the  
fees of Non-executive Directors, Group 
Board Committee responsibilities and 
ongoing time commitments. 

Actual fee levels are disclosed in the 
annual remuneration report for the 
relevant financial year.

Not performance-related. 

No recovery or withholding 
provisions apply.

To attract Non-
executive Directors who 
have a broad range of 
experience and skills. 

To provide the Group 
with access to 
independent judgement 
on issues of strategy, 
performance, 
resources and 
standards of conduct.

Non-executive Directors may 
receive fees paid monthly in 
cash, which consist of an annual 
basic fee. They may also receive 
additional fees for additional 
responsibilities. 

The Chairman’s fee is reviewed 
annually by the Remuneration 
Committee (without the 
Chairman present).

Fee levels for the Non-executive 
Directors are determined by the 
Chairman and Executive Directors. 

In exceptional circumstances  
if there is a temporary, yet 
material, increase in the time 
commitments for Non-executive 
Directors, the Group Board may 
pay extra fees to recognise that 
additional workload. 

Non-executives ordinarily do  
not participate in any pension, 
bonus or share incentive plans. 
Travel, accommodation and 
other business-related expenses 
incurred in carrying out a 
Non-executive role will be paid 
by the Company including, if 
relevant, any ‘gross-up’ for tax. 

As was disclosed in the 
prospectus prepared on 
Admission and in the Policy 
approved by shareholders in 
2018, Lydur Gudmundsson is 
currently employed to provide 
consulting services to the Group 
for an annual fee. He receives 
medical cover for the benefit  
of his family in the UK.

140  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Notes to the Remuneration Policy table 
Recovery and withholding 
Awards under the Annual Bonus Plan, the Deferred Annual Bonus Plan (DABP) and the Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) 
are subject to recovery and withholding provisions which permit the Remuneration Committee, at its discretion, to reduce 
the size of any future bonus or share award granted to the colleague, to reduce the size of any granted but unvested share 
award held by the colleague, or to require the colleague to make a cash payment to the Company. The circumstances in 
which the Company may apply the recovery and withholding provisions are the discovery of a material misstatement of 
financial results, a miscalculation or error in assessing any condition (including any performance condition) applying to 
the award, in the event of serious misconduct committed by the colleague, or where there has been corporate failure  
or reputational damage. 

In respect of cash bonus payments under the Annual Bonus Plan, the recovery and withholding provisions apply for one 
year from the date of payment of the bonus (or, if later, the date of publication of the Company’s financial results for the 
year following the relevant year over which the bonus was earned). 

In respect of share awards under the DABP and the LTIP, the recovery and withholding provisions apply up until the third 
anniversary of the date on which the relevant award vests, although the Committee may extend this period for a further 
two years if there is an ongoing investigation into the circumstances of any event that, if determined to have occurred, 
would permit the Committee to operate the recovery and withholding provisions.

Executive Director remuneration scenarios 
The charts below show an estimate of the 2023 remuneration package for each Executive Director under four 
performance scenarios, which are based on the Remuneration Policy set out above. 

s
0
0
0
£

3500

3000

2500

2000

1500

1000

500

0

Fixed

Annual bonus

Long-term incentive

Share price growth

£3,197
16%

33%

£2,672
39%

£1,447
18%
30%

52%

33%

27%

28%

24%

£747
100%

£1,724
39%

33%

28%

£2,062
16%

33%

27%

24%

£487
100%

£937
18%
30%
52%

Minimum

On-target

Maximum

Max with growth

Minimum

On-target

Maximum

Max with growth

CEO

CFO and Asia CEO

Assumptions:

Minimum

Target

Maximum

Maximum with share price growth

Performance scenario

Base salary

As at 1 January 2023

Benefits

Pension

Bonus

Estimated value for 2023

3% of salary

0% of maximum

50% of maximum 100% of maximum  

(being 125% of salary) 

LTIP

0% of maximum

25% of maximum 100% of maximum  

(being 150% of salary)

As per the maximum, plus a 50% 
share price increase over three 
years is assumed

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  141

GOVERNANCEDIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Executive Director service contracts 
The Company does not have agreements with any Director that would provide compensation for loss of office or 
employment resulting from a takeover except that provisions of the Company’s share schemes and plans may cause 
options and awards granted to colleagues under such schemes and plans to vest on a takeover. In accordance with 
long-established policy, all Executive Directors have rolling service agreements which may be terminated in accordance 
with the terms of these agreements. Directors’ service agreements are kept for inspection by shareholders at the 
Company’s registered office.

Name

Mike Edwards

Ben Waldron

Date of joining Bakkavor

Date of service contract

Notice period

4 September 2001

1 June 2011

28 September 2022 

12 October 2020

12 months either party

12 months either party

Non-executive Directors’ terms of engagement 
Each of the Non-executive Directors are engaged under a market-standard Non-executive Director appointment letter, 
which states that the appointment will continue for a renewable three-year term provided that the appointment must  
not continue for more than nine years in total. In any event, each appointment is terminable by either party on one month’s 
written notice with no other right to compensation for loss of office. All Non-executive Directors are subject to annual 
re-election at each AGM. The dates of appointment of each of the Non-executive Directors serving at the date of this 
report are summarised in the table below.

Non-executive Director

Simon Burke (Chairman)

Sanjeevan Bala

Umran Beba

Jill Caseberry

Patrick L. Cook

Agust Gudmundsson1

Lydur Gudmundsson

Denis Hennequin

Jane Lodge

Date of joining Bakkavor

Date of contract or date of first appointment

1 December 2016

1 August 2021

1 September 2020

1 March 2021

12 July 2018

1 August 1986 (founder)

1 August 1986 (founder)

20 October 2016

3 April 2018

20 October 2017

5 July 2021

1 September 2020

24 February 2021

12 July 2018

28 September 2022

20 October 2017

20 October 2017

3 April 2018

1  Agust Gudmundsson retired as CEO on 31 October 2022 and became a Non-executive Director from 1 November 2022.

The Chairman, in consultation with the Executive Directors, is responsible for proposing changes to the Non-executive 
Directors’ fees. The Committee is responsible for proposing changes to the Chairman’s fees. 

In proposing such fees, account is also taken of the time commitments of the Group’s Non-executive Directors. The decision 
on fee changes is taken by the Group Board as a whole. Individual Non-executive Directors do not take part in discussions 
in relation to their own remuneration.

142  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Annual report on remuneration 

This section of the report has been prepared in accordance with Part 3 of The Large and Medium-sized Companies and 
Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 (as amended) and Rule 9.8.6 of the Listing Rules. The Annual Statement 
and Annual Report on Remuneration will be put to a single advisory shareholder vote at the AGM on 31 May 2023. 

This part of the report comprises five sections:

A. Remuneration for 2022

B. Directors’ share ownership and share interests

C. Pay comparison

D. Remuneration Committee membership, governance and voting

E. Implementation of Remuneration Policy in 2023

A. Remuneration for 2022
Single total figure of Directors’ remuneration (audited)
The total remuneration of the individual Directors who served during the financial year is shown below. 

£000s

Executive Directors

Mike Edwards1

Ben Waldron2

Agust Gudmundsson1

Non-executive Directors

Simon Burke (Chairman)

Sanjeevan Bala3

Umran Beba

Jill Caseberry3

Patrick L. Cook4

Agust Gudmundsson1

Lydur Gudmundsson5

Denis Hennequin

Jane Lodge 

Total

2022
2021

2022
2021

2022
2021

2022
2021

2022
2021

2022
2021

2022
2021

2022
2021

2022
2021

2022
2021

2022
2021

2022
2021

2022
2021

Base 

salary/fee  Benefits5

Pension

Total fixed 
remuneration

Bonus

LTIP6

Total variable 
remuneration

Total 
remuneration

529
481

410
370

659
769

211
206

74
30

74
72

74
60

0
0

12
–

277
267

74
72

74
72

2,468
2,399

26
31

23
12

26
22

1
–

–
–

5
1

1
–

–
–

–
–

1
1

–
–

2
1

76
85

12
11

20
26

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

631
596

445
394

705
817

212
206

74
30

79
73

75
60

–
–

12
–

278
268

74
72

76
73

165
451

128
347

132
461

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

85
68

108
122

2,661
2,589

425
1,259

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
0

165
451

128
347

132
461

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

425
1,259

796
1,048

573
740

837
1,278

212
206

74
30

79
73

75
60

0
0

12
–

278
268

74
72

76
73

3,086
3,848

Notes to the remuneration table:
1 

 Agust Gudmundsson retired as CEO on 31 October 2022 and became a Non-executive Director of the Group from 1 November 2022. Mike Edwards was promoted from COO,  
UK to CEO from 1 November 2022. On promotion, his base salary was increased from £494,326 p.a. to £700,000 p.a.

2  Ben Waldron changed role and salary with effect from 1 December 2022.
3  Jill Caseberry and Sanjeevan Bala joined the Group Board on 1 March 2021 and 1 August 2021 respectively.
4  Patrick L. Cook receives no fee for his services. 
5 

 Lydur Gudmundsson’s Non-executive Director base fee is £73,903 p.a. In addition, given his unique expertise and insight into the Company’s business as a founder of the Bakkavor 
Group plc, pursuant to an agreement between Lydur Gudmundsson and Bakkavor Iberica S.L.U., and a service agreement between Bakkavor Iberica S.L.U. and Bakkavor Holdings 
Limited, Lydur Gudmundsson continued to be employed to provide consulting services to the Group for a fee of €230,000 per annum. The exchange rate used to convert to GBP for 
the above table is £1:€1.13 (2021: £1:€1.18). This agreement ceased with effect from 31 December 2022.
 For Executive Directors, taxable benefits comprised car allowance, benefit allowance and private medical cover. For Non-executive Directors, benefits values are for reasonable 
expenses related to business-related travel and accommodation only, with the exception of Lydur Gudmundsson who was also entitled to medical cover in the UK for the benefit  
of his family (ceasing with effect from 31 December 2022).
 The 2020 performance share awards were granted in October 2020 under the LTIP and are due to vest in October 2023 based on a relative TSR condition measured over a three-year 
period from the date of grant. Therefore, there were no LTIPs capable of vesting based on performance to December 2022 or shortly after. The outcome of the October 2020 LTIP 
awards will be reported in next year’s remuneration report alongside the vesting outcome of the April 2021 LTIP award.

6 

7 

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  143

GOVERNANCEDIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

2022 Annual Bonus Plan outcome (audited)
In 2022, c.1,300 colleagues were eligible for an annual bonus, subject to meeting performance objectives, established at 
the beginning of the financial year by reference to suitably challenging corporate goals over the 12-month period. In 2022, 
the Annual Bonus Plan targets and performance-related outcomes were as follows:

Metrics

Group adjusted EBIT 

UK employee turnover

Total (% of max)

Weighting

75%

25%

Threshold 
(0%)

£102m

31.8%

Maximum 
(100%)

£114m

28.6%

Actual 
performance

£89.4m

28.1%

% 
outcome

0%

25%

25%

As set out in the Annual Statement, the Committee considered carefully the appropriateness of paying a bonus in a year 
when the profit threshold was not achieved. For our business, employee turnover is a critical metric in a challenging 
labour market and the benefits of maintaining a stable workforce in a company with over 18,500 employees is a key goal 
for us with clear related financial benefits. The business has placed significant attention on reducing employee turnover 
and has performed admirably in achieving the demanding 2022 target set by the Committee. Reflecting on this, and the 
experience of our wider stakeholders, the Committee believes a total bonus payout of 25% of maximum is warranted.

The Committee took into account the following factors in making its decision on 2022 bonuses: 

•  The Group delivered a solid financial performance against a challenging backdrop, with significant inflation across the cost 

base and on household budgets, which has impacted consumer behaviour;

•  The balance sheet remains robust, with leverage within the target range and significant liquidity headroom on debt facilities; 

•  Total FY22 dividend of 6.93 pence per Ordinary share, an increase of 5% on FY21; and

•  Implementation of an out-of-cycle pay increase across the majority of our UK sites at the start of 2022 to support weekly paid 

colleagues, in addition to the standard, negotiated annual increase.

Furthermore, the employee turnover measure applies to all c.1,300 middle and senior managers and to not pay out on this 
measure would discredit the design of our employee bonus scheme. 

Mike Edwards1

Ben Waldron1

Agust Gudmundsson2

Maximum bonus 
opportunity  
(% of salary)

Bonus payout  
(% of maximum)

Bonus earned 
(£000s)

125%

125%

80%

25%

25%

25%

165

128

132

1  Mike Edwards’ and Ben Waldron’s bonuses have been calculated on a pro-rata basis on their salaries in their different roles during the year.

2  Agust Gudmundsson’s bonus has been pro-rated to reflect his time as an executive from the start of the financial year to 31 October 2022.

Two-thirds of the bonus earned will be paid in cash and the remaining one-third will be deferred in shares under the DABP 
for the new CEO (Mike Edwards) and CFO and Asia CEO for three years. There are no performance conditions attached to the 
vesting of deferred shares and these awards vest subject to continued employment. The previous CEO (Agust Gudmundsson) 
will receive a pro-rated cash bonus for the 10 months he served as an Executive in 2022.

2020 LTIP update 
Prior to their joining the Group Board, Mike Edwards was granted awards over 460,121 performance shares and 230,060 
restricted shares and Ben Waldron was granted awards over 208,333 performance shares and 104,166 restricted shares 
under the LTIP on 14 October 2020 which are capable of vesting on 14 October 2023. The performance share awards are 
based 100% on relative TSR targets measured over a three-year period ending on 13 October 2023 and the restricted 
share awards are subject to a service condition only.

The outcome of the TSR assessment for the performance share awards will be provided in next year’s remuneration 
report alongside the vesting of the LTIP awards granted on 26 April 2021. As a consequence of the pandemic the 2020 LTIP 
awards were granted later than the usual April grant date, and therefore there is no value assigned in respect of the 2020 
LTIP in the 2022 single total figure of remuneration.

144  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Payments to former Directors and loss of office payments (audited)
There were no payments to former Directors or payments for loss of office during the year.

On 31 October 2022, Agust Gudmundsson retired from his role as CEO and became a Non-executive Director of the Group. 
Agust received his salary, benefits and pension until the point of ceasing to become an Executive. Agust received a 
pro-rated cash bonus for the 10 months he served as an Executive in 2022. Agust holds DABP awards in the form of cash 
conditional awards which will vest on their normal vesting dates (14 October 2023 and 13 April 2025). Following his move 
to Non-executive Director, Agust received a pro rata fee for his services in line with the NED fee rate for other serving 
Non-executive Directors (£73,903 p.a.).

Peter Gates retired from the Group Board on 26 December 2020. He was granted awards over 1,118,051 performance shares 
under the LTIP on 15 September 2020 based 100% on relative TSR targets measured over a three-year period ending 
14 September 2023. The outcome of the TSR assessment will not be known until after the end of the performance period.

B. Directors’ share ownership and share interests
LTIP and deferred bonus awards granted in 2022 (audited) 
On 13 April 2022 the following awards, structured as nil-cost options, were made under the LTIP to Executive Directors:

Mike Edwards

Ben Waldron

Date of grant

13 April 2022

13 April 2022

Basis of award  
(% of salary)

150%

150% 

Face value of 
awards at grant1
£741,488

£608,999

Number of shares 
under award

680,889

559,228

Date of  
vesting

13 April 2025

13 April 2025

1  Based on the three-day average share price of £1.089 to 12 April 2022. 25% vests for delivering threshold performance.

The awards will ordinarily become exercisable on the third anniversary of grant subject to continued service and to  
the extent to which adjusted earnings per share (“EPS”) and total shareholder return (“TSR”) performance conditions  
are satisfied that each apply with equal weighting. The performance period for both measures ends in December 2024.

Relative TSR1
Below median

Median

Earnings per share (for FY24)

Portion of award vesting

Less than 12.0p

12.0p

0%

25%

Between median and upper quartile 

Between 12.0p and 13.8p Pro-rata on straight-line basis between 25% and 100%

Upper quartile

13.8p

100%

1 

 TSR is measured over the three-year period commencing from the start of the 2022 financial year against the following companies: Associated British Foods, A.G Barr, Britvic,  
Coca-Cola HBC, Compass Group, Cranswick, Devro, Diageo, Domino’s Pizza Group, DP Eurasia NP, Fuller Smith Turner, Greencore Group, Greggs, Hilton Food Group, JD Wetherspoon, 
J Sainsbury, Marston’s, McColls Retail Group, Mitchells Butlers, Ocado Group, Premier Foods, Restaurant Group, SSP Group, Tate Lyle, Tesco, Unilever and Whitbread. 

Awards will be subject to a two-year post-vesting holding period following vesting as well as malus and clawback provisions.

On 13 April 2022, deferred bonus awards were granted under the Deferred Annual Bonus Plan calculated as one third  
of the FY21 annual bonus as follows:

Mike Edwards

Ben Waldron

Date of grant

13 April 2022

13 April 2022

Form of award

Nil cost option

Nil cost option 

Agust Gudmundsson

13 April 2022 Cash conditional award

1  Based on the three-day average share price of £1.089 to 12 April 2022.

Face value of 
awards at grant1
£150,343

£115,625

£153,750

Number of shares 
under award

138,055

106,175

141,184

Date of  
vesting

13 April 2025

13 April 2025

13 April 2025

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  145

GOVERNANCEDIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Outstanding LTIP and deferred bonus awards
Details of all outstanding performance share awards (“PSAs”), restricted share awards (“RSAs”) and deferred annual 
bonus awards (“DABPs”) held by Executive Directors:

Ex. 
price

Interest at 
December 
2021

Grant  
date

Awards 
granted  
in year

Awards 
vested  
in year

Awards 
lapsed  
in year

Interest at 
December 
2022

Date of  
vesting 

Mike Edwards

Award type1
LTIP 2017 

LTIP 2017

LTIP 2018 RSA

LTIP 2019 PSA

LTIP 2019 RSA

LTIP 2020 PSA

LTIP 2020 RSA

LTIP 2021 PSA 

LTIP 2022 PSA 

DABP 2022

£0

£0

£0

£0

£0

£0

£0

£0

£0

£0

1 July 2017

1 July 2017

9 April 2018

9 April 2019

9 April 2019

14 Oct 2020

14 Oct 2020

26 Apr 2021

13 Apr 2022

13 Apr 2022

600,000

400,000

81,385

236,188

118,094

460,121

230,060

545,872

Ben Waldron

LTIP 2017 

£0.764

1 July 2017

134,163

LTIP 2019 PSA
LTIP 2019 RSA2
LTIP 2020 PSA

LTIP 2020 RSA
LTIP 2021 PSA 

LTIP 2022 PSA 

DABP 2022

£0
£0

£0

£0
£0

£0

£0

9 April 2019
9 April 2019

96,852
48,426

14 Oct 2020

208,333

104,166
419,818

14 Oct 2020
26 Apr 2021 

13 Apr 2022

13 Apr 2022

600,000

400,000

1 April 2020

1 April 2022

81,385

9 April 2021

236,188

–

9 April 2022

118,094

96,852

48,426

680,889

138,055

559,228

106,175

118,094

460,121

230,060

545,872

680,889

138,055

9 April 2022

14 Oct 2023

14 Oct 2023

26 Apr 2024

13 Apr 2025

13 Apr 2025

134,163

1 April 2020

–
48,426

9 April 2022
9 April 2022

208,333

14 Oct 2023

104,166

419,818

559,228

106,175

14 Oct 2023
26 Apr 2014

13 Apr 2025

13 Apr 2025

1  Ben Waldron and Mike Edwards received restricted share awards in their roles as Senior Executives prior to joining the Group Board.

2  Award exercised during FY22.

Statement of Directors’ shareholdings and share interests (audited)
The share interests of each Director as at 31 December 2022 (together with interests held by connected persons) are  
set out in the table below. To align Executives with the interests of shareholders, the Remuneration Committee has 
implemented shareholding guidelines for Executive Directors and key senior colleagues. The guidelines require that 
Executive Directors build up and maintain an interest in the Ordinary shares of the Company that is 200% of their annual 
base salary and retain half of any vested deferred bonus and LTIP awards (net of any taxes due) until this guideline is met. 

Shareholdings for Directors who have held office during the year ended 31 December 2022 are set out as a percentage  
of salary or fees in the table below. There were no options exercised during the year by Directors. During the period from 
31 December 2022 to the publication of this report, there have been no changes in the Directors’ share interests and none 
of the Directors hold any loans against their shares or otherwise use their shares as collateral.

Beneficially  
owned shares  
31 December 2022

Vested but 
unexercised 
share awards

Unvested share 
awards – LTIP

Unvested share 
awards – DABP

Total interests 
held at  
31 December 2022

Shareholding  
as a % of salary2

–

59,902

1,199,479

182,589

1,916,942

1,291,545

138,055

106,175

3,254,476

1,640,211

24.6%1

30.3%1

Executive Directors

Mike Edwards

Ben Waldron

Non-executive Directors

Simon Burke (Chairman)

50,000

–

–

–

50,000

n/a

Sanjeevan Bala

Umran Beba

Jill Caseberry

Patrick L. Cook

Agust Gudmundsson3

Lydur Gudmundsson

Denis Hennequin

Jane Lodge

142,103,505

142,303,505

50,000

142,103,505

142,303,505

50,000

1  Calculation based on share price of £0.961 as at 31 December 2022.

2 

3 

 Shares owned outright by the Executive Director or a connected person are included. Shares or share options which are subject to a performance condition are not included. Unvested 
restricted share awards are excluded. Unvested deferred bonus shares and vested LTIP awards (excluding pre-IPO awards) which remain unexercised are included on a net of tax basis 
and count towards the in-employment guideline.

 Agust Gudmundsson has retained his shareholding since retiring as CEO and there has been no change in his shareholding between 31 December 2022 and the date this report has 
been signed off.

146  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

C. Pay comparison
Percentage change in Directors’ remuneration versus employee pay
The table below shows the percentage change in salary, benefits and annual bonus earned between the 2022 financial year and 
the prior year for the Group Board compared to the average earnings of all of the Group’s other UK colleagues. The change  
in remuneration is also shown for the previous two years. Whilst the regulations require comparison against employees  
of the Company (being Bakkavor Group plc), the Remuneration Committee chose the Group’s UK salaried colleagues for pay 
comparison with the CEO as the most meaningful comparator group as the Company itself does not have any employees. 

2022

Salary/ 
Fees

Benefits

Mike Edwards

Ben Waldron

Agust Gudmundsson1

Simon Burke (Chairman)1

Sanjeevan Bala

Umran Beba1

Jill Caseberry

Patrick L. Cook

Lydur Gudmundsson1

Denis Hennequin1

Jane Lodge1

Colleague average

2.75%

9.7%

2.75%

2.75%

2.75%

2.75%

2.75%

n/a

2.75%

2.75%

2.75%

2.75%

-16.1%

91.7%

18.2%

0%

n/a

400%

100%

n/a

0%

0%

100%

Annual 
bonus

-66.7%

-66.7%

-66.7%

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

2021

2020

Salary/ 
Fees

Benefits

Annual 
bonus

Salary/ 
Fees

Benefits

n/a

n/a

0.00%

2.75%

n/a

2.75%

n/a

n/a

2.75%

2.75%

2.75%

2.75%

n/a

n/a

1000%

-100%

n/a

100%

n/a

n/a

-50%

0%

-66.7%

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

0%

300%

n/a

n/a

0% 

0%

–

0%

–

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

n/a

n/a

-75%

100%

–

n/a

–

n/a

-50%

n/a

100%

n/a

Annual 
bonus

n/a

n/a

-100%

n/a

–

n/a

–

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a 

0%

-66.7%

1 

 As part of the swift actions taken by the Group Board to preserve cash at the onset of the pandemic, the Group Board agreed on voluntary reductions in salary/fees for three months 
from April to June 2020. The Chairman and Non-executive Directors took a 50% reduction in fees, whilst the Group’s founders (CEO at the time, Agust Gudmundsson and Non-executive 
Director, Lydur Gudmundsson) did not take a salary or fee during this period. These temporary salary and fee reductions have been excluded to enable easier like-for-like comparisons 
between 2020 and 2021.

Given the makeup of our 18,500+ colleagues, the majority of UK colleagues do not participate in an annual bonus scheme 
or receive taxable benefits and therefore it is not possible to make any meaningful comparison on the percentage change 
in annual bonus or benefits.

CEO pay ratio
In line with the reporting regulations, set out below is the ratio of CEO pay compared to the pay of UK full-time equivalent 
colleagues of the Group for the financial year ended 31 December 2022. We expect the pay ratio to vary from year to  
year, driven largely by variability in incentive outcomes for the CEO, which will significantly outweigh any other general 
employee pay changes at Bakkavor. The CEO single total figure remuneration of £998k (based on the total remuneration 
paid to the previous and new CEOs in relation to the period they were each undertaking the role of CEO) is used in the table 
below. The Remuneration Committee is satisfied that the pay ratio is reasonable and consistent with the Company’s wider 
policies on colleague pay, reward and progression.

2022

2021

2020

2019

Method

25th percentile pay ratio

Median pay ratio

75th percentile pay ratio

Option B

Option B

Option B

Option B

49:1

69:1

41:1

56:1

40:1

59:1

34:1

39:1

40:1

46:1

28:1

36:1

The key reason for the significant decrease in the pay ratio from full-year ended 2021 is the lower payment for annual 
bonus in 2022 (25% of the maximum) compared to 2021 (75% of the maximum). The calculation is further complicated  
by the fact that there were two different CEOs during the reporting period. For this reason, the Group believes the median 
pay ratio for the relevant financial year is consistent with the pay, reward and progression policies for the Group’s UK 
colleagues taken as a whole.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  147

GOVERNANCEDIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Bakkavor has calculated the pay ratio using Option B alongside its gender pay data, as it involved the simplest method of 
calculation, given our large number of colleagues. The gender pay gap data from the pay date of 8th April 2022 was used 
to identify colleagues at the 25th, 50th and 75th percentiles. Data was analysed for a number of colleagues around each 
quartile figure to ensure that there were no anomalies and to ensure an appropriate representation of P25, P50 and P75. 
Remuneration for each of these individuals was then re-calculated for FY22, in line with the methodology for calculating 
the CEO’s remuneration. The Remuneration Committee is satisfied that the resulting figures are reasonable and are 
appropriately representative for the purposes of the CEO pay ratio calculations. Set out in the table below is the base 
salary and total pay and benefits for each of the percentiles. 

Salary

Total pay and benefits

25th percentile 

£19,695

£20,317

Median 

£24,032

£24,751

75th percentile 

£24,506

£25,242

Total shareholder return (TSR) and CEO single figure history
The chart below shows the Company’s TSR performance compared with that of the FTSE 250 Index (excluding investment 
trusts) and the FTSE SmallCap over the period from the date of the Company’s Admission to the London Stock Exchange 
to 31 December 2022. The FTSE 250 and SmallCap indices are considered by the Group Board to be the most appropriate 
broad equity comparator indices for Bakkavor as it has been a member of each in the recent period. 

TSR is defined as the return on investment obtained from holding a company’s shares over a period. It includes dividends 
paid, the change in the capital value of the shares and any other payments made to or by shareholders within the period.

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

)
d
e
s
a
b
e
r
(

)
£
(
e
u
l
a
V

0
15 Nov
2017

30 Dec
2017

29 Dec
2018

28 Dec
2019

26 Dec
2020

25 Dec
2021

31 Dec
2022

Bakkavor Group

FTSE 250 Ex Investment Trusts

FTSE SmallCap Ex Investment Trusts

Source: Datastream (Thomson Reuters)

CEO single figure history

2022

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

CEO

Mike Edwards

Agust Gudmundsson

Agust Gudmundsson

Agust Gudmundsson

Agust Gudmundsson

Agust Gudmundsson

CEO single figure of total 
remuneration £’000

Annual bonus payout as a 
proportion of maximum

LTIP vesting as a proportion  
of maximum

£161

£837

£1,278

£694

£987

£864

25%

25%

75%

0%

12.4%

0%

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

The 2022 figures for Mike Edwards and Agust Gudmundsson are based on the period in post as Chief Executive during  
the 2022 financial year. For Mike Edwards, there was no LTIP capable of vesting based on performance ending in December 
2022 and Agust Gudmundsson did not participate in the LTIP.

Relative importance of the spend on pay
The following table shows the Company’s actual spend on pay for all Group colleagues relative to dividends: 

Staff costs1

Dividends

1  Note 8 of the Financial Statements.

2022

£594.7m

£38.8m

2021

£539.2m

£38.5m

% change

10.3%

0.8%

148  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

 
 
D. Remuneration Committee membership, governance and voting
Remuneration Committee membership
The Remuneration Committee in 2022 comprised Denis Hennequin as Chair of the Committee, Umran Beba and Jill 
Caseberry, all independent Non-executive Directors. The Committee met four times during the year and all Committee 
members were present. On 1 January 2023, Denis Hennequin stepped down from the role of Chair of the Committee and 
has been succeeded by Jill Caseberry. On the same date Sanjeevan Bala became a member of the Committee. Therefore 
from 1 January 2023, the Committee comprised Jill Caseberry (Chair), Sanjeevan Bala and Umran Beba. The biographies 
of the Remuneration Committee members are set out on pg 93–95. 

Members of management, including the CEO, the CFO and Asia CEO, the CPO, the Group Head of Reward and the independent 
adviser to the Remuneration Committee, are invited to attend meetings where appropriate. The Group Company Secretary  
and General Counsel is the secretary to the Remuneration Committee. Attendees are not involved in any decisions and  
are not present for any discussions regarding their own remuneration. The Company Chairman may attend meetings but 
is not present when his own remuneration arrangements are being decided.

Independent advisers 
The Remuneration Committee takes account of information from both internal and independent sources, including  
FIT Remuneration Consultants LLP (“FIT”) which acts as the Remuneration Committee’s independent adviser. FIT was 
appointed by the Remuneration Committee as a result of a tender process and advised the Remuneration Committee  
on all aspects of Senior Executive remuneration, including remuneration trends and corporate governance best practice. 

FIT is a founder member of the Remuneration Consultants’ Group and complies with its Code of Conduct, which sets out 
guidelines to ensure that its advice is independent and free of undue influence. The Remuneration Committee reviews  
the performance and independence of its advisers on an annual basis. The Remuneration Committee was satisfied that 
FIT’s advice was independent and objective. Bakkavor incurred fees of £57,218 excluding VAT during 2022 relating to 
Remuneration Committee advice. FIT billed on a time and materials basis and did not provide any other services other 
than share plan implementation advice to Bakkavor during 2022.

Shareholder voting
The Company is committed to ongoing shareholder dialogue and takes an active interest in voting outcomes. Where there  
are substantial votes against resolutions in relation to Directors’ remuneration, the Company seeks to understand the 
reasons for any such vote and will report any actions in response to it. The following table sets out actual voting at the AGM 
on 25 May 2022 in respect of the Directors’ remuneration report for the year ended 25 December 2021 and at the AGM  
on 20 May 2021 in respect of the current Directors’ Remuneration Policy:

At AGM 25 May 2022
For and Discretionary1

Against

Total votes cast (excluding withheld votes)

Total votes withheld

Total votes cast (including withheld votes)

1  There were no discretionary votes.

At AGM 20 May 2021
For and Discretionary1

Against

Total votes cast (excluding withheld votes)

Total votes withheld

Total votes cast (including withheld votes)

1  13,951 were based on discretionary votes.

Remuneration report

Total number  
of votes

% of  
votes cast

564,080,140

1,194,447

565,274,587

88,269

565,362,856

99.79%

0.21%

100.0%

0.0%

100.0%

Remuneration Policy

Total number  
of votes

560,488,633

1,552,056

562,040,689

625

562,041,314

% of  
votes cast

99.72%

0.28%

100.0%

0.0%

100.0%

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  149

GOVERNANCEDIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

E. Implementation of Remuneration Policy in 2023

Annual base 
salary

Mike Edwards

•  2023: £700,000. 

Ben Waldron

•  2023: £450,000. 

•  From 1 November 2022: £700,000 (upon promotion  

•  From 1 December 2022: £450,000 (upon promotion  

to CEO).

•  From 1 January 2022: £494,326.

to CFO and Asia CEO) and to reflect additional 
responsibilities.

•  From 1 January 2022: £406,000.

•  The average 2023 increase for the UK salaried workforce is c.4% with increases ranging from 3% to 5%.

Benefits and 
pension

•  Pension contribution reduced from 20% of salary  
to 3% of salary upon his promotion from COO, UK. 

•  Pension contribution is workforce aligned at 3%  

of salary. 

•  Benefits are provided in line with the approved  

•  Benefits are provided in line with the approved 

Remuneration Policy.

Remuneration Policy.

Annual 
bonus

•  2023 annual bonus maximum is 125% of salary.

•  For 2023, the annual bonus for the Executive Directors will comprise two measures, consistent with the 

approach taken in 2022, namely Group adjusted EBIT (75%) and colleague engagement measured through 
employee turnover (25%).

•  Specific targets have not been disclosed in advance as this would give a clear indication of the Group’s business 
objectives, which are commercially sensitive. Full details of the targets and performance against them will  
be disclosed in the 2023 Annual Report and Accounts.

•  Awards for financial measures will be subject to an underlying performance override, enabling them  
to be scaled back to reflect the Group’s underlying performance. Malus and clawback provisions apply.

•  In line with the Remuneration Policy, one-third of any bonus earned will be deferred for three years, conditional 

upon continued employment.

Long-Term 
Incentive  
Plan awards

•  The Remuneration Committee intends to grant awards of nil-cost options under the LTIP in April 2023  

to the CEO and CFO & Asia CEO in line with the Remuneration Policy. 

•  Awards will have a face value of up to 150% of salary, with the exact number of shares to be granted  

to be determined with reference to the prevailing share price around the date of grant.

•  The awards will be subject to EPS and relative TSR (measured against a bespoke group of food and drink 

companies) measures, each with equal weighting.

•  The adjusted EPS target requires a minimum performance of 10.0p to trigger threshold vesting (25% of that 

element) with performance of 11.5p to achieve maximum. For performance outcomes between threshold and 
maximum, the vesting percentage will be determined on the basis of a straight line sliding scale. In setting 
these targets, the Committee took into account the Group’s strategic plan; the expected impact of the change  
in the Group’s underlying tax rate from 21.5% (in 2022) to c. 26%; and market expectations based on analyst 
forecasts. Whilst the Committee recognises the EPS range is lower than the previous award, it is confident  
that the targets are stretching for the three-year performance period.

•  The Relative TSR performance condition is unchanged from the FY22 award with performance assessed over 
the period FY23 to FY25, relative to the following bespoke group of sector peers: A.G. Barr, Associated British 
Foods, Britvic, Coca-Cola HBC, Compass Group, Cranswick, Devro, Diageo, Domino’s Pizza Group, DP Eurasia 
NV, Fuller Smith & Turner, Greencore Group, Greggs, Hilton Food Group, JD Wetherspoon, J Sainsbury, 
Marston’s, Mitchells & Butlers, Ocado Group, Premier Foods, Restaurant Group, SSP Group, Tate & Lyle, 
Tesco, Unilever (UK) and Whitbread. Performance will need to be median to trigger threshold vesting (25%  
of that element) and at least upper quartile to trigger full vesting of that element. For performance outcomes 
between threshold and maximum, the vesting percentage will be determined on the basis of a straight line 
sliding scale.

•  In line with our usual approach, a windfall gain assessment will be made at the time of grant. In addition, before 
an award vests the Remuneration Committee must be satisfied that the underlying performance of the Group 
is satisfactory. The Remuneration Committee believes that having a performance override is an important 
feature of the plan as it mitigates the risk of unwarranted vesting outcomes.

•  Awards will be subject to a two-year holding period following vesting as well as malus and clawback. 

150  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Non-executive Directors’ fees for 2023
Fees for the Non-executive Directors and Chairman have not been increased for FY23 and remain as follows:

Chairman

Base Non-executive Director fee

Notes:
Patrick L. Cook does not receive any fees for his role as Non-executive Director.

Fee

£211,151

£73,903

Given his unique expertise and insight into the Company’s business as a founder of Bakkavor Group plc, pursuant to an 
agreement between Lydur Gudmundsson and Bakkavor Iberica S.L.U., and a service agreement between Bakkavor Iberica 
S.L.U. and Bakkavor Holdings Limited, Lydur Gudmundsson has historically been employed to provide consulting services 
to the Group for a fee of €230,000 per annum and has also been entitled to private medical cover in the UK for the benefit 
of his family. This agreement ceased with effect from 31 December 2022 after which Lydur will be entitled to the standard 
Non-executive Director fee and reasonable expenses only. 

No additional fee is payable to any Non-executive Directors for additional responsibilities such as serving on a Committee 
of the Group Board. Each Non-executive Director is also entitled to reimbursement of reasonable expenses, including 
international travel expenses.

On behalf of the Group Board

Denis Hennequin
Chair, Remuneration Committee (during FY22) 
7 March 2023

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  151

GOVERNANCE 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT

The Directors present their report, together with  
the audited Group Financial Statements, for the year 
ended 31 December 2022. 

Principal activities and business review 
Bakkavor Group plc produces fresh prepared food in  
its three markets, the UK, US and China. The Company 
employs over 18,500 colleagues worldwide and is 
headquartered in London, UK. 

Directors’ report content
For the purposes of the Companies Act 2006, the strategic 
report, the corporate governance report and the Directors’ 
remuneration report are all incorporated by reference into, 
and should be read as part of, this report.

Registered office
Bakkavor Group plc is incorporated as a public limited 
company and is registered in England with the number 
10986940. Bakkavor Group plc’s registered office is Fitzroy 
Place, 5th Floor, 8 Mortimer Street, London, England, W1T 3JJ. 

Our registrars are Equiniti Limited, located at Aspect 
House, Spencer Road, Lancing, West Sussex, BN99 6DA.

Corporate governance statement
In compliance with the Financial Conduct 
Authority(“FCA”)’s Disclosure Guidance and Transparency 
Rules (“DTRs”) Rule 7, the corporate governance statement, 
Board Committees’ reports, and Directors’ remuneration 
report are included in this Directors’ report. READ MORE 
on the corporate governance statement, and how the 
Group complies with the 2018 UK Corporate Governance 
Code (“the Code”) on pg 89 and a description of the 
composition and operation of the Group Board and its 
Committees on pg 92–95.

All required disclosures have been made. Other than the  
area of non-compliance identified on pg 89, the Group has 
complied with the Code throughout the accounting period. 

Engagement with suppliers, customers and others 
In accordance with the Large and Medium-sized Companies 
and Groups (Accounts and Report) Regulations 2008  
(as amended by the Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) 
Regulations 2018), the Company’s statement on engagement 
with, and having due regard to, the interests of colleagues 
and key stakeholders is contained within the Section 172 
statement in the strategic report on pg 66.

Strategic report
Section 414A of the Companies Act 2006 (“the Act”) requires 
the Directors to present a strategic report in the Annual 
Report and Accounts. READ MORE on pg 2–87. The Directors 
are satisfied with the Group’s net asset position as at  
31 December 2022.

Management report
For the purposes of DTR Rules 4.1.5R (2) and 4.1.8,  
the Directors’ report and the strategic report on pg 2–87 
comprise the management report.

152  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Disclosures
This Directors’ corporate governance report fulfils the 
requirements of the Directors’ report for the purposes  
of the Act. The strategic report can be found on pg 2–87;  
it encompasses our ESG strategy, Trusted Partner.

In line with the Regulations which implement the European 
Union Accounting Directive (SI 2015/980), a complete list of 
the Group’s subsidiaries has been included on pg 219–220  
to comply with section 409 of the Act. 

We have chosen, in accordance with the Act, to include 
certain information in our strategic report or Financial 
Statements that would otherwise be required in the 
Directors’ report. This is as follows:

Important events since the financial year end 

Likely future developments in the business

Research and development

Use of financial instruments

Colleague engagement

Greenhouse gas emissions

Risk management and risks

Details of subsidiaries

Page

213

22–31

156

18

67

64

76–86

219–220

Listing Rule 9.8.4 Disclosures
In accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.4 of the FCA’s Listing 
Rules, the table below sets out the location of the following 
sections/information within the Annual Report and Accounts:

Listing 
Rule 
9.8.4

(1)

(2)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

(10)

(11) 

(12) 

(13) 

(14)

Required disclosure

Page reference

Interest capitalised and  
tax relief

Note 9 to the Financial 
Statements

Publication of unaudited 
financial information

Details of long-term 
incentive schemes

Not applicable

Note 31 to the Financial 
Statements and  
pg 136–151 of Directors’ 
remuneration report

Waiver of emoluments  
by a Director

Pg 136–151 of Directors’ 
remuneration report

Waiver of future 
emoluments by a Director

Pg 136–151 of Directors’ 
remuneration report

Non pre-emptive issues  
of equity for cash

Non pre-emptive issues  
of equity for cash by major 
subsidiary undertakings

Not applicable

Not applicable

Parent participation in a 
placing by a listed subsidiary

Not applicable

Contracts of significance 
involving a Director

Provision of services by  
a controlling shareholder

Shareholder waivers  
of dividends

Shareholder waivers  
of future dividends

Agreements with  
controlling shareholders

Pg 154 of Directors’ report

Pg 155 of Directors’ report

Not applicable

Not applicable

Pg 155 of Directors’ report

Results
READ MORE on the results for the year ended 
31 December 2022 on pg 72 and 169. 

Dividend
An interim dividend of 2.77p per Ordinary share was paid  
on 14 October 2022 to shareholders whose names were  
in the register of members as at 16 September 2022.  
The Group Board will propose a final dividend of 4.16 pence 
per Ordinary share at the Company’s AGM on 31 May 2023. 
This will result in a total dividend for the financial year 2022 
of 6.93 pence per Ordinary share. Subject to shareholder 
approval, the final dividend declared at the AGM will be paid 
on 5 June 2023 to shareholders on the register of members 
as at close of business on 28 April 2023.

The Group’s profit after tax for the financial year amounts 
to £12.5m (2021: £56.8m).

Board of Directors
The Directors of the Company who were in office during 
the year and up to the date of signing the financial 
statements are set out below and their profiles are set  
out on pg 92–95 of this report. 

An agreed list of matters for the Directors’ consideration is set 
out in the Schedule of Matters Reserved to the Group Board, 
which is reviewed and updated annually and is available on the 
Bakkavor website at bakkavor.com/en/investors/governance/. 

Appointment and retirement of Directors
The rules governing the appointment and replacement  
of Directors can be found in the Articles, the Code, the Act 
and related legislation. Under the Terms of Reference of 
the Nomination Committee, the appointment of Directors 
must be recommended by the Nomination Committee for 
approval by the Group Board. The process for appointment 
and removal of Directors is captured in the Terms of 
Reference of the Nomination Committee. Pursuant to  
the provisions of the Code, at each AGM, all Directors will 
retire and stand for election or re-election to the Group 
Board. Directors’ individual biographies are set out on  
pg 92–95. 

Directors’ dates of appointment are shown in the table below:

Name

Role 

Sanjeevan Bala

Independent  
Non-executive Director

Simon Burke

Chairman

Umran Beba

Jill Caseberry

Independent  
Non-executive Director

Independent  
Non-executive Director

Effective date of 
appointment

1 August 2021

20 October 2017

1 September 2020

1 March 2021

Patrick L. Cook Non-independent 

12 July 2018

Non-executive Director

Mike Edwards

Chief  
Executive Officer

Agust 
Gudmundsson 

Non-independent 
Non-executive Director

Lydur 
Gudmundsson

Non-independent 
Non-executive Director

27 December 20201

28 September 20172

20 October 2017

Denis Hennequin Independent  

20 October 2017

Jane Lodge

Ben Waldron

Non-executive Director

Independent  
Non-executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer 
and Asia CEO

3 April 2018

27 December 2020

1  Mike Edwards was appointed as Chief Executive Officer on 1 November 2022. 

2 

 Agust Gudmundsson stepped down as Chief Executive Officer on 31 October 2022 and 
was appointed as a Non-independent Non-executive Director on 1 November 2022.

Subject to applicable law, the Articles and any directions 
given by special resolution, the business of the Company 
will be managed by the Group Board, which may exercise 
all powers of the Company.

Directors’ insurance and indemnities
Bakkavor has made qualifying third-party indemnity 
provisions (as defined in the Act) for the benefit of its 
Directors. These provisions were in force throughout  
the year and remain at the date of approval of this Annual 
Report and Accounts. In accordance with the Articles,  
and to the extent permitted by law, Bakkavor may indemnify 
its Directors out of its own funds to cover liabilities arising 
as a result of their office. 

Bakkavor holds Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance 
cover for any claim brought against Directors or Officers for 
wrongful acts in connection with their positions, but the cover 
does not extend to claims arising from dishonesty or fraud.

Service contracts 
The Company’s policy regarding Directors’ service contracts 
and appointment terms takes account of market practice 
and their notice periods are not excessive. No Director has 
a service contract with a notice period in excess of one year. 

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  153

GOVERNANCEDIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

Directors’ interests in Company shares
Directors’ direct and indirect shareholding interests which 
have been notified to the Company as of 31 December 2022 
and as at the date of the publication of this report, are  
set out in the table below. There were no changes to the 
shareholding interests between 31 December 2022 and  
the date of publication:

Powers for the Company issuing or buying back shares 
Under the Articles, the Group Board has general and 
unconditional authority for each prescribed period to 
exercise all the powers of the Company to allot shares  
in the Company or to grant rights to subscribe for or  
to convert any security into shares in the Company  
in accordance with section 551 of the Act. 

31 December 2022

Date of publication

Name

Number of 
shares

% of voting 
rights

Number of 
shares

% of voting 
rights

Simon Burke

50,000

0.01%

50,000

0.01%

Agust 
Gudmundsson

Lydur 
Gudmundsson

Jane Lodge

Ben Waldron

142,103,505

24.52% 142,103,505

24.52%

142,303,505

24.56% 142,303,505

24.56%

50,000

59,902

0.01%

0.01%

50,000

59,902

0.01%

0.01%

Articles of Association
The Company’s Articles of Association set out the  
objects and powers of the Company. The Company’s 
Articles of Association may be amended by a special 
resolution passed by the shareholders at an AGM  
or EGM of the Company. A copy of the Articles of  
Association can be obtained from the Company’s website,  
bakkavor.com/en/investors/governance. 

Share capital and capital structure 
The Company’s issued share capital as at 31 December 
2022 comprised a single class of shares divided into 
Ordinary shares of 2 pence each. At the date of publication, 
the Company’s issued share capital comprised 
579,425,585 Ordinary shares. Details of the Company’s 
issued share capital are also shown in Note 28 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Details of colleague share schemes are set out in Note 31 
to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Restrictions attaching to shares
In line with the Articles of Association of the Company,  
the Company has a single class of share which carries  
no right to fixed income. Each share is non-redeemable, 
carries equal voting rights and ranks equally for dividends and 
capital distributions, whether on a winding up or otherwise.

There are no specific restrictions on the size of a holding 
nor on the transfer of Ordinary shares, which are both 
governed by the general provisions of the Articles and 
prevailing legislation. The Company is not aware of any 
agreements between holders of securities that may result 
in restrictions on the transfer of securities or that may 
result in restrictions on voting rights.

There are no persons who hold securities carrying special 
rights regarding the control of the Company.

The Company was given authority at the 2022 AGM to 
make market purchases of up to 10% of its issued share 
capital as permitted under the Articles. This standard 
authority is renewable annually; the Directors will seek  
to renew this authority at the AGM on 31 May 2023.

During 2022, the Company began purchasing its own 
Ordinary shares from the market through an Employee 
Benefit Trust called The Bakkavor Group plc Employee 
Benefit Trust (“the Trust”). These shares are held to satisfy 
share awards under the Group’s share scheme plans.  
Own shares are recorded at cost and are deducted from 
equity. The number of Ordinary shares of £0.02 each held 
by the Trust at 31 December 2022 was 2,940,514 and as at 
the date of publication of this report remains at 2,940,514. 
This represents 0.51% of total called up share capital at 
31 December 2022. Total cash purchases made through 
the Trust during the year amounted to £3.1m. No own 
shares held of the Company were cancelled during the 
periods presented.

A special resolution will be proposed to renew the 
Directors’ authority to repurchase the Company’s shares 
within certain limits and as permitted by the Articles at  
the AGM on 31 May 2023.

Significant agreements and relationship change of control 
There are a number of agreements that take effect,  
alter or terminate upon a change of control of the 
Company, such as commercial contracts, property lease 
arrangements and colleague share plans. During the  
year under review, there were no contracts of significance 
impacting on the business of the Group as a whole 
involving a Director (except as explained below).

The agreement that governs the Company’s Term Loan 
and Revolving Credit Facilities (“Facilities Agreement”) 
provides that, on a change of control, any lender may  
on notice cancel its commitments under the Facilities 
Agreement. In the event of a takeover, the exercise by  
the lenders under the Facilities Agreement of the right  
to cancel could have a significant impact on the business 
of the Group, as the outstanding amounts thereunder 
would become immediately due and payable.

The Directors are not aware of any agreements between 
the Company and its Directors or colleagues that provide 
for compensation for loss of office or employment that 
occurs because of a takeover bid. 

There are no colleague share scheme rights with regard  
to control of the Company. 

154  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Controlling shareholders
The aggregate shareholding in the Company of Carrion Enterprises Limited (the corporate holding structure of Agust 
Gudmundsson), Umbriel Ventures Limited (the corporate holding structure of Lydur Gudmundsson) and their concert 
party group (the “controlling shareholders”) is 50.19%. The Company is party to a relationship agreement with Carrion 
Enterprises Limited, Umbriel Ventures Limited, the trustee(s) of The A.G. Trust (which owns 100% of Carrion Enterprises 
Limited) and the trustee(s) of The L.G. Trust (which owns 100% of Umbriel Ventures Limited). 

Lixaner Co Limited (an entity which is a concert party of Carrion Enterprises Limited and Umbriel Ventures Limited 
following its acquisition of shares in the Company on 23 May 2019) executed a Deed of Adherence to the relationship 
agreement on 15 April 2020 and is duly bound by its terms.

This agreement regulates the relationship between the Company and the controlling shareholders as required by the Listing 
Rules, including Listing Rule 9.2.2AR(2)(a) and Listing Rule 6.1.4DR. In accordance with the requirements of Listing Rule 
9.8.4R(14), the Group Board confirms that: (i) the Company has complied with the independence provisions set out in the 
relationship agreement during the period under review; and (ii) so far as the Company is aware, the controlling shareholders 
complied with the independence provisions set out in the relationship agreement during the period under review.

There were no contracts for the provision of services to the Group by a controlling shareholder, other than under their 
service contract or letter of appointment as set out on pg 142 of the Directors’ Remuneration Report. 

Substantial shareholding 
The Group has been notified in accordance with the Financial Conduct Authority’s (“FCA”) Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rules (“DTRs”), or was otherwise aware, that the following held, or were beneficially interested in,  
3% or more of Bakkavor’s issued Ordinary shares. 

Name

Carrion Enterprises Limited 
(corporate holding structure of Agust 
Gudmundsson) 

Umbriel Venture Limited (corporate 
holding structure of Lydur 
Gudmundsson) 

BP-PE5 L.L.C. (corporate holding 
structure of the Baupost Group) 

Aberforth Partners LLP

FIL Investment Advisors (UK) Limited

Ruffer LLP 

31 December 2022

Date of publication

Nature of 
holding

Indirect 

Number of 

Number of 

Ordinary shares  % of voting rights

Ordinary shares  % of voting rights

142,103,505 

24.52 

142,103,505 

24.52 

Indirect 

142,303,505 

24.56

142,303,505 

24.56

Indirect

143,832,928 

24.82 

143,832,928 

24.82 

Indirect 

Indirect 

Indirect

42,508,445

40,633,413

18,466,613

7.34

7.01

3.19

42,508,445

41,958,071

17,940,565

7.34

7.24

3.10

Engagement with shareholders
In accordance with the Code and the UK Stewardship 
Code, the Group Board promotes engagement and 
interaction between the Group and its major shareholders.

Opportunities are created for investors and shareholders 
to engage directly with the Chairman, Senior Independent 
Director, Audit and Risk and Remuneration Committee 
Chairs, CEO and CFO and Asia CEO. An appropriate range 
of investor relation conferences and events were held in 
the year 2022 following the publication of the half-year and 
full-year financial results.

Annual General Meeting
Bakkavor’s AGM provides the Group Board with the 
opportunity to communicate with private and institutional 
investors, with time set aside at the meeting for 
shareholders to ask questions. 

At the AGM, the Chairman provides a brief summary of the 
Company’s activities during the previous year. All resolutions 
at the last AGM were duly passed. As recommended by  
the Code, all resolutions were voted on separately and  
the final voting results, which included all votes cast for, 
against and withheld, were released to the London Stock 
Exchange as soon as practicable after the meeting. 

This year’s AGM on 31 May 2023 will be in person. Full 
details of the 31 May 2023 AGM are set out in the Notice  
of AGM, including: general arrangements; the resolutions 
to be proposed; shareholders’ rights with respect to 
attendance; participation in the meeting; and the process 
for submission of proxy votes in advance of the meeting. 

The Notice of AGM and additional information for shareholders 
can be found on our website at bakkavor.com/en/investors.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  155

GOVERNANCEDIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

Research and development 
Developing innovative new products remains core to our 
business. The Group uses insights gained through analysis 
of consumer research and data, as well as knowledge of 
food trends sourced from around the world, to build an 
understanding of what consumers desire. Teams of chefs 
and product development experts continuously create  
and test recipes, and work collaboratively with the Group’s 
commercial and marketing teams to ensure products 
taste great, are commercially viable and reinforce the 
Group’s market-leading position. READ MORE on how  
we have responded to changes in consumer behaviour 
on pg 79, and progress under our strategy on pg 22,  
and Note 2 to the Group Financial Statements.

Colleagues with disabilities 
Applications for employment by prospective colleagues 
with disabilities are given full and fair consideration having 
regard to candidates’ aptitudes and abilities. On occasions 
where existing colleagues develop a disability, every effort 
is made to ensure that their employment with the Group 
continues, and any reasonable adjustments are made to 
accommodate them. Appropriate training is also provided. 

It is the policy of the Group that the training, career 
development and promotion of colleagues with disabilities 
should, as far as possible, be the same as that of our  
other colleagues. 

Colleague engagement
Open and constructive communication allows us to hear 
views from all levels of the business, keeping our over 
18,500 colleagues informed and updated on economic  
and financial factors. Regular updates are posted on the 
intranet and engagement events are hosted with members 
of the Management Board. Colleagues are provided with 
information on matters of concern to them in their work 
through regular briefing meetings and internal publications.

Colleagues have regular performance reviews, with their 
goals aligned to supporting business performance and  
their individual career development. Certain colleagues  
are eligible to receive a bonus, which is typically linked  
to certain financial and non-financial metrics.

We perform a Group-wide Employee Engagement Survey 
annually and our latest survey, completed in September 
2022, had a response rate of 86%. The 2022 survey provided 
valuable insights that were analysed at local, site, business 
and Group level and have fed into localised action plans 
and informed our colleague priorities.

Additionally, our UK Group Employee Forum (“GEF”) and 
Site Employee Forum (“SEF”) create an open and regular 
channel of communication between colleagues and 
management. Outputs are shared back in Management 
Board and Group Board meetings to ensure colleagues’ 

interests are considered in key decisions. SEF representatives 
are elected by peers and play a vital role in sharing best 
practices across sites, supporting local causes and 
charities, providing support and seeking advice. The GEF 
comprises SEF representatives at Group level. We have 
continued to seek feedback from the UK GEF, SEF and our 
office-based colleagues to evolve our ways of working. 
Certain initiatives introduced through Covid have remained 
or evolved, such as increased flexibility in shift patterns, 
part-time work and working from home.

This year, Jill Caseberry, the Company’s designated 
workforce engagement Non-executive Director, held a 
number of workforce engagement sessions, including 
meeting with the GEF to discuss the alignment of Executive 
remuneration with the wider company pay policy and how 
Bakkavor’s refreshed values had been received across the 
Company and the ongoing initiatives that had been agreed 
in order to continue to embed the values. Jill stepped down 
from the role and Sanjeevan Bala was appointed with 
effect from 1 January 2023. Sanjeevan will continue this 
valuable work and has a number of engagement sessions 
with the GEF scheduled for 2023.

READ MORE on pg 67.

Greenhouse gas emissions, energy consumption and 
energy efficiency action
READ MORE on the Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures on pg 56. All data shown is for the 
calendar year 2022 and at a Group level, unless specified.

Charitable donations 
Bakkavor believes in giving back to the communities  
in which we operate. Our Charity and Political Donations 
Policy sets out ways to channel charitable giving:  
through monetary and product donations, supporting  
our colleagues in their fundraising efforts and advocating 
skills and volunteering events. We never use charitable 
donations as a means to gain improper influence and all 
monies given to charity in Bakkavor’s name are subject  
to due process. READ MORE on pg 55.

Political donations
Bakkavor does not give financial donations nor support  
to political individuals, representatives, parties or causes 
in any country in which we operate. No political donations 
were made during the financial year.

Financial instruments
Please refer to Note 27 to the Group Financial Statements.

Financial risk management
Please refer to Note 27 to the Group Financial Statements.

156  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Directors’ statement as to the disclosure of information 
to the Auditors
So far as each person who was a Director at the date of 
approving this report is aware, there is no relevant audit 
information, being information needed by the Auditors in 
connection with preparing its report, of which the Auditors 
are unaware. Each Director has taken all the steps that he 
or she is obliged to take as a Director in order to make 
himself or herself aware of any relevant audit information, 
and to establish that the Company’s Auditors are aware  
of that information. This confirmation is given pursuant to 
s418 of the Act and should be interpreted in accordance 
with and subject to these provisions.

Subsequent events 
Please refer to Note 34 to the Group Financial Statements.

The Directors’ report was approved by the Group Board on 
7 March 2023.

By order of the Group Board

Annabel Tagoe-Bannerman
Group General Counsel and  
Company Secretary Bakkavor Group plc 
7 March 2023

Going concern 
The Directors have reviewed the historical trading 
performance of the Group and the forecasts through  
to March 2024.

The Directors, in their detailed consideration of going 
concern, have reviewed the Group’s future revenue 
projections and cash requirements, which they believe  
are based on prudent interpretations of market data and 
past experience. 

The Directors have also considered the Group’s level of 
available liquidity under its financing facilities. The Directors 
have carried out a robust assessment of the significant 
risks currently facing the Group. This has included 
scenario planning on the implications of further inflation 
and the potential impact of lower sales volumes from 
reduced consumer demand in response to increasing 
retail prices.

Having taken these factors into account under the 
scenario, which is considered to be severe but plausible, 
the Directors consider that adequate headroom is 
available based on the forecasted cash requirements  
of the business. At the date of this report, the Group has 
complied in all respects with the terms of its borrowing 
agreements, including its financial covenants, and forecasts 
to continue to do so in the future.

Consequently, the Directors consider that the Company 
and the Group have adequate resources to meet their 
liabilities as they fall due for the foreseeable future.  
For this reason, they continue to adopt the going concern 
basis in preparing the Financial Statements.

READ MORE on principal risks and uncertainties on pg 76 
and Note 2 of the Financial Statements.

Viability statement 
In line with Provision 31 of the Code, the Group Board  
has a reasonable expectation that the Company will be 
able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as  
they fall due over the three-year period to the end of  
2025. READ MORE on pg 87 and the subsequent events 
mentioned below.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  157

GOVERNANCESTATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES IN RESPECT OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Directors’ confirmations
The Directors consider that the Annual Report and 
Accounts and the Financial Statements, taken as a whole, 
are fair, balanced and understandable, and provide the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
Group’s and Company’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy.

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are 
listed in Annual Report and Accounts and the Financial 
Statements, confirm that, to the best of their knowledge:

•  The Group Financial Statements, which have been prepared 
in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting 
Standards, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, 
financial position and profit of the Group;

•  The Company Financial Statements, which have been 

prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Accounting 
Standards, comprising FRS 101, give a true and fair  
view of the assets, liabilities and financial position of the 
Company; and

•  The Strategic Report includes a fair review of the 

development and performance of the business and  
the position of the Group and Company, together with  
a description of the principal risks and uncertainties  
that it faces.

Approved on behalf of the Group Board by:

Mike Edwards 
Chief Executive Officer 
7 March 2023 

Ben Waldron 
Chief Financial Officer and 
Asia Chief Executive Officer 
7 March 2023

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual 
Report and Accounts and the Financial Statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulation.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Financial 
Statements for each financial year. Under that law the 
Directors have prepared the Group Financial Statements 
in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting 
Standards and the Company Financial Statements in 
accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting 
Standards, comprising FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure 
Framework”, and applicable law).

Under company law, Directors must not approve the 
Financial Statements unless they are satisfied that they 
give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the  
Group and Company and of the profit or loss of the Group 
for that period. In preparing the Financial Statements,  
the Directors are required to:

•  Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently;

•  State whether applicable UK-adopted International Accounting 

Standards have been followed for the Group Financial 
Statements and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, 
comprising FRS 101, have been followed for the Company 
Financial Statements, subject to any material departures 
disclosed and explained in the Financial Statements;

•  Make judgements and accounting estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent; and

•  Prepare the Financial Statements on the going concern 

basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group 
and Company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for safeguarding the  
assets of the Group and Company and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of  
fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are also responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain 
the Group’s and Company’s transactions and disclose with 
reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of 
the Group and Company and enable them to ensure that 
the Financial Statements and the Directors’ remuneration 
report comply with the Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance  
and integrity of the Company’s website. Legislation  
in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of Financial Statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions.

158  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF BAKKAVOR GROUP PLC

Report on the audit of the  
Financial Statements

Opinion
In our opinion:

•  Bakkavor Group plc’s Group Financial Statements and 

Company Financial Statements (the “Financial Statements”) 
give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of  
the Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2022 and of the 
Group’s profit and the Group’s cash flows for the 53 week 
period then ended;

•  the Group Financial Statements have been properly 

prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International 
Accounting Standards as applied in accordance with  
the provisions of the Companies Act 2006;

•  the Company Financial Statements have been properly 
prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting 
Standards, including FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure 
Framework”, and applicable law); and

Our audit approach
Overview
Audit scope
•  Full scope audit procedures performed over the complete 
financial information of seven components and specified 
procedures over a further four components

•  Central audit procedures performed by the Group audit 

team which included the audit of the recoverability of goodwill, 
the audit of current and deferred income taxes, the audit of 
share based payment schemes, the audit of the UK defined 
benefit pension scheme and the audit of the consolidation

•  Audit coverage from full scope procedures of 70%  

of Group revenue

•  Full scope audit procedures performed over the Company 

financial information

Key audit matters
•  Completeness and accuracy of customer deduction 

•  the Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance 

accruals (Group)

with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the Financial Statements, included within 
the Annual Report & Accounts 2022 (the “Annual Report”), 
which comprise: the consolidated statement of financial 
position and the Company statement of financial position as  
at 31 December 2022; the consolidated income statement  
and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, 
the consolidated statement of cash flows, the consolidated 
statement of changes in equity and the Company statement  
of changes in equity for the period then ended; and the notes  
to the Financial Statements, which include a description  
of the significant accounting policies.

Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit 
and Risk Committee.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable 
law. Our responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further 
described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of 
the Financial Statements section of our report. We believe 
that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and 
appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the Group in accordance  
with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our  
audit of the Financial Statements in the UK, which includes 
the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed public 
interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that 
non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard 
were not provided.

Other than those disclosed in the Audit and Risk Committee 
report, we have provided no non-audit services to the Company 
or its controlled undertakings in the period under audit.

•  Recoverability of goodwill in relation to the UK and US cash 

generating units (Group)

•  Presentation and disclosure of exceptional items (Group)

•  Recoverability of shares in Group undertakings and loans  

to Group undertakings (Company)

Materiality
•  Overall Group materiality: £6.8m (2021: £4.0m) based  

on 1% of total revenues capped at 10% of profit before tax  
on underlying activities (2021: 5% of profit before tax on 
underlying activities).

•  Overall Company materiality: £4.0m (2021: £4.1m) based  

on 1% of total assets.

•  Performance materiality: £5.1m (2021: £3.0m) (Group) and 

£3.0m (2021: £3.1m) (Company).

The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality 
and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the 
Financial Statements.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ 
professional judgement, were of most significance in the  
audit of the Financial Statements of the current period and 
include the most significant assessed risks of material 
misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by the 
auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: 
the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the 
audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. 
These matters, and any comments we make on the results  
of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context  
of our audit of the Financial Statements as a whole,  
and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide  
a separate opinion on these matters.

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  159

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSRecoverability of goodwill has been updated to include the UK cash generating unit (Group) and the presentation and 
disclosure of exceptional items (Group) is a new key audit matter this period. Otherwise, the key audit matters below are 
consistent with last period.

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Completeness and accuracy of customer 
deduction accruals (Group)

Refer to the accounting policies in Note 2 of the 
Group Financial Statements.

At the planning stage of the audit, we assessed the design and implementation 
of controls over the customer deduction process.

As described in Note 2 of the Group Financial 
Statements, revenue from the sale of goods is 
measured net of deductions relating to commercial 
incentive arrangements in the form of volume-related 
rebates, marketing and promotional funding, 
discounts or lump sum incentives (“customer 
deductions”), when it is highly probable that they will 
not reverse. The complexity of customer deductions 
depends on the specifics of each arrangement. 
Some arrangements relating to specific products or 
promotions are simple whereas other arrangements 
may cover multiple manufacturing sites, multiple 
products or span period ends. These are more 
complex and can require estimation of the amount  
of deductions ultimately claimed. Management 
judgement is also required when assessing if 
unclaimed historical deduction accruals are no 
longer required.

We performed a detailed risk assessment on each  
of our in-scope components to determine the inherent 
risk level for the two key assertions of completeness 
and accuracy and tailored the extent of our audit 
procedures accordingly. We deemed two components 
to contain a significant risk over the accuracy and 
completeness of customer deduction accruals 
because of the number and variety of contractual 
arrangements and the inherent uncertainty in future 
outcome. Testing to address these significant risk 
assertions was performed to a high level of assurance. 
Management estimates the level of claims from 
customers based on historical experience and the 
specific terms of individual agreements. Key inputs 
into these estimates include forecast sales volumes 
(where agreements are not coterminous), estimated 
consumer uptake (in relation to promotional funding) 
and ongoing negotiations with customers.

We understood and assessed the Group’s revenue recognition accounting 
policies, including the recognition of customer deductions.

We performed risk assessment analytics by reviewing the customer deductions 
as a percentage of revenue by customer. We also performed gross margin 
analysis period-on-period to identify any unusual or unexpected trends.

We assessed the completeness and accuracy of amounts recognised in the 
income statement and accrued at the period-end:

•  We obtained management’s schedule of customer deduction accruals which 
analyses the opening accrual to closing accrual with reference to amounts 
claimed, amounts accrued in the period and amounts released. We verified  
the mathematical accuracy of the schedule;

•  We retrospectively reviewed management’s historical accuracy of accruals 
recorded in the previous period by comparison to the amounts subsequently 
settled during the current period and challenged management if any amounts 
had not been adjusted;

•  For a sample of customer deductions recorded in the period, we agreed to  

third party support such as subsequent settlement amounts. Where unsettled, 
inputs to the calculation have been agreed to underlying contracts and the 
calculation reperformed. In addition, we have considered the historical accuracy 
rate of accruals recorded. We recalculated the income statement and accrual 
amounts to test mathematical accuracy;

•  We selected a sample of prior period accruals settled in the period by agreeing  

to debit notes or payments made to the customer;

•  We performed a review of historical unclaimed deductions released in the period to 
verify that they met the Group’s accounting policy regarding passage of time; and

•  In order to test for completeness, we reviewed commercial agreements for 

undisclosed volume rebates, promotional funding arrangements or marketing 
support. We performed detailed testing to ensure that expected promotional 
accruals had been recognised based on promotions seen in store or online.  
We compared information obtained at site level with Group level discussions.  
We performed substantive testing of post-period-end payments and credit notes 
issued to ensure none related to unrecognised deduction accruals. We reviewed 
local management’s debit note reconciliation to ensure all related deduction 
accruals were correctly recognised.

Refer to the Audit and Risk Committee report for 
discussion of this key audit matter.

We also assessed the adequacy of the disclosure provided in Note 2 of the 
Group Financial Statements in relation to the relevant Accounting Standards. 

We found no material differences as a result of the audit procedures performed.

160  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF BAKKAVOR GROUP PLC CONTINUEDKey audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Recoverability of goodwill in relation to the 
UK and US cash generating units (Group)

Refer to the accounting policies in Note 2, the key 
sources of estimation uncertainty in Note 3 and  
Note 13 of the Group Financial Statements.

Goodwill must be tested for impairment on at least  
an annual basis. The determination of recoverable 
amount, being the higher of value-in-use (“VIU”) and 
fair value less costs of disposal, requires estimations 
on the part of management in both identifying and 
then valuing the relevant Group’s cash-generating 
units (“CGUs”).

On 31 December 2022, the Group held goodwill of 
£51.3m (2021: £46.3m) and £603.8m (2021: £603.8m)
in relation to the US and UK CGUs respectively.

We focused on this area as management judgement  
is required to establish the recoverable amount using 
value in use models. This includes judgement in the 
selection of assumptions used to estimate forecast 
future cash flows such as earnings before interest, 
tax, depreciation and amortisation (“EBITDA”) growth, 
climate change impacts and capital expenditure 
forecasts, and in the selection of appropriate discount 
and long-term growth rates(“LTGRs”).

The key assumptions within the models are all 
subjective and susceptible to management bias  
and execution risk and could lead to an impairment 
charge if incorrect.

Refer to the Audit and Risk Committee report for 
discussion of this key audit matter.

At the planning stage of the audit, we assessed the design and implementation 
of controls over the impairment review process.

As part of our audit of management’s impairment assessment and underlying 
discounted cash flow model:

•  We obtained the impairment models prepared by management and tested  

the technical and arithmetic accuracy to ensure that they had been prepared  
in line with the guidance provided in IAS 36 and noted errors which were 
subsequently updated;

•  We reviewed the climate related assumptions within the models. Our procedures 

included, but were not limited to:

 – Assessing the competence of management experts, KPMG;

 – Considering the decarbonisation scenario assumptions used by KPMG  

to calculate decarbonisation costs for both CGUs; and

 – Corroborating carbon pricing assumptions to an independent external source, 

the International Energy Agency.

•  We used internal valuation experts to determine whether management’s 

discount rates were within an acceptable range and concluded that they were 
appropriate. 

•  We used internal valuation experts to determine if LTGRs used in the impairment 
models were consistent with external sources of evidence. We noted an error  
in the data source used for the LTGRs and management updated for this in their 
final models;

•  We identified key cash flow forecast assumptions to which the US model was 

sensitive and focused our efforts on these assumptions. We challenged the basis 
of the short-term forecasts used in the model, focussing on revenue growth, 
EBITDA margin assumptions and capital expenditure. This included, but was  
not limited to:

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  161

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSKey audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

 – Agreeing forecasts to Board approved plans;

 – Reviewing management’s historical accuracy of forecasting;

 – Obtaining an EBITDA bridge from FY22 actuals through to FY24 forecasts,  
and identifying key assumptions for margin growth including volume, price, 
factory performance and cost inflation; 

 – Assessing the revenue growth rates in the US with reference to historical 
growth, actual performance of the US CGU in FY22 and FY23 to date, and 
versus key customer growth plans;

 – Agreeing 2023 volumes to third party evidence;

 – Performing detailed testing to substantiate the FY23 forecast price impact;

 – Obtaining detailed factory performance plans, holding discussions with site 

General Managers and reviewing Q4 FY22 run rate and FY23 actual 
performance to date;

 – Obtaining FY23 material purchase schedules and agreeing associated 

inflationary assumptions to third party evidence;

 – Assessing key assumptions for FY24 against historical performance such  

as revenue growth rates and price recovery for inflation; and

 – Reviewing capital expenditure forecasts to Board approved plans. 

•  We identified key cash flow forecast assumptions to which the UK model was 

sensitive and focused our efforts on these assumptions. We challenged the basis 
of the short-term forecasts used in the model, focussing on EBITDA margin 
assumptions and capital expenditure. This included, but was not limited to:

 – Agreeing forecasts to Board approved plans;

 – Reviewing management’s historical accuracy of forecasting; 

 – Obtaining an EBITDA bridge from FY22 actuals through to FY23 forecast,  

and identifying key assumptions for EBITDA margin including price recovery, 
inflation, cost savings because of site closures and restructuring and factory 
performance improvements;

 – Obtaining FY23 material purchase schedules, labour inflation calculations and 
utility cost forecasts and agreeing associated inflationary assumptions to third 
party evidence;

 – Obtaining a detailed schedule for FY23 price recovery, agreeing this to 

supporting documentation such as annualisation calculations and customer 
communications and also comparing to the FY22 historical recovery;

 – Verifying forecast cost savings following site closures and central 

restructuring to supporting documentation; 

 – Obtaining detailed factory performance plans, holding discussions with site 

Financial Controllers and reviewing Q4 FY22 run rate and FY23 actual 
performance to date; and

 – Reviewing capital expenditure forecasts to Board approved plans.

We performed a cross check between the value-in-use calculation for the  
full business to the market capitalisation of the Company. There has been a 
differential between the two for several years. Management consider that this 
is reflective of the control premium implied in the VIU models, and the ongoing 
effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and inflationary pressures. We concur with 
this assessment, and this does not change our conclusions.

We reperformed management’s sensitivity analysis by reducing cash flows 
and separately sensitised the discount rate and long-term growth rates to 
understand the impact that possible changes could have. We confirmed these 
are mathematically accurate.

We performed independent sensitivities on both the UK and US CGUs in the 
form of stress tests to assess the deviation from budget that each CGU could 
withstand before an impairment would be necessary. These were focused  
on adjusting those assumptions which involve greater estimation and also 
compared to downsides in management’s going concern model for consistency. 

We concluded that no impairment charge is required based on the testing  
and reasonable downside scenarios modelled and concur with the enhanced 
disclosures included in the Group Financial Statements.

162  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF BAKKAVOR GROUP PLC CONTINUEDKey audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Presentation and disclosure of exceptional 
items (Group)

Refer to the accounting policies in Note 2, Note 3 and 
Note 7 of the Group Financial Statements.

The Group has reported exceptional items totalling 
£50.1m (2021: £nil) separately within the consolidated 
income statement, which are excluded from 
management’s reporting of the underlying results  
of the Group.

We focused on this area because management’s 
judgement is required in order to identify and 
present items as exceptional. Our specific area  
of focus was to assess the existence of the items 
identified by management as exceptional and that 
they are calculated accurately and in line with the 
Group’s accounting policy (i.e., are material items 
that are significant in nature or non-recurring  
and are important to users in understanding the 
business) and have been treated consistently.

Refer to the Audit and Risk Committee report for 
discussion of this key audit matter.

We assessed the appropriateness of the Group’s accounting policy and 
whether those items disclosed as exceptional are consistent with the 
accounting policy and the approach taken in previous accounting periods.

We assessed the control procedures that relate to the preparation,  
review and approval of the amounts included in exceptionals.

We have examined the items classified as exceptional to understand 
management’s rationale for their separate presentation and assessed the 
appropriateness of their presentation by reference to the Group’s accounting 
policies and the FRC guidance in this area. Audit procedures performed 
included, but were not limited to;

•  For a sample of assets impaired as a result of site closures, verifying that the 

equipment had been scrapped, or where this had not yet occurred corroborating 
that the asset had no alternative use within the UK business, nor were there any 
plans to sell the assets;

•  For a sample of redundancy costs agreeing amounts recorded to underlying 
calculations and verifying key inputs to supporting documentation such as 
redundancy letters, salary information and, where relevant, settlement 
agreements;

•  Agreeing a sample of non-people related closure costs to supporting 

documentation; and

•  For the asset impairment in respect of the associate, La Rose Noire, obtaining 
management’s impairment paper and VIU model and agreeing future dividend 
forecasts to supporting documentation. This included:

 – Ensuring that the assumptions for future dividend payments were consistent 

with the associate’s full forecasts and challenging the forecast key 
assumptions such as timing of EBITDA by store, and verifying to market  
data where possible; 

 – Obtaining corroboration of the changes to the business from the associate’s 

board member;

 – Validating that the discount rate and growth rates were not material to the 

model; and

 – Ensuring that the impairment recognised was not more than the Group’s 

share of net assets on a return of capital.

We challenged the disclosures for items classified as exceptional with a focus 
on ensuring there was a clear narrative setting out why they are excluded from 
underlying performance. 

We concluded that the treatment of exceptional items was consistent with the 
policy set out in Note 2 which has been applied consistently between periods. 

As part of our review of the Annual Report, we also considered the disclosures 
in respect of exceptional items and reconciliation of adjusted profit measures to 
the equivalent statutory measures and concluded that these were appropriate.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  163

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSKey audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Recoverability of shares in Group 
undertakings and loans to Group 
undertakings (Company)

Refer to the accounting policies in Note 2, Note 4 and 
Note 8 of the Company Financial Statements.

Bakkavor Group plc holds a direct investment of 
£309.5m (2021: £309.5m) in Bakkavor Holdings Limited, 
and through this entity an indirect investment in the 
Group. The valuation of the shares in Group 
undertakings is significant to the Company-only 
balance sheet. The Company also holds a loan to 
Group undertakings of £95.6m (2021: £97.2m). Given 
the magnitude of both the shares in Group undertakings 
and the loans to Group undertakings we have 
considered the risk of impairment of these assets.

At the planning stage of the audit, we assessed the design and implementation 
of controls over the impairment review process for both shares in Group 
undertakings and loans to Group undertakings. 

To address the risk identified;

•  We obtained a schedule of shares in Group undertakings and ensured this 

reconciled to Financial Statements;

•  We challenged management’s assertion that no impairment triggers were 
identified that would necessitate a full impairment review to be performed.  
We performed a review of net assets of the subsidiary entity against the carrying 
value, considered the external market and economic factors and also our review 
of the discounted cash flow models prepared for the purpose of testing goodwill 
for impairment. (Please see our key audit matter in respect of the recoverability 
of goodwill in relation to the US and UK cash generating units). Based on these 
procedures we concluded that there were no triggers that would indicate the 
directors were required to perform a full impairment test of the shares in Group 
undertakings carrying value;

•  We have performed a reconciliation of the loans to Group undertakings amount 

and ensured this agrees with the counterparty;

•  We reviewed the application of management’s impairment methodology in 

assessing the recoverability of intercompany receivables and the level of related 
expected credit loss provisions. The outstanding balances are considered to  
have a low credit risk and therefore the associated loss allowance is limited  
to 12 months’ expected losses. We have reviewed the terms for the loans to 
Group undertakings and assessed the nature of the counterparty’s liquid assets 
and have concluded that there is no indication of material impairment to the 
receivable balances.

We also assessed the adequacy of the disclosure provided in Note 2, Note 4  
and Note 8 of the Company Financial Statements in relation to the relevant 
Accounting Standards.

We found no exceptions as a result of our testing and consider the 
recoverability of shares in Group undertakings and loans to Group 
undertakings to be appropriate.

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed 
enough work to be able to give an opinion on the Financial 
Statements as a whole, taking into account the structure  
of the Group and the Company, the accounting processes 
and controls, and the industry in which they operate.

The Group is structured according to manufacturing sites, 
each of which is a component and which maintains separate 
accounting records and controls. The Group Financial 
Statements are a consolidation of reporting units, comprising 
the manufacturing sites and centralised functions.

In establishing the overall approach to the Group audit,  
we determined the type of work that needed to be performed 
at each component. Two reporting components were 
determined to be financially significant due to their relative 
contribution to revenue or absolute profit before tax on 
underlying activities. Full scope audit procedures were 
performed over these components. No reporting 
components were determined to be significant based  
on their risk profile.

We identified a further four UK components and the US 
component which, in our view, required a full audit of their 
complete financial information in order to ensure that sufficient 
appropriate audit evidence was obtained. We also identified 

164  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

certain large or material balances in other components where 
specified procedures were performed. These included cash 
balances within the Chinese sub-consolidation, inventory 
within the Inbound Logistics component, provisions within one 
property component and external borrowings and related 
interest expenses within the finance component to which 
specific audit procedures were performed to ensure that we 
had sufficient audit coverage over the relevant Financial 
Statement line items.

The consolidation, Financial Statement disclosures and a 
number of centralised areas were audited by the Group  
audit team at the head office. These included the audit of the 
recoverability of goodwill, investments, the audit of current 
and deferred income taxes, the audit of share-based payment 
schemes and the audit of the defined benefit pension scheme.

We also performed analytical procedures on all of the 
remaining out of scope components to identify whether  
any further audit evidence was needed. This resulted  
in no additional substantive testing.

This audit work resulted in coverage of 70% of Group revenues.

The Company was also subject to a full scope audit  
by the Group audit team.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF BAKKAVOR GROUP PLC CONTINUEDThe impact of climate risk on our audit
As part of our audit we made enquiries of management  
to understand the process management adopted to assess 
the extent of the potential impact of climate risk on the 
Group Financial Statements and support the disclosures 
made within the Strategic Report. In addition to enquiries 
of management we also read reporting provided by 
management experts on climate risks and opportunities 
and the pathway to Net Zero.

We challenged the completeness of management’s climate 
risk assessment by: reading external reporting made by 
management to the Carbon Disclosure Project; reviewing 
internal climate plans and board minutes; and reading the 
Company’s website for details of climate related 
commitments and impacts.

Management have made a commitment to reach Net Zero 
emissions across Group operations by 2040. Management 
are in the process of developing a detailed pathway to 
deliver this commitment and have modelled their current 
best view of the impact. This will be refined in subsequent 
periods as the pathway becomes more defined.

The key area of the Group Financial Statements where 
management evaluated that climate risk has a potentially 
significant impact is in determining the value in use of its 
CGU’s for the assessment of the recoverability of goodwill 
in relation to the UK and US, where decarbonisation costs 
are a key assumption. Our audit response is included in 
the key audit matter above.

We also considered the consistency of the disclosures  
in relation to climate change (including the disclosures in  
the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures 
(“TCFD”) section) within the Annual Report with the Financial 
Statements and our knowledge obtained from our audit.  
This included obtaining the expert reporting used in the 
TCFD scenario analysis and considering if the assumptions 
are consistent with those used in the goodwill recoverability 
assessment and challenging the completeness of the 
disclosures given in the narrative reporting. We have no 
matters to report as a result of these procedures.

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for 
materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the  
nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual Financial Statement line items and disclosures and  
in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the Financial Statements as a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the Financial Statements as a whole as follows:

Financial statements – Group

Financial statements – Company

Overall materiality

£6.8m (2021: £4.0m).

How we determined it

1% of total revenues capped at 10% of profit before tax on underlying 
activities (2021: 5% of profit before tax on underlying activities).

Rationale for  
benchmark applied

Based on the benchmarks used in the Annual Report, several KPIs used 
by management to inform its key stakeholders as well as the targets 
used for Executive remuneration. Taking these into account we have 
considered both revenue and profit before tax on underlying activities 
when determining materiality this period. The key factor for the change 
is to ensure the materiality appropriately reflects the scale of the 
business and allows the audit to focus on the key areas as a result.

£4.0m (2021: £4.1m).

1% of total assets.

We believe that total assets  
are an appropriate benchmark  
for a holding Company.

For each component in the scope of our Group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall Group 
materiality. The range of materiality allocated across components was between £1.4m and £6.1m.

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected 
and undetected misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining 
the scope of our audit and the nature and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transactions and 
disclosures, for example in determining sample sizes. Our performance materiality was 75% (2021: 75%) of overall 
materiality, amounting to £5.1m (2021: £3.0m) for the Group Financial Statements and £3.0m (2021: £3.1m) for the 
Company Financial Statements.

In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors – the history of misstatements,  
risk assessment and aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls – and concluded that an amount in the middle  
of our normal range was appropriate.

We agreed with the Audit and Risk Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit 
above £0.34m (Group audit) (2021: £0.2m) and £0.2m (Company audit) (2021: £0.2m) as well as misstatements below those 
amounts that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  165

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSConclusions relating to going concern
Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the Group’s 
and the Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting included:

•  Obtaining management’s paper that supports the Board’s 

assessment and conclusions with respect to the 
disclosures provided around going concern and viability;

•  Discussing with management the assumptions applied  
in the going concern review so we could understand and 
challenge the rationale for those assumptions, using our 
knowledge of the business, the sector and wider 
commentary available from key customers. We verified  
key assumptions to supporting documentation;

•  Reviewing monthly trading results to January 2023,  

and weekly trading results thereafter and comparing  
to management’s original budget and revised forecasts,  
and considering the impact of these actual results on the 
future forecast period; and

•  Reviewing management’s severe but plausible downside 
sensitivity scenarios. We assessed the availability of liquid 
resources under the base case and downside scenarios 
modelled by management, and the associated covenant 
tests applied. We reviewed management’s identified 
mitigating actions to confirm they are within management’s 
control, albeit we note that no significant mitigations,  
bar reductions in capital expenditure, are required.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not 
identified any material uncertainties relating to events  
or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast 
significant doubt on the Group’s and the Company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern for a period of at least 
twelve months from when the Financial Statements are 
authorised for issue.

In auditing the Financial Statements, we have concluded that 
the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in 
the preparation of the Financial Statements is appropriate.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be 
predicted, this conclusion is not a guarantee as to the Group’s 
and the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

In relation to the directors’ reporting on how they have 
applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have 
nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to 
the directors’ statement in the Financial Statements about 
whether the directors considered it appropriate to adopt 
the going concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the 
directors with respect to going concern are described  
in the relevant sections of this report.

Reporting on other information
The other information comprises all of the information in 
the Annual Report other than the Financial Statements and 
our auditors’ report thereon. The directors are responsible 
for the other information. Our opinion on the Financial 
Statements does not cover the other information and, 
accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except 
to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report,  
any form of assurance thereon.

166  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

In connection with our audit of the Financial Statements, 
our responsibility is to read the other information and,  
in doing so, consider whether the other information is 
materially inconsistent with the Financial Statements or 
our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears 
to be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent 
material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are 
required to perform procedures to conclude whether there 
is a material misstatement of the Financial Statements or 
a material misstatement of the other information. If, based 
on the work we have performed, we conclude that there  
is a material misstatement of this other information,  
we are required to report that fact. We have nothing  
to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic report and Directors’ report, 
we also considered whether the disclosures required  
by the UK Companies Act 2006 have been included.

Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, 
the Companies Act 2006 requires us also to report certain 
opinions and matters as described below.

Strategic report and Directors’ report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of 
the audit, the information given in the Strategic report and 
Directors’ report for the period ended 31 December 2022  
is consistent with the Financial Statements and has been 
prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group 
and Company and their environment obtained in the course 
of the audit, we did not identify any material misstatements 
in the Strategic report and Directors’ report.

Directors’ Remuneration
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ remuneration 
report to be audited has been properly prepared in 
accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

Corporate governance statement
The Listing Rules require us to review the directors’ 
statements in relation to going concern, longer-term 
viability and that part of the corporate governance 
statement relating to the Company’s compliance with  
the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code 
specified for our review. Our additional responsibilities 
with respect to the corporate governance statement  
as other information are described in the Reporting  
on other information section of this report.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit,  
we have concluded that each of the following elements  
of the corporate governance statement, included within 
the Governance section is materially consistent with the 
Financial Statements and our knowledge obtained during 
the audit, and we have nothing material to add or draw 
attention to in relation to:

•  The directors’ confirmation that they have carried out a 
robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks;

•  The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those 
principal risks, what procedures are in place to identify 
emerging risks and an explanation of how these are being 
managed or mitigated;

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF BAKKAVOR GROUP PLC CONTINUED•  The directors’ statement in the Financial Statements about 
whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting in preparing them, and their 
identification of any material uncertainties to the Group’s 
and Company’s ability to continue to do so over a period  
of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the 
Financial Statements;

•  The directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the 

Group’s and Company’s prospects, the period this 
assessment covers and why the period is appropriate; and

•  The directors’ statement as to whether they have a 

reasonable expectation that the Company will be able to 
continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall  
due over the period of its assessment, including any related 
disclosures drawing attention to any necessary 
qualifications or assumptions.

Our review of the directors’ statement regarding the longer-
term viability of the Group and Company was substantially 
less in scope than an audit and only consisted of making 
inquiries and considering the directors’ process supporting 
their statement; checking that the statement is in alignment 
with the relevant provisions of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code; and considering whether the statement is consistent 
with the Financial Statements and our knowledge and 
understanding of the Group and Company and their 
environment obtained in the course of the audit.

In addition, based on the work undertaken as part  
of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following 
elements of the corporate governance statement is 
materially consistent with the Financial Statements and 
our knowledge obtained during the audit:

•  The directors’ statement that they consider the Annual 

Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable, and provides the information necessary  
for the members to assess the Group’s and Company’s 
position, performance, business model and strategy;

•  The section of the Annual Report that describes the review 
of effectiveness of risk management and internal control 
systems; and

•  The section of the Annual Report describing the work of the 

Audit and Risk Committee.

We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility  
to report when the directors’ statement relating to the 
Company’s compliance with the Code does not properly 
disclose a departure from a relevant provision of the Code 
specified under the Listing Rules for review by the auditors.

Responsibilities for the Financial Statements 
and the audit
Responsibilities of the directors for the Financial Statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ 
responsibilities in respect of the Financial Statements,  
the directors are responsible for the preparation of the 
Financial Statements in accordance with the applicable 
framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and 
fair view. The directors are also responsible for such 
internal control as they determine is necessary to enable 
the preparation of Financial Statements that are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the Financial Statements, the directors are 
responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, 
matters related to going concern and using the going concern 
basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to 
liquidate the Group or the Company or to cease operations,  
or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the Financial 
Statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the Financial Statements as a whole are free  
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, 
and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but  
is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance 
with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement 
when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or 
error and are considered material if, individually or in the 
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence 
the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of 
these Financial Statements.

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-
compliance with laws and regulations. We design 
procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined 
above, to detect material misstatements in respect  
of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which  
our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, 
including fraud, is detailed below.

Based on our understanding of the Group and industry,  
we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance 
with laws and regulations related to pensions legislation, 
employment regulation, health and safety legislation and 
other legislation specific to the industry in which the  
Group operates (including food safety legislation), and we 
considered the extent to which non-compliance might have 
a material effect on the Financial Statements. We also 
considered those laws and regulations that have a direct 
impact on the Financial Statements such as the Listing 
Rules, tax legislation and the Companies Act 2006.  
We evaluated management’s incentives and opportunities 
for fraudulent manipulation of the Financial Statements 
(including the risk of override of controls), and determined 
that the principal risks were related to posting inappropriate 
journal entries to increase revenue and management bias 
in accounting estimates. Audit procedures performed  
by the engagement team included:

•  Discussions with management, internal audit and the 

Group’s legal counsel, including consideration of known  
or suspected instances of non-compliance with laws and 
regulation and fraud;

•  Evaluation of management’s controls designed to prevent 

and detect irregularities;

•  Assessment of matters reported on the Group’s 

whistleblowing helpline, and the results of management’s 
investigation of such matters;

•  Review of minutes of meetings of those charged with 

governance;

•  Review of internal audit reports;

•  Review of key correspondence with regulatory authorities;

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  167

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS•  Challenging assumptions and judgements made by 

management in their significant accounting estimates,  
in particular in relation to calculation of customer deduction 
accruals, the presentation and disclosure of exceptional 
items and the recoverability assessment for goodwill (see 
related key audit matters); and

•  Identifying and testing journal entries, in particular any 

journal entries posted with unusual account combinations 
which impact revenue or EBITDA, which could manipulate 
the financial performance of the business.

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures 
described above. We are less likely to become aware of 
instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations that 
are not closely related to events and transactions reflected 
in the Financial Statements. Also, the risk of not detecting  
a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the  
risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may 
involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or 
intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.

Our audit testing might include testing complete 
populations of certain transactions and balances, possibly 
using data auditing techniques. However, it typically 
involves selecting a limited number of items for testing, 
rather than testing complete populations. We will often 
seek to target particular items for testing based on their 
size or risk characteristics. In other cases, we will use 
audit sampling to enable us to draw a conclusion about  
the population from which the sample is selected.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit  
of the Financial Statements is located on the FRC’s website 
at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This 
description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared  
for and only for the Company’s members as a body in 
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these 
opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other 
purpose or to any other person to whom this report is 
shown or into whose hands it may come save where 
expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required  
to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not obtained all the information and 
explanations we require for our audit; or

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by 
the Company, or returns adequate for our audit have 
not been received from branches not visited by us; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration 

specified by law are not made; or

•  the Company Financial Statements and the part of the 
Directors’ remuneration report to be audited are not in 
agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this 
responsibility.

Appointment
Following the recommendation of the Audit and Risk 
Committee, we were appointed by the members on  
23 May 2019 to audit the Financial Statements for  
the period ended 28 December 2019 and subsequent 
financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted 
engagement is four periods, covering the periods 
ended 28 December 2019 to 31 December 2022.

Other matter
As required by the Financial Conduct Authority 
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rule 4.1.14R, 
these Financial Statements form part of the ESEF-
prepared annual financial report filed on the National 
Storage Mechanism of the Financial Conduct 
Authority in accordance with the ESEF Regulatory 
Technical Standard (“ESEF RTS”). This auditors’ 
report provides no assurance over whether the annual 
financial report has been prepared using the single 
electronic format specified in the ESEF RTS.

Sandeep Dhillon (Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
London 
7 March 2023

168  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF BAKKAVOR GROUP PLC CONTINUEDCONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
53 WEEKS ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

£m

Continuing operations

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Distribution costs

Other administrative costs (net)

Share of results of associates after tax

Operating profit/(loss)

Finance costs

Other gains and (losses)

Profit/(loss) before tax

Tax (charge)/credit

Profit/(loss) for the period

Earnings per share

Basic

Diluted

53 weeks ended 31 December 2022

52 weeks ended 25 December 2021

Note(s)

Underlying 
activities

Exceptional
items1

Total

Underlying 
activities

Exceptional
items1

Total

2,139.2

1,871.6

(1,576.5)

(1,330.9)

4,5

2,139.2

(1,576.5)

562.7

(89.4)

(385.6)

0.2

87.9

(20.8)

1.1

68.2

(14.7)

53.5

6

17

9

10

6

11

12

12

–

–

–

–

562.7

(89.4)

(50.1)

(435.7)

–

(50.1)

–

–

(50.1)

9.1

(41.0)

0.2

37.8

(20.8)

1.1

18.1

(5.6)

12.5

2.2p

2.1p

540.7

(75.1)

(363.9)

0.3

102.0

(17.1)

(3.5)

81.4

(24.6)

56.8

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,871.6

(1,330.9)

540.7

(75.1)

(363.9)

0.3

102.0

(17.1)

(3.5)

81.4

(24.6)

56.8

9.8p

9.6p

1 

 The Group presents its income statement with three columns. The Directors consider that the underlying activities are more representative of the ongoing operations and key 
metrics of the Group. Details of exceptional items can be found in Note 7 and include material items that are non-recurring, significant in nature and are important to users in 
understanding the business, including restructuring costs and impairment of assets. In addition, the Group uses further Alternative Performance Measures which can be found  
in Note 36.

The Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements form an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  169

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
53 WEEKS ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

£m

Profit for the period

Other comprehensive (expense)/income

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Actuarial (loss)/gain on defined benefit pension schemes

Tax relating to components of other comprehensive (expense)/income

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Gain on cash flow hedges

Hedging (gains)/losses reclassified to profit or loss

Tax relating to components of other comprehensive income/(expense)

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

53 weeks ended 
31 December 
2022

52 weeks ended 
25 December 
2021

Note

12.5

56.8

32

11

11

(26.3)

6.6

(19.7)

17.3

13.3

(1.4)

(3.1)

26.1

6.4

18.9

24.5

(6.6)

17.9

2.6

2.0

0.4

(0.2)

4.8

22.7

79.5

The Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements form an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

170  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2022

£m

Non-current assets

Goodwill

Other intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Interests in associates and other investments

Deferred tax asset

Retirement benefit asset

Derivative financial instruments

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Derivative financial instruments

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Current tax liabilities

Borrowings

Lease liabilities

Provisions

Derivative financial instruments

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

Lease liabilities

Provisions

Derivative financial instruments

Deferred tax liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Called up share capital

Own shares held

Merger reserve

Hedging reserve

Translation reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity

Note

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

13

14

15

17

23

32

22

18

19

20

22

25

21

24

26

22

21

24

26

22

23

28

28

28

28

28

655.1

8.8

548.1

3.7

12.9

12.8

9.9

650.1

1.7

545.2

11.8

9.9

37.2

2.6

1,251.3

1,258.5

86.2

161.0

40.2

2.7

290.1

1,541.4

70.8

142.8

31.1

0.3

245.0

1,503.5

(430.0)

(390.8)

(1.1)

(13.1)

(11.3)

(22.0)

(0.3)

(1.3)

(3.0)

(10.8)

(8.5)

(1.7)

(477.8)

(416.1)

(309.2)

(85.9)

(15.0)

–

(35.7)

(445.8)

(923.6)

617.8

11.6

(3.1)

(317.6)

(73.8)

(14.3)

(0.4)

(40.6)

(446.7)

(862.8)

640.7

11.6

–

(130.9)

(130.9)

9.5

44.5

686.2

617.8

1.7

27.2

731.1

640.7

The Financial Statements of Bakkavor Group plc and the accompanying Notes, which form an integral part of the 
Consolidated Financial Statements, were approved by the Board of Directors on 7 March 2023. They were signed on behalf  
of the Board of Directors by:

Mike Edwards 
Chief Executive Officer 

Ben Waldron 
Chief Financial Officer and Asia Chief Executive Officer

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  171

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
53 WEEKS ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

£m

Balance at 27 December 2020

Profit for the period

Other comprehensive income for the period

Total comprehensive income for the period

Reclassification

Dividends

Credit for share-based payments

Cash-settlement of share based payments

Deferred tax

Balance at 25 December 2021

Profit for the period

Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the period

Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the period

Reclassification to inventory

Purchase of own shares

Dividends

Credit for share-based payments

Cash-settlement of share based payments

Deferred tax

Called up 
share capital 

Own shares 
held

Note

11.6

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

11.6

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(3.1)

–

–

–

–

28

31

31

11

28

28

31

31

11

Merger 
reserve

(130.9)

Hedging 
reserve

Translation 
reserve

Retained 
earnings

(0.7)

24.8

693.3

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(130.9)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2.2

2.2

0.2

–

–

–

–

1.7

–

8.8

8.8

(1.0)

–

–

–

–

–

–

2.6

2.6

(0.2)

–

–

–

–

27.2

–

17.3

17.3

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total  
equity

598.1

56.8

22.7

79.5

–

56.8

17.9

74.7

–

(38.5)

(38.5)

2.3

(0.6)

(0.1)

2.3

(0.6)

(0.1)

731.1

640.7

12.5

(19.7)

(7.2)

–

–

12.5

6.4

18.9

(1.0)

(3.1)

(38.8)

(38.8)

1.9

(0.6)

(0.2)

1.9

(0.6)

(0.2)

Balance at 31 December 2022

11.6

(3.1)

(130.9)

9.5

44.5

686.2

617.8

The Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements form an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

172  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
53 WEEKS ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

£m

Net cash generated from operating activities

Investing activities:

Interest received

Dividends received from associates

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Purchase of intangibles

Net cash used in investing activities

Financing activities:

Dividends paid

Own shares purchased

Increase in borrowings

Repayment of borrowings

Principal elements of lease payments

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

Note

29

17

28

28

24

53 weeks ended 
31 December 
2022

52 weeks ended 
25 December 
2021

127.1

144.0

0.2

–

(61.1)

0.1

(2.9)

(63.7)

(38.8)

(3.1)

9.7

(9.2)

(14.0)

(55.4)

8.0

31.1

1.1

40.2

–

0.7

(59.8)

4.2

–

(54.9)

(38.5)

–

28.1

(60.9)

(11.7)

(83.0)

6.1

24.8

0.2

31.1

The Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements form an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  173

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
53 WEEKS ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

1. General information
Bakkavor Group plc is a public company, limited by shares, incorporated and domiciled in England, United Kingdom 
(Company number: 10986940, registered office: Fitzroy Place, 5th Floor, 8 Mortimer Street, London, England, W1T 3JJ). 
The Company’s Ordinary shares are traded on the London Stock Exchange.

The principal activities of the Company and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) comprise the manufacture of fresh prepared 
food and fresh produce. These activities are undertaken in the UK and US where products are primarily sold through 
high-street supermarkets and China where products are primarily sold through foodservice operators.

At the date of authorisation of these Financial Statements, the following Standards and Interpretations relevant to the 
Group have not been applied in these Financial Statements as they were in issue but not yet effective:

IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts

Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018-2020 Cycle

Narrow scope amendments to IFRS 3, IAS 16 and IAS 37

Narrow scope amendments to IAS 1, IAS 8 and IFRS Practice statement 2

Amendments to IAS 12, ‘Taxation’, relating to Deferred tax related to assets and liabilities arising from a single transaction

Amendments to IAS 8 Accounting policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors: Definition of Accounting Estimates

Amendments to IAS 1, Presentation of financial statements’ on classification of liabilities

Amendments to IAS 1, Presentation of financial statements’ on non-current liabilities with covenants

Amendments to IFRS 16, ‘Leases’ Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback

The Directors anticipate that the adoption of these Standards and Interpretations will have no material impact on the 
Financial Statements of the Group.

2. Significant accounting policies
Basis of accounting
On 31 December 2020, IFRS as adopted by the European Union at that date was brought into UK law and became UK-
adopted International Accounting Standards, with future changes being subject to endorsement by the UK Endorsement 
Board. Bakkavor Group plc transitioned to UK-adopted International Accounting Standards in its consolidated financial 
statements on 26 December 2021. This change constitutes a change in accounting framework. However, there is no 
impact on recognition, measurement or disclosure in the period reported as a result of the change in framework. The 
consolidated financial statements of the Bakkavor Group plc group have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted 
International Accounting Standards and with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies 
reporting under those standards.

The Consolidated Financial Statements comprise the Financial Statements of the parent undertaking and its subsidiary 
undertakings (the “Group”), together with the Group’s share of the results of associated undertakings comprising a 52 or 
53-week period ending on the Saturday of or immediately before 31 December. Where the fiscal year 2022 is quoted in these 
Financial Statements this relates to the 53-week period ended 31 December 2022. The fiscal year 2021 relates to the 
52-week period ended 25 December 2021. 

These Financial Statements are presented in Pounds Sterling because that is the currency of the primary economic environment 
in which the Group operates. Foreign operations are included in accordance with the foreign currency policy set out below.

The Group considers the impact of climate-related factors in the preparation of the Financial Statements and discloses 
any material impact in the relevant Notes.

The Financial Statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for the revaluation of financial 
instruments and retirement benefit plan assets (which are stated at fair value).

The Group made a change to its accounting policy in relation to upfront configuration and customisation costs incurred in 
implementing Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”) arrangements; this is described within the Other intangible assets 
accounting policy. All other principal accounting policies adopted have been applied consistently and are set out below.

Restatement
During the year the Group identified that its Property, plant and equipment cost and accumulated depreciation were both 
understated by £25.2m, with no impact to the net book value. This mainly related to cost and accumulated depreciation 
values of assets disposed of in prior years for businesses which had been historically acquired. In addition some assets had 
historically been incorrectly categorised as Plant and machinery instead of Land and buildings due to complexity of projects. 
There is no impact to profit, basic or diluted earnings per share, cashflows or the statement of financial position as a result  
of these restatements. The impact of the restatements impact to Property, plant and equipment can be seen in Note 15.

174  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Going concern
The Directors have reviewed the historical trading performance of the Group and the forecasts through to March 2024.

The Directors, in their detailed consideration of going concern, have reviewed the Group’s future revenue projections and 
cash requirements, which they believe are based on prudent interpretations of market data and past experience.

The Directors have also considered the Group’s level of available liquidity under its financing facilities. The Directors have 
carried out a robust assessment of the significant risks currently facing the Group. This has included scenario planning on 
the implications of further inflation and the potential impact of lower sales volumes from reduced consumer demand in 
response to increasing retail prices.

Having taken these factors into account under the scenario, which is considered to be severe but plausible, the Directors 
consider that adequate headroom is available based on the forecasted cash requirements of the business. At the date of 
this report, the Group has complied in all respects with the terms of its borrowing agreements, including its financial 
covenants, and forecasts to continue to do so in the future.

Consequently, the Directors consider that the Group has adequate resources to meet its liabilities as they fall due for the 
foreseeable future. For this reason, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the Financial Statements.

Subsidiaries
Subsidiary undertakings are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements from the date on which control is achieved 
and cease to be consolidated from the date on which control is transferred out of the Group. Control is achieved when the 
Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect 
those returns through its power over the investee. The Group reassesses whether or not it controls an investee when 
facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes to one or more of the elements of control.

When the Group has less than a majority of the voting rights of an investee, it considers all relevant facts and circumstances 
in assessing whether or not it has power over the investee to direct the relevant activities of the investee unilaterally.

Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries are identified separately from the Group’s equity therein. The interests of 
non-controlling shareholders are measured at the non-controlling interests’ proportionate share of the fair value of the 
acquiree’s identifiable net assets. Subsequent to acquisition, the carrying amount of non-controlling interests is the 
amount of those interests at initial recognition plus the non-controlling interests’ share of subsequent changes in equity. 
Total comprehensive income is attributed to non-controlling interests, even if this results in the non-controlling interests 
having a deficit balance.

Changes in the Group’s interests in subsidiaries that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as equity 
transactions. The carrying amount of the Group’s interests and the non-controlling interests are adjusted to reflect the 
changes in their relative interests in the subsidiaries.

Any difference between the amount by which the non-controlling interests are adjusted and the fair value of the 
consideration paid or received is recognised directly in equity and attributed to the owners of the Group.

Business combinations
Business acquisitions from third parties are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of the acquisition is 
measured at the aggregate of the fair values, at the date of exchange, of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed, and 
equity instruments issued by the Group in exchange for control of the acquiree. The acquiree’s identifiable assets, 
liabilities and contingent liabilities that meet the conditions for recognition under IFRS 3 are recognised at their fair value 
at the acquisition date.

Goodwill arising on business combinations is recognised as an asset and initially measured at cost, being the excess of 
the cost of the business combination over the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and 
contingent liabilities recognised. If, after the reassessment, the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the acquiree’s 
identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities exceeds the cost of the business combination, the excess is 
recognised immediately in the income statement.

When the consideration in a business combination includes an asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration 
arrangement, the contingent consideration is measured at its acquisition date fair value and included as part of the 
consideration transferred. Changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration that qualify as measurement period 
adjustments are adjusted retrospectively, with corresponding adjustments against goodwill. The subsequent accounting 
for changes in fair value of the contingent consideration that do not qualify as measurement period adjustments depends 
on how the contingent consideration is classified. Contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not remeasured 
at subsequent reporting dates. Contingent consideration that is classified as an asset or a liability is remeasured at 
subsequent reporting dates in accordance with IAS 39 or IAS 37, as appropriate.

Where a business combination is achieved in stages, the Group’s previously-held interests in the acquired entity are 
remeasured to fair value at the acquisition date (i.e. the date the Group attains control) and the resulting gain or loss,  
if any, is recognised in the income statement.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  175

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. Significant accounting policies continued
Goodwill
Goodwill is initially recognised and measured as set out above in ‘Business combinations’.

Goodwill is assumed to have an indefinite life as the acquired business is expected to trade for the foreseeable future and 
therefore goodwill is not amortised but is reviewed for impairment at least annually. For the purpose of impairment 
testing, goodwill is allocated to each of the cash-generating units (“CGUs”) or groups of CGUs expected to benefit from the 
synergies of the combination. CGUs or groups of CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment 
annually, or more frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be impaired.

If the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than the carrying amount of the unit, the impairment loss is allocated first to 
reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit and then to the other assets of the unit pro-rata on the 
basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the unit. An impairment loss recognised for goodwill is not reversed in a 
subsequent period.

On disposal of a subsidiary or associate, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit 
or loss on disposal.

The Group’s policy for goodwill on the acquisition of an associate is described in ‘Investments in associates’ below.

Investments in associates
An associate is an entity over which the Group is in a position to exercise significant influence, through participation in the 
financial and operating policy decisions of the investee. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and 
operating policy decisions of the investee, but is not control or joint control over those policies.

The results, assets and liabilities of associates are incorporated in these Financial Statements using the equity method of 
accounting. Investments in associates are initially recognised in the statement of financial position at cost and adjusted 
thereafter by the Group’s share of the profit or loss and other comprehensive income of the associate, less any impairment 
in the value of individual investments and less any dividends or distributions received from the associate.

On acquisition of the investment, goodwill is the excess of cost of the investment over the Group’s share of the net fair 
value of the identifiable assets and liabilities, which is included within the carrying amount of the investment. The entire 
carrying amount of the investment is tested for impairment as a single asset by comparing its recoverable amount with its 
carrying amount. Any impairment loss recognised forms part of the carrying amount of the investment. Any reversal of 
that impairment loss is recognised in accordance with IAS 36 ‘Impairment of Assets’.

Where a Group company transacts with an associate of the Group, profits and losses are only recognised in the Financial 
Statements to the extent of interests in the associate that are not related to the Group.

Revenue recognition
The Group sells fresh prepared foods and fresh produce, and revenue is recognised as the performance obligation to deliver 
goods to customers is satisfied and is recorded based on the amount of consideration expected to be received in exchange for 
satisfying the performance obligation. Revenue on the sale of goods is recognised when control of the goods has passed to the 
buyer upon delivery to the customer and represents the value of sales to customers net of customer deductions and discounts, 
VAT and other sales-related taxes. Many of the Group’s revenue contracts include an element of variable consideration, such as 
customer deductions for rebate arrangements or other incentives to customers. The arrangements can take the form of volume 
rebates, marketing fund contributions or promotional fund contributions. The Group recognises revenue net of customer 
deductions and discounts in the period in which the arrangement applies only when it is highly probable a significant 
reversal in the cumulative amount of revenue will not occur. Volume-based rebates, which are calculated on the Group’s 
estimate of rebates, are expected to be paid to customers using the ‘most likely amount’ in line with IFRS 15 requirements, 
whereas fixed rebates are accounted for as a reduction in revenue over the life of the contract. When the Group has satisfied its 
performance obligations, the customer will make payment in line with agreed payment terms. The Group does not expect to 
have any contracts where the period between transfer of the promised goods to the customer and payment by the customer 
exceeds one year. As a consequence, the Group does not adjust any of the transaction price for the time value of money. 
For goods returned, the Group will recognise an obligation and reduce revenue accordingly at the time of notification.

Customer deductions
Consistent with standard industry practice, the Group has arrangements with its customers providing volume-related 
rebates, marketing and promotional funding contributions, discounts or lump sum incentives. These costs are recognised 
as a reduction to revenue, as they are considered to be an adjustment to the selling price for the Group’s products. 
Sometimes the payment of this support is subject to the Group’s customers performing specified actions or satisfying 
certain performance conditions associated with the purchase of products from the Group. These include achieving agreed 
purchase volume targets and providing promotional marketing materials/activities. Whilst there is no standard definition, 
these amounts payable to customers are generally termed as ‘customer deductions’.

The Group recognises these costs as a deduction from revenue based upon the terms of the relevant arrangement in 
place. Amounts payable relating to customer deduction arrangements are recognised within accruals except in cases 
where the Group has a legal right of set-off and intends to offset against amounts due from that customer.

176  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUEDLeases
From the start of 2019 the Group adopted IFRS 16 Leases and transitioned to this standard by applying the modified 
retrospective asset equals liability approach for lease commitments in place at that time.

IFRS 16 determines whether a contract contains a lease on the basis of whether the customer has the right to control the 
use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. The Group has applied the definition of a lease 
and related guidance set out in IFRS 16 to all lease contracts entered into or modified on or after 30 December 2018.

Under IFRS 16, all leases (except as noted below), are accounted for as follows:

•  Recognise the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities in the consolidated statement of financial position, initially measured at 

the present value of future lease payments. Future lease payments are discounted at the Group’s weighted average 
incremental borrowing rate;

•  Use the lease term specified in the contract. Where there are termination options in the contract it is assumed that these will 

not be exercised and when there are extension options the Group assumes that these will be exercised; and

•  Recognise depreciation of right-of-use assets and interest on lease liabilities in the consolidated income statement.

Lease incentives (e.g. rent-free period) are recognised as part of the measurement of the right-of-use assets and lease 
liabilities, whereas under IAS 17 they resulted in the recognition of a lease incentive liability, amortised as a reduction of 
rental expense on a straight-line basis.

Under IFRS 16, right-of-use assets are tested for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 Impairment of Assets and any 
impairment is provided for by writing down the asset value.

For short-term leases (lease term of 12 months or less) and leases of low-value assets (such as personal computers and 
office furniture), the Group has opted to recognise a lease expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term as 
permitted by IFRS 16 paragraph 6. This expense is presented within other expenses in the consolidated income statement.

In the statement of cash flows, the Group as a lessee will classify:

•  Cash payments for the principal portion of the lease liability within financing activities;

•  Cash payments for the interest portion of the lease liability, applying the requirements in IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows for 

interest paid; and

•  Short-term lease payments, payments for leases of low-value assets and variable lease payments not included in the 

measurement of the lease liability within operating activities.

Foreign currency
The individual Financial Statements of each Group company are presented in the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which it operates (its functional currency). For the purpose of the Consolidated Financial Statements, the 
results and financial position of each Group company are expressed in Pounds Sterling, being the functional currency of 
the Company and the presentation currency for the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In preparing the Financial Statements of the individual companies, transactions in currencies other than the entity’s 
functional currency (foreign currencies) are recorded at the rates of exchange prevailing on the dates of the transactions. 
At each statement of financial position date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies are 
retranslated at the rates prevailing on the statement of financial position date. Non-monetary items carried at fair value 
that are denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rates prevailing on the date when the fair value was 
determined. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are not retranslated.

Exchange differences arising on the settlement of monetary items, and on the retranslation of monetary items, are 
included in the income statement for the period. Exchange differences arising on the retranslation of non-monetary items 
carried at fair value are included in the income statement for the period.

For the purpose of presenting Consolidated Financial Statements, the assets and liabilities of the Group’s foreign 
operations are translated at exchange rates prevailing on the statement of financial position date. Income and expense 
items are translated at the annual average rate, unless exchange rates fluctuate significantly during that period, in which 
case the exchange rates at the dates of transactions are used. Exchange differences arising, if any, are recognised in 
other comprehensive income and accumulated in the Group’s translation reserve.

On the disposal of a foreign operation, all of the accumulated exchange differences in respect of that operation 
attributable to the Group are reclassified to the income statement. However, a partial disposal of a foreign operation 
where the Group does not lose control results in the proportionate share of accumulated exchange differences being 
re-attributed to non-controlling interests and is not recognised in the income statement.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the 
foreign entity and translated at the closing rate. Exchange differences arising are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  177

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. Significant accounting policies continued
Research and development
Research and development costs comprise all directly attributable costs necessary to create and produce new and 
updated products. Expenditure on research and development, where development costs do not meet the recognition 
criteria of IAS 38, is recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred.

Exceptional items
Exceptional items are those that, in management’s judgement, should be disclosed by virtue of their nature or amount. 
Exceptional items include material items that are non-recurring, significant in nature and are important to users in 
understanding the business, including restructuring costs and impairment of assets.

Operating profit
Operating profit is stated after charging exceptional items, impairment of assets, profit/loss on the disposal of subsidiaries 
and associates and share of results of associates, but before investment revenue, finance costs and other gains and losses.

Retirement benefit obligations 
Defined contribution pension plans
A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions into a separate entity, which 
then invests the contributions to buy annuities for the pension liabilities as they become due based on the value of the fund, 
and hence the Group has no legal or constructive obligations to pay further contributions. Obligations for contributions to defined 
contribution pension plans are recognised as an expense in the income statement as employee service is received. Prepaid 
contributions are recognised as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in future payments is available. Payments 
made to state-managed retirement benefit schemes are dealt with as payments to defined contribution schemes where the 
Group’s obligations under the schemes are equivalent to those arising in a defined contribution retirement benefit scheme.

Defined benefit pension plans
A defined benefit plan is a pension plan that defines the amount of pension benefit that an employee will receive on 
retirement, usually dependent on factors such as age, years of service and compensation.

For defined benefit schemes, the cost of providing benefits is determined using the Projected Unit Credit Method, with 
actuarial valuations being carried out at each statement of financial position date. Remeasurement, comprising actuarial 
gains and losses, the effect of changes to the asset ceiling (if applicable) and the return on plan assets (excluding interest), 
are recognised outside of the income statement and presented in the statement of comprehensive income.

Defined benefit costs are categorised as follows:

•  Service cost (including current service cost, past service cost, as well as gains and losses on curtailments and settlements);

•  Net interest expense or income; and

•  Remeasurement.

Past service costs are recognised in the income statement on the earlier of:

•  The date of the plan amendment or curtailment; and

•  The date that the Group recognises restructuring-related costs or termination benefits.

The Group recognises the first two components of defined benefit costs in the income statement.

The retirement benefit recognised in the statement of financial position represents the present value of the defined benefit 
obligation as reduced by the fair value of scheme assets. Any asset resulting from this calculation is limited to the present 
value of available refunds and reductions in future contributions to the scheme.

Share-based payments
An expense is recognised for goods or services acquired in a share-based transaction when the goods are obtained or the 
service received. The credit is booked as either a liability or in equity, depending on the type of share-based payment.

Equity-settled share-based payment transactions are transactions where Group shares are issued as consideration for 
goods or services. They are measured in the income statement at the fair value of the equity instrument granted at the 
date of grant with the corresponding amount booked to equity. The fair value determined at the grant date of equity-settled 
share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of 
shares that will eventually vest. The fair value calculation should reflect market-based performance conditions. The total 
expense will be reduced by estimates of options that will not vest (due to leavers or not meeting non-market-based 
performance criteria). Estimates of non-vesting are to be recalculated at each measurement date. For grants of equity 
instruments with market conditions, the entity shall recognise the goods and services from a counterparty who satisfies 
other vesting conditions, regardless of whether that market condition is satisfied.

During 2022, the Company began purchasing its own Ordinary shares from the market through an Employee Benefit Trust 
called the Bakkavor Group plc Employee Benefit Trust. These shares are held to satisfy share awards under the Group’s 
share scheme plans. Own shares are recorded at cost and are deducted from equity.

178  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUEDTaxation
The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the period. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the 
income statement because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other periods, and it 
further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax 
rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the statement of financial position date.

Tax returns are prepared to adhere to tax rules and regulations and with all transactions being fully disclosed to the tax 
authorities. However, the complex nature of tax sometimes means that the legislation is open to interpretation. In such 
cases, judgement is required to quantify the tax liability to be reflected in the Financial Statements. If there is a reasonable 
possibility that tax authorities may take a different view from the position taken in the filed returns then this will be 
reflected in the Financial Statements in the form of a tax provision. In such cases, this provision will represent the full 
amount of any potential liability until the matter is agreed with the tax authorities.

Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities in the Financial Statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit, and is 
accounted for using the liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary 
differences, and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available 
against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the 
temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill, or from the initial recognition (other than in a business 
combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the tax profit nor the accounting profit.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and 
associates, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the 
temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at 
each statement of financial position date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable 
profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is 
realised. Deferred tax is charged or credited in the income statement, except when it relates to items charged or credited 
directly to other comprehensive income, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against 
current tax liabilities, and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to 
settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

Where current and deferred tax arises from the initial accounting for a business combination, the tax effect is included in 
the accounting for the business combination.

Property, plant and equipment
All property, plant and equipment is stated in the statement of financial position at cost less any subsequent accumulated 
depreciation and impairment losses.

The useful economic lives are determined based on a review of a combination of factors, including the asset ownership 
rights and the nature of the overall product life cycle.

Depreciation is charged so as to write off the cost or valuation of assets, other than land or assets under construction, 
over their estimated useful lives, using the straight-line method, on the following bases:

Buildings – maximum period of 50 years

Plant and machinery – 1 to 20 years

Fixtures and equipment – 3 to 5 years

Depreciation is charged to Other administrative costs in the income statement.

Assets purchased through a lease agreement are depreciated over their expected useful lives on the same basis as owned 
assets or, where shorter, over the term of the relevant lease.

Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the term of the relevant lease.

Some fixtures and equipment, that comprise improvements or additions to an existing building, may be depreciated over 
the same period as the related building, which could be longer than five years.

Reviews of the estimated remaining useful lives and residual values of individual productive assets are performed annually, 
taking account of commercial and technological obsolescence as well as normal wear and tear. All items of property, plant 
and equipment are reviewed for impairment when there are indications that the carrying value may not be recoverable.

The gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an asset is determined as the difference between the sale 
proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is recognised in the income statement.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  179

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. Significant accounting policies continued
Capitalised borrowing costs
Borrowing costs incurred in financing the construction of qualifying assets such as property, plant and equipment are 
capitalised up to the date at which the relevant asset is substantially complete. Borrowing costs are calculated using the 
Group’s weighted average cost of borrowing during the period of capitalisation. All other borrowing costs are recognised 
in the income statement in the period in which they are incurred.

Other intangible assets
Intangible assets have finite useful lives which are determined based on a review of a combination of factors, including the 
asset ownership rights and the nature of the overall product life cycle. The assets are amortised on a straight-line basis 
over their determined useful life.

The amortisation charge for customer relationships and customer contracts is recognised as an expense over 10 years, 
and is charged to Other administrative costs in the income statement.

During the year, the Group revised its accounting policy in relation to upfront configuration and customisation costs 
incurred in implementing Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”) arrangements in response to the IFRIC agenda decision 
clarifying its interpretation of how current accounting standards apply to these types of arrangements. The impact of this 
revision was not material.

SaaS arrangements are service contracts providing the Group with the right to access the cloud provider’s application 
software over the contract period.

Costs incurred to configure or customise, and the ongoing fees to obtain access to the cloud provider’s application software, 
are recognised as operating expenses when the services are received, unless the configuration and customisation activities 
significantly modify or customise the cloud software, in which case the costs are expensed over the SaaS contract term.

When they meet the definition of and recognition criteria for an intangible asset, cost incurred relating to the development 
of software code that enhance or modify existing on-premise systems are recognised as intangible assets. 

The amortisation charge for software, source code, licences and development is recognised as an expense over the term 
of the software contract up to a maximum of ten years, and is charged to Other administrative costs in the consolidated 
income statement.

Impairment
Intangible assets and property, plant and equipment are tested for impairment when an event that might affect asset 
values has occurred. Examples of such triggering events include: significant planned restructuring, a major change in 
market conditions or technology, expectations of future operating losses, or a significant reduction in cash flows.

An impairment loss is recognised, in the income statement, to the extent that the carrying amount cannot be recovered 
either by selling the asset or by the discounted future earnings from operating the assets in accordance with IAS 36 
‘Impairment of Assets’.

Please refer to Note 13 for details of the goodwill impairment assessment.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost comprises direct materials and, where applicable, 
direct labour costs and those overheads that have been incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and 
condition. Cost is calculated using the weighted average method. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price 
less all estimated costs of completion and costs to be incurred in marketing, selling and distribution.

Financial assets 
Classification
From 30 December 2018, the Group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

•  Those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through other comprehensive income (“OCI”) or through profit or loss); and

•  Those to be measured at amortised cost.

For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses are recorded either in profit or loss or in OCI.

Measurement
At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair 
value through profit or loss (“FVPL”), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset.

Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVPL are expensed in profit or loss.

Subsequent measurement depends on the cash flow characteristics of the asset. There are three measurement 
categories into which the Group classifies its debt instruments:

•  Amortised cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows, where those cash flows represent solely 

payments of principal and interest, are measured at amortised cost. Impairment losses are presented as a separate line item 
in the income statement.

180  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED•  FVOCI: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the financial assets, where the assets’ cash 
flows represent solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying amount are 
taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest income and foreign exchange gains and 
losses, which are recognised in the income statement.

•  FVPL: Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortised cost or FVOCI are measured at FVPL. Any fair value movement is 

recognised in the income statement and presented net within other gains and (losses) in the period in which it arises.

Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course of 
business. The Group classifies its trade receivable balances dependent on its objectives with respect to the collection of 
contractual cash flows. The Group operates non-recourse debtor factoring arrangements with four of its significant 
customers. Receivables generated from goods sold to these customers are subsequently measured at fair value through 
the income statement, as the objective of management is to sell the receivables (Held to sell business model). All other 
trade receivables are held with the objective of collecting the contractual cash flows, and so these are measured 
subsequently at amortised cost using the effective interest method (Held to collect business model).

Other receivables that have fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market are classified as 
financial assets and are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment. Interest 
income is recognised by applying the effective interest rate, except for short-term receivables when the recognition of 
interest would be immaterial.

Impairment
The Group assesses, on a forward-looking basis, the expected credit losses associated with its debt instruments carried 
at amortised cost and FVOCI. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant 
increase in credit risk.

For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires expected lifetime 
losses to be recognised from initial recognition of the receivables. The expected loss rates are based on the payment 
profiles of sales before 31 December 2022 or 25 December 2021 respectively and the corresponding historical credit 
losses experienced within this period. The historical loss rates are adjusted to reflect current and forward-looking 
information on macroeconomic factors affecting the ability of the customers to settle the receivables.

Trade receivables and contract assets are written off where there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators that 
there is no reasonable expectation of recovery include, amongst others, the failure of a debtor to engage in a repayment 
plan with the Group, and a failure to make contractual payments for a period of greater than 90 days past due.

Impairment losses on trade receivables and contract assets are presented in other administrative costs within operating 
profit. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against the same line item.

Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities held by the Group are classified as other financial liabilities at amortised cost and derivatives at FVPL.

Other financial liabilities
Other financial liabilities, including borrowings, are initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs. Other 
financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, with interest 
expense recognised on an effective yield basis.

Effective interest method
Finance costs are recognised on an effective interest basis for debt instruments other than those financial liabilities 
designated as at FVPL. The effective interest method is a method of both calculating the amortised cost of a debt 
instrument and allocating finance costs over the relevant period.

The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments through the expected life of 
the debt instrument, or, where appropriate, a shorter period, to the net carrying amount on initial recognition.

Fair value measurement
Financial instruments that are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value are grouped into levels 1 to 3 based 
on the degree to which fair value is observable:

•  Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (Unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or 

liabilities;

•  Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are 

observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and

•  Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that 

are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  181

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. Significant accounting policies continued
Derecognition of financial assets and financial liabilities
The Group derecognises a financial asset only when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire;  
or it transfers the financial asset, and substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset, to another entity. 
Financial liabilities are derecognised when and only when the Group’s obligations are discharged, cancelled or expire.

Derivative financial instruments
The Group’s activities expose it primarily to the financial risks of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest 
rates. The Group enters into a variety of derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate and 
foreign exchange rate risks, including foreign exchange forward contracts and interest rate swaps. Further details of 
derivative financial instruments are disclosed in Notes 22 and 27. The Group does not use derivative financial instruments 
for speculative purposes. The use of financial derivatives is governed by the Group’s policies, approved by the Board of 
Directors, which provide written principles on the use of financial derivatives.

Derivatives are recognised initially at fair value at the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently 
remeasured to their fair value at each reporting date. The resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss immediately 
unless the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the recognition in 
profit or loss depends on the nature of the hedge relationship.

A derivative with a positive fair value is recognised as a financial asset whereas a derivative with a negative fair value is 
recognised as a financial liability. Derivatives are not offset in the financial statements unless the Group has both a legally 
enforceable right and intention to offset. A derivative is presented as a non-current asset or a non-current liability if the 
remaining maturity of the instrument is more than 12 months and it is not due to be realised or settled within 12 months. 
Other derivatives are presented as current assets or current liabilities.

The Group designates interest rate swap derivatives as hedging instruments in respect of interest rate risk in cash flow 
hedges. From 27 December 2020, the Group has designated all new forward foreign exchange contracts as cash flow 
hedges and hedge accounting is applied to these instruments.

The hedging relationship is documented at inception. This documentation identifies the hedging instrument, the hedged 
item or transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged and how hedge effectiveness will be measured throughout their 
duration. These hedges have been designated as cash flow hedges and are expected, at inception and on an ongoing basis, 
to be highly effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows of hedged items.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives and other qualifying hedging instruments that are designated and 
qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated under the heading of ‘hedging 
reserve’, limited to the cumulative change in fair value of the hedged item from inception of the hedge. The gain or loss relating 
to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss, and is included in the ‘other gains and losses’ line item.

Amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity are reclassified to profit or 
loss in the periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss, in the same line as the recognised hedged item.

The Group discontinues hedge accounting only when the hedging relationship (or a part thereof) ceases to meet the 
qualifying criteria. This includes instances when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised. The 
discontinuation is accounted for prospectively. Any gain or loss recognised in other comprehensive income and 
accumulated in the hedging reserve at that time remains in equity and is reclassified to profit or loss when the forecast 
transaction occurs. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the gain or loss accumulated in the cash 
flow hedge reserve is reclassified immediately to profit or loss.

Government grants
Grants from the government are recognised at their fair value where there is a reasonable assurance that the grant will 
be received and the Group will comply with all attached conditions.

Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable 
that the Group will be required to settle that obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at 
the statement of financial position date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. Where 
a provision is measured using the cash flows estimated to settle the present obligation, its carrying amount is the present 
value of those cash flows. When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be 
recovered from a third party, a receivable is recognised as an asset if it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be 
received and the amount of the receivable can be measured reliably.

A restructuring provision is recognised when the Group has developed a detailed formal plan for the restructuring and 
has raised a valid expectation in those affected that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or 
announcing its main features to those affected by it. The measurement of a restructuring provision includes only the 
direct expenditures arising from the restructuring, which are those amounts that are both necessarily entailed by the 
restructuring and not associated with the ongoing activities of the entity.

182  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUEDPresent obligations arising from onerous contracts are recognised and measured as provisions. An onerous contract is 
considered to exist where the Group has a contract under which the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under 
the contract exceed the economic benefits expected to be received under it. Where a lease contract is onerous, the 
onerous provision is calculated as the costs of meeting the obligations under the contract excluding lease rentals that are 
included as part of the lease liability.

Contingent liabilities
A contingent liability is a possible obligation that arises from past events and the existence of which will only be confirmed 
by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the Group or 
the amount of the obligation cannot be measured reliably. A contingent liability is disclosed in the Notes to the Financial 
Statements and is not recognised when the possibility of an outflow is more than remote. When an outflow becomes 
probable, it is recognised as a provision.

3. Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
The following are areas of particular significance to the Group’s Financial Statements and include the application of 
judgement, which is fundamental to the compilation of a set of Financial Statements:

Critical judgements in applying the Group’s accounting policies 
Presentation of exceptional items
The Group’s financial performance is analysed in two ways: underlying performance (which does not include exceptional 
items) and exceptional items that are material and not expected to reoccur. Judgement is required as to whether items 
should be presented as exceptional or underlying. Exceptional items include material items that are significant in nature 
or non-recurring and are important to users in understanding the business. Where disclosed, items have been considered 
by management to meet this definition. For further details please see Note 7.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty 
Pension obligations
The Group maintains a defined benefit pension plan for which it has recorded a pension asset. The obligations included 
within the overall pension asset are based on an actuarial valuation that requires a number of assumptions including 
discount rate, inflation rate, mortality rates and actual return on plan assets that may necessitate material adjustments to 
this asset/liability in the future. The assumptions used by the Group are the best estimates based on historical trends and 
the composition of the workforce. Details of the principal actuarial assumptions used in calculating the recognised asset/
liability for the defined benefit plan, and the sensitivity of reported amounts to changes in those assumptions, are given in 
Note 32.

Impairment of goodwill
The recoverable amount of CGUs or groups of CGUs are determined based on the higher of fair value less costs to sell and 
value-in-use calculations. The carrying amount of the UK CGU is £603.8m (2021: £603.8m) and the US CGU is £51.3m (2021: 
£46.3m), the assumptions used to calculate their recoverable amounts are considered to be key sources of estimation 
uncertainty. The key assumptions that can impact the value-in-use calculations are changes to the growth rates applied to 
derive a three-year forecast, or a movement in the long-term growth rates and discount rates applied to the future cash 
flows. The Group has considered the impact of the assumptions used in both the UK and US CGU calculations and has 
conducted sensitivity analyses on the impairment tests of these CGUs carrying values. See Note 13 for further details.

4. Segmental information
The chief operating decision-maker (“CODM”) has been defined as the Management Board headed by the Chief Executive 
Officer. They review the Group’s internal reporting in order to assess performance and allocate resources. Management 
has determined the segments based on these reports.

As at the statement of financial position date, the Group is organised into three regions, the UK, US and China, and 
manufactures fresh prepared foods and produce in each region.

The Group manages the performance of its businesses through the use of ‘adjusted operating profit’, as defined in Note 36.

Measures of total assets are provided to the Management Board; however, cash and cash equivalents, short-term 
deposits and some other central assets are not allocated to individual segments. Measures of segment liabilities are not 
provided to the Management Board.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  183

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS4. Segmental information continued
The following table provides an analysis of the Group’s segmental information for the period to 31 December 2022:

£m

Revenue

Adjusted EBITDA

Depreciation

Amortisation

Share scheme charges

Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Share of results of associates

Adjusted operating profit/(loss)

Exceptional items

Configuration and customisation costs for SaaS projects

Operating profit/(loss)

Finance costs

Other gains and (losses)

Profit before tax

Tax

Profit for the period

Other segment information:

Capital additions

Interests in associates

Total assets

Non-current assets

Note

36

36

36

7

UK

1,783.1

147.7

(52.8)

(0.3)

(1.9)

–

–

92.7

(36.6)

(1.5)

54.6

US

255.3

12.4

(8.7)

(0.4)

–

–

–

3.3

(3.8)

–

(0.5)

China

Un-allocated

Total

100.8

(0.1)

(6.8)

–

–

0.1

0.2

(6.6)

(9.7)

–

(16.3)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,139.2

160.0

(68.3)

(0.7)

(1.9)

0.1

0.2

89.4

(50.1)

(1.5)

37.8

(20.8)

1.1

18.1

(5.6)

12.5

46.0

–

1,215.1

1,018.1

39.0

–

200.2

167.8

1.9

3.6

73.3

55.5

–

–

52.8

9.9

86.9

3.6

1,541.4

1,251.3

The following table provides an analysis of the Group’s segmental information for the period to 25 December 2021:

£m

Revenue

Adjusted EBITDA

Depreciation

Amortisation

Share scheme charges

Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Share of results of associates

Adjusted operating profit/(loss)

Exceptional items

Operating profit/(loss)

Finance costs

Other gains and (losses)

Profit before tax

Tax

Profit for the period

Other segment information:

Capital additions

Interests in associates

Total assets

Non-current assets

Note

36

36

36

UK

1,592.4

149.3

(52.0)

(0.1)

(2.3)

2.9

–

97.8

–

97.8

US

180.1

15.7

(6.4)

(0.4)

–

–

–

8.9

–

8.9

China

Un-allocated

99.1

1.8

(6.8)

–

–

–

0.3

(4.7)

–

(4.7)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total

1,871.6

166.8

(65.2)

(0.5)

(2.3)

2.9

0.3

102.0

–

102.0

(17.1)

(3.5)

81.4

(24.6)

56.8

59.6

–

1,238.7

1,068.9

9.0

–

144.1

120.2

6.8

11.7

86.7

66.8

–

–

34.0

2.6

75.4

11.7

1,503.5

1,258.5

All of the Group’s revenue is derived from the sale of goods in 2021 and 2022. There were no inter-segment revenues.  
The un-allocated assets of £52.8m (2021: £34.0m) relate to cash and cash equivalents and derivative financial instruments 
which cannot be readily allocated because of the Group cash-pooling arrangements that are in place to provide funds to 
businesses across the Group.

Major customers
In 2022, the Group’s four largest customers accounted for 73.2% (2021: 74.0%) of the Group’s total revenue from 
continuing operations. These customers accounted for 87.9% (2021: 87.0%) of total UK revenue from continuing 
operations. The Group does not enter into long-term contracts with its retail customers.

184  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUEDEach of these four customers accounts for a significant amount of the Group’s revenue and are all in the UK segment.  
The percentage of Group revenue from these customers is as follows:

Customer A

Customer B

Customer C

Customer D

5. Revenue
The Group derives all revenue from the sale of goods in the following geographic locations:  

£m

Continuing operations

UK

US

China

2022

32.6%

20.5%

12.2%

7.9%

2021

33.4%

20.3%

11.5%

8.8%

2022

2021

1,783.1

1,592.4

255.3

100.8

180.1

99.1

2,139.2

1,871.6

Upon completion of delivery (the performance obligation), the terms of the order allow 30 to 75 days (2021: 30 to 75 days) 
for payment, dependent on the relevant customers’ payment terms. The Group has in place trade receivable factoring 
arrangements. These are non-recourse arrangements which were applicable to 67.4% (2021: 67.5%) of the Group’s total 
sales. These arrangements allow the Group to choose to factor the receivable for approved invoices and receive payment 
ahead of the agreed terms on a non-recourse basis.

6. Profit before tax 
Profit before tax for the period has been arrived at after charging/(crediting): 

£m

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment:

– Owned

– Leased

Research and development costs

Cost of inventory recognised as an expense

Net movement of inventory provision recognised as expense/(gain)

Amortisation of intangible assets

Exceptional items

Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Share scheme charges

Foreign exchange gains

Staff costs

Other administrative costs (net) before exceptionals are comprised of:

£m

Other administrative costs

Other operating charges

Total operating costs

Other operating income

Other administrative costs (net) before exceptionals

Note

2022

2021

7

31

10

8

55.7

12.6

9.0

53.2

12.0

8.6

1,022.3

836.0

0.1

0.7

50.1

(0.1)

1.9

(1.2)

(0.2)

0.5

–

(2.9)

2.3

(0.5)

594.7

539.2

2022

(385.6)

–

(385.6)

–

2021

(371.1)

(0.3)

(371.4)

7.5

(385.6)

(363.9)

Other operating charges and income relate to an insurance claim which resulted in a net profit of £nil (2021: £7.2m). This 
included proceeds that were used to replace damaged assets which resulted in a gain on disposal of fixed assets of £nil 
(2021: gain of £1.6m).

The analysis of the Auditors’ remuneration is as follows:

£m

The audit of the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements

The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

Total audit fees

2022

0.4

0.7

1.1

2021

0.3

0.7

1.0

Non-audit fees of £41,000 (2021: £40,000) were paid to the Group’s Auditors for permitted audit-related assurance and 
other services.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  185

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS7. Exceptional items
The Group’s financial performance is analysed in two ways: review of underlying performance (which does not include 
exceptional items) and separate review of exceptional items that are material and not expected to reoccur. The Directors 
consider that the underlying performance is more representative of the ongoing operations and key metrics of the Group.

Exceptional items are those that, in management’s judgement, should be disclosed by virtue of their nature or amount. 
Exceptional items include material items that are non-recurring, significant in nature and are important to users in 
understanding the business, including restructuring costs and impairment of assets:

£m

Corporate restructuring costs

UK site closures:

– Closure costs

– Impairment charge

Investment in associate impairment

US customer contractual dispute impairment

Total exceptional items

Tax on exceptional items

Total exceptional items after tax

2022

(5.3)

(11.8)

(19.5)

(9.7)

(3.8)

(50.1)

9.1

(41.0)

2021

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2022
In 2022, the Group incurred an exceptional charge of £50.1m. Of this, £17.1m relates to restructuring costs for the closure 
of two of our UK sites by the end of Q1 2023, and the costs of a corporate restructuring, which includes redundancy payments, 
onerous and other closure costs. The majority of the cash impact will be recognised in 2023. There is also an impairment 
charge of £19.3m in respect of the relevant fixed assets at the two sites due to close and £0.2m for the impairment of 
intangible assets for one of the businesses and these charges have no cash impact. The value of the Group’s investment  
in associated undertakings based in Hong Kong has been written down in the period by £9.7m due to the ongoing impact  
of Covid on the trading performance of that business. An ongoing contractual dispute with a US customer has resulted  
in a £3.8m impairment of inventory and receivables related to this customer. However, we continue to pursue the recovery 
of these assets as we seek to reach resolution on this matter.

2021
No exceptional costs have been incurred by the Group. 

8. Staff costs 
The average monthly number of employees (including Executive Directors) during the period was:

Production

Management and administration

Sales and distribution

Their aggregate remuneration comprised:

£m

Wages and salaries

Social security and other costs

Other pension costs

2022  
Number

15,283

2,378

919

18,580

2022

518.0

63.5

13.2

594.7

2021  
Number

15,578

2,521

873

18,972

2021

471.1

55.9

12.2

539.2

Note

32

Details of the emoluments paid to Directors are included from pg 132–151 in the Directors’ remuneration report and in 
Note 33.

9. Finance costs
£m

Interest on borrowings

Interest on lease liabilities

Unwinding of discount on provisions

Total

186  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Note

26

2022

16.9

3.1

0.8

20.8

2021

14.2

2.7

0.2

17.1

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUEDThere were no borrowing costs included in the cost of qualifying assets during 2021 or 2022. Borrowing costs included  
in the cost of qualifying assets during prior years arose within the general borrowing pool and were calculated by applying 
a capitalisation rate of 3.0% to expenditure on such assets.

Amounts included in the cost of qualifying assets have been capitalised under IAS 23 and are therefore subject to deferred 
tax. The deferred tax credit to income was £nil (2021: £nil).

10. Other gains and (losses)
£m

Foreign exchange gains

Change in the fair value of derivative financial instruments

11. Tax
£m

Current tax:
Current period

Prior period adjustment

Total current tax charge (pre-exceptional items)

Deferred tax:
Deferred tax relating to the origination and reversal of temporary differences in the period

Deferred tax relating to changes in tax rates
Prior period adjustment

Total deferred tax charge (pre-exceptional items)

Tax on exceptional items:
Current tax

Deferred tax

Total tax credit on exceptional items

Total tax charge for the period

2022

1.2

(0.1)

1.1

2021

0.5

(4.0)

(3.5)

Note

2022

2021

9.7

1.7

11.4

3.7

1.6

(2.0)

3.3

(3.4)

(5.7)

(9.1)

5.6

7.6

0.2

7.8

7.6

7.9
1.3

16.8

–

–

–

24.6

23

The Group tax charge for the period was £5.6m (2021: £24.6m) which represents an effective tax rate of 30.9% (2021: 30.2%) 
on profit before tax of £18.1m (2021: £81.4m). Tax is calculated using prevailing statutory rates in the territories in which 
we operate however most of the Group’s profits are earned in the UK where the statutory tax rate was 19% for 2022  
(2021: 19%). The effective tax rate is 11.9% higher (2021: 11.2%) than the UK statutory tax rate of 19% (2021: 19%). 

The main item which, increases the effective rate by 10.2% is the tax effect of an exceptional charge relating to impairment 
of investments (see Note 7). As in the prior year the effective rate is also increased by 2.6% in relation to a deferred tax 
charge arising in connection with the rate at which we provide for deferred tax assets and liabilities. This is following the 
Government announcement on 3 March 2021 and the substantive enactment of this measure on 24 May 2021, that the UK 
corporation tax rate will increase to 25% effective from 1 April 2023. We have therefore valued deferred tax assets and 
liabilities at 25% at the balance sheet date.

Excluding exceptional items and other Adjusting items the effective tax rate on underlying activities was 21.5% (2021: 29.7%) 
(see Note 36).

The charge for the period can be reconciled to the profit per the consolidated income statement as follows:

Profit before tax:

Tax charge at the UK corporation tax rate of 19% (2021: 19%)

Net non-deductible expenses/(non-taxable income)

Non-deductible impairment of investment

Prior period adjustment

Tax effect of losses carried forward not recognised

Unprovided deferred tax assets now recognised

Overseas taxes at different rates

Deferred tax rate differential

Tax charge and effective tax rate for the period

2022 
£m

18.1

3.4

(1.2)

1.8

(0.3)

1.0

–

0.4

0.5

5.6

2022 
%

100.0

19.0

(6.9)

10.2

(1.7)

5.5

–

2.2

2.6

30.9

2021 
£m

81.4

15.5

(1.8)

–

1.5

0.7

(0.1)

0.9

7.9

24.6

2021 
%

100.0

19.0

(2.0)

–

1.7

0.9

(0.2)

1.1

9.7

30.2

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  187

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS11. Tax continued
In addition to amounts charged to the consolidated income statement, the following amounts in respect of tax were 
charged/(credited) to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income and equity:

Tax relating to components of other comprehensive income/(expense): 

Deferred tax:

Remeasurements on defined benefit pension scheme actuarial (loss)/gain

Deferred tax rate change on defined benefit pension scheme actuarial (loss)/gain

Cash flow hedges and cost of hedging

Deferred tax on share schemes

Tax relating to components of other comprehensive income/(expense):

Tax relating to share-based payments recognised directly in equity:

2022 
£m

2021 
£m

(5.0)

(1.6)

3.1

0.2

(3.3)

(3.5)

0.2

(3.3)

4.6

2.0

0.2

0.1

6.9

6.8

0.1

6.9

HMRC had previously raised an enquiry into the structure used to fund our overseas investment in the US business. 
Although a number of earlier years were agreed, for the years ended 2019 onwards and including the current period ended 
31 December 2022, there is uncertainty in connection with the applicability of the UK tax rules to the structure which could 
lead to additional UK tax payable. This is a complex area with a range of possible outcomes and judgement has been used in 
calculating the provision. For these reasons it cannot be known with certainty whether additional amounts of UK tax will be 
due, however, we consider it is unlikely that there will be material amounts due over and above the provisions currently held. 

In 2022 the tax risk provision was £1.0m (2021: £1.0m) because it is considered likely that additional liabilities will become 
due to the tax authorities.

Other factors affecting future tax charges
The Organisation for Economic Cooperation & Development (“OECD”) has published proposals for a global corporate 
minimum tax rate of 15%. The UK implementation of these rules (“Pillar Two”) will be effective for accounting periods 
commencing on or after 31 December 2023 and will therefore impact the Group in the accounting period ending December 
2024. Given the rates at which the Group pays corporation tax in the territories in which it operates, it is unlikely that the 
implementation of the Pillar Two rules will impact the Group’s tax charge in future periods. The rules are complex and the 
Group will continue to evaluate the impact of Pillar Two on the group tax charge as the implementation date approaches.

12. Earnings per share
The calculation of earnings per Ordinary share is based on earnings after tax and the weighted average number of 
Ordinary shares in issue during the period, excluding own shares held.

For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of Ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume 
conversion of all potentially dilutive Ordinary shares.

The calculation of the basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following data:

Earnings 
£m

Profit for the period

Number of shares 
‘000

Weighted average number of Ordinary shares

Effect of potentially dilutive Ordinary shares

Weighted average number of Ordinary shares including dilution

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

2022

12.5

2021

56.8

2022

2021

577,576

579,426

9,767

9,775

587,343

589,201

2022

2.2p

2.1p

2021

9.8p

9.6p

The Group calculates adjusted basic earnings per Ordinary share and details of this can be found in Note 36, Alternative 
performance measures.

188  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED13. Goodwill
£m

Cost

At 27 December 2020

Exchange differences

At 25 December 2021

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2022

Accumulated impairment losses

At 27 December 2020

Exchange differences

At 25 December 2021

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2022

Carrying amount

At 31 December 2022

At 25 December 2021

702.1

1.0

703.1

5.5

708.6

(52.5)

(0.5)

(53.0)

(0.5)

(53.5)

655.1

650.1

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated, at acquisition, to the CGUs or group of CGUs that are expected to 
benefit from that business combination. The carrying value of goodwill has been allocated to CGU groupings as follows:

£m

UK

US

China

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

603.8

51.3

–

655.1

603.8

46.3

–

650.1

The recoverable amounts of the CGUs or groups of CGUs are determined based on value-in-use calculations. There was 
no impairment recognised during the period (2021: £nil).

The Group is committed to achieving Net Zero carbon emissions across our Group operations by 2040. For the current 
year impairment review, management have also included an estimate of the future costs and capital expenditure required 
to meet this commitment in its value-in-use calculations and sensitivity analyses.

The key assumptions used in the impairment reviews for the CGUs that held goodwill at 31 December 2022 and 25 
December 2021 were as follows:

•  Budget growth rates: The revenue growth rates are based on management growth forecasts based on industry experience. 
Changes in selling prices and direct costs are based on past practices and expectations of future changes in the market. The 
Group has prepared cash flow forecasts derived from the most recent financial budget approved by management for the next 
three years (2021: four years), as determined by the business units which take account of the current risks faced by the 
business including cost inflation and associated price recovery leading to a potential impact on consumer demand. EBITDA 
margin increases are a key assumption for the US CGU and assume a return to FY21 margin levels within the three year 
forecast period. The budgeted cash flows include an assumption on the maintenance capital expenditure required by the 
business over the forecast period.

•  Long-term growth rates: For periods beyond the three year budget, the cash flows are then extrapolated using a perpetuity 

growth rate of 2.0% (2021: 2.0%) for the UK and 2.0% for the US (2021: 2.3%). The terminal value includes an estimate of carbon 
costs from 2030.

•  Discount rates: Management uses pre-tax rates that reflect current market assessments of the time value of money and the 
risks specific to the CGUs. The present value of the future cash flows is calculated using a pre-tax discount rate of 9.3% (2021: 
8.4%) for the UK and 9.8% for the US (2021: 8.9%).

The headroom for each CGU based on the impairment review as at 31 December 2022 is as follows:

£m

Headroom of impairment test based on management assumptions

UK

110.8

US

136.8

The Group has conducted a sensitivity analysis on the impairment test of each CGU’s carrying value. The assumptions 
used, and the impact of sensitivities on these assumptions for each CGU is set out below, none of which indicate an 
impairment is likely:

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  189

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS13. Goodwill continued
UK
•  The UK operating cash flows are primarily driven by adjusted EBITDA. This could be negatively impacted by loss of revenue or 
from lower operating margins. If operating cash flows were 6.5% lower and no mitigating actions were taken, this would result 
in no headroom.

•  The perpetuity growth rate included in the UK CGU future cash flows is 2.0%. If the perpetuity growth rate was to decrease by 

0.7% to 1.3% this would result in no headroom.

•  The pre-tax discount rate for the UK CGU is 9.3%, an increase to the pre-tax discount rate by 1.0% to 10.3% would result in no 

headroom.

US
•  The US operating cash flows are primarily driven by adjusted EBITDA. This could be negatively impacted by loss of revenue or 
from lower operating margins. If operating cash flows were 34.0% lower and no mitigating actions were taken, this would 
result in no headroom.

•  The perpetuity growth rate included in the US CGU future cash flows is 2.0%. If the perpetuity growth rate was to decrease by 

2% to nil, this would not result headroom becoming nil. 

•  The pre-tax discount rate for the US CGU is 9.8%, an increase to the pre-tax discount rate by 6.7% to 16.5% would result in no 

Customer 
relationships

Software

Total

88.9

–

88.9

–

–

0.7

89.6

(86.7)

(0.5)

–

(87.2)

–

(0.6)

(0.2)

(0.4)

–

–

–

13.5

2.9

–

16.4

–

–

–

–

(8.7)

(0.1)

–

–

88.9

–

88.9

13.5

2.9

0.7

106.0

(86.7)

(0.5)

–

(87.2)

(8.7)

(0.7)

(0.2)

(0.4)

(88.4)

(8.8)

(97.2)

1.2

1.7

7.6

–

8.8

1.7

headroom. 

14. Other intangible assets

£m

Cost

At 27 December 2020

Exchange differences

At 25 December 2021

Reclassified from Property, Plant and Equipment (Note 15)

Additions

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2022

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

At 27 December 2020

Charge for the period

Exchange differences

At 25 December 2021

Reclassified from Property, Plant and Equipment (Note 15)

Charge for the period

Impairment charge (Note 7)

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2022

Carrying amount

At 31 December 2022

At 25 December 2021

190  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED15. Property, plant and equipment

£m

Cost

At 27 December 2020 as previously reported

Restatement1

At 25 December 2020 restated1

Reclassification

Additions

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 25 December 2021 restated1

Additions

Disposals

Reclassified to Intangible Assets (Note 14)

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2022

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

At 27 December 2020 as previously reported

Restatement1

At 25 December 2020 restated1

Reclassification

Charge for the period

Impairment

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 25 December 2021 restated1

Charge for the period

Impairment

Disposals

Reclassified to Intangible Assets (Note 14)

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2022

Carrying amount

At 31 December 2022

At 25 December 2021 Restated1

1 

 Please refer to Note 2 for details of the restatement.

Land and 
buildings

Plant and 
machinery

Fixtures and 
equipment

389.1

(49.9)

339.2

(0.3)

18.6

(2.8)

1.9

356.6

30.8

(3.2)

–

6.6

559.8

69.9

629.7

(2.4)

39.4

(5.5)

1.8

663.0

37.8

(3.3)

(0.8)

6.5

Total

1,049.1

25.2

1074.3

(1.0)

75.4

(9.8)

4.0

100.2

5.2

105.4

1.7

17.4

(1.5)

0.3

123.3

1,142.9

18.3

(16.1)

(12.7)

0.9

86.9

(22.6)

(13.5)

14.0

390.8

703.2

113.7

1,207.7

(154.3)

43.9

(110.4)

0.1

(20.0)

(1.3)

1.8

(0.6)

(293.3)

(72.5)

(365.8)

0.6

(33.0)

–

5.4

(0.9)

(130.4)

(393.7)

(21.0)

(4.6)

3.2

–

(2.6)

(34.6)

(11.6)

3.3

0.4

(2.4)

(66.2)

3.4

(66.2)

0.3

(12.2)

–

1.3

(0.2)

(73.6)

(12.7)

(3.1)

16.1

8.3

(0.6)

(513.8)

(25.2)

(539.0)

1.0

(65.2)

(1.3)

8.5

(1.7)

(597.7)

(68.3)

(19.3)

22.6

8.7

(5.6)

(155.4)

(438.6)

(65.6)

(659.6)

235.4

226.2

264.6

269.3

48.1

49.7

548.1

545.2

Included within land and buildings is freehold land held at historic cost of £11.5m (2021: £11.5m). Freehold land is not 
depreciated.

The Group has split the net book value of property, plant and equipment relating to leases between amounts previously 
recognised as finance leases under IAS 17 and amounts recognised as right-of-use assets under IFRS 16. This allows 
management to review performance excluding IFRS 16, as set out in Note 36, Alternative performance measures.

The carrying value of the Group’s plant and machinery includes an amount of £0.5m (2021: £2.8m) in respect of assets 
held under leases previously recognised as finance leases before the introduction of IFRS 16.

The carrying value of the Group’s land and buildings and plant and machinery includes an amount of £86.7m (2021: 
£73.2m) in respect of assets held under IFRS 16 Leases. Further details of these leases are disclosed in Note 24.

The carrying value of the Group’s plant and machinery includes an amount of £28.1m (2021: £30.9m) in respect of assets 
held as security under Asset Finance Facilities. Further details of these facilities are disclosed in Note 21.

At 31 December 2022, the Group had entered into contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and 
equipment amounting to £8.6m (2021: £5.2m).

Assets are not depreciated until they are brought into use. At 31 December 2022 a total of £41.8m (2021: £44.6m) of other 
assets were in progress and had not been brought into use.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  191

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS15. Property, plant and equipment continued
During the year, the Group completed a review of software assets included within Property, plant and equipment and 
determined that assets with a net book value of £4.8m should be reclassified to Other intangible assets.

During 2022, an impairment to land and buildings of £nil (2021: £1.3m) arose from fully writing down the right-of-use 
assets held by a Group business which has ceased trading.

During 2022, the Group impaired £4.6m of land and buildings including right-of-use assets of £0.3m, £11.6m of plant and 
machinery including right-of-use assets of £0.3m and £3.1m of fixtures and equipment. These impairment charges arose 
from sites that are expected to close by the end of March 2023. This resulted in redundant, non-moveable, specialist 
assets which were assessed as having £nil value in use and are not saleable due to their specialist nature. The 
impairments were determined by comparing the carrying values of the assets with their recoverable amount, being the 
higher of the asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. The impairments charged in the year of £19.3m 
wholly related to the UK sector and were included within Other administrative costs as exceptional items (Note 7).

16. Subsidiaries
The Group consists of a Parent Company, Bakkavor Group plc, incorporated in the UK, and a number of subsidiaries and 
associates held directly and indirectly by Bakkavor Group plc. Note 5 to the Company’s separate Financial Statements 
provides details of the interests in subsidiaries.

17. Interests in associates and other investments 

£m

Name of associate

La Rose Noire Limited

Patisserie et Chocolat Limited

Total associates

Other investments

Total associates and other investments

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

2.8

0.8

3.6

0.1

3.7

11.2

0.5

11.7

0.1

11.8

Details of the associated undertakings of the Group at 31 December 2022 and 25 December 2021 were as follows:

Place of registration 
and operation

Principal activity

Proportion of Ordinary shares

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

Method of 
accounting

Name of associate

La Rose Noire Limited

Patisserie et Chocolat Limited

Hong Kong

Hong Kong

Producer of bakery and pastry products

Producer of bakery and pastry products

45%

45%

45%

45%

Equity

Equity

The following tables summarise the financial information of the Group’s material associate, La Rose Noire Limited, as 
included in its own financial statements:

Associate’s income statement

£m

Revenue

(Loss)/profit before taxation

Taxation

(Loss)/profit after taxation

Group’s share of (loss)/profit after taxation (45%)

Associate’s statement of financial position

£m

Non-current assets

Current assets

Current liabilities

Net assets

Group’s share of net assets (45%)

Goodwill on acquisition

Impairment recognised

Carrying amount of associate at end of period

192  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

10.7

(0.1)

–

(0.1)

(0.1)

9.4

0.5

(0.1)

0.4

0.2

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

1.0

6.4

(1.3)

6.1

2.8

9.7

(9.7)

2.8

0.9

5.5

(1.2)

5.2

2.3

8.9

–

11.2

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUEDCarrying amount of associate

£m

At beginning of period

Share of (loss)/profit after taxation of associate

Impairment recognised (Note 7)

Exchange differences

Dividends received

At end of period

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

11.2

(0.1)

(9.7)

1.4

–

2.8

11.7

0.2

–

–

(0.7)

11.2

The following table summarises the carrying amount of the Group’s immaterial associate, Patisserie et Chocolat Limited:

£m

Associates that are not individually material

At beginning of period

Share of profit after tax

At end of period

18. Inventories

£m

Raw materials and packaging

Work-in-progress

Finished goods

There is no material difference between the book value and replacement cost of inventories. 

19. Trade and other receivables

£m

Amounts receivable from trade customers

Expected credit loss

Net amounts receivable from trade customers

Other receivables

Prepayments

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

0.5

0.3

0.8

0.4

0.1

0.5

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

73.0

3.0

10.2

86.2

60.7

2.0

8.1

70.8

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

130.4

(3.6)

126.8

23.2

11.0

161.0

118.2

(2.8)

115.4

17.2

10.2

142.8

During the period, the Group has continued to operate trade receivable factoring arrangements. These are non-recourse 
arrangements and therefore amounts are de-recognised from trade receivables. At 31 December 2022 £138m was drawn 
under factoring facilities (2021: £118m) representing cash collected before it was contractually due from the customer.

As at 31 December 2022, the Group’s Amounts receivable from trade customers includes £62.0m (2021: £53.8m), which 
could be factored under the non-recourse trade receivable factoring arrangement.

The average credit period taken on sales of goods is 22 days (2021: 21 days). An expected credit loss allowance has been 
made for estimated irrecoverable amounts from the sale of goods of £3.6m (2021: £2.8m). Expected credit loss allowances 
against receivables are made on a specific basis based on objective evidence and previous default experience as well as with 
reference to assumptions about the risk of default and expected future loss rates. Receivables are therefore deemed past 
due but not impaired when the contractual obligation to pay has been exceeded, but as yet no objective evidence or previous 
default experience indicates this debt will be irrecoverable, while assumptions about the risk of default remain unchanged.

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables from customers approximates to their fair 
value due to their short-term nature.

The Other receivables amount mainly relates to non-specific amounts, the largest of which is recoverable VAT.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  193

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
19. Trade and other receivables continued
The following table is an ageing analysis of net trade receivables from customers:

£m

Not past due

Past due by 1 – 30 days

Past due by 31 – 60 days

Past due by 61 – 90 days

Past due by more than 90 days

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

120.4

106.8

5.2

0.9

0.3

–

7.0

0.8

0.4

0.4

126.8

115.4

There was no impact from trade receivables renegotiated in 2022 that would have otherwise been past due or impaired 
(2021: no impact).

The four major customers of the Group, representing 73.2% (2021: 74.0%) of the Group’s revenue from continuing 
operations, hold favourable credit ratings. On this basis, the Group does not see any need to charge interest, or seek 
collateral or credit enhancements to secure any of its trade receivables due to their short-term nature. The Group does 
not consider that it is exposed to any significant credit risk other than that provided against and therefore the carrying 
amount of trade receivables represents the expected recoverable amount and there is no further credit risk exposure.

The following table is an analysis of the movement of the expected credit loss for the Group’s trade receivables:

£m

Balance at beginning of the period

Allowances recognised against receivables

Amounts written off as uncollectible during the period

Amounts recovered during the period

Allowance reversed

Balance at end of the period

20. Cash and cash equivalents

£m

Cash and cash equivalents

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

(2.8)

(2.1)

0.2

0.6

0.5

(3.6)

(1.6)

(2.5)

0.6

0.6

0.1

(2.8)

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

40.2

31.1

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash held by the Group and short-term bank deposits with an original maturity of 
three months or less, which are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of 
change in value.

The carrying amount of these assets approximates their fair value.

21. Borrowings
The interest rates and currency profile of the Group’s borrowings at 31 December 2022 were as follows:

Facility amount 
£m

Amount drawn 
down at year 
end £m

Interest rate

Non-utilisation 
fee

Maturity 
date

225.0

SONIA2 plus a margin of 2.1%

N/A Mar 20261

SONIA2 plus a margin of 2.1%

0.735% Mar 20261

Term Loan

Revolving Credit Facility (“RCF”)

Asset Finance Facility

Asset Finance Facility

Asset Finance Facility

Total

Currency

GBP

GBP

GBP

GBP

USD

225.0

230.0

19.2

10.4

1.7

60.0

19.2

10.4

Fixed interest rate

Fixed interest rate

1.7

SOFR3 plus 2.12%

486.3

316.34

N/A

N/A

N/A

Aug 2027

Jun 2028

Feb 2023

1  £12.4m of the term loan and £12.6m of the RCF mature in March 2024.

2  The interest rate for these facilities includes a Credit Spread Adjustment following the transition from LIBOR to SONIA in September 2021.

3  SOFR stands for Secured Overnight Financing Rate.

4 

 £316.3m represents the committed facilities of the Group, the Group’s Consolidated Statement of Financial Position discloses £322.3m which includes local overdraft facilities, 
unamortised fees and interest accrued.

On 18 March 2020, the Group completed a refinancing of its core debt facilities through a new term loan and Revolving 
Credit Facility totalling £455m. The refinancing resulted in the addition of new lenders to the Group. The new facilities 
were due to mature in March 2024, with an option to extend the tenure by a further two years subject to lender approval. 
£430m of these facilities were extended in March 2021 and further extended in March 2022 to mature in March 2026.

194  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUEDThe Group’s total banking facilities amount to £455.0m (2021: £455.0m) comprising:

1. £225.0m in term loans (2021: £225.0m term loan), with £12.4m maturing in March 2024 and £212.6m in March 2026; and 

2. £230.0m Revolving Credit Facilities (“RCF”) (2021: £230.0m RCF), which includes an overdraft and money market facility of 
£20.0m (2021: £20.0m) and further ancillary facilities of £13.3m (2021: £13.3m). For the RCF, £12.6m matures in March 2024 
and £217.4m in March 2026. The bank facilities are unsecured and are subject to covenant agreements including the Group 
maintaining a minimum interest cover of 4.0x and not exceeding an adjusted leverage of 3.0x. 

The Asset Finance Facility is made up of three separate facilities which are secured against specific items of plant and 
machinery as follows:

a.  £25.0m facility, which could be drawn against up to August 2020, of which the Group initially drew down £24.9m with 
£19.2m outstanding at the end of 2022. No further draw down can be made against this facility. The facility has been 
drawn in tranches, with each tranche being repaid on a quarterly basis over a period of seven years, and the weighted 
average interest rate for the facility at 31 December 2022 was 2.41% (2021: 2.41%). The interest rate is fixed at the 
prevailing rate on commencement of the loan tranche. 

b.  £13.1m drawn down during 2021 under a separate asset financing facility with £10.4m outstanding at the end of 2022. No 

further draw down can be made against this facility. The facility has been drawn in tranches, with each tranche being repaid 
on a monthly basis over a period of seven years, and the weighted average interest rate for the facility at 31 December 2022 
is 3.20% (2021: 3.20%). The interest rate is fixed at the prevailing rate on commencement of the loan tranche.

c.  Bakkavor Foods USA Inc has entered into an asset financing facility of up to $5.0m (£4.1m) of funding, based on 

approved funding requests. As at 31 December 2022 £1.7m funding had been approved and drawn and the interest rate 
for this was a variable rate of SOFR plus 2.12%. 

In September 2021 the Group transitioned from LIBOR to SONIA which impacted £455.0m of the total debt facilities.

In addition, the Group has access to £8.9m (2021: £8.4m) of local overdraft facilities in the US and China which are 
uncommitted and unsecured. One of the Group’s UK subsidiary companies, Bakkavor Finance (2) Limited, has provided 
Corporate Guarantees totalling $5m for the US local overdraft facility and RMB 40m for the China local overdraft facility.

During the previous financial period, the Group repaid two term loans with total capital repayments being £57.5m.

£m

Bank overdrafts

Bank loans

Borrowings repayable as follows:

On demand or within one year

In the second year

In the third to fifth years inclusive

Over five years

Analysed as:

Amount due for settlement within 12 months (shown within current liabilities)

Amount due for settlement after 12 months

The weighted average interest rates paid were as follows:

Bank loans and overdrafts

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

8.2

314.1

322.3

13.1

16.1

292.4

0.7

322.3

13.1

309.2

322.3

–

320.6

320.6

3.0

2.9

303.1

11.6

320.6

3.0

317.6

320.6

2022 
%

2021 
%

3.50

2.54

Apart from the Asset Finance Facility, interest on the Group’s term loan and other borrowings are at floating rates, thus 
exposing the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. This risk is mitigated using interest rate swaps as set out in Note 27.

The fair value of the Group’s borrowings is as follows:

£m

Fair value of the Group’s borrowings

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

324.5

323.8

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  195

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
21. Borrowings continued
Net debt is the net of cash and cash equivalents, prepaid fees to be amortised over the term of outstanding borrowings, 
outstanding borrowings, interest accrued on borrowings and lease liabilities and is as follows:

£m

Analysis of net debt

Cash and cash equivalents

Borrowings

Interest accrual

Unamortised fees

Lease liabilities

Debt due within one year

Borrowings

Unamortised fees

Lease liabilities

Debt due after one year

Group net debt

22. Derivative financial instruments 

£m 

Foreign currency contracts – designated in a hedging relationship

Interest rate contracts – designated in a hedging relationship

Included in non-current assets

Foreign currency contracts – designated in a hedging relationship

Interest rate contracts – designated in a hedging relationship

Included in current assets

Foreign currency contracts – held at fair value through profit and loss

Foreign currency contracts – designated in a hedging relationship

Interest rate contracts – designated in a hedging relationship

Included in current liabilities

Foreign currency contracts – designated in a hedging relationship

Included in non-current liabilities

Total

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

40.2

(14.1)

(0.4)

1.4

(11.3)

(24.4)

(310.4)

1.2

(85.9)

(395.1)

(379.3)

31.1

(4.1)

(0.2)

1.3

(10.8)

(13.8)

(319.7)

2.1

(73.8)

(391.4)

(374.1)

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

1.5

8.4

9.9

2.6

0.1

2.7

–

(0.2)

(0.1)

(0.3)

–

–

12.3

0.1

2.5

2.6

0.3

–

0.3

(0.9)

(0.8)

–

(1.7)

(0.4)

(0.4)

0.8

Derivative financial instruments are subject to enforceable master netting agreements. However, they are not set off on 
the balance sheet. Under the terms of these arrangements, only where certain credit events occur (such as default), will 
the net position owing/receivable to a single counterparty in the same currency be taken as owing and all the relevant 
arrangements terminated.

Further details of derivative financial instruments are provided in Note 27.

23. Deferred tax
The following are the major deferred tax liabilities and assets recognised by the Group and movements thereon during the 
current and prior reporting period.

£m

At 27 December 2020

(Charge)/credit to income

Exchange differences

Charge to equity and other comprehensive income

At 25 December 2021

(Charge)/credit to income

Credit to income on exceptional items

Exchange differences

(Charge)/credit to equity and other comprehensive income

At 31 December 2022

Accelerated tax
depreciation1

Fair value 

gains Provisions

Retirement 
benefit 
obligations and 
share schemes

Overseas tax 
losses and 
accrued 
interest

US 
goodwill

(25.9)

(13.8)

(0.1)

–

(39.8)

(6.3)

4.7

(0.9)

–

(42.3)

0.2

0.2

–

(0.2)

0.2

(0.2)

–

–

(3.1)

(3.1)

0.5

0.2

–

–

0.7

0.2

–

–

–

0.9

(1.9)

–

–

(6.7)

(8.6)

0.5

–

–

6.4

(1.7)

28.9

(2.6)

(0.2)

–

26.1

3.4

1.0

3.1

–

(8.5)

(0.8)

–

–

(9.3)

(0.9)

–

–

–

Total

(6.7)

(16.8)

(0.3)

(6.9)

(30.7)

(3.3)

5.7

2.2

3.3

33.6

(10.2)

(22.8)

1 

IAS23 Capitalised interest and Intangibles deferred tax balances are shown within the Accelerated tax depreciation values above. 

196  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUEDCertain deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset where the Group has a legally enforceable right to do so.  
The following is the analysis of the deferred tax balances (after offset) for financial reporting purposes:

£m

Deferred tax asset

Deferred tax liabilities

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

12.9

(35.7)

(22.8)

9.9

(40.6)

(30.7)

Included in the above are deferred tax assets of £33.6m (2021: £26.1) in connection with US tax losses and accrued interest 
amounts which will be deductible in future accounting periods. These deferred tax assets are offset by liabilities for which 
there is a legally enforceable right to do so. The US tax losses and accrued interest amounts can be carried forward 
indefinitely and used against future US taxable profits.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each statement of financial position date and reduced to the extent 
that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

In evaluating whether it is probable that sufficient taxable profits will be earned in future accounting periods, all available 
evidence has been considered by management including forecasts and business plans. These forecasts are consistent 
with those prepared and used internally for business planning and impairment testing purposes. Following this 
evaluation, management determined there would be sufficient taxable profits generated to continue to recognise these 
deferred tax assets in full.

Deferred tax assets in respect of some capital losses as well as trading loses have not been recognised as their future 
recovery is uncertain or not currently anticipated. The total gross deferred tax assets not recognised are as follows:

£m

Capital losses

Trading losses

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

5.0

21.2

26.2

3.4

14.6

18.0

The capital losses arose in the UK and are available to carry forward indefinitely but can only be offset against future 
capital gains. The trading losses are non-UK losses and are available to offset against future taxable profits. These losses 
are timebound and £20.3m (2020: £13.5m) will expire after five years if unused.

There are no deferred tax liabilities associated with undistributed earnings of subsidiaries due to the availability of tax 
credits against such liabilities or the exemption from UK tax on such dividends.

Temporary differences arising in connection with interests in associates are insignificant.

24. Leases
The Group leases assets including land and buildings and plant and machinery that are held within property, plant and 
equipment. Information about leases for which the Group is a lessee is presented below.

Analysis of property, plant and equipment relating to leases
The Group has split the net book value of property, plant and equipment relating to leases between amounts previously 
recognised as finance leases under IAS 17 and amounts recognised as right-of-use assets under IFRS 16. This allows 
management to review performance excluding IFRS 16, as set out in Note 36, Alternative performance measures.

£m

Net book value of leased property, plant and equipment excluding right-of-use assets

Net book value of right-of-use assets

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

0.5

86.7

87.2

2.8

73.2

76.0

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  197

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS24. Leases continued
Net book value of right-of-use assets

£m

Balance at 27 December 2020

Additions

Depreciation charge

Impairment for the period

At 25 December 2021

Additions

Depreciation charge

Impairment for the period

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2022

Lease liabilities

£m

Amounts payable under leases:

Within one year

In the second to fifth years inclusive

Over five years

Present value of lease obligations

Analysed as:

Amount due for settlement within 12 months

Amount due for settlement after 12 months

Land and 
buildings

Plant and 
machinery

68.6

12.8

(9.8)

(1.3)

70.3

25.2

(10.9)

(0.3)

0.7

85.0

3.1

1.4

(1.6)

–

2.9

0.3

(1.2)

(0.3)

–

1.7

Total

71.7

14.2

(11.4)

(1.3)

73.2

25.5

(12.1)

(0.6)

0.7

86.7

Present value of  
minimum lease payments

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

11.3

36.6

49.3

97.2

11.3

85.9

97.2

10.8

29.3

44.5

84.6

10.8

73.8

84.6

The Group has split the lease liabilities between liabilities previously recognised as finance leases under IAS 17 and 
liabilities recognised under IFRS 16. This allows management to review both the Group net debt, as set out in Note 21, 
Borrowings, and the Group operational net debt as set out in Note 36, Alternative performance measures.

£m

Lease liabilities relating to leases previously recognised under IAS 17

Lease liabilities relating to leases recognised under IFRS 16

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

0.6

96.6

97.2

1.0

83.6

84.6

The weighted average lease term outstanding is 14.5 years (2021: 14.8 years). For 2022, the weighted average incremental 
borrowing rate was 3.2% (2021: 3.3%). Interest rates are fixed at the contract date. All leases are on a fixed repayment 
basis and no arrangements have been entered into for contingent rental payments.

The Group’s lease obligations are secured by the lessors’ rights over the leased assets.

The Group utilises the exemption from capitalising short-term and low-value leases where the relevant criteria are met. 
The expenses relating to these lease types are disclosed below.

Amounts recognised in the consolidated income statement

£m

Interest on lease liabilities

Expenses relating to low-value leases

Expenses relating to short-term leases

Amounts recognised in the statement of cash flows

£m

Cash outflow for lease principal payments

Cash outflow for lease interest payments

Total cash outflow for leases

198  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

2022

3.1

3.3

1.4

7.8

2022

14.0

3.1

17.1

2021

2.7

2.2

0.9

5.8

2021

11.7

2.7

14.4

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED25. Trade and other payables 

£m

Trade payables

Other taxation

Other payables

Accruals and deferred income

Trade and other payables due within one year

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

287.5

2.1

26.8

113.6

430.0

237.6

2.1

21.5

129.6

390.8

Trade payables and accruals principally comprise amounts outstanding for trade purchases and ongoing costs. The 
average credit period taken for trade purchases is 63 days (2021: 62 days). No interest is incurred against trade payables.

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade payables approximates to their fair value.

During 2019, the Group set up an arrangement to provide financing for the Group’s suppliers. This is a voluntary programme 
that potentially gives suppliers earlier access to cash. At 31 December 2022, trade payables amounting to £45.1m (2021: 
£31.6m) were subject to these arrangements. These balances are classified as trade payables, and the related payments 
as cash flows from operating activities, since the original obligation to the supplier remains and has not been replaced 
with a new obligation to the bank.

Other payables include the Group’s liabilities in respect of payroll taxes.

26. Provisions

£m

At 27 December 2020

Utilisation of provision

Additional provision in the year

Release of provision

Unwinding of discount

At 25 December 2021

Included in current liabilities

Included in non-current liabilities

At 26 December 2021

Transferred between classifications

Utilisation of provision

Additional provision in the year

Release of provision

Unwinding of discount

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2022

Included in current liabilities

Included in non-current liabilities

Onerous 
contracts

Dilapidation 
provisions

Legal and other 
provisions

Restructuring 
provisions

1.2

(0.4)

1.1

(0.1)

–

1.8

0.2

1.6

1.8

0.5

(0.3)

–

(0.5)

0.2

–

1.7

0.4

1.3

16.6

(0.2)

–

–

0.2

16.6

4.3

12.3

16.6

–

–

2.1

(0.1)

0.6

0.1

19.3

5.6

13.7

6.4

(0.9)

0.5

(2.1)

–

3.9

3.9

–

3.9

–

(0.1)

–

(2.6)

–

–

1.2

1.2

–

1.2

(0.5)

–

(0.2)

–

0.5

0.1

0.4

0.5

(0.5)

(1.8)

16.6

–

–

–

14.8

14.8

–

Total

25.4

(2.0)

1.6

(2.4)

0.2

22.8

8.5

14.3

22.8

–

(2.2)

18.7

(3.2)

0.8

0.1

37.0

22.0

15.0

Onerous contracts provisions brought forward from the end of 2021 relate to the Group’s leased vacant properties. During 
the prior year an additional £1.1m onerous contract provisions was made in respect of one of the Group’s vacant 
properties. The onerous contract has been calculated as the discounted total expected costs for occupying the property 
(including service charges but excluding lease rentals and rates) through to the break clause. The provisions will be 
utilised over the term of the individual leases to which they relate. These leases expire within 17 years. During the year, 
two of the Group’s leased properties relating to the previously closed non-core UK fast-casual restaurant business were 
fully surrendered, and therefore no liability remains for these leases.

Dilapidation provisions relate to estimated obligations under various property leases to ensure that, at the end of the 
leases, the buildings are in the condition agreed with the landlords. The provisions will be utilised at the end of the 
individual lease terms to which they relate, which range from 1 to 28 years.

The legal and other provisions, which are expected to be settled within 12 months and have decreased by £2.7m in the year 
(2021: decreased by £2.5m in the year), are assessed by utilising Group experience, legal and professional advice and 
other commercial factors to reasonably estimate present obligations across the Group. These obligations are varied and 
depend on future events which are by their nature uncertain. The Group has taken this uncertainty into account and 
considers the provision to be reasonable in the circumstances. The Group is also subject to a National Living Wage 
enquiry, which has been ongoing since July 2017. The Directors have assessed and provided for the potential liability that 
may arise from the enquiry and this is included in legal and other provisions above.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  199

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS26. Provisions continued
Restructuring provisions brought forward from 2021 related to the closure costs in respect of the Group’s non-core UK 
fast-casual restaurant business and site closures during 2020. This balance has been reclassified into onerous contracts 
to recognise the fact the restructure relating to these businesses has been completed, however the Group remains 
responsible for one of the restaurant locations.

During the year, a restructuring provision has been recognised for the closure of two of our UK sites and the costs of a corporate 
restructuring. Further details of the exceptional charges incurred during the year for this restructure can be found in Note 7. 

27. Financial instruments
Capital risk management
The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue as a going concern, while 
maximising the return to stakeholders through the optimisation of the debt and equity balance. The capital structure of 
the Group consists of borrowings, as disclosed in Note 21, cash and cash equivalents and equity attributable to owners of 
the parent, comprising issued capital, reserves and retained earnings.

The Group manages its capital by collating timely and reliable information to produce various internal reports such as 
capital expenditure and weekly net debt reports, which enable the Board of Directors to assess the Group’s capital and 
manage that capital effectively and in line with the Group’s objectives. The gearing of the Group is constantly monitored 
and managed to ensure that the ratio between debt and equity is at an acceptable level of less than 50%. This enables the 
Group to operate as a going concern and maximise stakeholders’ return.

Gearing ratio
The gearing ratio at the period end was as follows:

£m

Debt (excluding IFRS 16 lease liabilities)

Cash and cash equivalents

Net debt

Equity

Net debt to net debt plus equity

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

322.9

(40.2)

282.7

617.8

31.4%

321.6

(31.1)

290.5

640.7

31.2%

Debt is defined as long- and short-term borrowings, as disclosed in Note 21, and lease liabilities payable in Note 24 
(excluding IFRS 16 lease liabilities of £96.6m at 31 December 2022 (£83.6m at 25 December 2021)).

Significant accounting policies
Details of the significant accounting policies and methods adopted, including the criteria for recognition, the basis of 
measurement and the basis on which income and expenses are recognised, in respect of each class of financial asset, 
financial liability and equity instrument are disclosed in Note 2.

Categories of financial instruments

£m

Financial assets

Fair value through profit and loss:

Trade receivables

Derivative financial instruments

Measured at amortised cost:

Trade receivables

Other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

£m

Financial liabilities

Fair value through profit and loss:

Derivative financial instruments

Other financial liabilities at amortised cost:

Trade payables

Other payables

Accruals

Borrowings

Lease liabilities

200  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

62.0

12.6

64.8

23.2

40.2

53.8

2.9

61.6

17.2

31.1

202.8

166.6

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

0.3

2.1

287.5

26.8

112.3

322.3

97.2

846.4

237.6

21.5

128.4

320.6

84.6

794.8

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUEDThe fair value of financial assets approximates to their carrying value due to the short-term nature of the receivables. Fair 
values for the derivative financial instruments and other payables have been determined as level 2 under IFRS 7 Financial 
Instruments: Disclosures. Quoted prices are not available for the derivative financial instruments and so valuation models 
are used to estimate fair value. The models calculate the expected cash flows under the terms of each specific contract 
and then discount these values back to a present value. These models use as their basis independently sourced market 
parameters including, for example, interest rate yield curves and currency rates.

The fair value of other financial liabilities at amortised cost approximates to their carrying value. The trade and other 
payables approximate to their fair value due to the short-term nature of the payables. The lease liabilities fair value 
approximates to the carrying value based on discounted future cash flows.

There have been no changes to fair values as a result of a change in credit risk of the Group or the Group’s customers.

Financial risk management
The Group is exposed to a number of financial risks such as access to and cost of funding, interest rate exposure, currency 
exposure and working capital management. The Group seeks to minimise and mitigate against these risks where 
possible, and does this by constantly monitoring and using a range of measures including derivative financial instruments. 
Use of financial instruments is governed by Group policies which are approved by the Board. The treasury function does 
not operate as a profit centre, makes no speculative transactions and only enters into or trades financial instruments to 
manage specific exposures.

Market risk
The Group’s activities expose it primarily to the financial risks of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest 
rates. The Group enters into a variety of derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate and 
foreign currency risk, including:

•  Interest rate swaps to mitigate the risk of rising interest rates; and

•  Forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge the exchange rate risk arising on purchases in foreign currencies.

Market risk exposures are supplemented by sensitivity analysis. There has been no change in the Group’s exposure to 
market risks or the manner in which it manages and measures the risk.

Foreign currency risk management
Foreign currency risk management occurs at a transactional level on purchases in foreign currencies and at a 
translational level in relation to the translation of overseas operations. All transactional risks, cash flow forecasts and 
related hedges are reviewed by the Group Hedging Committee and Group Treasury, at least quarterly, to monitor foreign 
exchange rates and confirm the appropriateness of the Group’s hedged cover.

The Group’s main foreign exchange risk is to the Euro and US dollar.

During the 53-week period to 31 December 2022, the Euro strengthened against Sterling by 4.7% (2021: weakened by 6.6%), 
with the closing rate at €1.1293 compared with €1.1850 at the prior period end. The average rate for the 53-week period to 
31 December 2022 was €1.1727 (2021: €1.1623), a 0.9% weakening (2021: 3.3% weakening) of the Euro versus the prior period.

In the same period, the US dollar strengthened against Sterling by 9.9% (2021: strengthened by 1.0%), with the closing rate 
at $1.2077 compared with $1.3404 at the prior period end. The average rate for the 53-week period to 31 December 2022 
was $1.2375 (2021: $1.3753), a 10.0% strengthening (2021: 7.2% weakening) of the US dollar versus the prior period.

The net foreign exchange impact on profit from transactions is a gain of £1.2m (2021: gain of £0.5m).

Foreign currency sensitivity analysis
A sensitivity analysis has been performed on the financial assets and liabilities to a sensitivity of 10% increase/decrease in 
the exchange rates. A 10% increase/decrease has been used as it represents management’s assessment of the 
reasonably possible change in foreign exchange rates. The sensitivity analysis includes only outstanding foreign currency 
denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the period end for a 10% change in foreign currency rates. 
The sensitivity analysis includes external loans as well as loans to foreign operations within the Group where the 
denomination of the loan is in a currency other than the currency of the lender or the borrower. A positive number below 
indicates an increase in profit/equity where Sterling strengthens 10% against the relevant currency.

£m

Euro

USD

HKD

RMB

Profit or (loss) 
10% strengthening in currency

Profit or (loss) 
10% weakening in currency

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

3.1

3.9

(0.3)

(0.5)

1.9

0.3

(0.2)

(0.7)

(3.8)

(4.8)

0.4

0.7

(2.3)

 (0.4)

0.3

0.8

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  201

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS27. Financial instruments continued
Foreign exchange contracts
It is the policy of the Group to enter into foreign exchange contracts to cover specific foreign currency payments and 
receipts. The Group also enters into foreign exchange contracts to manage the risk and cash flow exposures associated 
with anticipated purchase transactions.

The Group has applied hedge accounting to its forward contracts that were put in place on or after 27 December 2020. The 
transactions and forward contracts are designated with a hedge ratio of 1:1. The fair value of forward contracts at the 
reporting date is determined by the difference between foreign currency spot rate and strike rate of the contract, 
discounted to present value. Sources of hedge ineffectiveness are a reduction or modification in the hedged item or a 
material change in the credit risk of contract counterparties.

The following table details Sterling foreign currency contracts outstanding as at 31 December 2022, which were entered 
into on or before 26 December 2020, for which hedge accounting is not applied:

Outstanding contracts

Net Euros:

3 months or less

3 to 6 months

Net US dollars:

3 months or less

Foreign currency (m)

Average exchange rate

Contract value (£m)

Fair value movement (£m)

2022

2021

2022

2021

2022

2021

2022

2021

–

–

–

8.0

6.0

1.5

–

–

–

1.10

1.11

1.33

–

–

–

–

7.2

5.4

1.2

13.8

–

–

–

–

(0.5)

(0.3)

–

(0.8)

The following table details Sterling foreign currency contracts outstanding as at 31 December 2022, which were entered 
into on or after 27 December 2020, for which hedge accounting is applied:

Foreign currency (m)

Average exchange rate

Contract value (£m)

Fair value movement (£m)

2022

2021

2022

2021

2022

2021

2022

2021

Outstanding contracts

Net Euros:

3 months or less

3 to 6 months

6 to 12 months

Over 12 months

Net US dollars:

3 months or less

3 to 6 months

6 to 12 months

Over 12 months

37.5

38.5

37.8

19.8

4.4

3.3

6.0

0.8

20.8

22.2

31.4

12.0

4.8

4.7

9.4

1.7

1.08

1.06

1.05

1.14

1.23

1.21

1.21

1.22

1.16

1.16

1.16

1.16

1.35

1.35

1.35

1.36

32.0

33.2

32.8

17.3

3.5

2.8

5.0

0.7

18.0

19.1

27.2

10.3

3.6

3.5

7.0

1.3

127.3

90.0

1.3

1.1

1.1

0.5

0.1

–

(0.1)

–

4.0

The following tables detail various information regarding forward contracts, for which hedge accounting is applied, 
outstanding at the end of the reporting period and their related hedged items.

Average contracted  
exchange rate

Contract value

Carrying amount of the hedging 
instrument assets/(liabilities)

Change in fair value  
used for calculating  
hedge ineffectiveness

Hedging instruments

Forward contracts – EURO

Forward contracts – USD

2022

1.08

1.21

2021

1.16

1.35

2022 
£m

115.3

12.0

2021 
£m

74.6

15.4

2022 
£m 

4.0

–

2021 
£m

(1.1)

0.1

2022 
£m

5.1

(0.1)

Hedging items

Nominal amount of the hedge 
item (liabilities)

2022 Foreign 
currency 
m

2021 Foreign 
currency 
m

Foreign currency purchases – EURO

Foreign currency purchases – USD

133.6

14.5

86.4

20.6

Change in value used for 
calculating hedge 
ineffectiveness

Balance in cash flow hedge 
reserve for continuing hedges

Balance in cash flow hedge 
reserve arising from hedging 
relationships for which hedge 
accounting is no longer applied

2022 
£m

(4.0)

–

2021 
£m

1.1

(0.1)

2022 
£m 

4.0

–

2021 
£m

(1.1)

0.1

2022 
£m

–

–

2021 
£m

–

–

202  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

(0.4)

(0.3)

(0.4)

0.0

0.1

0.0

0.0

0.0

(1.0)

2021 
£m

(1.1)

0.1

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUEDThe following table details the effectiveness of the hedging relationship and the amounts reclassified from hedging reserve:

Current period hedging losses 
recognised in OCI

Amount of hedge 
ineffectiveness recognised in 
profit or loss

Line item in  
the income 
statement in 
which hedge 
ineffectiveness  
is included

Due to hedged future cash  
flows being no longer expected 
to occur

Line item  
in which 
reclassification 
adjustment  
is included

Hedged items

Foreign currency purchases

2022 
£m

5.0

2021 
£m

(1.0)

2022 
£m

–

2021 
£m

Other gains 
and losses

–

2022 
£m

–

2021 
£m

–

Inventory

Interest rate risk management
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk on borrowings. The risk is managed by maintaining an appropriate mix between 
fixed and floating rate borrowings, and by the use of derivative financial instruments such as interest rate swaps and caps 
to minimise the risk associated with variable interest rates. Hedging activities are evaluated regularly to align with 
interest rate views and defined risk appetite, ensuring the most cost-effective hedging strategies are applied. Use of 
interest rate derivatives is governed by Group policies which are approved by the Board.

Interest rate sensitivity analysis
Interest rate sensitivity analysis has been performed on borrowings as set out in Note 21, net of existing interest rate 
swaps, to illustrate the impact on Group profits and equity if interest rates increased/decreased. This analysis assumes 
the liabilities outstanding at the period end were outstanding for the whole period. A 100 basis points increase or decrease 
has been used as this is management’s assessment of reasonably possible changes in interest rates.

£m

Effects of 100 basis points increase in interest rate

Effects of 100 basis points decrease in interest rate

(Loss)/profit  
31 December 2022

(Loss)/profit  
25 December 2021

(1.4)

1.4

(1.8)

0.1

It is assumed that all other variables remain the same when preparing the interest rate sensitivity analysis.

In addition, interest rate sensitivity analysis has been performed on amounts owed under the Group’s trade receivables 
factoring arrangement. A 100 basis points increase or decrease has been used as this is management’s assessment of 
reasonably possible changes in interest rates.

£m

Effects of 100 basis points increase in interest rate

Effects of 100 basis points decrease in interest rate

(Loss)/profit  
31 December 2022

(Loss)/profit  
25 December 2021

(1.4)

1.4

(1.2)

0.1

Interest rate swap contracts
Under interest rate swap contracts, the Group agrees to exchange the difference between fixed- and floating-rate interest 
amounts calculated on agreed notional principal amounts. Such contracts enable the Group to mitigate the cash flow 
exposures on the issued variable rate debt held. The fair value of interest rate swaps at the reporting date is determined 
by discounting the future cash flows using the curves at the reporting date and the credit risk inherent in the contract is 
disclosed below. The average interest rate is based on the outstanding balances at the end of the financial year. The 
£150m of the floating debt is designated with quarterly interest payment dates and is offset by an interest rate swap with 
the same critical terms, with a designated hedge ratio of 1:1. Sources of hedge ineffectiveness are a reduction or 
modification in the hedged item or a material change in the credit risk of swap counterparties.

As the critical terms of the interest rate swap contracts and their corresponding hedged items are the same, the Group 
performs a qualitative assessment of effectiveness and it is expected that the value of the interest rate swap contracts 
and the value of the corresponding hedged items will systematically change in the opposite direction in response to 
movements in the underlying interest rates.

During the prior year the Group transitioned from LIBOR to SONIA. All of the interest rate swaps amounting to £150.0m 
were subject to this transition.

The following tables detail various information regarding interest rate swap contracts outstanding at the end of the 
reporting period and their related hedged items.

Hedging instruments

Interest rate swaps maturing 13 March 2024

Interest rate swaps commencing 13 March 2024

Average contracted fixed 
interest rate

Notional principal value

Carrying amount of the 
hedging instrument 
assets/(liabilities)

Change in fair value used 
for calculating hedge 
ineffectiveness

2022 
%

0.4

2.3

2021 
%

0.4

N/A

2022 
£m

150.0

30.0

2021 
£m

150.0

N/A

2022 
£m

7.4

1.0

2021 
£m 

2.5

N/A

2022 
£m

4.9

1.0

2021 
£m

3.4

N/A

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  203

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS27. Financial instruments continued

Hedged items

Variable rate borrowings

Nominal amount of the  
hedged item (liabilities)

2022 
£m

2021 
£m

(180.0)

(150.0)

Change in value used  
for calculating hedge 
ineffectiveness

Balance in cash flow hedge 
reserve for continuing hedges

Balance in cash flow hedge 
reserve arising from hedging 
relationships for which hedge 
accounting is no longer applied

2022 
£m

(5.9)

2021 
£m

(3.4)

2022 
£m

8.4 

2021 
£m

2.5

2022 
£m

–

2021 
£m

–

The following table details the effectiveness of the hedging relationship and the amounts reclassified from hedging 
reserve to income statement:

Current period hedging gains/ 
(losses) recognised in OCI

Amount of hedge 
ineffectiveness recognised  
in profit or loss

Line item in  
the income 
statement in 
which hedge 
ineffectiveness 
is included

Amount reclassified to income 
statement due to hedged future  
cash flows being no longer 
expected to occur

Line item  
in income 
statement  
in which 
reclassification 
adjustment  
is included

Hedged items

Variable Rate borrowings

2022 
£m

5.9

2021 
£m

3.4

2022 
£m

–

2021 
£m

Other gains 
and losses

–

2022 
£m

–

2021 
£m

–

Finance 
costs

When interest amounts are paid or received on its interest rate swap contracts, the Group recognises the expenses or 
income in the income statement. During 2022 the net amount received and recognised against expenses in finance costs 
was £1.4m (2021: £0.4m). After payment or receipt the hedge is revalued and movements are recognised as a movement 
in the hedging reserve.

Credit risk management
Credit risk refers to the risk of financial loss to the Group if a counterparty defaults on its contractual obligations of the 
financial assets measured at amortised cost held in the statement of financial position.

The Group’s main credit risk is attributable to its trade receivables. The Group’s top four customers, all leading UK 
retailers, represent more than 73% (2021: 74%) of the Group’s revenue from continuing operations. These customers have 
favourable credit ratings and consequently reduce the credit risk for the Group’s overall trade receivables.

Processes are in place to manage receivables and overdue debt and to ensure that appropriate action is taken to resolve 
issues on a timely basis. Credit control operating procedures are in place to review all new customers. Existing customers 
are reviewed as management become aware of changes of circumstances for specific customers. The amounts presented 
in the statement of financial position are net of appropriate allowance for doubtful trade receivables, specific customer 
risk and assessment of the current economic environment. The carrying amount of financial assets recorded in the 
Financial Statements, which is net of impairment losses, represents the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk.

The credit risk on liquid funds and derivative financial instruments is limited because the counterparties are banks with 
good credit ratings assigned by international credit rating agencies. Group policy dictates that Group deposits are shared 
between banks to spread the risk. Currently, Group deposits are shared between banks that are counterparties in the 
Group’s committed bank facilities. The Group’s current bank facilities comprise a £225.0m term loan (2021: £225.0m) and 
a £230.0m RCF facility (2021 £230.0m), through a bank syndicate. Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A. is the syndicate agent of 
this facility and it manages the syndicate and participation with other counterparties.

The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade and other receivables at the reporting date by geographic region of origin was:

£m

UK

US

China

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

120.9

15.4

13.7

150.0

104.2

12.4

16.0

132.6

The expected credit losses on trade receivables are calculated locally by financial teams. These allowances are based on 
assumptions about the risk of default (when it is reasonably probable that no future economic benefit will arise from the 
financial asset) and expected loss rates. The Group uses judgement in making these assumptions with regards to 
customer credit ratings, credit risk characteristics and the days past due based on the Group’s history and existing 
market conditions. Generally, the expected credit loss becomes 100% of the trade receivable once it is past due by 91 
days; as at 31 December 2022 there were £nil (2021: £0.4m) of trade receivables past due by 91 days. This figure has been 
included in the expected credit loss of £3.6m (2021: £2.8m). The Group will generally write-off any trade receivables 
relating to customers that are in administration.

204  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUEDCommodity risk management
The Group acquires substantial quantities of raw materials for its operations. The Group is therefore exposed to 
commodity price and supply risks for these raw materials. The Group takes action to reduce overall material costs and 
exposure to price fluctuations by sourcing raw materials from suppliers all over the world, thereby decreasing geographic 
risk. It also frequently tenders to benchmark market prices. In general, requirements are managed using contracts for 
periods of between three to twelve months forward. The Group also manages any local currency exposure in line with 
agreed contracts. As at 31 December 2022, the Group had purchase commitments for the next 12 months to guarantee 
supply and price of raw materials of £145.5 million (2021: £141.5m).

Liquidity risk management
Liquidity risk refers to the risk that the Group may not be able to fund the day-to-day running of the Group. The Group 
manages liquidity risk by monitoring actual and forecast cash flows to ensure that adequate liquidity is available to meet the 
maturity profiles of financial liabilities. The Group also monitors the drawdown of borrowings against the available banking 
facilities and reviews the level of reserves. Liquidity risk management ensures sufficient funding is available for the Group’s 
day-to-day needs. The Group maintains reasonable headroom of unused committed bank facilities in a range of maturities at 
least 12 months beyond the period end. As at 31 December 2022, the Group has undrawn borrowing facilities, including cash, 
available totalling £201.4m (2021: £195.1m). Please see Note 21 for further information regarding the Group’s borrowings. 
The Group also has access to a trade factoring arrangement which provides additional liquidity to the business.

Maturity profile of financial liabilities
The following table illustrates the Group’s undiscounted contractual maturity for its undiscounted financial liabilities when 
they fall due.

£m

Non-derivatives due within one year:

Trade payables

Other payables

Accruals

Borrowings1

Lease liabilities

Total non-derivatives due within one year

Non-derivatives due in the second to fifth years inclusive:

Borrowings1

Lease liabilities

Total non-derivatives due in the second to fifth years

Non-derivatives due after five years:

Borrowings1

Lease liabilities

Total non-derivatives due after five years

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

287.5

26.8

112.3

23.2

14.2

464.0

349.4

44.6

394.0

0.7

63.2

63.9

237.6

21.5

128.4

11.2

13.3

412.0

324.9

36.5

361.4

11.8

58.2

70.0

1  Borrowings future interest costs have been calculated excluding any benefit from fixed rate interest rate swaps.

The weighted average interest rates for the Group’s borrowings are found in Note 21 and in Note 24 for lease liabilities. 
The following table illustrates the Group’s contractual maturity for derivative financial instruments when they fall due.

£m

Derivative financial liabilities 

Due within one year

Due in the second to fifth years inclusive

Total

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

0.3

–

0.3

1.7

0.4

2.1

Items of income, expense, gains or losses
The following table provides an analysis of the Group’s investment revenue, finance costs and changes in fair values by 
category of financial instrument:

£m

Finance costs

On financial liabilities held at amortised cost

Changes in fair values recognised in Other gains and (losses)

On financial liabilities held at fair value through profit and loss

2022

2021

(20.8)

(17.1)

(0.1)

(4.0)

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  205

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS28. Called up share capital, dividends and reserves
Called up share capital

£m

Issued and fully paid:

579,425,585 (2021: 579,425,585) Ordinary shares of £0.02 each

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

11.6

11.6

All Ordinary shares of £0.02 each are non-redeemable, and carry equal voting rights and rank for dividends and capital 
distributions, whether on a winding up or otherwise.

Own shares held
During the period, the Company began purchasing shares through an Employee Benefit Trust called the Bakkavor Group 
plc Employee Benefit Trust (the “Trust”). Own shares purchased are recorded at cost and deducted from equity.

The own shares held represents the cost of shares in Bakkavor Group plc purchased in the market and held by the Trust 
to satisfy share awards under the Group’s share scheme plans (refer to Note 31).

The number of Ordinary shares held by the Trust at 31 December 2022 was 2,940,514 (25 December 2021: nil). This represents 
0.51% of total called up share capital at 31 December 2022 (25 December 2021: nil). 

Total cash purchases made through the EBT during the year amounted to £3.1m (2021: £nil).

£m

Balance at 26 December 2021

Acquisition of shares by the Trust
Distribution of shares under share scheme plans

Balance at 31 December 2022

Number of 
shares

–

2,994,036
(53,522)

2,940,514

£000

–

3,128
(54)

3,074

No own shares held of Bakkavor Group plc were cancelled during the periods presented.

Dividends
At the AGM on 20 May 2021, a deferred final dividend of 4 pence per Ordinary share for the financial year ended 28 December 
2019 was reinstated and declared. The total amount of £23,177,023 was paid to Ordinary shareholders on 25 May 2021.

An interim dividend of 2.64 pence per Ordinary share was declared in September 2021. The total amount of £15,296,835 
was paid to Ordinary shareholders on 15 October 2021.

At the AGM on 25 May 2022, a final dividend of 3.96 pence per Ordinary share for the financial year ended 25 December 
2021 was declared. Following a waiver in relation to 2,439,135 Ordinary shares held in the Bakkavor Group plc Employee 
Benefit Trust, £22,848,663 was paid to Ordinary shareholders on 30 May 2022.

An interim dividend of 2.77 pence per Ordinary share was declared in September 2022. Following a waiver in relation to 
2,492,273 Ordinary shares held in the Bakkavor Group plc Employee Benefit Trust, £15,981,053 was paid to Ordinary 
shareholders on 14 October 2022.

This has resulted in total dividend payments of £38,829,716 (2021: £38,473,858) during the year.

A final dividend of 4.16 pence per share has been proposed for approval at the Annual General Meeting on 31 May 2023 and 
will be payable on 5 June 2023 to Ordinary shareholders on the register at 28 April 2023.

Merger reserve
The merger reserve was created as a result of the acquisition of Bakkavor Holdings Limited and represents the difference 
between the carrying values of the net assets of Bakkavor Holdings Limited and the value of the share capital and share 
premium arising on the share for share exchange that resulted in Bakkavor Group plc acquiring Bakkavor Holdings Limited.

In 2007, a corporate reorganisation was completed to establish Bakkavor Holdings Limited as an intermediate holding 
company of the Group. This was accounted for using the principles of merger accounting.

In 2017, the merger reserve was debited by £185.8m as a result of the acquisition of Bakkavor Holdings Limited and the 
elimination of the historical capital reserve which related to the previous Group structure.

Hedging reserve
The hedging reserve represents the cumulative amount of gains and losses on hedging instruments deemed effective in 
cash flow hedges. The cumulative deferred gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognised in profit or loss only 
when the hedged transaction impacts the profit or loss, or is included directly in the initial cost or other carrying amount 
of the hedged non-financial items (basis adjustment).

Translation reserve
The translation reserve represents foreign exchange rate differences arising on the consolidation of the Group’s foreign 
operations. The assets and liabilities of the Group’s foreign operations are translated at exchange rates prevailing on the 
statement of financial position date. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates for the 
period. Exchange differences arising, if any, are recognised in the translation reserve.

206  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED29. Net cash generated from operating activities
£m

Operating profit

Adjustments for:

Share of results of associates after tax

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of intangible assets

Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Impairment of assets

Share scheme charges

Net retirement benefits charge less contributions

Operating cash flows before movements in operating assets and liabilities

(Increase) in inventories

(Increase) in receivables

Increase in payables
Increase/(decrease) in exceptional provisions1
(Decrease) in provisions

Cash generated by operations

Income taxes paid

Interest paid

Net cash generated from operating activities

2022

37.8

(0.2)

68.3

0.7

(0.1)

29.2

1.3

(2.2)

134.8

(15.8)

(17.3)

32.8
18.4

(1.4)

151.5

(5.1)

(19.3)

127.1

2021

102.0

(0.3)

65.2

0.5

(2.9)

1.3

1.7

(1.4)

166.1

(7.0)

(6.2)

18.9
(0.4)

(2.9)

168.5

(6.5)

(18.0)

144.0

1 

 Included within the increase in exceptional provisions are inventory and receivable provision movements of £3.3m (2021: £nil).

Analysis of changes in net debt

£m

Borrowings

Lease liabilities

Total liabilities from financing activities

Cash and cash equivalents

Net debt

£m

Borrowings

Lease liabilities

Total liabilities from financing activities

Cash and cash equivalents

Net debt

26 December 
2021

(320.6)

(84.6)

(405.2)

31.1

(374.1)

27 December 
2020

(354.6)

(82.0)

(436.6)

24.8

(411.8)

Cash 
flow

(0.5)

14.0

13.5

8.0

21.5

Cash 
flow

32.8

11.7

44.5

6.1

50.6

Lease 
additions

Exchange 
movements

Other non-cash
movements1

31 December 
2022

–

(25.6)

(25.6)

–

(25.6)

(0.2)

(1.0)

(1.2)

1.1

(0.1)

(1.0)

–

(1.0)

–

(1.0)

(322.3)

(97.2)

(419.5)

40.2

(379.3)

Lease 
additions

Exchange 
movements

Other non-cash
movements1

25 December 
2021

–

(14.2)

(14.2)

–

(14.2)

–

(0.1)

(0.1)

–

(0.1)

1.2

–

1.2

0.2

1.4

(320.6)

(84.6)

(405.2)

31.1

(374.1)

1 

 Includes accrued interest at 31 December 2022 of £0.4m (2021: £0.2m) and prepaid bank fees of £2.6m (2021: £3.4m). The net reduction in these balances in the period of £1.0m 
(2021: net increase of £1.2m) is shown in the table above as ‘Other non-cash movements’ in Borrowings.

30. Contingent liabilities and commitments
The Group may from time to time, and in the normal course of business, be subject to claims from customers and 
counterparties. The Group regularly reviews all of these claims to determine any possible financial loss to the Group. No 
provision was considered necessary in the Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, there are a number of legal 
claims or potential claims against the Group; please see Note 26 for further details about legal provisions.

The Group has the following amounts of letters of credit issued:

£m

Letters of credit

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

4.4

1.0

As at 31 December 2022, the Group had purchase commitments for the next 12 months to guarantee supply and price of 
raw materials of £145.5 million (2021: £141.5m).

31. Share-based payments
The Company has a share option scheme for selected employees of the Group. Options granted under the scheme are 
exercisable at a discount to the estimated price of the Company’s shares on the date of grant. Options expire if they remain 
unexercised after a period of 5 or 10 years from the date of grant dependent on the award year. Options may be forfeited if 
the employee leaves the Group before the options vest.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  207

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS31. Share-based payments continued
Details of the share options outstanding during the year were as follows:

Outstanding at the beginning of the period

Granted during the period

Granted in lieu of dividends during the period

Exercised during the period

Forfeited during the period

Expired and lapsed during the period

Outstanding at the end of the period

Exercisable at the end of the period

Number of share options

Weighted average exercise price

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

17,713,853

17,016,003

£0.12

£0.18

5,723,603

4,094,843

23,834

15,884

–

–

–

–

(1,628,144)

(1,204,191)

£0.74

£0.70

–

(98,773)

(3,071,943)

(2,109,913)

18,761,203

17,713,853

2,635,939

3,613,752

–

–

£0.05

£0.21

–

–

£0.12

£0.45

The average share price on the date options were exercised during the period was £1.12 (2021: £1.29).

The options outstanding at 31 December 2022 had a weighted average exercise price of £0.05 (2021: £0.12), and a weighted 
average remaining contractual life of 5.1 years (2021: 7.9 years).

Range of exercise prices for the share options:

£nil

£0.01 – £1.00

Outstanding at the end of the period

Exercisable at the end of the period

Number of share options

Weighted average exercise price

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

16,461,600 13,839,628

2,299,603

3,874,225

18,761,203

17,713,853

2,635,939

3,613,752

–

£0.44

£0.05

£0.21

–

£0.57

£0.12

£0.45

In 2022, 4,884,708 options were granted on 13 April 2022 and 81,289 were granted on 13 October 2022. These options 
granted had the following performance conditions for vesting:

•  128,036 vest provided the individual is an employee in April 2025.

•  Provided that the first condition is met, 12.5% of the remaining options vest provided the Group’s TSR national rank versus a 

bespoke peer group of 27 companies three years after the date of grant is at the median level. This increases up to 50% of the 
remaining options based on a sliding scale if the Group’s TSR rank three years after the date of grant is at the upper quartile level.

•  Provided that the first condition is met, 12.5% of the remaining options vest provided the Group’s adjusted EPS for the 2024 

financial year is 12.0 pence, with up to a further 50% of the remaining options vesting on a sliding scale if the Group’s adjusted 
EPS is between 12.0 pence and 13.8 pence for that year.

In 2022, 244,230 options were granted to Directors due to their Deferred Annual Bonus entitlement. 

In 2022, 757,606 options were granted on 13 October 2022. These options granted had the following performance 
conditions for vesting:

•  252,534 vest provided that the individual is an employee in October 2025.

•  Provided that the first condition is met, 25% of the remaining options vest provided the Bakkavor US adjusted EBIT margin 

percentage for the 2024 financial year is 6.0%, with up to a further 100% of the remaining options vesting on a sliding scale if 
the Bakkavor US adjusted EBIT margin percentage is between 6.0% and 8.0% for that year.

In 2021, 157,594 options were granted on 27 January 2021 under the same terms as the options granted in October 2020. In 
addition in 2021, 3,770,227 options were granted on 26 April 2021 and 4 May 2021, with a further 167,022 options granted on 
14 September 2021. These options granted had the following performance conditions for vesting:

•  136,823 vest provided that the individual is an employee in May 2024.

•  Provided that the first condition is met, 12.5% of the remaining options vest provided the Group’s TSR national rank versus a 

bespoke peer group of 27 companies three years after the date of grant is at the median level. This increases up to 50% of the 
remaining options based on a sliding scale if the Group’s TSR rank three years after the date of grant is at the upper quartile 
level.

•  Provided that the first condition is met, 12.5% of the remaining options vest provided the Group’s adjusted EPS for the 2023 

financial year is 12.7 pence, with up to a further 50% of the remaining options vesting on a sliding scale if the Group’s adjusted 
EPS is between 12.7 pence and 14.7 pence for that year.

208  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUEDThe aggregate of the estimated fair values of the options granted as at 2022 is £18.3m (2021: £22.4m). The following table 
summarises the options granted by the Company:

Date of grant

3 July 2017

20 October 2017

20 October 2017

9 April 2018

9 April 2019

9 April 2019

15 September 2020

14 October 2020

14 October 2020

30 October 2020

30 October 2020

27 January 2021

26 April 2021

26 April 2021

26 April 2021

26 April 2021

26 April 2021

14 September 2021

14 September 2021

13 April 2022

13 April 2022

13 April 2022

13 April 2022

13 April 2022

13 October 2022

13 October 2022

13 October 2022

13 October 2022

Number  
of options 
originally  
granted

Contractual life 
remaining 
(years)

Share price at 
date of grant

Expected 
volatility

Expected life 
remaining 
(years)

Risk-free rate

Expected 
dividend yield

Fair value 
per option

8,178,785

600,000

400,000

1,312,855

1,839,345

314,156

1,118,051

5,497,110

451,069

354,823

177,411

157,594

1,333,857

1,333,857

482,845

482,845

136,823

83,511

83,511

1,758,278

1,758,278

620,059

620,059

128,036

40,645

40,644

505,072

252,534

4.5

4.8

4.8

5.3

6.3

6.3

2.7

2.8

2.8

2.8

2.8

3.1

3.3

3.3

3.3

3.3

3.3

3.7

3.7

9.3

9.3

9.3

9.3

9.3

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

£1.44

£1.44

£1.44

£1.78

£1.33

£1.33

£0.68

£0.65

£0.65

£0.59

£0.59

£0.59

£1.36

£1.36

£1.36

£1.36

£1.36

£1.29

£1.29

£1.08

£1.08

£1.08

£1.08

£1.08

£0.91

£0.91

£0.91

£0.91

38.2%

37.5%

37.7%

23.5%

31.0%

31.0%

35.7%

35.7%

35.7%

35.7%

35.7%

35.7%

41.5%

43.7%

41.5%

43.7%

43.7%

42.0%

42.0%

41.4%

41.4%

41.4%

41.4%

41.2%

48.4%

48.4%

46.8%

46.8%

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 0.71 

 0.79 

 0.79 

 0.83 

 0.83 

 1.07 

 1.32 

 1.32 

 1.32 

 1.32 

 1.32 

 1.70 

 1.70 

 2.28 

 2.28 

 2.28 

 2.28

 2.28 

 2.79 

 2.79 

 2.79 

 2.79 

0.87%

0.47%

0.56%

1.17%

0.69%

0.69%

(0.10%)

(0.09%)

(0.09%)

(0.07%)

(0.07%)

(0.07%)

0.16%

0.33%

0.16%

0.33%

0.33%

0.21%

0.21%

1.61%

1.61%

1.61%

1.61%

1.61%

3.95%

3.95%

3.95%

3.95%

2.75%

2.75%

2.75%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

£0.65

£1.34

£1.26

£1.78

£0.59

£1.33

£0.42

£0.40

£0.64

£0.34

£0.58

£0.34

£1.08

£1.30

£1.08

£1.30

£1.30

£1.01

£1.24

£0.64

£1.08

£0.64

£1.08

£1.08

£0.61

£0.91

£0.91

£0.91

The Group has used the Monte Carlo model to value its share awards. The exercise price used in the model for share 
options granted in 2022 is £nil (2021: £nil). The fair value of awards, which have a TSR performance condition, takes 
account of the likelihood of meeting these targets.

The expected volatility is a measure of the amount by which a share price is expected to fluctuate during the period. It is 
typically calculated based on statistical analysis of daily share prices over the length of the award period. 

The Group recognised total expenses of £1.9 million (2021: £2.3m) related to equity-settled share-based payment 
transactions in the period. The Group held cash-settled share-based awards of £0.6m (2021: £0.6m) during the year.

32. Retirement benefit schemes
The Group operates a number of pension schemes in the UK and overseas. These schemes are either trust- or contract-
based and have been set up in accordance with appropriate legislation. The assets of each of the pension schemes are 
held separately from the assets of the Company.

In the UK, the two main schemes are a defined contribution scheme, which is open to all UK employees joining the Group 
(full or part-time), and the Bakkavor Pension Scheme, which is a funded defined benefit scheme that provides benefits on 
a final salary basis and was closed to future accrual in March 2011.

UK pensions are regulated by the Pensions Regulator whose statutory objectives and regulatory powers are described on 
its website www.thepensionsregulator.gov.uk. Although the Company bears the financial cost of the plan, the trustee 
directors are responsible for the overall management and governance of the scheme, including compliance with all 
applicable legislation and regulations. The trustee directors are required by law to act in the interests of all relevant 
beneficiaries and to set certain policies; to manage the day-to-day administration of the benefits; and to set the plan’s 
investment strategy following consultation with the Parent Company.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  209

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS32. Retirement benefit schemes continued
Pension costs charged in arriving at profit on ordinary activities before taxation were:

£m

UK defined contribution scheme net charge

UK defined benefit scheme net charge

Total charge

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

12.6

0.6

13.2

11.1

1.1

12.2

Defined contribution schemes
The total cost charged to income of £12.6m (2021: £11.1m) represents contributions payable to these schemes by the Group  
at rates advised by the Group to all employees, subject to the minimum requirements set out in legislation. Included in 
accruals was £2.4m at the period end for the defined contribution schemes gross contributions (2021: £2.3m).

Defined benefit schemes
An actuarial valuation of Scheme assets and the present value of the defined benefit obligation for funding purposes was 
carried out as at 31 March 2019. The results from this valuation were updated for IAS 19 Employee Benefits purposes to  
31 December 2022 by a qualified independent actuary with Willis Towers Watson. The projected unit cost method was 
used to value the liabilities.

The principal assumptions used in this IAS 19 valuation were:

Future pension increases for in-payment benefits (majority of liabilities)

Discount rate applied to Scheme liabilities

Inflation assumption (CPI)

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

3.10%

4.80%

2.80%

3.25%

1.80%

2.75%

The 2022 mortality table is based on scheme-specific postcode-fitted SAPS 3 tables with a 107% multiplier for male 
members and a 110% multiplier for female members. Future improvements are in line with the CMI core 2018 
improvements model with an initial addition to improvements of 0.5% p.a. and a 1.25% p.a. long-term trend from 2013 
onwards, giving life expectancies as follows:

Member aged 45

Member aged 65

Males’ expected 
future lifetime 
2022

Males’ expected 
future lifetime 
2021

Females’ 
expected future 
lifetime 
2022

Females’ 
expected future 
lifetime 
2021

41.4

21.8

41.3

21.8

43.9

23.9

43.8

23.8

The IAS 19 calculations, which are based on an approximate update of the results of the actuarial valuation of the Scheme 
which was carried out as at 31 March 2019, are particularly sensitive to some assumptions: for example, the discount rate, 
the level of assumed price inflation and the life expectancy assumption. As such, a broad indication of the sensitivity of the 
liabilities to each assumption is shown. The sensitivities display ‘reasonably possible’ changes in actuarial assumptions. 
The sensitivities regarding the principal assumptions used to measure the scheme liabilities are set out below:

Assumption

Change in assumption

Discount rate

Increase/decrease by 1.0%

Rate of inflation

Increase/decrease by 0.5%

Approximate impact on scheme liabilities

Decrease £22.4m/increase £28.1m

Increase £8.7m/decrease £8.3m

Life expectancy

Members assumed to be one year younger than their actual age Increase £6.3m

Amounts recognised in income in respect of these defined benefit schemes are as follows:   

£m

Past service cost

Net interest on net defined benefit asset/liability

Administration costs incurred during the period

Total charge

2022

–

(0.7)

1.3

0.6

2021

0.1

(0.2)

1.2

1.1

All of the charges for each period presented have been included in total administrative expenses. The actuarial loss of 
£26.3m (2021: £24.5m gain) has been reported in other comprehensive income.

The actual return on Scheme assets was a decrease of £119.1m (2021: £25.6m increase).

210  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUEDThe amount included in the statement of financial position arising from the Group’s obligations in respect of its defined 
benefit retirement benefit schemes is as follows:

£m

Fair value of Scheme assets

Present value of defined benefit obligations

Scheme surplus

Related deferred taxation liability (Note 23)

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

185.9

(173.1)

12.8

(3.2)

9.6

313.5

(276.3)

37.2

(9.3)

27.9

The assumptions used are the best estimates chosen from a range of possible actuarial assumptions which, due to the 
timescale covered, may not necessarily be borne out in practice.

The Scheme surplus in 2022 is recognised in accordance with IFRIC 14 IAS 19 – The Limit on a Defined Benefit Asset, 
Minimum Funding Requirements and their interaction, as the Scheme’s terms and conditions allow the Group to have  
an unconditional right to a refund of contributions when economic benefits are available.

The amounts recognised in the balance sheet and the movements in the net defined benefit obligation (“DBO”) over the 
year are as follows:

£m

At 27 December 2020

Past service cost – plan amendments

Interest (expense cost on the DBO)/income on Scheme assets

Administrative costs paid

Total amount recognised in the consolidated income statement

Return on Scheme assets greater/(less) than discount rate

Actuarial loss – financial assumptions

Total amount recognised in other comprehensive income

Contributions from the sponsoring companies

Benefits paid from Scheme assets

At 25 December 2021

Past service cost – plan amendments

Interest (expense cost on the DBO)/income on Scheme assets

Administrative costs paid

Total amount recognised in the consolidated income statement

Return on Scheme assets greater/(less) than discount rate

Actuarial loss – experience

Actuarial gain – financial assumptions

Total amount recognised in other comprehensive income

Contributions from the sponsoring companies

Benefits paid from Scheme assets

At 31 December 2022

Present value 
of DBO

Fair value of 
Scheme assets

Net amount

(283.5)

294.7

(0.1)

(3.9)

–

(4.0)

–

3.0

3.0

–

8.2

–

4.1

(1.2)

2.9

21.5

–

21.5

2.6

(8.2)

(276.3)

313.5

–

(4.9)

–

(4.9)

–

(13.6)

112.0

98.4

–

9.7

–

5.6

(1.3)

4.3

–

–

(124.7)

2.5

(9.7)

(173.1)

185.9

11.2

(0.1)

0.2

(1.2)

(1.1)

21.5

3.0

24.5

2.6

–

37.2

–

0.7

(1.3)

(0.6)

(13.6)

112.0

(26.3)

2.5

–

12.8

(124.7)

(124.7)

The analysis of the Scheme assets at the statement of financial position date was as follows:

£m

Structured UK equity

Overseas equity

High yield bonds

Corporate bonds

Government bonds

Cash

Other

Fair value of assets

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

2.3

9.9

8.5

50.5

81.3

9.6

23.8

185.9

13.0

30.7

7.5

74.4

141.7

11.3

34.9

313.5

The fair values of the equity and bonds have been determined as level 2 instruments under IFRS 7 Financial Instruments. 
Index-linked government bonds, which have quoted prices in active markets, are classed as level 1.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  211

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS32. Retirement benefit schemes continued
Structured UK equity provides exposure to UK equities, but is a derivative-based solution and not a direct investment in 
equities. A proportion of the index-linked government bonds are held as collateral against the structured UK equity product.

The Scheme assets also include swaps to hedge liability inflation and interest rate risks. The swap value has been 
included in the value of the gilt securities used as collateral for the swaps. Corporate bonds and cash are also used as 
collateral for the swaps in place.

The Scheme invests in four multi-asset funds, which invest in a wide range of assets including alternative asset classes. 
In the summary above, the multi-asset funds have been split into the relevant constituent asset classes.

The Bakkavor Pension Scheme operates under trust law and is managed and administered by the Trustees on behalf of 
the members in accordance with the terms of the Trust Deed and Rules and relevant legislation. The Scheme is subject to 
Scheme-specific funding requirements, as outlined in UK legislation. The most recent Scheme-specific funding valuation 
was as at 31 March 2019.

The Group and the Trustees work closely in matters concerning the Bakkavor Pension Scheme. Regular meetings and 
correspondence on matters concerning the Scheme are shared in an open manner between both parties.

The Bakkavor Pension Scheme’s current investment strategy adopts a policy of investing broadly 60% in growth-seeking 
assets and 40% in liability-matching assets, although the proportions can vary significantly in order to allow for advanced 
liability hedging techniques, opportunistic allocation of assets and the ‘structured equity’ component of the strategy 
increases the notional allocation to return-seeking assets to 95%. A large proportion of both interest and inflation risk is 
hedged. This strategy is intended to reduce the risk of significant changes to the funding level by hedging key risks, while 
retaining a proportion of return-seeking assets to minimise long-term costs by maximising return within an acceptable 
level of risk. The Scheme’s assets are held separately from those of the Group.

The weighted average duration of the Bakkavor Pension Scheme is approximately 15 years.

Employer contributions, except for deficit reduction contributions, ceased in March 2011 when the Scheme closed to 
future accrual. Employee contributions also ceased at this date.

Following the closure of the Scheme to future accrual in March 2011, the Group and the Trustee agreed that members  
who were active members of the Scheme at the date of closure would remain entitled to access early retirement on 
preferential terms as long as they remained in employment within the Group. The value of members accessing these 
preferential terms is not included in the defined benefit obligation as this benefit is not funded for in advance. If members 
choose to access this benefit an employer contribution is made to the Scheme to reflect the increase in expected future 
pension costs. In 2022, no augmentation was made in respect of this benefit (2021: £89,000).

The current deficit reduction contributions were agreed between the Group and the Trustee as part of the 2019 triennial 
valuation. The deficit contributions will be paid over a recovery period ending on 31 March 2024. The recovery contributions 
are paid monthly and the agreed rates are £2.5m per annum. £2.5m was paid in the period to 31 December 2022 (2021: 
£2.5m).

The actual amount of employer contributions expected to be paid to the Scheme during 2023 is £2.5m.

33. Related party transactions
Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation 
and are not disclosed in this note. Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries and associates are disclosed in 
the Company’s separate Financial Statements.

Trading transactions
During the period, Group companies did not enter into any transactions with related parties who are not members of the Group.

Transactions with the Bakkavor Defined Benefit Pension Scheme (“the Scheme”)
As a result of the volatility in the gilt markets, the Scheme was required to provide further collateral for its liability 
hedging of interest and inflation rate movements. The Group agreed to provide a £15m short-term line of credit to the 
Scheme in October 2022 to meet this collateral requirement. The line of credit attracted interest at a rate of 2.1% plus 
SONIA and was fully repaid by 23 December 2022.

Share transactions
See Note 35 for details of share transactions by two of the Company’s Directors, Agust Gudmundsson and Lydur Gudmundsson.

212  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUEDRemuneration of key management personnel
The remuneration of the Directors and Senior Management, who are the key management personnel of the Company,  
is set out below for each of the categories specified in IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures.

£m

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits1

Share-based payments2

2022

Senior 
Management

Directors

3.1

–

0.4

3.5

1.1

–

0.3

1.4

2021

Senior 
Management

Directors

3.8

–

0.5

4.3

1.1

–

0.3

1.4

Total

4.2

–

0.7

4.9

Total

4.9

–

0.8

5.7

1 

2 

 The Directors’ post-employment benefits show contributions made to pension schemes. The pension entitlements disclosed in the Directors’ remuneration report on pg 135 
included cash contributions paid in lieu of pension contributions.

 This is the income statement charge for the year which represents the fair value of the share-based payments to the Directors and Senior Management. Details of the share-based 
payments are set out in Note 31.

The highest paid Director received aggregate remuneration (including pension entitlements) of £1.1m (2021: £1.3m).

For the period ended 31 December 2022, two Directors (2021: two Directors) received contributions to their pension 
schemes from the Group.

For the period ended 31 December 2022, two Directors (2021: two Directors) received share options. One Director  
(2021: no Directors) exercised share options during the period resulting in a gain of £59,000.

34. Events after the statement of financial position date
There are no events after the statement of financial position date that need to be disclosed.

35. Controlling party
These Financial Statements are the largest consolidated Financial Statements in which the Company has been included.

Two of the Company’s Directors, Agust Gudmundsson and Lydur Gudmundsson, hold shares in the Company through their 
beneficial ownership of Carrion Enterprises Limited (the corporate holding structure of Agust Gudmundsson) and Umbriel 
Ventures Limited (the corporate holding structure of Lydur Gudmundsson). On 20 May 2022, Lydur Gudmundsson purchased 
200,000 ordinary shares in the Company. Following the transaction, Umbriel Ventures Limited holds 142,303,505 ordinary 
shares (representing 24.56% of the issued share capital of the Company) and Carrion Enterprises Limited holds 142,103,505 
ordinary shares (representing 24.52% of the issued share capital of the Company). 

Lixaner Co Limited, a company owned and controlled by Sigurdur Valtysson, who runs the family office for Agust and 
Lydur Gudmundsson, holds 6,457,750 ordinary shares (representing 1.11% of the issued share capital of the Company). 
Given the close relationship between the parties, Sigurdur Valtysson is to be considered as acting in concert with Agust and 
Lydur Gudmundsson for the purposes of the definition in the Takeover Code and the parties are controlling shareholders of 
the Company. The aggregate shareholding in the Company of Carrion Enterprises Limited and Umbriel Ventures Limited 
and their concert party group (Lixaner Co Limited) is 290,864,760 ordinary shares (representing 50.20% of the issued 
share capital of the Company).

36. Alternative performance measures
The Group uses various non-IFRS financial measures to evaluate growth trends, assess operational performance and 
monitor cash performance. The Directors consider that these measures enable investors to understand the ongoing 
operations of the business. They are used by management to monitor financial performance as it is considered to aid 
comparability of the financial performance of the Group from year to year.

Like-for-like revenue
The Group defines like-for-like revenue as revenue from continuing operations adjusted for the revenue generated from 
businesses closed or sold in the current and prior year, revenue generated from businesses acquired in the current and 
prior period, the effect of foreign currency movements and revenues. In addition revenues for week 53 are taken out in the 
relevant financial years to ensure that like-for-like revenue is shown on a 52 week basis each year. 

The following table provides the information used to calculate like-for-like revenue for the Group. 

£m

Statutory revenue

Effect of currency movements

Week 53 revenue

Like-for-like revenue

2022

2021

Change %

2,139.2

1,871.6

14.3%

(34.2)

(36.0)

–

–

2,069.0

1,871.6

10.6%

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  213

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS36. Alternative performance measures continued
The following tables provide the information used to calculate like-for-like revenue for each segment.

UK

£m

Statutory revenue

Week 53 revenue

Like-for-like revenue

US

£m

Statutory revenue

Effect of currency movements

Week 53 revenue

Like-for-like revenue

China

£m

Statutory revenue

Effect of currency movements

Week 53 revenue

Like-for-like revenue

2022

2021

Change %

1,783.1

1,592.4

12.0%

(30.8)

–

1,752.3

1,592.4

10.0%

2022

255.3

(25.5)

(3.6)

226.2

2022

100.8

(8.7)

(1.6)

90.5

2021

Change %

180.1

41.8%

–

–

180.1

25.6%

Change %

1.7%

2021

99.1

–

–

99.1

(8.6)%

Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted operating profit
The Group manages the performance of its businesses through the use of ‘adjusted EBITDA’ and ‘adjusted operating 
profit’, as these measures exclude the impact of items that hinder comparison of profitability year-on-year. In calculating 
adjusted operating profit, we exclude restructuring costs, asset impairments, costs incurred to configure or customise 
‘software as a service’ (“SaaS”) arrangements, and those additional charges or credits that are considered significant or 
one-off in nature. In addition, for adjusted EBITDA we exclude depreciation, amortisation, the share of results of 
associates after tax and share scheme charges, as these are non-cash amounts. Adjusted operating profit margin is used 
as an additional profit measure that assesses profitability relative to the revenues generated by the relevant segment; it is 
calculated by dividing the adjusted operating profit by the statutory revenue for the relevant segment.

SaaS arrangements are service contracts providing the Group with the right to access the cloud provider’s application 
software over the contract period. Costs incurred to configure or customise, and the ongoing fees to obtain access to the 
cloud provider’s application software, are recognised as operating expenses when the services are received, unless the 
configuration and customisation activities significantly modify or customise the cloud software, in which case the costs 
are expensed over the SaaS contract term. The Group adjusts for the cost of these projects as they are infrequent in 
nature and relate to significant systems changes within the business.

The Group calculates adjusted EBITDA on a pre-IFRS 16 basis for the purposes of determining covenants under its 
financing agreements.

The following table provides a reconciliation from the Group’s operating profit to adjusted operating profit and adjusted EBITDA.

Note

7

£m

Operating profit

Exceptional items

Configuration and customisation costs for SaaS projects

Adjusted operating profit

Depreciation

Amortisation

Share scheme charges

Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Share of results of associates after tax

Adjusted EBITDA post IFRS 16

Less IFRS 16 impact

Adjusted EBITDA pre IFRS 161

Covenant adjustments

Adjusted EBITDA (pre IFRS 16 and including covenant adjustments)

1  Excludes the impact of IFRS 16 as the Group’s bank facility agreement definition of adjusted EBITDA excludes the impact of this standard.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusting operating profit by segment is reconciled to operating profit in Note 4.

214  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

2022

37.8

50.1

1.5

89.4

68.3

0.7

1.9

(0.1)

(0.2)

160.0

(13.8)

146.2

0.6

146.8

2021

102.0

–

–

102.0

65.2

0.5

2.3

(2.9)

(0.3)

166.8

(12.6)

154.2

1.4

155.6

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUEDOperational net debt and leverage
Operational net debt excludes the impact of non-cash items on the Group’s net debt. The Directors use this measure as it 
reflects actual net borrowings at the relevant reporting date and is most comparable with the Group’s free cash flow and 
aligns with the definition of net debt in the Group’s bank facility agreements which exclude the impact of IFRS 16. The 
following table sets out the reconciliation from the Group’s net debt to the Group’s operational net debt.

£m

Group net debt

Unamortised fees

Interest accrual

Lease liabilities recognised under IFRS 16

Group operational net debt

Adjusted EBITDA (pre IFRS 16 and including covenant adjustments)

Leverage (Operational net debt/adjusted EBITDA pre IFRS 16 and including covenant adjustments)

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

(379.3)

(374.1)

Note

21

(2.6)

0.4

96.6

(284.9)

146.8

1.9

(3.4)

0.2

83.6

(293.7)

155.6

1.9

Free cash flow
The Group defines free cash flow as the amount of cash generated by the Group after meeting all of its obligations for 
interest, tax and pensions, and after purchases of property, plant and equipment (excluding development projects), but 
before payments of refinancing fees and other exceptional or significant non-recurring cash flows. Free cash flow has 
benefitted from non-recourse factoring of receivables as set out in Note 19 and the extension of payment terms for certain 
suppliers as described in Note 25. The Directors view free cash flow as a key liquidity measure, and the purpose of 
presenting free cash flow is to indicate the underlying cash available to pay dividends, repay debt or make further 
investments in the Group. The following table provides a reconciliation from net cash generated from operating activities 
to free cash flow.

£m

Net cash generated from operating activities

Interest received

Dividends received from associates

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Purchase of intangibles

Cash impact of exceptional items

Refinancing fees

Free cash flow

2022

127.1

0.2

–

(61.1)

0.1

(2.9)

2.5

0.9

66.8

2021

144.0

–

0.7

(59.8)

4.2

–

1.2

0.9

91.2

Adjusted earnings per share
The Group calculates adjusted basic earnings per Ordinary share by dividing adjusted earnings by the weighted average 
number of Ordinary shares in issue during the year. Adjusted earnings is calculated as profit for the period adjusted to 
exclude exceptional items, configuration and customisation costs for SaaS projects and the change in value of derivative 
financial instruments. The following table reconciles profit for the period to adjusted earnings.

For adjusted diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of Ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume 
conversion of all potentially dilutive Ordinary shares.

£m

Profit for the period

Exceptional items (Note 7)

Configuration and customisation costs for SaaS projects

Change in fair value of derivative financial instruments

Tax on the above items

Adjusted earnings 

Add back: Tax on adjusted profit before tax

Adjusted profit before tax

Effective tax rate on underlying activities

2022

12.5

50.1

1.5

0.1

(9.4)

54.8

15.0

69.8

2021

56.8

–

–

4.0

(0.8)

60.0

25.4

85.4

(Tax on adjusted profit before tax/adjusted profit before tax)

21.5%

29.7%

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  215

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS36. Alternative performance measures continued
Number of shares 
‘000

Weighted average number of Ordinary shares

Effect of dilutive Ordinary shares

Weighted average number of diluted Ordinary shares

Adjusted basic earnings per share

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

2022

2021

577,576

579,426

9,767

9,775

587,343

589,201

2022

9.5p

9.3p

2021

10.4p

10.2p

Return on Invested Capital (“ROIC”)
The Group defines ROIC as adjusted operating profit after tax divided by the average invested capital for the year. Adjusted 
operating profit after tax is defined as operating profit excluding the impact of exceptional items and configuration and 
customisation costs for SaaS projects at the Group’s effective tax rate. Invested capital is defined as total assets less total 
liabilities excluding net debt at the period end, pension assets and liabilities (net of deferred tax) and fair values for 
derivatives not designated in a hedging relationship. The Group utilises ROIC to measure how effectively it uses invested 
capital. Average invested capital is the simple average of invested capital at the beginning and end of the period.

The Directors believe that ROIC is a useful indicator of the amount returned as a percentage of shareholders’ invested 
capital and that ROIC can help analysts, investors and stakeholders to evaluate the Group’s profitability and the efficiency 
with which its invested capital is employed.

The following table sets out the calculations of adjusted operating profit after tax and invested capital used in the 
calculation of ROIC.

£m

Operating profit

Exceptional items

Configuration and customisation costs for SaaS projects

Adjusted operating profit

Taxation at the underlying effective rate

Adjusted operating profit after tax

Invested capital

Total assets

Total liabilities

Net debt at period end

Derivatives not designated as hedges

Retirement benefit scheme surplus

Deferred tax liability on retirement benefit scheme

Invested capital

Average invested capital for ROIC calculation

ROIC (%)

Note

7

2022

37.8

50.1

1.5

89.4

(19.2)

70.2

1,541.4

(923.6)

379.3

–

(12.8)

3.2

987.5

987.7

7.1%

2021

102.0

–

–

102.0

(30.3)

71.7

1,503.5

(862.8)

374.1

0.9

(37.2)

9.3

987.8

994.4

7.2%

216  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUEDCOMPANY STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2022

£m

Non-current assets

Shares in Group undertakings

Current assets

Loans to Group undertakings

Deferred tax assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Loans from Group undertakings

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Called up share capital

Own shares held

Merger reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity

Notes

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

4

6

6

7

7

7

309.5

309.5

95.6

0.9

96.5

97.2

0.2

97.4

406.0

406.9

(1.6)

(1.6)

(0.2)

(0.2)

404.4

406.7

11.6

(3.1)

23.8

372.1

404.4

11.6

–

23.8

371.3

406.7

In accordance with the exemptions allowed by Section 408 of Companies Act 2006, the Company has not presented its own 
income statement or statement of comprehensive income. The profit for the period was £38.5m (2021: £85.0m).

The Financial Statements of Bakkavor Group plc, Company number 10986940, and the accompanying Notes, which form 
an integral part of the Company Financial Statements, were approved by the Board of Directors on 7 March 2023. They were 
signed on behalf of the Board of Directors by:

Mike Edwards 
Chief Executive Officer 

Ben Waldron 
Chief Financial Officer and Asia Chief Executive Officer

COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 
53 WEEKS ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

£m

Balance at 27 December 2020

Profit for the period

Dividends

Credit for share-based payments

Cash-settlement of share-based awards

Deferred tax

At 25 December 2021

Profit for the period

Purchase of own shares

Dividends

Credit for share-based payments

Cash-settlement of share-based awards

Deferred tax

At 31 December 2022

Note

Called up  
share capital

Own  
shares held

7

7

7

11.6

–

–

–

–

–

11.6

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(3.1)

–

–

–

–

Merger  
reserve

23.8

–

–

–

–

–

23.8

–

–

–

–

–

–

Retained 
earnings

323.2

85.0

(38.5)

2.3

(0.6)

(0.1)

371.3

38.5

–

(38.8)

1.9

(0.6)

(0.2)

Total  
equity

358.6

85.0

(38.5)

2.3

(0.6)

(0.1)

406.7

38.5

(3.1)

 (38.8)

1.9

(0.6)

(0.2)

11.6

(3.1)

23.8

372.1

404.4

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  217

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
53 WEEKS ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

1. General information
Bakkavor Group plc is a public company, limited by shares, incorporated and domiciled in England, United Kingdom 
(Company number: 10986940, registered office: Fitzroy Place, 5th Floor, 8 Mortimer Street, London, England, W1T 3JJ). 
The Company’s Ordinary shares are traded on the London Stock Exchange.

The principal activities of the Company and its subsidiaries are described within Note 1 of the Consolidated Financial 
Statements.

2. Significant accounting policies
The Company Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with the Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced 
Disclosure Framework (“FRS 101”) and the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies using FRS 101 and under the 
historical cost convention.

The Company Financial Statements are prepared on the going concern basis as set out in Note 2 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements.

The Company has taken advantage of the following disclosure exemptions under FRS 101:

•  The requirement of IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures;

•  The requirements of paragraphs 91–99 of IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement;

•  The requirement in paragraph 38 of IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements to present comparative information in respect 

of: Paragraph 79(a) (iv) of IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements; and Paragraph 73(e) of IAS 16 Property, Plant and 
Equipment; and Paragraph 118(e) of IAS 38 Intangible Assets;

•  The requirements of paragraphs 10(d), 10(f), 16, 38A, 38B, 38C, 38D, 40A-D, 111 and 134–136 of IAS 1 Presentation  

of Financial Statements;

•  The requirement of IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows;

•  The requirements of paragraphs 30 and 31 of IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors;

•  The requirements of paragraphs 17 and 18A of IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures;

•  The requirements in IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures to disclose related party transactions entered into between two or more 

members of a group;

•  The requirements of paragraphs 130(f)(ii), 130(f)(iii), 134(d)-134(f) and 135(c)-135(e) of IAS 36 Impairment of Assets; and

•  The requirements of paragraphs 45(b) and 46 to 52 of IFRS 2 Share-based Payment.

The preparation of Financial Statements in conformity with FRS 101 did not require the use of any critical accounting 
estimates or any significant areas of judgement.

The principal accounting policies adopted have been applied consistently and are the same as those set out in Note 2  
to the Consolidated Financial Statements except as set out below.

Investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less, where appropriate, provisions for impairment.

Amounts due from other Group companies are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently carried at amortised cost 
net of allowance for expected credit losses. An allowance is made when there is objective evidence that the Company will be 
unable to recover balances in full. Balances are written off when the probability of recovery is assessed as being remote. 
The Company’s amounts due from other Group companies at 31 December 2022 amounted to £95.6m (2021: £97.2m).

None of these balances include an allowance for expected credit losses and all amounts are expected to be recoverable in full.

3. Employees’, Directors’ and Auditors’ remuneration
Fees payable of £0.1m (2021: £0.1m) to the Company’s Auditors in respect of the audit of the Company’s Financial 
Statements for the periods ended 31 December 2022 and 25 December 2021 have been borne by fellow Group company 
Bakkavor Foods Limited.

The Company has 11 Directors and no further employees. Payments to the Directors for the periods ended 31 December 
2022 and 25 December 2021 have been borne by fellow Group company Bakkavor Foods Limited. Details of Directors’ 
remuneration is disclosed within Note 33 of the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

4. Shares in Group undertakings

£m

Balance at 25 December 2021 and 31 December 2022

Investment in 
Group companies

309.5

218  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

5. Subsidiaries
As at 31 December 2022, Bakkavor Group plc held investments in the share capital of the following companies:

Place of 
registration and 

operation Principal activity

% of voting 
shares as at 
31 December 
2022

% of voting 
shares as at 
25 December 
2021

UK Holding company

100%

100%

Name

Directly held investments:

Bakkavor Holdings Limited1

Indirectly held investments:

Bakkavor Finance (2) Limited1

Bakkavor (London) Limited1

Bakkavor Finance Limited2

Bakkavor Limited1

Bakkavor USA Inc4

Bakkavor USA Limited1

Bakkavor Foods USA Inc4 

Bakkavor China Limited1

UK Holding company

UK Holding company

UK Customer invoicing and financing of receivables

UK Holding company

USA Holding company

UK Holding company

USA Manufacture of fresh prepared meals and bakery 

products

UK Holding company

Bakkavor Bakery Holdings Limited5

Hong Kong Holding company

Bakkavor Hong Kong Limited5

Hong Kong Preparation and marketing of fresh prepared foods

Bakkavor China Holdings Limited5

Hong Kong Holding company

Wuhan Bakkavor Food Company Limited6

China Manufacture of salad products

Wuhan Bakkavor Agricultural Product Processing 
Company Limited20

China Manufacture of salad products

Jiangsu Bakkavor Food Company Limited7

China Manufacture of salad products

Shaanxi Bakkavor Food Company Limited8

China Manufacture of salad products

Beijing Bakkavor Food Company Limited9

China Manufacture of salad products

Guangzhou Bakkavor Food Company Limited10

China Manufacture of salad products

Bakkavor (Shanghai) Management Company Limited11

China Holding company

Shaanxi Bakkavor Agriculture Processing 
Company Limited12

China Manufacture of salad products

Fujian Bakkavor Food Company Limited13

China Manufacture of salad products

Bakkavor (Taicang) Baking Company Limited14

China Manufacture of bakery products

Chengdu Bakkavor Foods Company Limited15

China Manufacture of salad products

Bakkavor Foods Limited1

Bakkavor Estates Limited2

UK Manufacture of fresh prepared foods

UK Property management

Bakkavor Pension Trustees Limited1*

UK Pension trustee holding company

Bakkavor European Marketing BV16

Netherlands Holding company

NV Bakkavor Belgium BV17

BV Restaurant Group Limited1

Bakkavor Iberica S.L.U.18

Belgium Non-trading

UK Production and distribution of fresh prepared foods

Spain Distribution

Bakkavor Central Finance Limited2

UK Customer invoicing and financing of receivables

Dormant companies

Bakkavor Dormant Holdings Limited1*

UK Holding company

Bakkavor Finance (1) Limited1*

Bakkavor Finance (3) Limited1*

Bakkavor Acquisitions (2008) Limited1*

Bakkavor Invest Limited1*

Bakkavor (Acquisitions) Limited1*

Bakkavor Asia Limited1*

Bakkavor Overseas Holdings Limited1*

BV Foodservice Limited1*

Bakkavor Desserts Leicester Limited1

Bakkavor Fresh Cook Limited1*

English Village Salads Limited1*

Notsallow 256 Limited1*

Kent Salads Limited1*

UK Dormant non-trading company

UK Dormant non-trading company

UK Dormant non-trading company

UK Dormant non-trading company

UK Dormant non-trading company

UK Dormant non-trading company

UK Dormant non-trading company

UK Dormant non-trading company

UK Dormant non-trading company

UK Dormant non-trading company

UK Dormant non-trading company

UK Dormant non-trading company

UK Dormant non-trading company

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

N/A

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  219

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED

5. Subsidiaries continued

Name

Laurens Patisseries Limited1*

Hitchen Foods Limited1*

Bakkavor Brothers Limited1*

Cucina Sano Limited1*

Butterdean Products Limited1*

Exotic Farm Prepared Limited1*

Exotic Farm Produce Limited1*

Associate companies

La Rose Noire Limited19

Place of 
registration and 

operation Principal activity

UK Dormant non-trading company

UK Dormant non-trading company

UK Dormant non-trading company

UK Dormant non-trading company

UK Dormant non-trading company

UK Dormant non-trading company

UK Dormant non-trading company

Hong Kong Operation of bakery and food and beverage outlets

Patisserie et Chocolat Limited19

Hong Kong Operation of bakery and food and beverage outlets

1  The registered address of all these companies is Fitzroy Place, 5th Floor, 8 Mortimer Street, London, England, W1T 3JJ.

2  The registered address of these companies is West Marsh Road, Spalding, Lincolnshire, England, PE11 2BB.

3  The registered address of this company is Thorvaldsensstræti 6, 6th floor, 101 Reykjavík, Iceland.

4  The registered address of these companies is 2700 Westinghouse Boulevard, Charlotte, NC 28273.

5  The registered address of these companies is Units 1902-1912, 19/F., Eight Commercial Tower, No 8 Sun Yip Street, Chai Wan, Hong Kong.

6  The registered address of this company is Mujiajing ZhangDuHu Farm, Xinzhou District, Wuhan, China.

7  The registered address of this company is Agricultural Development Area, Changle Town, Haimen City, Jiangsu Province, China.

8  The registered address of this company is Qinghua Keji Garden, Middle of Shiji Road, Xianyang City, Shanxi Province, China.

9 

 The registered address of this company is South Xitai Road, Da Sun Gezhuang Town, Shunyi District, Beijing, China.

10  The registered address of this company is No. 55 Banyutang Road, High Tech Development Area, Guangzhou, China.

% of voting 
shares as at 
31 December 
2022

% of voting 
shares as at 
25 December 
2021

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

45%

45%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

45%

45%

11  The registered address of this company is Room 01, 3A Floor, Number 16 Lane 1977, Jinshajiang Road, Putuo District, Shanghai, China.

12   The registered address of this company is No.424, Building 4, Chongwen tower scenic area (phase I), Jinghe new town, Xixian new district, Shaanxi province 

13  The registered address of this company is Jiulong Industry Park of Hua An Economic Development Zone, China.

14  The registered address of this company is Taicang City, No 29 Qingdao East Road, China.

15   The registered address of this company is Rong Tai Road, Cross-Straits Science & Technology Industry Development Park, Wenjiang District, Chengdu, China.

16  The registered address of this company is Prins Bernhardplein 200, 1097 JB Amsterdam, The Netherlands.

17  The registered address of this company is Lammerdries-Zuid 16F, 2250 Olen, Belgium.

18  The registered address of this company is Calle Cartagena 57, 1º D Torre Pacheco, Murcia CP 30700, Spain.

19   The registered address of these companies is 2/F Corporation Square 8 Lam Lok Street, Kowloon Bay, Kowloon, Hong Kong. La Rose Noire and Patisserie et Chocolat Limited are 

associate companies of Bakkavor Group plc, owned by Bakkavor China Limited.

20   The registered address of this company is Room 706, 7th floor, No. 1 Entrepreneurship service centre, Hanshi No. 1 road, Honggang village, Wuhan yangluo economic development zone

* These companies are UK dormant companies who file dormant accounts which are exempt from audit by virtue of s479A of Companies Act 2006.

6. Financial instruments
Foreign currency risk
The Company is not exposed to any significant foreign currency risk as principally all its balances are in Pounds Sterling.

Interest rate risk management
The Company has intercompany loan receivables. There are no interest-bearing balances and therefore the Company  
is not exposed to any interest rate risk.

Categories of financial instruments 

£m

Financial assets and liabilities

Measured at amortised cost:

Loans to Group undertakings

Loans from Group undertakings

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

95.6

(1.6)

97.2

(0.2)

220  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

7. Called up share capital and reserves
Called up share capital

£m

Issued and fully paid:

579,425,585 (2021: 579,425,585) Ordinary shares of £0.02 each

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

11.6

11.6

All Ordinary shares of £0.02 each are non-redeemable, and carry equal voting rights and rank for dividends and capital 
distributions, whether on a winding up or otherwise.

Own shares held
During the period, the Company began purchasing shares through an Employee Benefit Trust called the Bakkavor Group 
plc Employee Benefit Trust (the “Trust”). Own shares purchased are recorded at cost and deducted from equity.

The own shares held represents the cost of shares in Bakkavor Group plc purchased in the market and held by the Trust 
to satisfy share awards under the Group’s share scheme plans (refer to Note 31). The number of Ordinary shares held  
by the Trust at 31 December 2022 was 2,940,514 (25 December 2021: nil). This represents 0.51% of total called up share 
capital at 31 December 2022 (25 December 2021: nil).

£m

Balance at 26 December 2021

Acquisition of shares by the Trust

Distribution of shares under share scheme plans

Balance at 31 December 2022

Number of 
shares

–

2,994,036

(53,522)

2,940,514

£000

–

3,128

(54)

3,074

No own shares held of Bakkavor Group plc were cancelled during the periods presented. 

Dividends
At the AGM on 20 May 2021, a deferred final dividend of 4 pence per Ordinary share for the financial year ended 28 December 
2019 was reinstated and declared. The total amount of £23,177,023 was paid to Ordinary shareholders on 25 May 2021.

An interim dividend of 2.64 pence per Ordinary share was declared in September 2021. The total amount of £15,296,835 
was paid to Ordinary shareholders on 15 October 2021.

At the AGM on 25 May 2022, a final dividend of 3.96 pence per Ordinary share for the financial year ended 25 December 
2021 was declared. Following a waiver in relation to 2,439,135 Ordinary shares held in the Bakkavor Group plc Employee 
Benefit Trust, £22,848,663 was paid to Ordinary shareholders on 30 May 2022.

An interim dividend of 2.77 pence per Ordinary share was declared in September 2022. Following a waiver in relation  
to 2,492,273 Ordinary shares held in the Bakkavor Group plc Employee Benefit Trust, £15,981,053 was paid to Ordinary 
shareholders on 14 October 2022.

This has resulted in total dividend payments of £38,829,716 (2021: £38,473,858) during the year.

A final dividend of 4.16 pence per share has been proposed for approval at the Annual General Meeting on 31 May 2023  
and will be payable on 5 June 2023 to Ordinary shareholders on the register at 28 April 2023.

Merger reserve
The merger reserve was created as a result of the acquisition of Bakkavor Holdings Limited and represents the difference 
between the carrying values of the net assets of Bakkavor Holdings Limited and the value of the share capital and share 
premium arising on the share for share exchange that resulted in Bakkavor Group plc acquiring Bakkavor Holdings Limited.

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  221

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED

8. Related party transactions
During the period, the Company entered into the following transactions with related parties: 

£m

Loans to Group undertakings

Loans from Group undertakings

31 December 
2022

25 December 
2021

95.6

(1.6)

97.2

(0.2)

Loans to Group undertakings relate to corporate loans of £nil (2021: £85.0m) due from Bakkavor Holdings Limited and 
£95.6m (2021: £12.2m) due from Bakkavor Finance (2) Limited.

These amounts are unsecured and will be settled in cash. No guarantees have been given or received. No provisions have 
been made for expected credit losses in respect of the amounts owed by related parties.

Amounts are denominated in Sterling. All related party receivables are held at amortised cost.

Loans to Group undertakings do not carry interest on the outstanding corporate loan balances.

Loans from Group undertakings relate to a corporate loan of £1.6m (2021: £0.2m) due from Bakkavor Foods Limited.

Loans from Group undertakings do not carry interest on the outstanding corporate loan balances.

9. Events after the statement of financial position date
There are no events after the statement of financial position date that need to be disclosed.

10. Controlling party
Two of the Company’s Directors, Agust Gudmundsson and Lydur Gudmundsson, hold shares in the Company through  
their beneficial ownership of Carrion Enterprises Limited (the corporate holding structure of Agust Gudmundsson) and 
Umbriel Ventures Limited (the corporate holding structure of Lydur Gudmundsson). On 20 May 2022, Lydur Gudmundsson 
purchased 200,000 ordinary shares in the Company. Following the transaction, Umbriel Ventures Limited holds 
142,303,505 ordinary shares (representing 24.56% of the issued share capital of the Company) and Carrion Enterprises 
Limited holds 142,103,505 ordinary shares (representing 24.52% of the issued share capital of the Company). 

Lixaner Co Limited, a company owned and controlled by Sigurdur Valtysson, who runs the family office for Agust and 
Lydur Gudmundsson, holds 6,457,750 ordinary shares (representing 1.11% of the issued share capital of the Company). 
Given the close relationship between the parties, Sigurdur Valtysson is to be considered as acting in concert with  
Agust and Lydur Gudmundsson for the purposes of the definition in the Takeover Code and the parties are controlling 
shareholders of the Company. The aggregate shareholding in the Company of Carrion Enterprises Limited and Umbriel 
Ventures Limited and their concert party group (Lixaner Co Limited) is 290,864,760 ordinary shares (representing 50.20% 
of the issued share capital of the Company).

222  |  Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022

ADVISERS AND REGISTERED OFFICE

General Counsel and Company Secretary
Annabel Tagoe-Bannerman

Registered office
Fitzroy Place, 5th Floor 
8 Mortimer Street 
London 
England 
W1T 3JJ

Company number
10986940

Registrar
Equiniti Limited 
Aspect House 
Spencer Road 
Lancing 
BN99 6DA

Bankers
Barclays Bank PLC 
Multinational Corporates 
One Churchill Place 
London 
E14 5HP

Independent Auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
1 Embankment Place 
London 
WC2N 6RH

Brokers
Citigroup Global Markets Limited 
Citigroup Centre 
33 Canada Square 
London 
E14 5LB

Peel Hunt LLP 
100 Liverpool Street 
London 
EC2M 2AT

Solicitors
Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP 
100 Bishopsgate 
London 
EC2P 2SR

This report is printed on Condat Digital Silk paper which is  
derived from sustainable sources. Both the manufacturing  
paper mill and printer are registered to the Environmental 
Management System ISO 14001 and are Forest Stewardship 
Council® chain of custody certified.

This report is available at: www.bakkavor.com

Designed and produced by three thirty studio 
www.threethirty.studio

Bakkavor Group plc  |  Annual Report & Accounts 2022  |  223

View and download our Annual Report and Accounts at bakkavor.com

Bakkavor Group plc
Fitzroy Place, 5th Floor,  
8 Mortimer Street,  
London, England, W1T 3JJ 

Bakkavor Group plc. Company No: 10986940

Bakkavor

@Bakkavor

Bakkavor_Group

facebook.com/Bakkavor